The Journal of the Linnean Society of London

~ oe eet oro’? er tr lr

\
my
)
Lal .
oe hy
: whe Pa A AS:
\
‘
'
1
‘ wetap oe hy Hee ty:
Ya - 7
. )
La
; oat |
}
“
.
'
_
~~.
He
’
. vas
a .
‘
- .
;
: 5
F ‘ : res
iio Rent Ene
aj ET a oe
: Ate a ete
’ * + norl
' '
} oe
; - seated esera at
‘ ase
‘ Eres
2 ° aad
. . are uit s
ey big wee dat asks se oot
‘ . < a} a ae ae mart
7 iw Te ' . ”

THE

JO UR Na

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

ZOOLOGY.

VOL. XXI.

LONDON:
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S’ APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,
AND
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1889.

Dates of Publication of the several Numbers included in this Volume.

No. 126, pp. 1- 60, published Nov. 13, 1886.

5 ie) :
es 128, / ” 61 120, 99 Mar. Pall 1887.

129) Syretho--— 4, —- Tune 30,
4 180, 5 15529995 Fever co Si.
» 181, ,, 223-266, ,, June 30, 1888.
1 182) ©) 2672308, aM 17, 1869:

” 1 , 803-372, Oct. 24, ,,
3 (With Index and "Titlepage. )

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Bvt

LIST OF PAPERS.

’ Page
AnveErson, Dr. Joun, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S., &e.

List of Birds, chiefly from the Mergui Archipelago, collected
for the Trustees of the Indian Museum .............0..-: 136
Report on the Mammals, Reptiles, and Batrachians, chiefly from
the Mergui Archipelago, collected for the Trustees of the
Hiei ORSe RIM raya Rake Sad ae eae eR Gee 381

Batss, Henry WALTER, F.R.S., F.LS.
On a new Species of Brachyonychus from the Mergui Archipelago 135

BEDDaRD, Frank E., M.A., F.ZS.
Report on Annelids from the Mergui Archipelago, collected for
the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John
Anderson, F.R.S., F.L.S., Superintendent of the Museum.
(Communicated by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.L.S.)
| LBS ACG be ainda ites dirt Sect Nirtngss SiS San eats. aan 256

BEL, Prof. F. Jurrrery, M.A., Sec. R.M.S.

On the Holothurians of the Mergui Archipelago, collected for
the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John
Anderson, F.R.S., F.L.S., Superintendent of the Museum.
(Communicated by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.L.S.)
Renter) a vip. < ccoeke ipa cated te oe eee RI: eee oe 2

Or

CarpENTER, P. HERBERT, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.L.S., Assistant-Master
at Eton College.
Report on the Comatule of the Mergui Archipelago, collected
for the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John
Anderson, F.R.S., F.L.S., Superintendent of the Museum.
GET a eseNeNG V Meiae ROL," «MMB tatugteeatpny Seatsie tarace 504

1V
Page
Carter, Henry J., F.R.S.

Report on the Marine Sponges, chiefly from King Island in the
Mergui Archipelago, collected for the Trustees of the Indian
Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.LS.,
Superintendent of the Museum. (Communicated by Dr. John
Anderson, F.R.S., F.L.S.) (Plates V.-VIL)...........-+. 61

Duncan, Prof. P. Martin, M.B. (Lond.), F.R.S., F.LS.

On the Madreporaria of the Mergui Archipelago, collected for
the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John
Anderson, F.R.S., F.L.S., Superintendent of the Museum.
CE llsite ec eaedaieeeucs hee at ts tose pont -< shotemeehe phen volke Gee Oe en i

On the Ophiuride of the Mereui Archipelago, collected for the
Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John
Anderson, F.R.S., F.L.S., Superintendent of the Museum.
(lates Wai, Xe, & Xa digs: 28-A0)) oe ew ene 85

On some Parts of the Anatomy of Ophiothrix variabilis, Dunc.,
and Ophiocampsis pelicula, Dunc., based on materials fur-
nished by the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta.
(Plates XG XE. Tesh 1= 272) We how aan ce eae ee 107

Dunoan, Prof. P. Martin, M.B. (Lond.), F.R.S., F.LS., and
W. Percy SiapbeEn, F.G.S., Sec. L.S.
On the Echinoidea of the Mergui Archipelago, collected for the
Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John Ander-
son, F.R.S8., F.L.S., Superintendent of the Museum ........ 316

Happon, Prof. ALFRED C., M.A., M.R.LA.
On two Species of Actiniz from the Mergui Archipelago, col-
lected for the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by
Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.L.S., Superintendent of the
Museum, (Communicated by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S.,
K.LS.) (Blates XIX, & XX.) i.5 00: ae acon eee 247

Hincxs, Rey. Tuos., B.A., F.R.S.
On the Polyzoa and Hydroida of the Mergui Archipelago, col-
lected for the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by
Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.L.S., Superintendent of the
Museum. (Communicated by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S.,
FiL:S.) (Plate DI). eivatiiahats tices eves 6 121

Vv

Horx, Dr. P. P. C., Member Royal Academy of Science of the
Netherlands, Leiden.
On Dichelaspis pellucida, Darwin, from the Scales of an Hydro-
phid obtained at Mergui. (Communicated by Dr. John
ATIMeTSOM HES, HLS.) Celabe Xe) Fria csr etetotcsete + «

MarsHatt, Prof. A. Mitnss, M.A., M.D., F.R.S., and G. HERBERT
Fow ter, B.A., Ph.D.

Report on the Pennatulida of the Mergui Archipelego, collected
for the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John
Anderson, F.R.S., F.L.S., Superintendent of the Museum.
(Communicated by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.L.S.)
(Rates eRe ANON LEIA Sood ewals wales oes =a teratata eas

Marrens, Prof. Epuarp von, M.D., C.M.Z.S., of the University of
Berlin.

List of the Shells of Mergui and its Archipelago, collected for
the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John
Anderson, F.R.S., F.L.S., Superintendent of the Museum.
(Communicated by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.L.S.)
GEetie se NOUN ONG VT) ea eio es, rermiedse s cotlslans, ole lenoe © alms

Moors, FrEpERIc, A.L.S., F.Z.S.

List of the Lepidoptera of Mergui and its Archipelago, collected

for the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John

Anderson, F.R.S., F.L.S., Superintendent of the Museum.

esis Le smu er cp EN] s\ier cn ccnctavokalshaletacene) vc + via doksy eRe an a tia

Pocock, R. 1, Assistant in the Zoological Department, British
Museum.

Report on the Myriopoda of the Mereui Archipelago, collected
for the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John
Anderson, F.R.S., F.L.S., Superintendent of the Museum.
(Communicated by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.L.S.)
Misiates! MONTY! & XEN .)>..< 2 ths Mieka nitois seamen

Riv.ey, Stuart O., M.A., F.L.S., late Assistant in the Zoological
Department, British Museum.

Report on the Alcyoniid and Gorgoniid Alcyonaria of the Mergui
Archipelago, collected for the Trustees of the Indian Museum,
Calcutta, by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., F.L.S., Superintendent
of the Museum, (Plates XVII. & XVII.)

Page

154

267

155

29

287

vi
Page
SELENKA, Prof. Emit.

On the Gephyreans of the Mergui Archipelago, collected for the
Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John
Anderson, F.R.S., F.L.S., Superintendent of the Museum.
(Communicated by Dr. John Anderson, F’.R.S., F.L.S.) .... 220

SLaDEN, W. Percy, F.G.S., Sec. L.S.

On the Asteroidea of the Mergui Archipelago, collected for the
Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John
Anderson, F.R.S., F.L.S., Superintendent of the Museum.
(Blate XOXGVAIIN) ecoys cox, sive exeesehe ofp sues eget aetotn iether ee re 319

Vii

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE

I. Mapreporarra from Mergui Archipelago.
Cucumarta Forsest and C. AssrMizis.

Li)
III. ‘

Tv, | Lerrworrrra from Mergui Archipelago.
A

SVE pSvonors from Mergui Archipelago,

vu 2 Orniurt# from Mergui Archipelago.
“J

Srrvucrure of Ophiuride.

ei Hyprozoa and Potyzoa from Mergui Archipelago.
XIII. Dricneasprs pewtucipa, Darwin.
XIV.

XV. >} Mottusca from Mergui Archipelago.
DOE 18)

xv \ AxcyonartA from Mergui Archipelago.

Actini& from Mergui Archipelago.

=a Anneips from Mergui Archipelago.

XXIV

al

aa \ Pennatuipa from Mergui Archipelago.
| Myrropopa from Mergui Archipelago.

Poss ComatuL from Mergui Archipelago.

XXVIII. AsrerorEA from Mergui Archipelago.

Note.—The Crustacea of the Mergui Archipelago are described and
figured in Vol. XXII.

viii

ERRATA.

Page 36, line 14 from bottom, for Neptis Hira, Kiel, read Neptis lira, Kheil.
57, first line, for Ennommpa read ENNoMIDA.

57, line 2 from bottom, for Briada reliquenda read Briarda reliquenda.
59, line 4 from bottom, for Botys rutilatis read Botys rutilalis.
140, line 11 from bottom, for Hypothornis azurea read Hypothymis azurea.

THE JOURNAL

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

On the Madreporaria of the Mergui Archipelago collected for
the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John
Anderson, F.R.S., Superintendent of the Museum. By Prof.
P. Martin Duncan, M.B. (Lond.), F.RS., F.LS.

[Read 18th March, 1886.]
(Puate I.)

Contents :—Introduction. List of Genera and Species found. List
of new Species. Description of the new Species. Remarks; and the
Affinities of the Coral-fauna of Mergui. Description of Plate.

Introduction.

Tue Madreporaria which are classified and in part described in
this communication were personally collected by Dr. Anderson
in the Mergui Archipelago off the coast of Tenasserim. The
collection is very interesting on account of the numerous species
which it contains and of their alliances with the forms of the
Coral-faunas of the Red Sea, of Ceylon, of the Eastern Archipelago,
and of the Central-American coast. The facies of the large collec-
tion of 84 determinable species is stamped and characterized by
the presence of numerous encrusting species, and by the evidence
that even some of the species of the reef-building genus Madrepora
appear to have grown under unfavourable conditions. Encrusting
species of genera, hitherto known as freely growing, occur, and
many species which are recognized without difficulty in more
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI. 1

2 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE MADREPORARIA

vigorously growing faunas, are represented at Mergui by varieties
which have given me much trouble in their classification. This
difficulty was intensified on account of the predominance in the
fauna of such large and therefore very variable genera as Mussa,
Meandrina (Celoria), Symphylha, Favia, and Goniastrea.

Several species which were described by MM. Milne-Edwards
and Jules Haime, the habitats of which were not known to them,
are recognized at Mergui.

The following is the list of genera and species constituting the
fauna.

List of Genera and Species.

MADREPORARIA APOROSA. 29. Favia tubulifera, Klunz,
; 30. cavernosa, Forskal, sp.
Family Tursinotipz. 31. —— Geoffroyi (Val.), Ed. § H.
1. Paracyathus Andersoni, sp. nov. 32. Goniastrea favus, Forsk., sp.,and
2: profundus, sp. nov. variety.
3. —— indicus, sp. nov. 33. retiformis, Lmk., sp.
4, cruleus, sp. NOV. 34, —— Bournoni, Ed. § H.
5 merguiensis, sp. Nov. 30. halicora, Hemp. § Ehr., sp.,
6, Polycyathus Verrilli, sp. noy. and variety.
7. difficilis, sp. nov, 36. —— incrustans, sp. nov.
37. Heliastrea (Ulastreea) crispata,
Family Pocinioporipz, Dune, Imk., sp.
é : 38. Phymastrea irregularis, Dune.
8. Pocillopora czespitosa, Dana. 39 aspera, Quelch
; hi ; ) ate :
9. favosa, Ehr. 40. Solenastreea (Quelchia) spongi-
. formis, sp. nov.
peraiilly ASTD, 41. Plesiastreea ae Verrill,
10. Mussa cristata, H’sper, sp. variety.
11. flexuosa, Hd. & H. 42. Hchinopora aspera, Solander, sp.
12. corymbosa, Forskdl, sp. 43. Leptastrza humilis, sp. nov.
13. Huphyllia striata, Hd. § H., sp. 44, Galaxea irregularis, Ld, §& ., sp.
14. rugosa, Dana. 45, Prionastrea abdita, Solander,
15. —— plicata, Ed. & H. sp.
16. Mzeandrina (Ceeloria) dedalea, 46. vasta, Klunz.
Solander, sp. 47. robusta, Dana, sp.
17. —— (C.) Hsperi, Hd. § H., sp. 48. Merulina ampliata, Solander, sp.
18. ——(C.) astreiformis, Ed. ¢ H., | 49. ramosa, Hhr.

sp.
19. —— (C.) labyrinthiformis, Zinn.,
s

p. MADREPORARIA FUNGIDA.
20. Brachymeandrina _pachychila,

Family Puestoruneipm, Dune.

Lhr., sp.
21. Symphyllia grandis, Kd. § H. 50. Siderastrea radians, Pallas, sp.,
22 recta, Dana, sp. yariety pulchella=S. pul-
23. —— (lsophyllia) erythrza, chella, Hd. §& H.

Klunz., sp.
24. Hydnophora microcona, Lmk., Family Funes.

sp:
25. Tridacophyllia lactuca, Pallas, 51. Fungia crassa, Dana.

sp. 52. dentata, Dana.

26. Favia Ehrenbergi, Klunz., var. | 53. patella, Solander, sp.
laticollis, Klunz. 54. ——- glans, Dana?

27, —— Okeni, Hd. § H. 55. —— (Haliglossa) echinata,

28. —— Rousseaui, Ed. § H., sp, Pallas, sp.

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.

56. Halomitra (Podabacia) crus- Family Mapreporips.
tacea, Hd. § H. we
57. Oryptabacia talpina, Zmk., sp. 69. Madrepora gracilis, Ed. § H.
58. Herpolitha limax, Esper, sp. 70. valida, Dana.
(le surculosa, Dana,
Family Lornosrrip 2. 72. —— hebes, Dana.

59. Lophoseris cristata, Solander, sp. Vera BIE adel UE
60. cactus, Hemp. § Ehr., sp. ia Mec ligera, v i a
61. Pachyseris speciosa, Dana, sp. 6) ies Pee OE
62. Coscinarea mxandrina, Hhr., sp. 76 spicifera, Dana.
63 monile, Forskiil, sp 77. Turbinaria cinerascens, Solan-
z 4 are der, sp.
Family Purstoporitipx, Dune. 78 erater, Pallas, sp.
64. Meeandroseris Botte, Rouss.
MADREPORARIA PERFORATA. .
Family Portrip2.
Family HupsamMips.
65. Balanophyllia merguiensis, 79. Porites conglomerata, Quoy &
sp. nov. Gaim., variety.
66. Dendrophyllia coarctata, sp. 80. —— nodifera, Klhinz.
nov. 81. excavata, Verrill.
67. —— (Cceenopsammia) affinis, 82. Synarza lutea, Verrill.
Sp. nov. 83. Goniopora columna, Dana.

68. Astropsammia Pedersoni, Verrill.

lobata, Ed. & A.

Indeterminable Species of the Genera :—

Heliastrea.
Aphrastrea.

Astropora.
Fungia.

New Species :—

Paracyathus Andersoni.
profundus.
indicus.

—— ceruleus.
merguiensis.
Polycyathus Verrilli.
— difficilis.
Goniastrea incrustans.

Solenastrzea (Quelchia) spongiformis.
(Plate I. figs. 23, 24.)

(Plate I. figs. 25, 26.)
(Plate I. figs. 27, 28.)
(Plate I. figs. 29, 30.)

Leptastrea humilis.
Balanophyllia merguiensis.
Dendrophyllia coarctata.

—— (Cenopsammia) affinis.

(Plate I. figs. 1-3.)

(Plate I. figs. 4-6.)

(Plate I. figs. 7-9.)
(Plate I. figs. 10, 11.)

(Plate I. figs. 12-14.)

(Plate I. figs. 15, 16.)

(Plate I. figs. 17, 18.)

(Plate I. figs. 19, 20.)

(Plate I. figs. 21, 22.)

Description of the new Species.
Section MADREPORARIA APOROSA, Ed. & H.
Family TURBINOLIDA, Ed. & H.
Genus Paracyaruus, Hd. & H.

PaRAcYATHUS ANDERSONI, sp. nov. .(Plate I. figs. 1-3.)
The corallum is short, has a slightly compressed, broad base,
1*

4: PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE MADREPORARIA

above which there is some constriction, and a compressed ellip-
tical calice. The calice is deep, broad at the margin, where the
longer axis is on a slightly lower plane than the shorter. The
septa are in nearly complete five cycles, slightly and unequally
exsert, unequal in breadth, close, projecting outwards slightly at
the margin, and only the primaries and secondaries projecting
much into the calice. First three cycles nearly equal in size;
the septa of the fourth cycle of a half-system unite with the ter-
tiary, and the highest orders may unite with the fourth and fifth
higher up in the calice. All are sharply spinulose at the sides,
and the larger septa have plain and lobed margins, the others
being crenulated. ‘The pali of the primaries and secondaries are
bilobed, rounded, and the upper lobe is large ; those of the ter-
tiaries and combined orders are smaller, much subdivided, and
stout. The columella is small, deeply seated, concave, papillose,
and the outer processes resemble the small pali. Coste sub-
equal, broad, low, large in relation to the smaller septa, and
minutely granulated ; some project near the calice.

Height 12°5 millim.; breadth of calice 10 millim., length 14
millim. The septaare coloured brown. Locality, Mergui Archi-
pelago.

PARACYATHUS PROFUNDUS, sp. nov. (Plate I. figs. 4-6.)

The corallum is short with a broad adherent base, above which
there is aslight constriction, very slightly compressed at the sides,
and the calice equal to the base in diameter. Calice elliptical, deep
and open ; marginal planes on the same level. Septa unequal,
very crowded, in incomplete five cycles, very slightly exsert
and not projecting much into the calice. The fourth and fifth
orders unite with the tertiaries near the columella, and all are
spinulose at the sides, and the larger are lobed. Pali of the
larger septa trilobed and large, and those of the tertiaries are
stout, numerous, and crenulated. Columella deep, concave;
papilla numerous and ragged and united at their bases. Coste
subequal, large, broad, granular, and with marked grooves between
them near the calice and less so lower down.

Height 7 millim.; length of calice 11 millim., breadth of calice
10 millim. The dry corallum has the septa, pali, and columella

of a brown colour, the rest being white. Locality, Mergui
Archipelago.

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 5

PARACYATHUS INDICUS, sp. nov. (Plate I. figs. 7-9.)

The corallum is short, has a very expanded base with a consider-
able constriction above it: an elliptical calice, the long diameter
of which is on a lower plane than the shorter and as long as the
base is broad. Calice elliptical, deep, margin curved upwards at
the sides, and a slight downward curve at the extremities. Septa
numerous, unequal, in five cycles, all exsert at the margin, and
most of them overhanging slightly. The fourth and fifth orders
unite with the tertiaries not far from the columella, and the
highest orders unite with the fourth and fifth not far from the
margin. The edges of the primaries and secondaries are thin and
boldly curved convexity towards the fossa, the tertiaries are less
bowed, and the other orders have straighter or slightly wavy edges ;
but all are boldly crenulated with paliform edges. The sides of the
septa are spinulose. Pali small and in one lobe before the pri-
maries and secondaries, and resembling an outer papilla of the
columella before the tertiaries. The columella is deep, elongate,
concave, and consists of many processes united and resembling
the smaller pali. The coste are small, nearly equal, rounded,
barely projecting, and sparsely and minutely granular.

Length of calice 14 millim., breadth 10 millim., height 12
millim. The primaries and secondaries are exsert to the height
of 2 millim. Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

PARACYATHUS CHRULEUS, sp. nov. (Plate I. figs. 10-11.)

The corallum is low with a broad base, a much constricted
stem, and a large shallow elliptical calice with a slightly everted
margin, and with marginal axes nearly in the same plane.
Septa in incomplete five cycles, very unequal, the primaries,
secondaries, and tertiaries being exsert; none project much into
the widely open calice. The sides of the septa are roughly and
largely papillose. The pali are variable in number, those before —
the first orders are double, one high and narrow and rounded,

*the other small or absent. The pali before the combined higher
orders are usually in multiple series. Columella very large, con-
cave, processes numerous and united, the outer not to be distin-
guished from pali. Coste low, subequal, narrow, and distinctly
granular.

Height of corallum 8 millim.; length of calice 12 millim.,
breadth 9 millim. The colour of the septa, columella, and pali
is blue; the cost usually dull white, some are brown. Locality,
Mergui Archipelago.

6 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE MADREPORARIA

PARACYATHUS MERGUIENSIS, Sp. nov. (Plate I. figs. 12-14.)

The corallum has a broad expanded base and a narrower calice,
the stem constricted, otherwise cylindrical, and taller than broad.
The calice is elliptical, very deep, and the columella is small, con-
cave, with small and crowded processes. The septa are in five
incomplete cycles, slightly exsert, unequal, crowded, and project-
ing into the calice ; spinulose at the sides. The pali are single,
and often tall, before the secondaries and primaries, and are small
and nodular; those before the tertiaries are numerous and tall,
and some are like twisted open lamelle. The coste are large,
subequal, broad, and marked with granules.

Height of corallum 8°5 millim., breadth of calice 6°5 millim.,
length of calice 8 millim. The septa, pali, and columella are of
an intense Prussian-blue colour. Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

Subfamily TURBINOLID# REPTANTES, Dunc. (Revision of Genera §c.,
Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xvii. p. 34).

Genus Potycyatuts, Dune. op. cit. p. 34.

Potycyatuus VERRILLI, sp. nov. (Plate I. figs. 15, 16.)

The colony covers about 10 square inches, the corallites are
variously spaced, rarely very close, small, cylindrical, short, and
their coste pass over the basal structure, which is minutely
granular. The calices are widely open, circular, or slightly wavy
in marginal outline. Septa slightly exsert, unequal, sharply
granular at the sides, extending like a circular zone inwards, and
surrounding the narrow, deep, circular fossa; rarely with four
cycles, usually with three and a few of the fourth order, or only
three cycles. Coste faint on some corallites, well seen on others,
much broader relatively than the septa, low, nearly equal, but
those of the primaries and secondaries may project near to the
margin; they traverse much or all the space between the coral-
lites, or they may not pass far. Epitheca pellicular and granular.
There are pali before all septa except those of the last cycle, or
they may exist before all the septa in some calices with three
cycles of septa; broadest before the secondaries. The pali reach
well into the “zone” of septa. Columella small, deep, con-
cave, papillose.

Height of ordinary corallites 2-25 to 3 millim., width of
calice 2 to 2°5 millim.; distance between corallites 2 to 4 millim.
Locality, Mergui Archipelago, encrusting.

OF THE MERGUI AROILIPELAGO. 7

PoLYCYATHUS DIFFICILIS, sp. nov. (Plate I. figs. 17, 18.)

The colony covers considerable space and encrusts ; the coral-
lites are short, cylindrical, crowded in places, distant in others,
broadest at the calice. Calice circular in outline. Septain three
cycles, the tertiaries uniting with the secondaries ; the prima-
ries are the larger and are slightly exsert, and all are granular
at the sides; they are unequal in size, and project into the
calice, and have trifid spinules on the edges. Columella small,
concave, and formed by little processes united at their bases.
Pali small and short, often indistinct, small before the primaries
and larger before the secondaries and nearer the calicular edge.
The coste are large, broad, subequal, and reach over the basal
structure more or less, distinct, close, and sometimes curved
or bent suddenly, much broader than the septa. A granular
epitheca. Much of the basal structure is non-costulate, but is
granular.

Height of corallites 2-3 millim., breadth of calices 2-3 millim.
Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

Family PoctnLopoRrip&, Dune. (Rev. p. 46).
Genus Pocrtttopora, Lmk., pars.

PocILLOPORA C#SPITOSA.

Pocillopora czspitosa, Dana, U. S. Expl. Exped., Zooph. vol. vii. p. 525,
pl. 49. figs. 5, 5a, 1846.

Locality, King Island Bay.

PocrILLOPORA FAVOSA.

Pocillopora favosa, Ehrenberg, Abhandl. d. Akad. Berl, (1832) p. 351
1834.

Locality, Sullivan Island.

Family ASTR#ID &.

Genus Mussa, Oken.
Mussa CRISTATA.
Madrepora cristata?, Esper, Pflanz. t. i. p. 150, Madr. p. 226, 1791.
Mussa cristata, Ed. § H. Hist. Nat. des Corall. t. u. p. 335, 1857.
Locality, Elphinstone Island, below low-water mark.

Moussa FLEXUOSA.

Mussa flexuosa, Ed. § H. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3 sér. t. xi. p. 952,
1849.

Locality, King Island Bay,

8 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE MADREPORARIA

Mussa CORYMBOSA.
Madrepora corymbosa, Forskal, An. in terr. Orient. p. 137, 1775.

Mussa corymbosa, Dana, op. cit. p. 177.
Locality, Elphinstone Island.

Genus Evenyii1, Hd. f A.
KUPHYLLIA STRIATA.
Leptosmilia striata, Ed. § H. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3 sér. t. x. p. 269,

1849.
Euphyllia striata, Hd. § H. Hist. Nat. des Corall.t. i. p. 194, pl. D 2.

fic. 1, 1857.
Locality, King Island Bay.

EUPHYLLIA RUGOSA.
Euphyllia rugosa, Dana, op. cit. p. 166.
Locality, King Island Bay.
EUPHYLLIA PLICATA.

Euphyllia plicata, Ed. § H. op. cit. p. 195.
Locality, King Island Bay.

Genus Mmanprina, Hd. & H.
Subgenus Catorta, (genus) Hd. & H.
Mmanprina (C@LORIA) DADALEA.
Madrepora deedalea, Ellis & Solander, Hist. of Zooph. p. 163, pl. 46.

figs. 1 & 2, 1786.
Cceloria deedalea, Ed. & H. Pol. foss. des terr. paléoz. ete. p. 93,

1831.
Locality, Mergui Archipelago.
Mmanprina (Ca@torta) EsPErt.
Astoria Esperi, Ed. § H. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3 sév. t. xi. p. 298, 1849.
Ceeloria Esperi, Ed. § H. Hist. Nat. des Corall. t. ui. p. 417.
Locality, Mergui Archipelago.
Manprina (C@LORIA) ASTREIFORMIS.
Astoria astreiformis, Ed. § H. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3 sé. t. xi. p. 299,

1849.
Ceeloria astreiformis, Ed. § H. Hist. Nat. des Corall. t. ii. p. 417, 1857.

Locality, King Island Bay.
Mmanprina (C@LORIA) LABYRINTHIFORMIS.
Madrepora labyrinthiformis (pars), Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 194,

1758.
Ceeloria labyrinthiformis, Ed. § H. op. cit. t. ii. p. 412, 1857.

Locality, Sullivan Island.

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 9

Genus BrachyM#ANDRINA, Dune. op. cit. p. 90.

BRACHYMEANDRINA PACHYCHILA.

Platygyra labyrinthica, var. pachychila, Ehrenb. Abhand. Akad. zu
Berlin, 1832, p. 323, 1834.

Ceeloria pachychila, Klunz. Korallth. des Rothen Meeres, Bd. iii. p. 15,
Taf. 1. fig. 6, 1879.

Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

Genus Sympnyiiia, Ld. & H.

SYMPHYLLIA GRANDIS.

Symphyllia grandis, Ed. § H. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3 sér. t. xi. p. 255,
1849.

Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

SyMPHYLLIA RECTA.
Mussa recta, Dana, Zooph. p. 186, pl. 8. fig. 11, 1846.
Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

SYMPHYLLIA (ISOPHYLLIA) ERYTHREA.

Isophyllia erythrea, Klunz. op. cit. p. 10, Taf. i. fig. 10, & Taf. ix.
fig. 9.

Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

Genus Hypnornora, Ed. & H.

HYDNOPHORA MICROCONA.

Monticularia microconus, Lamarck, Hist. Anim. s. Vert. t. ii. p. 251,
1816; 2 édit. p. 293.

Hydnophora microconus, Ed. § H. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3 sér. t. xi. p. 302,
1849.

Locality, Sullivan Island.

Genus Tripacopuyiita, Blainv.

TRIDACOPHYLLIA LACTUCA.

Madrepora lactuca, Pallas, Elench. Zooph. p. 281, 1766.
Tridacophyllia lactuea, Dana, op. cit. p. 195.

Locality, King Island Bay.

Genus Favra, Oken.

Favia ERRENBERGI, var. LATICOLLIS.
Favia Ehrenbergi, var. laticollis, Klunz. op. cit. p. 29, Taf. iii. fig. 7.
Locality, Sullivan Island.

10 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE MADREPORARIA

Favia OXKENT.
' Fayia Okeni, Ed. & H. Hist. Nat. des Corall. t. ii. Be 430, 1857.
Locality, King Island Bay.

Favia RovssEavl.

Parastrea Rousseaui, Ed. & H. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3 sér. t. xii. p. 168,
1850.

Favia Rousseaui, Ed. § H. Hist. Nat. des Corall. t. 11. p. 429, 1857.

Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

Favia TUBULIFERA.
Favia tubulifera, Klunz. op. cit. p. 28, Taf. i. fig. 6, & Taf. x. fig. 2.
Locality, King Island Bay.

FAaviA CAVERNOSA.

Madrepora cavernosa, Forskal, Desc. Anim. Sc. que in terr. orient.
observ. p. 132, 1775.

Locality, King Island Bay.

Favia GEOFFROYI.
Favia Geoffroyi, Val. MS., in Ed. & H. op. cit. t. 11. p. 433, 1857.
Locality, King Island Bay.

Genus Gontastrma, Hd. f H.

GONIASTREA FAVUS.

Madrepora favus, Forskal, op. cit. p. 132, 1775.

Goniastrea favus, Klunz. op. cit. pt. il. p. 3d, Lake iv. fig. 4, & Taf. x.
fig. 7.

Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

A variety.
Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

GoNIASTRHA RETIFORMIS.

Astrea retiformis, Lamk. Hist. Anin. s. Vert. t. ii. p. 265, 1816; 2 édit.
p. 415.

Goniastrea retiformis, Ed. § H. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3 sér. t. xii. p. 161,
1850; Klunz. op. cit. pt. ui. p. 36, Taf. iv. fig. 5.

Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

GontastrzA Bournont.

Goniastrzea Bournoni Ed. § H. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3 séx. t. xii. p. 162,
1850.

Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. ia

GoNIASTRHA HALICORA.

Astrzea halicora, Hemp. § Ehr. Abhandl. Akad. Berl. 1832, p. 321.

Prionastreea halicora, Ed. § H. Hist. Nat. des Corall. t. i. p. 517.

Goniastrea halicora, Klunz. op. cit. pt. iii. p. 33, Taf. iv. fig. ], & Taf. x.
fig. 3a & b.

Locality, King Island Bay.

A variety.
Locality, King Island Bay.

GoNIASTRHA INCRUSTANS, sp. nov. (Plate I. figs. 19, 20.)

The colony is large, swollen and gibbous above, and has a thin
edge, where an epitheca of a basal nature is seen. Encrusting
old corals and parts of dead individuals of the same species.
Calices very variable in shape and size, generally irregularly
hexagonal, often elongate, and some are more simple than hexa-
gonal, with a large crown of pali. Shallow as a rule, but many
are deep; united to the neighbouring corallites by sharp ridges
at the surface or by decidedly broad ones ; in some parts there
is a delicate line or furrow on the broad ridge over which
the septa do not pass. Septa extremely variable in number,
but the complete fifth cycle is not present. The distinction
between the cycles is not possible, and the long and larger are
separated by smaller and shorter septa ; hence the arrangement is
alternate, and this is found in small calices as well as in large.
The septa are rather crowded, alternately large and small, and
project but slightly from the wall, are straight, and sharply
and minutely granular at the free edge. The pali form a very
large crown, and encircle a deep and small columellary space ;
they are before nearly all the longer septa, and are often broader
and higher than the septal ends, and are boldly arched and
minutely granular. As the septal number of neighbouring
calices is never the same, so the size of the crown of . pali varies
greatly. In some large calices where there are forty-eight septa
the pali are before the large twenty-four septa, and then it may
occur that those opposite the tertiaries are smaller than the
others and bend towards them. But this arrangement does not
always occur. Size of the calices has not everything to do with
the dimensions of the crown of pali, for neighbouring calices
exist of the same size, and in one there are not so many septa as
the size would appear to warrant and the pali are diminished in
number. In some recently formed corallites the septa are
slender and there are no pali; these occur near the margin of the

12 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE MADREPORARIA

colony. Fissiparous division occurs, and it is evident that it
is the usual method of increase, but gemmation from the basal
epitheca seems to happen. Columella deeply seated and very
small.

Length of the colony 24 centim., breadth 14; height of the
encrusting mass less than 10 millim. Diameter of calices from
3 millim. with forty septa, 5 millim. of the same septal number,
8 millim. with fifty-six septa. Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

Genus Hertastrma, Hd. & H.
Subgenus Unastrma, Hd. § H.

HeLIAsTR#A (ULASTRHA) CRISPATA.

Astrea crispata, Lamk. Hist. Anim. s. Vert. t. ii. p. 265, 1816; 2 édit.
p. 416.

Ulastrza crispata, Ed. & H. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3 sér. t. x. pl. 9. fig. 4, et
t. x. p. 116, 1850.

Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

Genus Puymastrma, Hd. & H.

PHYMASTRHA IRREGULARIS.
Phymastrea irregularis, Dunc. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1883, p. 406.
Locality, King Island Bay.

PHYMASTREA ASPERA.

Phymastrea aspera, Quelch, Report on ‘Challenger’ Reef-building
Corals, p. 105.

Locality, King Island Bay.

Genus SoLtenastrmA, Hd. & H.,
Amended, Dunc. Rev. Fam. § Gen. p. 107.

Subgenus QuEtcuta. Solenastreans sometimes increasing
by fissiparity.

SoLENASTRHA (QUELCHIA) SPONGIFORMIs, sp. nov. (Plate I.
figs. 21, 22.)

The colony is tuberose, taller than broad, more or less sub-
cylindrical, rounded above and narrower at the attached base.
Calices numerous, circular, and slightly raised at the margin,
separated by varying amounts of cellular coenenchyma, which is
minutely and sharply spinulose, the spinules being short, slender,
jagged, and with from one to four thorny endings. Calicular
fossa deep and narrow. The septa are twenty in number, ten

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 13

large and ten very small, broadest at the margin and slender
within, the larger exsert and the smaller very incised at the free
inner edge, all granular at the sides. Coste larger than the
septa, and rarely extending far from the calicular margin.
Columella small and deeply seated, composed of a few trabecule.
Endotheca scanty. Gemmation frequent, and from the ccenen-
chyma, one part of a bud being close toa calice. Fissiparous
calices occasional, large.

Height of colony 45 millim., breadth 30 millim.; breadth of
cealices 1°5 to 2 millim. Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

Genus Prestastrma, Hd. J H.

PLESIASTRHA INDURATA.

Plesiastrzea indurata, Verrill, Proc. Essex Inst. ser. 2, v. p. 36, 1867.
A variety.

Locality, King Island Bay.

Genus Ecutnopora, pars, Dana.

ECHINOPORA ASPERA.

Madrepora aspera, Ellis § Solander, Hist. of Zooph. p. 156, pl. 39, 1786.

Echinopora aspera, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Zooph., vol. vii. p. 281,
1846.

Locality, King Island Bay.

Genus Leprastrma, Hd. § H.

LEPTASTREA HUMILIS, sp. nov. (Plate I. figs. 23, 24.)

The colony is low, gibbous and encrusting, covering a consi-
derable surface. The corallites are small and short, close, closely
united near the base by the fused walls, but separate slightly
above, so that the margins of the calices are close but not joined,
there not being any coste in the interval. Calices variable in
size and shape, rarely circular, widely open, and having a narrow
and deep fossa. Septa in three cycles, with orders of the fourth;
primaries the largest, entire above and dentated within; secon-
daries decidedly less exsert than the primaries; the septa of the
fourth and fifth orders small. Columella deeply seated, very
small. Endotheca well developed. Increase by gemmation from
the marginal calices of the colony.

Height of corallites 9-10 millim:, breadth of calices 2-4
millim. Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

14 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE MADREPORARIA

Genus GALAxEA, Oken.

GALAXEA IRREGULARIS.
Sarcinula irregularis, Ed. 6 H. Ann. des Sci. Nat. 3 sér. t. x. p. 316,

1848.
Galaxea irregularis, Ed. § H. Pal. foss. des terr. paléoz. Sc. p. 71,

1851.
Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

Genus Prionastrm, Hd. f H.

PRIONASTRHA ABDITA.

Madrepora abdita, Hillis & Solander, op. cit. p. 319.

Prionastrea abdita, Ed. § H. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3 sér. t. xii. p. 128,
1850.

Localities, King Island Bay and Sullivan Island.

PRIONASTRHA VASTA.

Prionastreea vasta, Klunz. Korallih. des Rothen Meeres, pt. ii. p. 38,
Taf. iv. figs. 12 & 8 (var. superficialis), Taf. x. fig. 4 a & 6 (Durchschnitte).

Locality, King Island Bay.

PRIONASTRHA ROBUSTA.

Astrea robusta, Dana, op. cit. p. 248, pl. 13, fig. 10.

Prionastra robusta, Ed. & H. Hist. Nat. des Corall. t. ii. p. 525.
Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

Genus Meruuina, Ehr.

MERULINA AMPLIATA.

Madrepora ampliata, Ellis § Solander, op. cit. p. 157, pl. 41. figs. 1 & 2.
Merulina ampliata, Ehr. Corall. des Roth. Meer. p. 104, 1834.
Locality, Elphinstone Island.

MERULINA RAMOSA.

Merulina ramosa, Ehr. in Ed. § H. Ann. des Se. Nat. 3 sér. t. xv. p. 144,
1851.

Locality, Elphinstone Island.

Section MADREPORARIA FUNGIDA.
Family PLESIOFUNGID&, Dune. Revision, p. 133.

Genus SIDERASTRmHA, Blainv.

SIDERASTRHA RADIANS.
Madrepora radians, Pallas, Elench. Zooph. p. 322, 1766.
Siderastrea galaxea, Ed. § H. Ann. des Sc. Nat. xii. p. 139, 1850.

OF THE MERGUL ARCHIPELAGO. 15

Var. PULCHELLA.
Astrea pulchella, Ed. § H. Hist. Nat. des Corall. i. p. 507.

Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

Family FUNGIDz.

Genus Funata, Dana,
Amended, Dune. Revis. p. 141.

FUNGIA CRASSA.
Fungia crassa, Dana, op. cit. p. 304, pl. 19. fig. 13.
Locality, Elphinstone Island.

FUNGIA DENTATA.
Fungia dentata, Dana, op. cit. p. 293, pl. 18. fig. 7.
Locality, Elphinstone Island.

FUNGIA PATELLA.
Madrepora patella, Ellis § Solander, op. cit. p. 148, tab. 28. figs. 1-4,

1786.
Fungia patella, Ed. § H. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3 sér. t. xv. p. 77, 1851.

Locality, Elphinstone Island.

FUNGIA GLANS.
Fungia glans, Dana?
Locality, Elphinstone Island.

Subgenus Hattexnossa, (gen.) Hhr., Dunc. Revis. p. 142.

Funera (HaLigLossa) ECHINATA.

Madrepora echinata, Pallas, Elench. Zooph. p. 284, 1766.
Haliglossa echinata, Klunz. op. cit. pt. iil. p. 67.
Locality, Elphinstone Island.

Genus Hatomitrra, Dana,
Amended, Dunc. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiii. p. 155, 1883.

Subgenus PopAaBacta.

Hatomirra (PoDABACIA) CRUSTACEA.
Podabacia crustacea, Ed. § H. Hist. Nat. des Corall. iii. p. 20, 1860.

Locality, Elphinstone Island.
Genus Cryprapacta, Hd. & A.

CRYPTABACIA TALPINA.
Fungia talpina, Lamk. Hist. Anim. s. Vert. p. 370.

16 _ PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE MADREPORARIA

Cryptabacia talpma, Ed. § H. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3 sér. t. xv. p. 95,
1851.

Locality, Elphinstone Island.

Genus HrerporitHa, Hschscholiz.
HERPOLITHA LIMAX. i
Madrepora limax, Esper, Pflanz. t. i. Forts. 77, Madr. tab. \xiii., 1797. -

Herpetolitha limax, Ed. § H. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3 sér. t. xv. p. 94,
1851.

Locality, Elphinstone Island.

Family LopHOSERID®, Dune. Revis. p. 146.
Genus Lornossris, Hd. § H.

LOPHOSERIS CRISTATA.

Madrepora cristata, Ellis § Solander, op. cit. p. 158, tab. xxxi. figs. 3-4,
1786.

Lophoseris cristata, Ed. & H. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3 sér. t. xv. p. 121,
1851.

Locality, Mergui Island.

LOPHOSERIS CACTUS. |

Pavonia cactus, Hemp. & Ehr. Abhandl. d. Akad. Berl. (1832), p. 329,
1834.

Lophoseris cactus, Ed. § H. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3 sér. t. xv. p. 123,
1851.

Locality, King Island Bay.

Genus PacuyseEris, Hd. & H.,
Amended, Dunc. Revis. p. 162.

PACHYSERIS SPECIOSA.

Agaricia speciosa, Dana, U.S. Explor. Exped., Zooph. p. 337, pl. 21.
fig. 7, 1847.

Pachyseris speciosa, Ed. § H, Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3 sér. t. xv. p- 136,
1851.

Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

Genus Coscrnarma, Hd. f H.,
Amended, Dunc. Revis. p. 184.

CoscINARHA MEANDRINA.
Astrea meandrina, Ehr. Abhandl. d. Akad. Berl. 1832, p. 1834.

Coscinareea mzeandrina, Ed. § H. Pal. foss. des terr. paléoz. §c, p. 144,
1851.

Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 17

CoscINARHA MONILE.

Madrepora monile, Forskal, op. cit. p. 133.

Coscinarzea monile, Klunz. op. cit. pt. iii. p. 79, Taf. ix. fig. 4, and
Taf. x. fig. 17 a & b (Durchschnitte).

Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

Family PLESIoPORITIDA, Dune. Revis. p- 165.

Genus Mmanproseris (pars), Rousseau.

M#aAnproseris Borre.

Meandroseris Botte, Rousseau, Voy. au Péle sud de Dumont d’ Urville,
Zool. t. v. p. 121, Zooph. pl. 28. fig. 1 (1854).

Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

Section MADREPORARIA PERFORATA, Ed. & H.
Family EupsamMMiIpD 4, Dune. Revis. p. 172.

Genus Batanopuytiia, S. Wood.

BALANOPHYLLIA MERGUIENSIS, sp.nov. (Plate I. figs. 25, 26.)

The corallum is small, short, rather higher than broad, nearly
cylindrical, being slightly compressed. alice elliptical and
larger than the base, and deep. Septa numerous and crowded,
in incomplete five cycles. Primaries and secondaries equal,
thin, plain at the margin of the calice and with ragged edges
elsewhere and near the columella. The tertiaries have a tall,
stout, serrated swelling near the columella, joined by the higher
orders. These large projections form as it were a paliferous
crown around the columella, and this is deeply seated, long and
narrow, and trabeculate. Cost nearly equal, with a single row
of short rounded granulations, often wavy, narrow, bifurcating,
and not much projecting. Intercostal spaces minutely and
regularly perforated. Epitheca rudimentary.

Height of corallum 8-9 millim. ; breadth of calice 5°5 millim.,
length 7 millim. Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

Genus Denpropnytiia, Hd. f& H.

DENDROPHYLLIA COARCTATA, Sp. nov. (Plate I. figs. 27, 28.)
The colony is moderately tall, with a broad base, and consists
of corallites of various sizes and of different ages; parent coral-
lite not usually detected. Some buds arise close to the base
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI. 2

18 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE MADREPORARIA

and others nearer the calicular margins of the corallites. Coral-
lites turbinate, compressed. Calices elliptical, often much com-
pressed, longer than broad, with a moderately stout margin.
Septa slightly exsert and projecting but slightly from the wall
towards the axis of the calice, thin, imperforate except close to
the wall, and with plain edges; the smaller with ragged edges
and often with projections on them near the columella. There
are four complete cycles, and part of a fifth may exist. In the
large calices the fifth is nearly complete and the primaries and
secondaries are equal; the tertiaries are slender and do not
project much from the wall, but they become large near the
columella on account of the junction of the higher orders with
them. The septa of the fourth and fifth orders reach halfway
down the corallite and join the tertiaries, and the small cribriform
septa of the fifth cycle join the fourth and fifth orders not far
from the calice. Or this last junction may not take place.
Columella deep, small, elongate, formed of lax trabecule, and
these join the principal septa. Wall stout, cribriform, perforated
very regularly. Coste variable, usually subequal, minutely
granular, projecting slightly. The long and short axes of the
margin of the calices are on different planes.

Height 38 millim. ; breadth of free surface 20-25 millim., length
of the free surface 85-45 millim.; length of calices 8-15 millim.,
breadth 8-12 millim.; depth of large calices 8-15 millim.
Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

Subgenus Canorsammia, (gen.) Hd. 6 H., Dunc. Revis. p.178.

DENDROPHYLLIA (C@NOPSAMMIA) AFFINIS, sp. nov. (Plate I.
figs. 29, 30.)

The colony is low, more or less hemispherical, and encrusts.
Corallites project slightly above the lax, highly porous cenen-
chyma. Calices circular in outline, as deep as they are broad.
Septa with three cycles, often incomplete, and rarely an order of
the fourth; primaries are a little exsert, imperforate except
near the wall, slightly granular, and larger than the secondaries ;
both join the columella. The smaller tertiaries may bend
towards and join the secondaries, but the opposite condition is
quite as frequent, and the Eupsammine condition is often not
seen. Columella deeply seated, small, and composed of two or
three trabecule, or larger and of many trabecule. Coste

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 19

granular, numerous, equal, distinct down to the ccnenchyma.
Intercostal spaces large and highly perforate. Coenenchyma
finely spinulose and more or less perforated. There is an epitheca
at the edge of the base of the coral, and it is dense.

Height of corallites above the coonenchyma2—4 millim.; breadth
of the calices 5-7 millim. Gemmation occurs from the corallite-
walls. Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

In some calices of Caenopsammia affinis the third cycle is
complete and its septa are long and reach the columella in most
half-systems; but occasionally there is an attempt as it were
to bend towards the secondary, and there may be the rudiments
of a fourth cycle. In another calice as large as the last the
primaries are the only well-developed septa; and in some systems
the secondaries are small, bent, and cribriform, and unite with
the columella low down, and then there are just vestiges of
rudimentary tertiaries. The columella in this calice is not one
quarter the size of that of the other.

Genus Astropsamnta, Verrill.

ASTROPSAMMIA PEDERSONT.

Astropsammia Pedersonii, Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist.
vol, xii. p. 392, 1869.

Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

Family MADREPORID 2 (pars), Ed. § H.
Genus Maprepora, Linn.

MabvREPORA GRACILIS.
Madrepora gracilis, Ed. § H. Hist. Nat. des Corall. iii. p. 147, 1860.
Locality, Sullivan Island.

MApDREPORA VALIDA.
Madrepora valida, Dana, op. cit. p. 461.
Locality, Elphinstone Island.

MapREPORA SURCULOSA.
Madrepora surculosa, Dana, op. cit. p. 445, pl. 32. fig. 4.
Locality, Owen Island.

MapREPORA HEBES.
Madrepora hebes, Dana, op. cit. p. 468, pl. 35. fig. 5.
Locality, Sullivan Island.

20 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE MADREPORARIA

MaADREPORA PYRAMIDALIS.

Madrepora pyramidalis, K/unz. op. cit. pt. ii. p. 12, Taf.i. fig. 2, Taf. iv.
fig. 6, Taf. ix. fig. 7.

Locality, Sullivan Island.

MADREPORA PAXILLIGERA.
Madrepora paxilligera, Dana, op. cit. v. p. 452, pl. 34. fig. 1.
Locality, Owen Island and Sullivan Island.

MADREPORA CRIBRIPORA.
Madrepora cribripora, Dana, op. cit. p. 470, pl. 31. figs. 1, 1 a, 18.
Locality, Elphinstone Island.

MaADREPORA SPICIFERA.

Madrepora spicifera, Dana, op. cit. p. 442, pl. 33. figs. 4, 4a, 46, 5, et
pl. 31. fig. 6, a, b, e.

Locality, Sullivan Island.

Genus TuRBINARIA, Oken.

TURBINARIA CINERASCENS.

Madrepora cinerascens, Ellis § Solander, op. cit. p. 157, pl. 43.
Turbinaria cinerascens, Oken, Lehrb. der Naturgesch. Zool. t. i. p. 67.
Locality, King Island Bay.

TURBINARIA CRATER.

Madrepora crater, Pallas, Elench. Zooph. p. 332.

Turbinaria crater, Oken, Lehrb. der Naturgesch. Zool. t. i. p. 67.
Locality, King Island Bay.

Family Poritipa, Ed. & H.
Genus Poritzs, Hd. f H.

PoRITES CONGLOMERATA.

Porites conglomerata, Quoy § Gaim. Voy. de l’Astrol. Zooph. p. 429,
1833. <A variety.

Locality, Elphinstone Island.

PoORITES NODIFERA.

Porites nodifera, Klunz. op. cit. pt. i. p. 41, Taf. iv. fig. 13, Taf. v.
fig. 17.

Locality, King Island Bay.

PORITES EXCAVATA.

Porites excavata, Verrill, Trans. Connect. Acad. vol, i. part 1, p. 504,
1866.

Locality, King Island Bay. ;

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 21

Genus Synarma, Verrill.

SYNARMA LUTEA.

Synarza lutea, Verrill, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 1869 ; Klunz.
op. cit. pt. ii. p. 49, Taf. v. fig. 29, Taf. vii. fig. 4.

Locality, Elphinstone Island.

Genus GONIOPORA.

GoNIOPORA COLUMNA.
Goniopora columna, Dana, op. cit. p. 469, pl. 56. fig. 5, 1846.
Locality, King Island Bay.

GoNIOPORA LOBATA.
Goniopora lobata, Ed. § H. Monogr. des Poritides, p. 40.
Locality, Mergui Archipelago.

The indeterminable species were either dead corals forming
the bases of encrusting species, or fragments. A Fungia
remains to be described.

Remarks on the Species.

The Paracyathi have alla high septal number and low, broad
subequal granular coste, and with one exception, P. ceruleus,
they have deeply seated small columelle. Most of them are
large forms, and the specific characters are given by the septa
and pali. Some small specimens which are on the blocks of stone
with the types show that the septal number is attained very
early.

The species are allied to the Chinese forms and to such species
as P. caltha, Verrill, from the west coast of North America.
They have but slight affinity with Mediterranean species.

It is interesting to find that in two of the species the septa,
pali, and columella are of a blue colour, which has withstood
the effects of alcohol, eau de Javelle, and chloride of lime. Other
species are brown in part, whilst one beautiful form is of the
usual brilliant white colour. All the Paracyathi are new to
science.

I have already described a species of Polycyathus from the
Persian Gulf (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 433), and two have now
come before me from Mergui. About one which is well charac-
terized, P. Verrilli, there is no doubt, and the wandering of the

D2, PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE MADREPORARIA

cost over the common basal structure is very well shown and
so are the pali. A single corallite has a great resemblance to
Astrangia palifera, Verrill, from Ceylon, but the Mergui form is
not an Astrangia. The smallness of the pali in Polycyathus
diffcilis and their resemblance to columellary papille may mislead,
but in some of the corallites the existence of pali and the absence
of endotheca are as apparent as is the presence of coste reaching
down to and upon the intermediate basal structure.

Pocillopora is represented by two species, one of which is
also found in the Red Sea, whilst the other has a Sandwich-
Island habitat.

Of the genus Mussa two of the species in the collection are
Red-Sea forms, and the third, JZ. flexuosa, Ed. & H., obtains a
known habitat for the first time. They are all fine forms.

Euphyllia striata and E. plicata now receive known habitats ;
and FH. rugosa is also from Fiji.

The species of Symphyllia are common to the Red Sea and the
islands of the Pacific ; and the solitary species of Hydnophora is
also found in the seas of the great islands to the east.

The four species of Meandrina, subgenus Celoria, show the
intermediate character of the Mergui fauna, for some are known
in the Red Sea and others are members of the Chinese and Pacific
faunas.

The genus Brachymeandrina was founded to receive a form
well known in the Red Sea, and there are specimens from Mergui.

The six species of Favia are known in the coral-faunas of
the Red Sea and the Seychelles. Gondastrea is a genus which
has also species in the Red Sea, Ceylon, Seychelles, and in the
Pacific reefs. The Mergui forms are large as a rule. One,
G. Bournoni, Ed. & H., has a habitat given to it for the first
time. Goniastrea incrustans is a new species, and it shows how
necessary it is to study the variations of every part of a colony in
order to diagnose a species properly. It is evident, after an
examination of the whole of the specimen which is the type,
that were it broken up and fossilized two or three species and a
new genus might be made out of it. The interesting point is the
absence of the large crown of pali in some few corallites and the
thickness of the fused wall of others, some resembling species of
Havia.

Mr. Quelch, late of the British Museum, has given me his
efficient help in comparing some of the Phymastree from Mergui

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 23

with the types in the British Museum, and there is no doubt that
Phymastrea irregularis, Dunc., which I described in the Proc.
Zool. Soc. 1883, p. 406, isa Merguiform. P. aspera, Quelch, which
will shortly appear described in the ‘ Challenger’ Report on the
Reef Corals (p. 105), is also a Mergui form. Its first discovery
was at Banda.

The Solenastrean subgenus Quelchia has occasional fissiparous
calices, and is a characteristic form from Mergui. Plesiastrea
indurata, Verrill, was described by Verrill from the Loo Choo
_Islands(Proce. Essex Institute, ser. 2, vol. v. 1867, p. 35, pl. 2. fig. 7).

The Balanophyllia is a well-marked species, and the row or
crown-like series of swollen tertiaries resembles one consisting of
pali. The small and young forms show this peculiarity also, and
their septal number is of course lower.

The Dendrophyllia is a common form at Mergui, and, as the
specific name implies, the colony is stunted, and resembles a
bunch of compressed buds without a definite stem. It is a very
exceptional species of a very variably shaped group. The sub-
genus Canopsammia is represented by an interesting species, and
it is not without its affinity with C. coccinea; but the small and
variably shaped columella and the septal number constitute,
besides the colour, specific distinctions. The variability of the
corallites in the small colonies of this species is very suggestive.

Verrill’s species Astropsammia Pedersoni, which was first found
in the Panamian province of W. America, occurs at Mergui, and
there is no doubt that the distant localities have their simple
corals closely allied and some of the colonial also.

The collection of species of Madrepora is very considerable, and
their variability, owing to the conditions under which the forms
grew, has given much trouble in classification. The only form
about which I have some doubt I have classified under W. gracilis,
Ed. & H. The description given in Hist. Nat. des Corall. vol. iii.
p- 147,is conveyed in two lines and with a reference to another
species. The large tubulo-nariform calices are very characteristic
ofthe Mergui form. A species, If. eribripora, also with nariform
calices, is stunted, and shows some evidence of having had the
same occasionally slightly saline water to live in as is the case
where the type of Dana was obtained in Fiji. Some of the
species found at Mergui have a Red-Sea habitat, and others
belong to the Pacific fauna.

The genus Porites flourishes at Mergui, and there is a large

24 MADREPORARIA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.

form with twenty-four septa which I believe is Verrill’s P. excavata
from the Pearl Islands, Panama Bay. The only distinction
is that the type has deeper calices. Synarea of Verrill is also
represented.

Fifteen species of the section Madreporaria Fungida occur at
Mergui, but there is nothing particular to be said about them;
they are well-known forms which also live in the Red Sea, Indian
Ocean, Chinese seas, and on the Pacific reefs.

As a coral-fauna that of Mergui has rather more than one sixth
of the species characteristic, and they are humble and for the
most part simple species (solitary). The remaining species are
also found from the Mozambique coast to China, as well as in
western Central American seas and in the reefs of the Pacific
Islands. The Australian, Mediterranean, and Atlantic coral-
faunas are not represented by species at Mergui.

It is very remarkable that the coral-fauna of Ceylon, so far
as it is known from Mr. Stuart O. Ridley’s researches (Ann. &
Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xi. 1883, p. 250), does not contain a
single Mergui species. The number of genera common to the
two areas is, however, great, and many species are very closely
allied.

Some great groups of Madreporaria are absent at Mergui, such
as the non-paliferous Turbinolide, and the whole of the Oculinide
except Pocillopora.

On turning to the descriptions of the Tertiary Madreporaria of
the Asiatic province, and especially to the collections which were
so carefully collected by the Geological Survey of India from Sind,
which belong to the remains of a flourishing coral sea of Miocene
age, one cannot but be impressed with the total distinctness of
the ancient and modern faunas. ‘There are no species, and few
genera, in common (Pal. Ind. ser. xiv.). Unfortunately Pliocene
fossiliferous deposits are rare in that part of the world, but it is
to be hoped that search will be made for those which may be
coralliferous soas to enable paleontologists to give the succession
of forms in India from the Jurassic to the present day.

ait ae

HOLOTHURIANS OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 25

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE I.

Figs. 1-3. Paracyathus Andersoni. 1, side view, nat. size; 2, a system of
septa and pali, magnified ; 3, coste, magnified.
4-6. P. profundus. 4, side view, nat. size; 5, a half-system of septa
and pali, magnified ; 6, coste, magnified.
7-9. P. indicus. 7, side view, nat. size; 8, a system of septa and pali,
magnified ; 9, costs, magnified.
10,11. P. ceruleus. 10, side view, nat. size; 11, a half-system of septa
' and pali, magnified.
12-14. P. merguiensis. 12, side view, nat.size; 15, a half-system of septa
and pali, magnified; 14, costee, magnified.
15,16. Polycyathus Verrilli. 15, part of a colony, nat. size; 16, a coral-
lite, magnified. The pali are the outer knobs of the axial space.
17,18. P. diffictlés. 17, part of a colony, nat. size; 18, a corallite, mag-
nified.
19, 20. Goniastrea incrustans. 19, part of a colony, nat. size; 20, a
calice, magnified.
21, 22. Solenastrea (Quelchia) spongiformis. 21, the colony, nat. size;
22, calices, magnified.
23,24. Leptastrea humilis. 23, calices, nat. size; 24, a calice, magnified,
25, 26. Balanophyllia merguiensis. 25, coral, nat. size; 26, part of a
calice, magnified.
27, 28. Dendrophyllia coarctata. 27, colony, nat. size; 28, part of a
calice, magnified.
29, 30. D. (Cenopsammia) affinis. 29, the colony, nat. size; 30, a calice,
magnified.

On the Holothurians of the Mergui Archipelago collected for
the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John
Anderson, Superintendent of the Museum. By Professor
F. Jerrrey Brut, M.A., Sec. R.M.S. (Communicated by
Dr. Joun AnveErsoy, F.R.S., F.L.8.)

[Read 3rd June, 1886. ]
(Puate IT.)

Tue collection of Holothurians made by Dr. John Anderson,
though small, offers some poimts of interest, for it contains
an unexpectedly large number of undescribed species, of species
known to me before from one locality only, or forms that have
as yet been seen only by those who described them.

The recent publication of Dr. Kurt Lampert’s comprehensive
monograph on the Holothuroidea * renders it unnecessary for me

* Reisen &. von Dr. C. Semper. II. iv. Die Seewalzen, von Dr. Kurt
Lampert: Wiesbaden, 1885.

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI. 3

26 PROF. F. J. BELL ON THE HOLOTHURIANS

to enter here on any extensive bibliography ; I propose, in most
cases, to refer simply to that naturalist’s work.

1. Sywapra recTA, Semper ; Lampert, p. 220.—Owen Island.
This species has hitherto only been reported from Bohol.

2. CHIRODOTA RUFESCENS, Brandt; Lampert, p. 280.—Hiphin-
stone Island.

This is a widely distributed species, extending to Japan.

3. Cucumaria Forpusi, n.sp. (Plate II. figs. 1-3.)

Among various Echinoderms sent at different times by Mr.
James A. Murray, of the Kurrachee Museum, I have recognized
a new species of Oucwmaria, which was comparatively well repre-
sented. In an essay of mine on that genus, which has now been
long in preparation, I find the MS. description of this species.
As it is represented in Dr. Anderson’s collection by a single spe-
cimen, I here transcribe and publish that description :—

Body elongated, almost quadrilateral ; suckers numerous,
confined to the ambulacral ares ; integument thick, white, dense,
richly supplied with spicules. Calcareous ring simple; retractors
rather long, broadest in their middle.

The spaces separating the trivial row of suckers are narrow,
and, as they lie nearly in the same plane, the general form
of the body is as nearly quadrangular as pentagonal; in these
rows the suckers are not confined to two regular series; im the
bivial rows the suckers are more regularly arranged in paired sets.

The calcareous ring is simple and delicate, the retractors are
inserted just behind the first anterior third of the body, and are
swollen into a muscular belly about their middle. Polian vesicle
large, elongated ; genital tubes simple, attached far forwards.

The spicules are not unlike those of C. Planct, but not so
stout; the rounded medusiform bodies have a few holes, and
those large; the supporting spicules in the suckers are nearly
straight, and have a few holes, which are largest and most
numerous at either end.

Measurements :—
millim. millim. wmillim.
Wenet hate eden 48 575 635
Breadth of narrower
interambulacrum. . 3'5 5 6

Breadth of wider do. . 4 of Uh

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 27

I associate with this species the name of my lamented friend
W. A. Forbes, who was for several years the Prosector of the
Zoological Society of London.

4, CUCUMARIA ASSIMILIS, n.sp. (Plate IT. fig. 4.)

A true Cucwmaria of small size, irregular cask-like shape, soft
integument, suckers arranged in zigzag or in irregular rows.

Differs from C. leonina in being of a slate-colour, the suckers
darker, in having the spicules without projecting processes and
stouter (Pl. II. fig. 4), and in not, so far as one is able to
judge from the single specimen dissected, having long genital
tubes.

The species would appear to be most closely allied to C. leonina,
the spiculation being most similar to that of Semperia syracusana.

Length 33; 25 millim. Greatest breadth 14°5; 7 millim.

Elphinstone Island.

5. SEMPERIA, sp.

There are several specimens of a species of this genus, but the
characters are, it seems to me, those of young and not of adult
specimens, and it is therefore impossible to exactly assign the
species to its proper place. It will, I think, be found to be a
form that will exhibit interesting modifications during growth.
The idea suggested itself to me, but did not commend itself, that
the specimens in question are the young of Cucwmaria Forbesi.

Elphinstone Island.

6. Ocnus savanicus, Slwiter ; Lampert, p. 129.—Palaw Bay.

This species, hitherto known only from Java, seems to be fairly
abundant at Mergui; I have little doubt that the single speci-
men of Ocnus, whose specific position I was unable to identify
when writing the Report on the Echinoderms of the ‘ Alert’
Collection (see Brit. Mus. Rep. ‘Alert’ Coll. 1884, p. 147), belongs
to Sluiter’s species; in which case, as the ‘Alert’ found it at
Port Darwin, it will be widely distributed.

7. TuyoneE sacELLus, Selenka ; Lampert, p. 154.—Elphinstone
Island.
8. SrrcHorus cHLORONOTUS, Brandt; Lampert,p.107.—Elphin-

stone Island; a single specimen in very bad condition.

9. Bowapscuta araus, Jaeger ; Lampert, p. 87.—Elphinstone

Island; there was but one specimen of this common species.
2%

28 HOLOTHURIANS OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.

10. Hotornvria arra, Jaeger; Lampert, p. 85.—Elphinstone
Island.

11. Hotornvria imeatiens, Forskal; Lampert, p. 65.—
Elphinstone Island.

12. Hotoruuria instants, Ludwig ; Lampert, p. 61.—Palaw
Bay. This specimen is not of so stout a habit as those described
by Prof. Ludwig.

18. Hotorauria vaGaBunpa, Selenka; Lampert, p. 71.—
Owen Island and Elphinstone Island.

14. Hotornvria ANDERSONT, 0. sp.

In the recently proposed arrangement of Dr. Lampert, this
new species will stand nearest to H. lubrica of Selenka, for
there are no turriform or C-shaped bodies, no anal teeth, and the
Cuvierian tubes are small and inconspicuous.

Body elongated, cylindrical ; skin smooth, soft, not very closely
packed, papille on bivial and scattered suckers on trivial areas.
Tentacles P20. Pharyngeal annularia only, the radial much
longer than the interradials. One Polian vesicle, 25 millim. long.
Genital tubes few, short, not much branched; Cuvierian tubes
few, shert, pale. Spicules in the form of reticulated rods only,
such as are commonly found in suckers. Colour black. Length
120 millim.; breadth 26 millim.

Mergui.

In addition to the specimen described above, there are two
others which in essential characters belong to the same species ;
the body-wall, however, is thinner, the colour is lighter, and the
bivial papille are less thickly massed and pronounced.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE IT.

Fig. 1. Cucumaria Forbesi; external view. X3.

2. The same, dissected to show the form of the retractor muscles (7),
the characters of the oesophageal ring (v), and the size of the Polian
vesicle (p). x2.

3. The same: a, front, }, side view of calcareous plate from the integu-
ment; ¢, medusiform plate. 450.

4. Calcareous plate from integument of C. assimilis, 225.

LEPIDOPTERA OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 29

List of the Lepidoptera of Mergui and its Archipelago collected
for the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr.
John Anderson, F.R.S., Superintendent of the Museum.
By Freperic Moort, A.L.S., F.Z.S.

[Read 3rd June, 1886.]
(Puatss III. & IV.)

Tue Lepidoptera comprised in this collection consist of 208
species of Butterflies and 64 species of Moths. Of the Butter-
flies, one third of the number are species that are common to
both the Continent of India and the Malay Peninsula. About
one fourth are confined to Burmah and the Malay Peninsula, and
about one eighth extend northward to the Khasia Hills; the re-
maining one fourth, so far as is yet known, being Burmese—
some few of these latter species also extending, on the one hand,
to Siam, and two or three, on the other hand, to the Andamans and
Ceylon. Of the 64 species of Moths, one third are also common
to India and the Malay Peninsula, one fourth are Burmese and
Malayan, and one fourth extend northward, three only being
strictly Burmese.
RHOPALOCERA.
Family NyMPHALIDS.
Subfamily Evpiain».

Hest1a aGaMarscHana, Felder, Nov. Reise, Lep. ii. p. 351,
pl. 43. f. 7 (1867).
Minthantoung (Dec.).

RADENA VULGARIS.
Danais vulgaris, Butler, Ent. M. Mag. xi. p. 164 (1874).

Mergui (Dec.).

TrruMALA LIMNIACE.

Papilio Limniace, Cramer, Pap. Evot. i. pl. 59. f. D, E (1775).
Mergui (March) ; Tavoy (Dec.).

TIRUMALA SEPTENTRIONIS.
Danais septentrionis, Butler, Ent. M. Mag. xi. p. 163 (1874).
Mereui (Dec.) ; Thaing, King Island (Feb.).

TIRUMALA GAUTAMA.

Danais gautama, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. xx. p. 43
(1877); P. Z. S. 1883, pl. 31. f. 3.

Mergui (Dec., March); Zediwon (Dec.).

30 MR. F, MOORE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA:

Limnas CHRYSIPPUS.

Papilio Chrysippus, Linn. S. N. (1758) p. 471.

Mergui (Dec., March).

SaLaTURA GENUTIA.

Papilio Genutia, Cramer, Pap. Exot, iu. pl. 206. f. C, D (1779).

Mergui (Dec., Jan.); Pataw Island (Dec.); Thaing, King ©
Island (Feb.). Very common.

SALATURA H8GESIPPUS.

Papilio Hegesippus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 180. f. A (1777).

Mergui (Dec.); Zediwon (Dec.); Minthantoung (Dec.) ;
Pataw (Dec.).

BaHORA CROCEA.

Danais crocea, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 57, pl. 4. f. 4.

Mergui (Dec.); Elphinstone Island (March).

PARANTICA MELANOIDES.
Parantica melanoides, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1883, p. 247.
Mergui (Dec.); Pataw Island (Dec.).

PARANTICA AGLEOIDES.

Danais Agleoides, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. iv. p. 398 (1860).

Mergui (Dec., Jan., March); Zediwon (Dec.) ; Pataw Island
(Dec.); Minthantoung (Dec.). Very common.

CaDUGA MELANEUS.

Papilio melaneus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 40. f. D (1775).

Mereui (Dec.).

MENAMA CUPREIPENNIS.

Crastia cupreipennis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1871, p. 823.

Mergui (Dec., March); Pataw Island (Dec.); Sullivan Island
(Jan.); Thapo, King Island (Jan.) ; Elphinstone Island (March).

MENAMA TAVOYANA.

Menama tavoyana, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 265, pl. 30. f. 6, ¢.

Mereui (Nov., Dec.) ; Sullivan island (Jan.).

TroneGa BREMERI.

Euploea Bremeri, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. iv. p. 398 (1860).

Mereui (Dec., March); Minthantoung (Dec.); Pataw Island
(Dec.); Yimiki, King Island (Feb.) ; Zediwon (Dec.) ; Pataw
Island (Dec.); Sullivan Island (Jan.); Elphinstone Island
(March). Very common.

Prnoa LIMBoRGIt.

Euploea limborgii, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 823, pl. 41. f. 2.

Mergui (Dec.); Pataw Island(Dec.); Thapo, King Island (Jan.).

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 31

Prnoa ALCATHOE.

Danais Alcathoé, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 178 (1819). ,

Pataw Island (Dec.); Minthantoung (Dec.); Sullivan Island
(Jan.); Elphinstone Island (March).

Prnoa MENETRIESII.

Euploea Menetriesii, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. iv. p. 398 (1860),

Mergui (Dec.).

Crastia GoDARTII.

Euploea Godartii, Lucas, Rev. Zool. 1853, p. 319.

Mergui (Noy., Dec., March) ; Pataw Island (Dec.) ; Zediwon
(Dec.); Elphinstone Island (March). Very common.

TrEPsIcHRoIS Linn zt.

Trepsichrois Linnzi, Moore, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 286, pl. 29. f. 4, pl. 30.
Fil.

Meregui (Nov., Dec.); Pataw Island (Dec.); Sullivan Island
(Jan.); Zediwon (Jan.); Minthantoung (Dec.); Thaing, King
Island (Feb.); Owen Island (Feb.); Elphinstone Island (March).

Very common.

Eurt@a PHe@sEvs.
Euploea Phoebus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 270.
Sullivan Island (Jan.) ; Elphinstone Island (March).

Danisepa DIOCLETIANUS.
Papilio Diocletianus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. i. p. 40.
Mergui (March) ; Elphinstone Island (March).

PapremMa ERIcHSONII.

Euploea Erichsonii, Felder, Nov. Reise, Lep. ii. p. 324 (1867).

Mergui (Dec.); Elphinstone Island (Dec.); Thaing, King
Island (Feb.). .

IgSAMIA MARGARITA.

Euploea margarita, Butler, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 279.

Mergui (Nov., Dec., March); Thapo, King Island (Jan.); Sul-
livan Island (Jan.); Minthantoung (Dec.).

StrcrorL@a HARRISsII.

Euploea Harrisii, Felder, Nov. Reise, Lep. 1. p. 238, 3 (1867).

Mergui (Dec.); Elphinstone Island (Dec.); Sullivan Island
(Jan.).

Males and a single female were collected by Dr. Anderson.
The female of this species is erroneously figured by Felder in the
Novara Reise, pl. 41. £. 7, as the female of Huplea Grotet.

a2 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA

Subfamily SaryRinz.
Leruet Evropa.
Papilio Europa, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 500 (1775).
Mergui (March).

Metaniris IsMEne.

Papilio Ismene, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 26. f. A, B.

Mergui (March 21st, April 24th); Owen Island (Jan.); Thaing,
King Island (Jan.); Elphinstone Island (March).

Metanitis DererMiInata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1885, p. vi.

Melanitis Leda (of modern authors).

Mergui (December 8th, April 23rd).

From the fact that the two above-mentioned species of MJela-
nitis are both found flying at the same time of year, they cannot
possibly be “‘ seasonal forms” of one another, as has been recently
stated (Proe. Ent. Soc. London, 1885, p. 11) by Mr. L. de Nicéville.

CatysIsME PERSEUS.

Papilio Perseus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 488 (1775).

Mereui (Dec.).

CatysIsME InDistans, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, p. 164.

Mergui (Dec., March); Pataw Island (Dec.); Thaing, King
Island (Jan., Feb.) ; Elphinstone Island (March).

CALYSISME MAMERTA (var.).

Papilio mamerta, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 326. f. D.

Elphinstone Island (March). A single specimen.

Orsorrizna Mepvs.

Papilio Medus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 488 (1775).

Mergui (Dec., March) ; Elphinstone Island (March).
Yerumma Husyerti, Kirby, Catal. D. Lep. p. 95.
Ypthima Philomela, Hubner, Zutr. exot. Sch. f. 83, 84.. .

Mergui (Dec., March); Minthantoung (Dec.),. Very common.

Yrruima Batpvs.

Papilio Baldus, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 34 (1787).

Mergui (Dec., March); Pataw Island (Dec.); Zediwon (Dec.);
Thaing, King Island (Feb.). Very common.

Yrruma Marsuarii, Butler, Ann. & Mag.Nat. Hist. 5th ser.
x. p. 373, 1882.

Mergui (Dee.) ; Thaing, King Island (Jan. and Feb.) ; Thapo,
King Island (Jan.) Numerous.

ELYMNIAS TINCTORIA.

Elymnias tinctoria, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 826, 3.

Mergui (Dec.) ; Thaing, King Island (Jan.).

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 33

The female of this species has the basal median area of the fore
wing tawny, and a curved submarginal purpurescent-white ma-
cular band; the hind wing has the basal median area whitish,
mottled with ferruginous brown, and a submarginal row of four
white spots.

ELYMNIAS OBNUBILA. (Plate III. fig. 2.)
Elymnias obnubila, Marshall, Butt. of India, i. p. 272.
Thaing, King Island (Jan.). A single specimen.

Dycris AnDErsonu. (Plate III. fig. 5.)

Male. Upperside violet-brown; fore wing with a marginal
curved series of grey spots, the three upper of which are of a
lengthened oval form, and the three lower pyriform, with the
point acute ; hind wing with a broad marginal scalloped-bordered
lilacine-grey band. Underside of a pale vinous brown, the apical
area of fore wing and the exterior marginal area of hind wing
whitish ; crossed by numerous darker brown, more or less con-
fluent strige, which are broadest from the disk to the base.

Expanse 23 inches.

Hab. Minthantoung (Dec.).

Nearest to D. Hsaca, from Borneo. Differs from the same sex
of that species in its smaller size. On the fore wing above the
lower marginal grey spots have a decidedly acute inner point.
On the hind wing the marginal grey spots are of three times the
width, and form a broad marginal band. Underside differs in
being of a uniformly paler colour, especially at the apex of fore
wing and along the exterior border of hind wing; the brown
strige also showing up more prominently.

Subfamily Morpuinz.
AMmATHUSIA PHIDIPPUS.
Papilio Phidippus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 725 (1767).
Thaing, King Island (Jan.). A single specimen of the female.

DiscopHora CELINDE.
Papilio Celinde, Stoll, Cram. Pap. Exot. v. pl. 37. f. 1, 1a (1790).
Elphinstone Island (Feb.). A single male specimen.

Subfamily NymMpHaLinz.
CrrHosta BIBxis.
Papilio Biblis, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. iii. pl. 4. f. 2 (1773).
Meregui (Dec.). A single specimen.

34 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA

CrrrocHRoa RoTUNDATA, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser.
Zool. 1. p. 543 (1879).

Minthantoung (Dec.); Sullivan Island (Jan.); Thaing, King
Island (Feb.) ; Elphinstone Island (March).

CrrrocHroa surya, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 827.
Kisseraing Island (Dec.); Yimiki, King Island (Feb.).

PaDUCA, gen. nov.

Wings narrower than in Cirrochroa.

Male. Fore wing more triangular in form; fourth subcostal
branch emitted at a further distance from the third ; discocellular
descending obliquely inward ; the two upper medians at a short
distance beyond end of the cell; venation of hind wing similar,
the lower submedian straighter. Antenne with a much stouter
and shorter terminal club; palpi narrower.

Type P. fasciata.

PADUCA FASCIATA.

Atella fasciata, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. iv. p. 236; Nov. Reise, Lep.
iii. pl. 49. f. 9, 10 (1867).

Sullivan Island (Jan.) ; Elphinstone Island (March).

Maussaras ERYMANTHIS.

Papilio Erymanthis, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. i. pl. 15. f. 3, 4 (1773).

Pataw Island (Dec.); Thapo, King Island (Jan.); Thaing,
King Island (Feb.); Yimiki, King Island (Feb.); Mergui (March).
Common.

ATELLA ALCIPPE.
Papilio Alcippe, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 382. f. G, H (1782).
Thaing, King Island (Feb.).

ATELLA SINHA.

Terinos Sinha, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschm. iv. 2, p. 438 (1844).
Mergui (Dec.). A single specimen,

JuNONIA ASTERTIE.

Papilio Asterie, Linn. S. N. i. 2, p. 769 (1767).
Minthantoung (Dec. 20); Mergui (Dec.).

JuNONIA ALMANA.

Papilio Almana, Linn. S. N. i. 2, p. 769 (1767).

Minthantoung (Dec. 20).

These two species (J. Asterie and J. Almana) being found flying
at the same time must disprove Mr. de Nicéville’s supposition
that they are seasonal forms of one another.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 35

Junonia LaoMEDIA.

Papilio Laomedia, Linn. S. N. i. 2, p. 772 (1767).

Mergui (Nov., Dec., March); Zediwon (Dec.); Minthantoung
(Dec.) ; Thaing, King Island (Jan. and Feb.) ; Yimiki, King
Island (Feb.). Very common.

Junonta LEMontras.

Papilio Lemonias, Linn. S. N.i. 2, p. 770 (1767).

Mereui (Dec., Jan., March) ; Taing (Jan.); Taingthoung (Jan.);
Thapo, King Island (Jan.) ; Elphinstone Island (March). Very

common.

Junonia CENONE.

Papilio Ginone, Linn. S. N. i. 2, p. 770.

Meregui (Dec.); Thaing, King Island (Jan. and Feb.); Yimiki,
King Island (Feb.). Very common.

Precis Ipurra.

Papilio Iphita, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 209. f. C, D (1792).

Mergui (Nov., Dec., March); Thaing and Thapo, King Island
(Jan.). Very common.

RuAINOPALPA POLYNICE.
Papilio Polynice, Cram. Pap. Exot. iu. pl. 195. f. D, EB.
Mergui (Dec.) ; Minthantoung (Dec.).

ErGonis ARIADNE.

Papilio Ariadne, Linn. S. N.i. 2, p. 778 (1767).
Thapo, King Island (Jan.).

Eraoris MERIoNE.

Papilio Merione, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 144. f. G, H (1779).
Hiphinstone Island (March).

Cyrestis ToemirE, Honrath, Berlin. ent. Zeits. 1884, p. 398,
pl. 10: f. 5.

Yimiki, King Island (Feb.); Elphinstone Island (March).

ApaTuRA Bontna.

Papilio Bolina, Linn. S. N. i. 2, p. 781 (1767).

Mergui (Dec.).

PaRTHENOS APICALIS, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 829.

Minthantoung (Dec.) ; Sullivan Island (Jan.).

Lepapra artEnvata, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 829.
Meregui (Dec., March) ; Zediwon (Dec.); Pataw Island (Dec.,
Jan.) ; Thaing, King Island (Feb.). Common.

36 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA

Mopvza Procris.

Papilio Procris, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 106. f. E, F (1779).

Minthantoung (Dec.).

Nepris sumBan, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. #.I. C. i. p. 167,
pl. 4a. £. 5 (1857).

Minthantoung (Dec.) ; Elphinstone Island (March).

Nepris wata, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. H.I. C. i. p. 168, pl. 4a.
f. 6 (1857).
Mergui (Dec.); Minthantoung (Dec.).

Nepris apara, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 830.

Mergui (Dec.); Thaing, King Island (Feb.).

Neprris teEvconata, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. 1.
p- 541, pl. 69. f. 8 (1879).

Elphinstone Island (March).

Neptis THaMALA. (Plate IIL. fig. 1, 9.)

Upperside fuliginous black ; fore wing with a pale dusky ferru-
ginous entire discoidal streak, two transverse discal curved
interrupted macular bands, a submarginal narrower band, followed
by a slender marginal line; the submarginal band with a large
conical spot protruded between the radial and upper median; two
small incurved spots also above end of the cell: hind wing with a
subbasal and discal slightly recurved dusky ferruginous band,
between which isa slender paler band, and beyond is a similar
submarginal band and a marginal line.

Expanse, 5 155, 2 24/5 inches.

Hab. Mergui (Feb.); Elphinstone Island (March).

Nearest to VV. Hira, Kiel, from the island of Nias. A speci-
men of this species from Borneo is also in the Hewitson collection.

Neprrs gononata, Butler, Tr. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. i.
p. 541, pl. 69. f. 2.

Thaing, King Island (Jan.).

Nepris Vixast, Horsf. Catal. Lep. Mus. HL. C. pl. 5. £. 2 (1829)-

Sullivan Island (Jan.).

Nepris paraka, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. i.
p. 542, pl. 68. f. 2 (1879).

Mergui (Dec., March).

Nepris DORELIA, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ger. Zool. i.
p. 542, pl. 68. f. 3 (1879).

Mergui (Nov., Dec.); Sullivan Island (Jan.); Elphinstone
Tsland (Feb.).

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 3y7/

RAHINDA PLAGIOSA.

Neptis plagiosa, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 830.

Minthantoung (Dec.).

Aruyma Ipita, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 16, pl. 51. f. 3.

Minthantoung (Dec.).

AvHyMA Perivs, durivillius, Kong.V. Ak. Handl. (1882), p.68.

Papilio Perius, Linn. S. N. ed. x. p. 471 (1758) ; Mus. Ulr. p. 261
(1764); S. N.i. 2, p. 766 (1767).

Papilio Leucothoé, Linn. S. N. ed. x. p. 478 (1758).

Athyma Leucothoé (auctorum).

Meregui (Dec., Jan., March); Minthantoung (Dec.); Thaing
(Jan.); Thapo, King Island (Jan.). Common.

ATHYMA NIVIFERA, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. 1.
p. 540, pl. 69. f. 4 (1879).
Mergui (Dec.); Kisseraing Island (Dec.). Two males only.

AtuymMa Kresna, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 12, pl. 50. f. 4, g.
Minthantoung (Dec.). ‘Two males only.

Avuyma suBRaTa, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 13, pl. 51. f.1, 2.

Mergui (Dec., March). Female only.

This may probably be a dimorphic form of female of A. Kresna,
the ordinary female of which has reddish markings. .

AtHyma cieRIcA, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. i.
p. 540, pl. 69. f. 5 (1879).
One specimen of male, without locality.

Kurnaria Dunya.
Adolias Dunya, Doubleday 8 Hewits. D. Lep. pl. 44. f. 3 (1850).
Kisseraing Island (Dec.); Elphinstone Island (March).

Euruatta GARuDA.

Adolias Garuda, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C.1. p. 186 (1857); Tr.
Ent. Soc. 1859, p. 64, pl. 3. f. 2.

Mergui (Dec.).

EurHaria ANOSIA.

Adolias Anosia, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C.i. p. 187 (1857); Tr.
Ent. Soc. 1859, p. 65, pl. 5. f. 1.

Mergui (Dec., March).

EurHatia JAHNU.

Adolias Jahnu, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C.i. p. 192 (1857); Tr.
Ent. Soc. 1859, p. 74, pl. 7.f.1, .

Adolias Sananda, Moore, Tr. Ent. Soc. 1859, p. 76, pl. 7. f. 3, d.

Kisseraing Island (Jan.). A single specimen of the female
only.

38 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA

HUTHALIA DISCISPILOTA.

Adolias discispilota, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 831, 2.

Mergui (Dec.). One female only.

EuTHALIA SATROPACES.

Adolias Satropaces, Hewitson, Ent. M. Mag. 1876, p. 150; Desc. Lep.
Rhop. Coll. Atkinson, As. Soc. Beng. p. 1, pl. 1. f. 6, 7, 8 (1879).

Mergui (Dec., March); Minthantoung (Dec.). One female
only of this very rare species.

Euruaria Anpersonit. (Plate III. figs. 3 & 4, 5 2.)

Euthalia Andersonii, Moore, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 1884, p. 18.

Mergui (Dee., Jan., March); Zediwon (Dec.); Minthan-
toung (Dec.); Pataw Island (Dec.).

HurHALIA XIPHIONES.

Adolias Xiphiones, Butler, P. Z.S. 1868, p. 609, pl. 45. f. 6, g.

Mergui (March); Sullivan Island (Jan.). Two specimens of
the male of this rare species.

SYMPHZDRA PARDALIS, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 698.

Mergui (Dec., March).

HaRriIDRA BORNEENSIS.

Charaxes Borneensis, Butler, Lep. Exot. i. p. 16, pl. 6. f. 2 (1869).

Elphinstone Island (March). <A single female specimen only
collected.

Family LEmMoniip2.
Subfamily NEMEOBIINA.

ZEMEROS F'LEGYAS.

Papilio Flegyas, Cram. Pap. Exot. iu. pl. 280. f. EK, F.

Mergui (Nov., Dec., March); Pataw Island (Jan.); Minthan-
toung (Jan.); Thaing, King Island (Jan. and Feb.); Elphinstone
Island (March).

ABISARA KAUSAMBI, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. iv. p. 397
(1860).

Pataw Island (Dec.) ; Sullivan Island (Jan.); Yimiki, King
Island (Feb.) ; Thapo, King Island (Jan.); Elphinstone Island
(March).

Taxina Tuursto, Hewitson, Hxot. Butt. ii. Tax. pl. 1. £. 5, 2.

Mergui (March) ; Kisseraing Island (Jan.).

Family Lyc#ZNiIpD 2.

Poritria PHRAATICA.
Poritia Phraatica, Hewitson, Illust. D. Lep. p. 214, pl. 88. f. 2, 2.
Three males and one female collected by Dr. Anderson. ‘The

OF MERGUIL AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 39

female is identical with Mr. Hewitson’s type, figured as above.
One of the males has a broad lower basal cobalt-blue patch with
an outer lobe protruding towards the posterior angle, and a partly
confluent curved series of subapical spots; and the lower half of
the hind wing has a similar coloured patch with a marginal row
of blackish oval spots. In the other male the blue is of a deci-
dedly ultramarine tint, and the patch on the fore wing has a
central black streak. The markings on the underside of the
males are exactly like those on the female.

Expanse, ¢ 13, 2 12 inch.

Hab. Mergui (Dec.); Minthantoung (Dec.); Thaing, King
Island (Feb.).

CURETIS MALAYICA.

Anops malayica, Felder, Nov. Reise, Lep. u. p. 221, pl. 28. f. 18 (1867).
Yimiki, King Island (Feb.). One male.

Curetis Frenpert, Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 203 (1884).
Mereui (March). One male.

Curneris stigmata, Moore, P. Z. S. 1879, p. 188.

Yimiki, King Island (Feb.). One male.

Loganta supstrigosa. (Plate III. fig. 8.)

Logania substrigosa, Moore, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1884, p. 22.

Kisseraing Island (Jan.).

Loganta Marmorata. (Plate III. fig. 7.)

Logania marmorata, Moore, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1884, p. 22.

Elphinstone Island (March).

Loganta AnpERsoni. (Plate III. fig. 6, 2 .)

Logania Andersonii, Moore, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1884, p. 22.

Kisseraing Island (Jan.).

Spateis Eprus.

Lucia Epius, Westwood, Gen. D. Lep. i. p. 502, pl. 76. f. 5 (1852).

Pataw Island (Dec.).

NeoprirHEecors ZALMORA P

Sullivan Island (Jan.). A single specimen, too much rubbed
for determination.

ZizpRA SANGRA.

Polyommatus Sangra, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 772, pl. 41. f. 8.

Mergui (Dec.); Zediwon (Dec.).

ZIzERA PYGMBA.

Lycena pygmea, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. 1876, p. 163, pl. 7. f. 3.

Thapo, King Island (Jan.); Mergui (March); Elphinstone
Island (March).

40 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA

Castatius Rosrtmon.

Papilio Rosimon, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 523 (1775).

Thapo, Thaing, and Yimiki, King Island (Jan. and Feb.); Mergui
(March, Dee.) ; Elphinstone Island (March) ; Zediwon (Dec.).

Castanius Eruron.

Lyceena Ethion, Doubleday & Hewitson, D. Lep. p. 490, pl. 76. f. 3
(1852).

Mergui (March); Elphinstone Island (March).

NacaDUBA MACROPHTHALMA.

Lyceena macrophthalma, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1862, p. 483 ;
Nov. Reise, Lep. ii. p. 275, pl. 34. f. 35.

Sullivan Island (Jan.); Thaing and Yimiki, King Island
(Feb.); Pataw Island (Jan.); Mergui (March); Elphinstone
Island (March).

NACADUBA PLUMBEOMICANS.

Lampides plumbeomicans, Wood-Mason, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 1880,
p- 231.

Owen Island (Dec.); Kisseraing Island (Jan.); Mergui
(March); Elphinstone Island (March).

NacaDUBA VIOLA.

Lampides viola, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1877, xx. p. 340.
Lycenesthes merguiana, Moore, J. A. S. Beng. 1884, p. 23.
Meregui (March); Elphinstone Island (March).

Nacapusa ARDATES.

Lycena Ardates, Moore, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 574, pl. 67. f. 1.

Taingthoung (Jan.); Thaing and Yimiki, King Island (Feb.);
Mergui (March); Elphinstone Island (March).

JAMIDES Bocuvs.
Papilio Bochus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 391. f. C, D (1782).
Elphinstone Island (March).

CaTOCHRYSOPS STRABO.

Hesperia Strabo, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. p. 287 (1793).

Mergui(Dec.); Zediwon (Dec.); Yimiki, King Island (Feb.) ;
Elphinstone Island (March).

CaTOCHRYSOPS CNEJUS.

Hesperia Cnejus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 430 (1798).

Mergui (Jan.).

Cavrocurysors PANDAVa.

Lycena Pandava, Horsfield, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. p. 84 (1829).
Sullivan Island (Jan.).

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 41

Lamprpes AILIAnts.

Hesperia Hlianus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 280 (1793).
Mergui (Dec.) ; Minthantoung (Dec.).
LAMPIDES PURA, 0. sp.

Allied to LZ. dilianus, celerio, and agnata.
Male. Upperside of the same pale-bluish tint as in the above-
named species. Fore wing entirely without any trace of a black
border to the exterior margin, whereas in each of the above
species there is a decided black marginal band decreasing in width
from the apex. Underside of asimilar colour as in above species,
but of a darker tint than in LZ. Alianus; markings also similar,
but more strongly defined; the subanal spot witha much broader
redinner border. Several specimens, all without marginal border
to the fore wing. Female. Upperside with the marginal black
band on fore wing narrower than in LZ. Hlianus, the inner edge of
the band curved like that in Z. Alewis ; hind wing with a narrower

series of marginal lunular spots.

Expanse 13 to 12 inch.

Hab. Zediwon (Dec.); Pataw Island (Dec.); Sullivan Island
(Jan.); Thapo and Yimiki, King Island (Jan. and Feb.); Kisseraing
Island (Jan.) ; Elphinstone Island (March).

LLAMPIDES SUBDITA, 0. sp.

Male. Upperside entirely pale glossy purpurescent lavender-
blue as in Z. pseudelpis, and without any marginal border.
Underside darker brown, the white lines all conspicuously
narrower. The discal lines on the fore wing almost straight, con-
tinuous, the middle line entire from end to end, whereas in
L. pseudelpis they are disposed irregularly, and the upper portions
are in a curved series ; the area between the two marginal lunular
lines is also blacker: hind wing with the basal and discal lines
also more linearly disposed, beyond which are five very prominent
black dentate submarginal spots bordered by the white lunules ;
the marginal spots also are black; the subanal black spot is only
half the size, and its red bordering area much larger and of an oval
shape. Female. Upperside paler greyish blue; fore wing with a
broad brown exterior band: hind wing with brown anterior border,
and a prominent row of black-centred white spots bordered with
brown. Underside as in male.

Expanse, 3 2 1 to 1% inch.

Hab. Mergui (Dec., March). Numerous specimens, all alike
both ou the upper and underside.

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI. 4

42, MR. F. MOORE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA

LyCHNESTHES BENGALENSIS, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 773.
Mergui(Dec.) ; Thapo and Yimiki, King Island (Jan.and Feb.).

Brpvanpa Laprruts.

Myrina Lapithis, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. 1. p. 43 (1857);
Hewitson, Ill. D. Lep. p. 36, pl. 15. f. 35-38.

Yimiki, King Island (Feb.). The female only of this rare
species was taken by Dr. Anderson.

Brpvanpa BoispvuvaLit.

Drupadia Boisduvalii, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1884, p. 31.

Myrina Lisias, Boisd. Spec.Gén. Lép., Pap. pl. 22. f.2 g (mee Fabricius*).

Mergui (Nov.); Sullivan Island (Jan.); Thaing, King Island
(Feb.).

Brpvanpa Fasricit. (Plate IV. figs. 2 & 3, 3 2.)

Drupadia Fabricii, Moore, P. Z. S. 1884, p. 17, 2

Male. Upperside similar to the same sex of B. Thesmia, except
that on the fore wing there is a less amount of cuprescent red in
the disk. Underside: fore wing paler, the markings within the
cell, the discal and marginal bands uniformly paler: hind wing
with the basal and discal spots brown, and much less defined ;
the discal zigzag lines also brown and less defined. Hemale.
Fore wing with a broad, irregular-shaped, oblique median red
band, whereas in B. Thesmia the band is nearly obsolete.

Expanse 12 to 12 inch.

Hab. Mergui (Dec.); Kisseraing Island (Jan.); Sullivan
Island (Jan.); Pataw Island (Jan.) ; Elphinstone Island (March).

THAMALA MintaTA. (Plate IV. fig. 1, 9.)

T. miniata, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 834, pl. 52. fig. 6, 3.

Female. Upperside: fore wing dark rufescent-brown, with a
large broad bright red central patch, which nearly encompasses
the black spot at the base of the median branches: hind wing
with the anterior half brown, the costal border being edged with
red ; lower half, including its bordering cilia ond the tails, grey.

Epanee 13 inch.

Hab. Mergui (Dec.) ; Minthantoung (Dec.). Very rare.

Sprinpasis Lourra.

Amblypodia Lohita, Horsfield, Catal. Lep. Mus. EI. C. p. 107 (1829).
Pataw Island (Dec.); Thaing, King Island (Feb.).

* Bidwanda Lisias, Fabricius, is an allied species, described in the Mant.

Ins. as coming from “ Puli Condor” (¢.e. Pulo Kondol, one of the Nicobar
Isiands).

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 43

SprnDAsis ZOILvs.
Aphnzus Zoilus, Moore, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 589.
Sullivan Island (Jan.).

NapDIsEPA XENOPHON.
Hesperia Xenophon, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 272 (1793).
Mergui (Dec.); Elphinstone Island (March).

Napisepa JARBAS.

Papilio Jarbas, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 68 (1787).

Mergui (Dec.).

VaprEBRA PHERETIMA.

Deudorix Pheretima, Hewitson, Ili. D. Lep. p. 21, pl. 9. f. 27 (1863).

Mergui (March); Pataw Island (Jan.). A single female only
collected.

Rapata ORSEIS.

Deudorix Orseis, Hewitson, Ill. D. Lep. p. 23 (1863).
Minthantoung (Dec.).

Traota Rocuana.
Amblypodia Rochana, Horsfield, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C.p. 108 (1829).
Elphinstone Island (March). A single female only collected.

Hypotyomna Ery1vs.

Polyommatus Erylus, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 633 (1823).

Mergui (Dec.). One female only collected.

Curiaria LisrpEs.

Myrina Lisides, Hewitson, Ill. D. Lep. p. 33, pl. 14. f. 28, 29, 3.

Female. Upperside: fore wing with a similar but broader
reddish patch on the fore wing, the patch being confined more to
the middle; hind wing brown, anal area broadly white-speckled,
and with three prominent black anal marginal spots. Underside
similarly marked to the upperside, excepting that there is no
subbasal black spot.

Expanse, ¢ 1, 2 1 to 1g inch.

Mergui (Dee. and March) ; Sullivan Island (Jan.).

CuHERITRA Eroxvs.
Papilio Etolus, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 66 (1787).
Elphinstone Island (March).

CHERITRA FREJA.
Hesperia Freja, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iu. 1, p. 263 (1793).
Kisseraing Island (Jan.); Thaing and Yimiki, King Island
(Feb. and March); Elphinstone Island (March).
A*

44: MR. F. MOORE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA

NEOMYRINA HIEMALIS.
Myrina hiemalis, Godman & Salvin, P. Z.S. 1878, p. 649, pl. 40. f. 5, 6
Sullivan Island (Jan.) ; Mergui (March).

Tasurta Mantra.
Pseudolyczna Mantra, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. iv. p. 396 (1860).
Owen Island (Jan.) ; Mergui (March).

Myrina ATYMNUS.
Papilio Atymnus, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 331. f. D, EK (1782).
Pataw Island (Dec.); Zediwon (Dec.).

Amptypopia AnDERSOoNII. (Plate IV. fig. 4, ¢.)

Amblypodia Andersonii, Moore, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng., Zool. 1884,
p: 43, 3d.

Sullivan Island (Jan.).

DaRASANA PERIMUTA.

Amblypodia Perimuta, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. H.I. C.i. p. 42 (1857).

Sullivan Island (Jan.); Thaing, King Island (Feb.).

NaRATHURA METAMUTA.

Amblypodia Metamuta, Hewitson, Ili. D. Lep. p. 13, pl. 2. f. 14, 15
(1863).

Kisseraing Island (Dec.).

NaraTHuRA AGELASTUS.

Amblypodia Agelastus, Hewitson, Catal. Lyc. B. M. p. 12, pl. 6. f. 61, _
62 (1862).

Yimiki, King Island (Feb.).

NARATHURA ALBOPUNCTATA.

Amblypodia albopunctata, Hewitson, Ill. D. Lep. p. 14, pl. 36. f. 43,
44 (1869). r

Mergui(Nov. and Dec.) ; Pataw Island(Jan.) ; Sullivan Island
(Jan.).

SaTADRA ABSEUS.

Amblypodia Abseus, Hewitson, Catal. Lyc. B. M. p. 9, pl. 5. f. 51, 52
(1862).

Yimiki, King Island (Feb.).

SaTADRA AGABA.

Amblypodia Agaba, Hewitson, Catal. Lyc. B. M. p. 8, pl. 4. f. 39, 40
(1862).

Yimiki, King Island (Feb.) ; Mergui (March).

NILASERA CENTAURUS.

Papilio centaurus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 520 (1775).

Mergui (Nov. and Dec.); Thaing, King Island (Feb.); Pataw
Island (Jan.).

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO, 45

Family PaPprLrIoNnip27.
Subfamily Prrrinz.
Nyouwitrona XIPHTIA.
Papilio Xiphia, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. p. 43 (1781).
Mergui (Nov.); Elphinstone Island (March).

TERIAS RUBELLA, Wallace, Tr. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 328.
Zediwon (Dec.); Mergui (March).

Trertas Rama, Moore, P. Z. S. 1872, p. 566.
Meregui (Dec. and March); Pataw Island (Dec.).

TERIAS FORMOSA.

Eurema formosa, Hiibner, Zutr. exot. Schmett. f. 979-980 (1837).

Sullivan Island (Jan.); Thapo, King Island (Jan.) ; Kisseraing
Island (Jan.); Yimiki, King Island (Feb.).

TERIAS SODALIS, 0. sp.

From typical Javan and Sumatran 7. Sari this differs in its
much smaller size. Male: fore wing with similar shaped but
comparatively narrower marginal band; hind wing also with the
marginal band narrower. Female: both wings with the marginal
band also narrower, that on the fore wing having the lower end
of the sinus convex, not sharply angular as in 7. Sari. Under-
side: fore wing of both sexes with a large quadrate reddish-brown
apical patch, which is dentate on its lower side; a small dusky
patch at posterior angle ; both wings also with the usual brown
speckled lunular marks.

Expanse, ¢ 2 1,4, to 1,5, inch.

Hab. Thaing, King Island (Feb.); Pataw Island (Dec.).

TERIAS SILHETANA.

Terias silhetana, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 324.

Hab. Mergui (Dec.); Sullivan Island (Jan.); Thaing,
Island (Jan.); Elphinstone Island (March).

TERIAS HECABEOIDES.

Terias Hecabeoides, Ménét. Catal. Mus. Petr. Lép. i. p. 85, t. 2. f. 2
(1855), ¢.

Hab. Mergui (Dee. and March); Pataw Island (Dec.); Zediwon
(Dec.); Elphinstone Island (March).

Distinguished by its bright gamboge-yellow colour; the band
on fore wing broad, its sinus dentate; the band on hind wing
also broad. Underside with all the markings delicately defined,
the discocellular marks narrow; and both sexes without any
trace of the subapical patch on fore wing.

46 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA

TERIAS CONTUBERNALIS, 0. sp.

Male. Upperside of the same tint of colour as in 7. hecabeoides;
band of fore wing of same shape, and with the same outwardly-
oblique inner edge of the lower portion; band on hind wing
somewhat narrower. Underside with all the markings more
prominently defined than in 7. hecabeoides, especially the disco-
cellular mark on both wings, which is broader and triangularly-
dentate in shape; the fore wing also has a well-formed brown
subapical patch (which is not present in either sex of 7. heca-
beoides), and the three subbasal ring-spots on the hind wing are
larger. Female. Very similar above to 7. hecabeoides. Under-
side with the markings and subapical patch on fore wing as in male.

Expanse, ¢ 2 1,8, to 1,5 inch.

Hab. Mergui eo jn Zediwon (Dec.); Elphinstone Island

Dec.); Pataw Island (Dec.); Minthantoung (Dec.).

This may possibly be only a variety of JT. hecabeoides. Both
sexes differ as above described from the many specimens of that
species collected by Dr. Anderson. No specimens, however, such
as here described as 7. contubernalis, have come under my ob-
servation from any other locality where 7. hecabeoides occurs.

TERIAS PATRUELIS, n. sp. (Plate IV. fig. 5, ¢.)

Male. Somewhat smaller and of a paler yellow tint than
T. contubernalis; the band on fore wing of similar shape but
about half its width throughout, and its inner angles less acute ;
hind wing with a decidedly narrower band. Underside with
similar but less defined markings; the discocellular mark nar-
rower. emale. Also of smaller size; fore wing with similar
shaped band as in male, being about half the width of that in
T. contubernalis ; the band on hind wing also narrower. Under-
side as in male.

Expanse, ¢ 2 1,4, to 1,8 inch.

Hab. Mergui (eee calpkenetons Island (March); Pataw
Island (Jan.).

This is nearest to typical 7. nécobarica, which, however, differs
beneath in the male having the markings similar to those in
T. hecabeoides, and without any trace of the subapical patch.

TERIAS FRATERNA, n. sp. (Plate IV. fig. 6, 3.)

Intermediate between 7. patruelis and T. merguiana. Wings
in both sexes comparatively broader than in 7. merguiana. Male.
Differs from typical 7. merguiana in the fore wing having the
marginal band more sinuous and broader at its lower end, the

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 47

inner edge of this portion is also less outwardly oblique; the
band on hind wing is of similar width. Underside with very
prominent reddish markings, the discocellular marks broader and
triangularly-dentate; the discal sinuations on the hind wing
diffused, especially the upper portions ; the fore wing also has a
very prominent red, rather broad, subapical patch. Female.
Differs also from this sex of 7. merguiana in the shape of the
lower portion of the band on the fore wing, the band on the
hind wing being somewhat narrower and more definitely dentated.
Underside with all the markings as in above-described male.

Expanse, ¢ 2 15/5 to 158;inch.

Hab. Mergui(Dec.); Yimiki and Thaing, King Island (Feb.) ;
Elphinstone Island (March).

TERIAS MERGUIANA, n. sp. (Plate IV. fig. 7, 3.)

Male. Upperside bright yellow, of a slight sulphurescent
tint ; fore wing with the marginal band somewhat narrower than
in TL. contubernalis, the portion below the sinus being about half
the width of the same part in that species, and its inner edge is
inclined acutely outward; hind wing with a narrew marginal
band. Underside with delicately defined markings, similar to
those in 7” hecabeoides. Female. Pale sulphur-yellow ; band on
fore wing broader than in male, the lower portion being also in-
clined acutely outward as in male; the band on hind wing paler
and dentated. Underside with the discocellular marks some-
what broader than in male, and with a more or less defined sub-
apical patch on the fore wing.

Expanse, ¢ 2 15%; to 1,$;inch.

Hab. Mergui (Noy. and Dec.) ; Zediwon (Dec.); Kisseraing
Isiand (Dec.); Elphinstone Island (Jan. and March); Sullivan
Island (Jan.).

Trrias ANDERSONII, n. sp. (Plate IV. fig. 8, 3.)

Male. Upperside bright deep sulphur-yellow; costal border
from the edge to the costal vein entirely black; the marginal
band broad, with the middle sinus inclined obliquely outward
and upward, the upper edge of the band concave and angled at
base of the third subcostal, the lower portion of band narrow, its
upper angle very acute, its inner edge inclined obliquely out-
ward; hind wing with a rather broad prominent black marginal
band. Underside with the usual brown markings prominent,
the discocellular marks cornucopoid in shape; the fore wing
having a more or less defined subapical patch, and the speckled

48 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA

sinuous mark within the cell situated somewhat nearer the base,
the subbasal spot (present in other species) being absent; fringe
brown. Female. Smaller; much paler sulphur-yellow; black
costal band on fore wing narrower; marginal band ay in the
male; band on the hind wing broader. Underside as in male.

Expanse, ¢ 1555, 2 1;% to 1; inch.

Hab. Sullivan Island (Jan.); Elphinstone Island (March).

Trrtas Kawa, n. sp. (Plate IV. fig. 9, 3.)

Male. Nearest to T. Andersonii. Upperside paler sulphur-
yellow; the marginal band with the base of the sinus inclined
obliquely inward and upward, and dentate at the middle; the
upper edge of the band concave but not dentate, the lower
portion broader and its inner edge inclined inward; hind wing
with a decidedly broader marginal band. Underside with fer-
ruginous-brown marks; the discocellular mark on both wings
very broad and triangularly-dentate ; the subapical patch on fore
wing broader; the sinuous mark and subbasal spot within the
cell both present; fringe yellow. Female. Upperside of the
same tint as the male; the band on fore wing the same shape ;
band on hind wing with dentated inner edge. Underside as in
male.

Expanse, ¢ 2 1,4, to 1,8 inch.

Hab. Mergui (Jan.); Thapo and Yimiki, King Island (Jan.
and Feb.); Elphinstone Island (March).

This comes nearest to the Ceylonese 7. semulata.

Remarks on the above-named Terias.—T. Andersonii, Kana,
contubernalis, patruelis, fraterna, and merguiana, so far as I yet
know, are quite localized in their habitat. No specimens of these
forms are either in the British Museum collection or in my own,
nor does Mr. Distant refer to either of them in his ‘ Rhopalocera
Malayana.’ The four last-named may possibly be ultimately
proved to be varietal forms of 7. hecabeoides; but as no such
marked specimens as here described, so far as my examinations
have extended, occur in any of the other districts where 7. heca-
beoides is found, and until they are so proved, by breeding, to be
varietal only, I prefer treating them as distinct forms. 1 sodalis
is found also in the Malay peninsula; 7. si/hetana extends north-
ward to Assam; and TY. hecabeoides has a wide range northward,
and southward to the Malay Peninsula.

Txtas crrrtna, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 837, 3.
Thaing, King Island (Feb.).

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 49

Txtas veRNA, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 108, pl. 16. f. 5, 6.
Mergui (Nov., Dec.); Elphinstone Island (March); Thaing,
King Island (Jan., Feb.). Tolerably common.

Hepomoia GLAUCIPPE.

Papilio Glaucippe, Linn. S. N. i. 2, p. 762 (1767).

Elphinstone Island (March).

Carvorsitia CATILEA.

Papilio Catilla, Cram. Pap. Exot. iui. pl. 229. f. D, E (1782).

Mergui (Dec.); Thaing, King Island (Jan.); Elphinstone
Island (March).

CaTopPsinta CROCALE.
Papilio Crocale, Cram. Pap. Exot. i. pl. 52. f. C, D (1779).
Thaing, King Island (Jan.).

Cavopsi~1a CHRYSEIS.
Papilio Chryseis, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. i. pl. 12. f. 3, 4 (1773).
Mergui (Dec., March).

Catopsitia GNoMa.
Papilio Gnoma, Fabr. Syst. Ent. App. p. 808 (1775).
Thaing, King Island (Feb.).

Houruina Lua.
Pieris Lea, Doubleday, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1st ser. vol. xvii. p. 23 (1846).
Sullivan Island (Jan.); Elphinstone Island (March).

Apptas ZELMIRA.
Papilio Zelmira, Cram. Pap. Ecot. iv. pl. 320. f. C, D (1782).
Elphinstone Island (March).

APPIAS HIPPOIDES, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 312.

Mereui (Dec.).

Appras vacans, Butler, Tr. Ent. Soc. 1870, p. 490; Lep. Exot.
p- 90, pl. 34. £. 5, 6,2.

Meregui (Dec.); Thaing, King Island (Feb.).

Hrroscritia SuHiva, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, p. 138,
pl. 9. figs. 1, 2.

Owen Island (Jan.).

A single specimen of the female of this species, which had
hitherto been known only from Bombay.

DELIAS METARETE, Butler, Tr. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. i.
p. 550 (1879).

Mergui (Jan., Dec.); Elphinstone Island (March); Thapo,
King Island (Jan.).

50 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA

Dertias DEIONE. |

Papilio Deione, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. u. pl. 8. f. 3, 4, o.

Mergui (Dec., Jan., March) ; Thapo (Jan.); Thaing, King
Island (Jan. and Feb.); Pataw Island (Jan.); Elphinstone Island
(March).

PRIONERIS CLEMANTHE.

Pieris Clemanthe, Doubleday, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. \st ser. xvi.
p. 23 (1846).

Mergui (March) ; Elphinstone Island (March).

Subfamily PapPmnionin a.

Paruysa ANTIPHATES.

Papilio Antiphates, Cram. Pap. Exot. i. pl. 72. f. A, B (1779).

Mergui (Dec., March).

Datcuina SaRPEDON.

Papilio Sarpedon, Linn. S. N.1. 2, p. 747 (1767).

Yimiki, King Island (March).

ZutIpES AGAMEMNON.

Papilio Agamemnon, Linn. S. N. i. 2, p. 748 (1767).

Mergui (Dec.) ; Zediwon (Dec.); Sullivan Island (Jan.) ;
Elphinstone Island (March).

ARAMINTA, n. g.

Papilio (Demolion group), Wallace, Tr. Linn. Soc. xxv. p. 59 (1865).

Papilio (section 59, subsect. B), Felder, Spec. Lep. Pap. p. 30.78 (1865).

Fore wing longer and more acutely triangular than in Orphe-
ides; exterior margin very oblique, almost even; cell long, very
broad: hind wing short, broad, triangular; cell more than half
the length of the wing; furnished with a long spatular tail.
Antenne very long, with a lengthened slender club. Larva
similar to that of Orpheides (O. Hrithoneus), anterior segments
scutellated ; furnished with two short tentacular processes on the
2nd, 9th, and anal segments. Pupa with bifid head and lengthened
acute thoracic process. 5

ARAMINTA DEMOLION.

Papilio Demolion, Cram. Pap. Exot. i. pl. 89. f. A, B (1779).

Mergui (Dec.).

ORPHEIDES MALAYANUS.

Papilio malayanus, Wallace, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxv. p. 59 (1865).

Mergui (Dec.).

ItrapEes ACHATES.

Papilio Achates, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 182. f. A, B (1779).

Meregui (Dec., March) ; Thaing, King Island (Feb.); Elphin-
stone Island (March).

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 51

Cuarvs IswaRra.
Papilio Iswara, White, Entom. i. p. 280 (1842).
Mergui (Dec.); Kisseraing Island (Jan.).

Cuarus Hetenvs.
Papilio Helenus, Linn. S. N. i. 2, p. 745 (1767).
Owen Island (Jan.).

LaErtras PoLyves.

Papilio Polytes, Linn. S. N. i. 2, p. 746, 2 (1767).

Papilio Pammon, Linn. S. N. i. 2, p. 746,30.

Mergui (Dec., March) ; Elphinstone Island (March) ; Thapo
and Thaing, King Island (Jan. and Feb.); Sullivan Island (Jan.).

Mewnernaripes Dreuiivs.

Papilio Diphilus, Esper, Aussi. Schmett. t. 40 B. fig. 1.

Mergui (March).

Mernetaines DovsLepayt.

Papilio Doubledayi, Wallace, Tr. Linn. Soc. xxv. p. 42 (1865).

Mergui (Dec.); Sullivan Island (Jan.); Thaing, King Island
(Jan. and Feb.) ; Elphinstone Island (March).

PANGERANA, 0. g.

Papilio (Nox group, part), Wallace, Tr. Linn. Soc. xxv. p. 23 (1865).

Papilio (sect. 66), Felder, Spec. Lep. Pap. p. 37. 84 (1865).

Male. Fore wing narrower than in Byasa (B. Philoxenus),
triangular; the posterior margin shorter; cell comparatively
longer ; the fifth subcostal emitted somewhat further from beyond
the cell: hind wing shorter, tailless ; exterior margin undulated,
but not scalloped; abdominal margin folded broadly over on to
the upperside, and there forming a lengthened triangular lappet,
which covers a plume of hairs extending along the lower subme-
dian vein ; cell longer, extending to about two thirds the length ;
antennal club shorter. Female. Wings broader than in male ;
hind wings slightly scalloped; tailless ; abdominal margin normal.

PaNnGERANA VARUNA.

Papilio Varuna, White, Entom. i. p. 280 (1842).

Thaing, King Island (Jan. and Feb.). The female only captured.

ORNITHOPTERA HELTACONOIDES, Woore, P. Z. 8. 1877, p- 592.

Yimiki, King Island (Feb.).

A single female only captured, agreeing with the type except-
ing that the pale rays on the fore wings are fuliginous-black
instead of grey.

52 MR. EF. MOORE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA

Leprocrreus Muezs.

Papilio Meges, Zink. Som. Nova Acta Acad. N. C. xv. p. 161, pl. 15.f. 8
(1831).

Sullivan Island (Jan.).

Family HESPERIIDA.

BaDAMIA EXCLAMATIONIS.
Papilio exclamationis, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 530 (1775).
Sullivan Island (Jan.).

AstictorrTeRvUs DIoctLEs.
Nisoniades Diocles, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 787.
Mergui (Dec., March).

ASTICTOPTERUS STELLIFER, Butler, Tr. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser.
Zool. i. p. 555 (1879).

Mergui (Dec., March); Pataw Island (Dec.) ; Elphinstone
Island (March) ; Thapo and Thaing, King Island (Jan. and Feb.).

Asvictortervs Butiert, Wood-Mason, Journ. Asiat. Soc.
Beng. vol. lii. 1883, p. 98.
Thaing, King Island (Feb.).

Marapa SASIVARNA.
Ismene Sasivarna, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 784.
Pataw Island (Dec.).

Erronora Irava.
Hesperia Irava, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 254 (1857).
Mergui (Nov., Dec.); Pataw Island (Dec.); Thapo, King

Island (Jan.).

Baorits KuMARa.

Hesperia Kumara, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 255 (1857) ;
P. Z. S. 1878, p. 687.

Mergui (Dec., March).

Parnara Toona.
Hesperia Toona, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 689.
Thaing, King Island (Feb.).

PaRNaRA BEVANI.
Hesperia Bevani, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 688.
Minthantoung (Dec.); Elphinstone Island (March).

Cuapra AGNA.
Hesperia Agna, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 791.
Pataw Island (Dec.); Zediwon (Dec.).

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 53

Prastinera Larora.

Hesperia Latoia, Hewitson, Desc. Hesp. p. 34 (1868).

Sullivan Island (Jan.).

TELICOTA BAMBUSZ.

Pamphila bambusz, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 691, pl. 45. f. 11, 12.

Mergui (Jan., March).

Papraona Goa.

Pamphila Gola, Moore, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 594, pl. 58. f. 9,¢.

Mergui (Dec.); Thaing, King Island (Feb.).

PADRAONA MASOIDES.

Pamphila mesoides, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. i. p. 554.

Thapo and Yimiki, King Island (Jan. and Feb.) ; Sullivan Island
(Jan.) ; Mergui (March); Elphinstone Island (March).

Ampirrta Maro.

Hesperia Maro, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 432.

Cyclopides Camertes, Hewits. Desc. Hesp. p. 43 (1868).

Mergui (March).

Hare ceytonica, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 690, pl. 45. f. 9.

Mergui (Jan., March).

Hare Zea.

Hesperia Zema, Hewitson, Ann. §& Mag. Nat. Hist. 1877, 4th ser. vol.
xix. p. 77.

Mergui (Noy.).

THanaos Inpistincta, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 694.

Mergui (Dec.).

Tagrapes Ravi.

Pterygospidea Ravi, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 779.

Minthantoung (Dec.) ; Mergui (March and Dec.) ; Zediwon
(Dec.) ; Pataw Island (Dec.); Sullivan Island (Jan.).

HYAROTIS ADRASTUS.

Hesperia adrastus, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 319. f. F, G (1780).

Elphinstone Island (March).

SaRANGESA DASAHARA.

Nisoniades Dasahara, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 787.

Pataw Island (Dec. and Jan.) ; Thapo and Thaing, King Island
(Jan. and Feb.) ; Mergui (March).

Antigonus Sura.

Achlyodes Sura, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 786.

Thaing, King Island (Feb.).

Cozaprenta Day.

Papilio Dan, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 88 (1787).

Mergui (March).

54 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA

PLEstonEuURA Atysos, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 789.
Thaing, King Island (Feb.).

HETEROCERA.
Family ZYG@@NIDS.

Synromis ArKrnsont, Moore, P. Z. 8.1871, p. 245, pl. 18. f. 2.
One specimen, King Island (Jan.).

Family CHALCOSIID.
NyctemMera LAtisrrica, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. Wf. ii.
p- 397.
One specimen, Mergui (Dec.).
CYCLOSsIA PAPILIONARIS.
Phalena-Noctua papilionaris, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. pl. 11. f. 4.
Three specimens, Mergui (Dec.); three specimens, Mergui
(March); one specimen, Zediwon (Dec.); one specimen, King
Island (Feb.).
CycLosta PaANnrHONA.
Phalena-Geom. Panthona, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 322. f. C (1782).
Six specimens, Mergui (Dec.) ; one specimen, Mergui (March).
MILLERIA GEMINA.
Laurion gemina, Walker, Catal. Lev. Het. B. M. ii. p. 427.
Two specimens, Mergui (Dec.).
ScaPrEsyLE TRIcoLOR, Walker,Catal. Lep. Het. B. Mii. p.378.
Two specimens, Minthantoung (Dec.).
CHALCOSIA DisTINCTA, Guérin in Delessert’s Voy. dans Inde,
pl. 24. f. 3.
One specimen, Sullivan Island (Jan.).
Prntta Dratarasa, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. ET. C. ii. p. 321,
pl. 8a. f. 3 (1858).
One specimen, Mergui (Dec.).
Pinvta cyanna, Butler, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. 1883, 5th ser.
xi. p. 160.
One specimen, Sullivan Island (Jan.).
CopDANE ZENOTEA.
Gynautocera Zenotea, Doubleday, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1847, 1st ser.
vol. xix. p. 77, pl. 7. f. 2, 3.
One specimen, Mergui (Dec.).
Family LirHostipa7.
LirHosta, sp. ?
One specimen (¢ ), Mergui (Dec.).

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 55

LirHosta, sp. ?

One specimen, Sullivan Island (Jan.).

Two specimens of a Lithosiid of doubtful determination.
ARGINA ASTREA.

Phalzena-Noctua Astrea, Drury, Exot. Ins. pl. 6. f. 3.

One specimen, Mergui (Dec.).

Family Liparips.
ORGYIA, sp. P

One specimen, Mergui (March).

A specimen of doubtful determination.

ARTAXA VARIA.

Euproctis varia, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. iv. p. 840 (1855).

Three specimens, King Island (Jan. and Feb.) ; one specimen,
Mergui (March).

Evuproctis sieuttara, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. MW. iv.
p. 837 (1855).

One specimen (2), Mergui (Dec.).

Kurrocris atomaRia, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M1. iv. p. 837
(1855).

One specimen, Tavoy (Dec.).

Euprocris MarGinaLis, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. MW. vii.
p- 1731 (1856).

One specimen (2), Minthantoung (Dec.); two specimens,
Mergui (Dec.) ; one specimen, Elphinstone Island (March).

PROCODECA ANGULIFERA, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. W. iv.
p- 919 (1855).

One specimen (2), Mergui (Dec.).

REDOA, sp. ?

One specimen, King Island (Jan.). A specimen of doubtful
determination.

Family LastocaMPip2.

TRaBaLA tRRORATA, Moore, Tr. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 375; Journ.
Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1884, pt. 1. p. 205 (1885).

One specimen (2 ), Tavoy (Dec.).

Female. Upperside dark olivaceous ochreous-yellow, sparsely
speckled with dark purple-brown scales, which are most nume-
rously disposed on the exterior border, and sinuously across the
inner disk of both wings, and also subbasally across the fore wing,
as well as on the posterior border of the fore wing. Both wings

56 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA

with a discal transverse zigzag series of large lilacine-grey spots,
which are also thickly speckled with dark-brown scales ; fore
wing also with the posterior border blotched with lilacine-
grey, and with a promineut lilacine-grey spot, with dark brown-
speckled border in the middle of the cell. Cilia entirely yellow.
Underside slightly paler than the upperside; both wings with
the discal zigzag spots as above, the exterior borders less sparsely
speckled with brown scales; a slight brown-speckled sinuous
discal band also on the hind wing; cell-spot indistinct. Body
brighter yellow ; anal tuft lilacine-white.
Expanse 33 inches.

Family NycTaLEMONID2.

Nycratemon pocite, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool.
vol. i. p. 562 (1879).
One male, Mergui (Dec.).

Family HuscHEMID2#.

EuscHema ANDERSONII, sp. 0.

Nearest to H. Bellona, Walker. Both wings with a similar-
shaped broad blue-black marginal band, which is, however, with-
out markings, except a faint short streak beyond end of the cell
of the fore wing; the basal area is also bright yellow, the black
basal broad streaks being replaced by a few similarly-disposed
small spots, which in the female are somewhat confluent; and
the cell-spot on the hind wing is either obsolescent, or present
only as a narrow lunular mark (whereas in #. Bellona the cell-
spot is very large, of an irregular rounded shape, and is accom-
panied by a geminate inner marginal spot).

Expanse 33 inches.

Mergui (March) ; Pataw Island (Dec.).

EuscHEMA SUBREPLETA, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. MW. ii.
p: 406.

One specimen, King Island (Feb.).

EuscHema aurinimBata, Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 846.

One specimen, Minthantoung (Dec.).

Evscuema Horsrretpit, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. EL. C. ii.

p- 834, pl. 8a. f. 7.
One specimen, Minthantoung (Dec.).

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. o7

Family Ennomiip 2.
KALABANA PICARIA,
Lagyra picaria, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xxvi. p. 1541 (1862).
One specimen (Dec.).

Family BoarMrip a.

BoaRMia TRISPINARIA, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xxi.
p. 378.

One specimen, Elphinstone Island (March).

BoaRMtIa, sp. P

One specimen, Sullivan Island (Jan.). An undeterminable
species.

Family Panyap @.
One specimen, King Island (Feb.).
A specimen, notin good condition, allied to the genus Humelea.

Kamily Mricroniip #.
Micronta CasEata, Giuénée, Phal. ii. p. 27.
One specimen, Tavoy (Dec.).
Micronta acunuata, Guénée, Phal. ii. p. 26, pl. 18. f. 8.
Two specimens, Sullivau Island (Jan.).
Micronta vaeara, Moore, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 622, pl. 60. f. 18.
One specimen, Sullivan Island (Jan.).

Family ACIDALIIDA.,

AcIDALTA, sp. ?

Three specimens, Mergui (Dec. 1881), and one specimen
(March); two specimens, King Island (Jan., Feb.); one speci-
men, Sullivan Island (Jan.). An undeterminable species.

ZANCLOPTERYX SAPONARIA, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M-
xxii. p. 810.

Family ZERENID&.
ABRAXAS TRISERIARIA, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xxiv.

p. 1125.
Two specimens, Sullivan Island (Jan.).

Family HyPoGRAMMID&.
OROMENA RELIQUENDA.
Briada reliquenda, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xv. p. 1802.
One specimen, King Island (Jan.).
LINN. JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI. Hi)

58 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA

Family OMMATOPHORIDSE.
ARGIVA HIEROGLYPHIOCA.
Phalena-Noctua hieroglyphica, Drury, Exot. Ins. ii. pl. 2. f. 1.
One specimen, King Island (Feb.).
NyYcTIPpAO CREPUSCULARIS.
Phalena-Attacus crepuscularis, Linn. (Clerck, Icones, pl. 53. f. 3, 4).
One specimen, King Island (Jan.).

Family REMIé1IDz.

REMIGIA FRUGALIS.

Noctua frugalis, Fab. Ent. Syst. iti. 2, p. 138.

One specimen, Mergui (Dec.).

CauNINDA ARCHESTA.

Phalena-Noctua Archesia, Cram. Pap. Exot. iu. pl. 273. f. F, G.
One specimen, King Island (Feb.).

Family THE RMESIIDS.

THERMESIA SIGNIPALPIS, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xv.
p. 1572.

One specimen, Sullivan Island (Jan.).

SONAGARA RETICULATA.

Thermesia reticulata, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M., Suppl. p. 1062.

One specimen, Mergui (March).

CAPNODES, sp. ?

One specimen, Mergui (Dec.). An undeterminable species.

APPHADANA EVULSALIS.

Apphadana evulsalis, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xxiv. p. 1213.

One specimen, Mergui (Dec.).

Family HYPENID2.

Hypena Pactatis, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xvi. p. 64.
Two specimens, Mergui (Dec.).

HiYPENA, sp. ?

One specimen, Mergui (March). An undeterminable species.

Family PYRALID &.

Virrssa SuraDEva, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. BI. C. ii. pl. 7a.
fv
One specimen, Mergui (Dec.).

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 59

RHODONEURA PURALIS, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M., Suppl.
p. 1238.
One specimen, Sullivan Island (Jan.).

OLIGOSTIGMA, sp. ?

One specimen, Minthantoung (Dec.). An undeterminable
species.

HyYMENIA RECURVALIS, abr. (Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M.
XVll. p. 869).

Two specimens, Mergui (Dec.).

LEPYRODES GEOMETRALIS, Guénée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 277.

One specimen, King Island (July).

PHALANGIODES NEPTISALIS, Guénée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 279.

Two specimens, Mergui (Dec.); one specimen, Mergui (March).

GLYPHODES DIURNALIS, Guénée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 294, pl. 4. £. 5.

One specimen, Mergui (Dec.).

AEDIODES, sp.?

One specimen, Minthantoung (Dec.). An undeterminable
species.

ZEBRONIA PLUTUSALIS, Walker, Catal. Lep. B. WM. xvii. p. 478.

No locality given.

PYRAUSTA, Sp. ?

One specimen, Sullivan Island (Jan.). An undeterminable
species.

CoproBasts, sp. ?
One specimen, Mergui (March). An undeterminable species.

Botys caitpusais, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. MW. xviii.
p. 650.
One specimen, King Island (Dec.).

Borys MULTILINEALIS, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xviii.
p- 661.
One specimen, Mergui (March).

Borys rutinatis, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xviii. p. 665.
One specimen, Mergui (Dec.).

Borys rurawis, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. MW. xviii. p. 666.
One specimen, Minthantoung (Dec.).

60 LEPIDOPTERA OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO.

Family CRAMBIDZ.
_ Cuino eGrariosenta, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xxx.
p. 967.
Five specimens, Minthantoung (Dec.).
APURIMA XANTHOGASTRELLA, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M.

xxvil. p. 194.
Two specimens (one a female), Minthantoung (Dec.).

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

Prats IIT.
Fig. 1. Neptis Thamala, 2, p. 36. Fig. 5. Dyctis Andersonii, 8, p. 38.
2. Elymnias obnubila, p. 33. 6. Logania Andersonii, 2, p. 39.
3. ELuthalia Andersonit, 8, p. 38. 7. L. marmorata, p. 39.
4. — 5 UST Biol 8. L. substrigosa, p. 39.
- Prats LY.
Fig. 1. Zhamala miniata, 9, p.42. | Fig. 5. Terias patruelis, 8, p. 46.
2. Biduanda Fabricii, 3, p. 42. 6. T. fraterna, 3, p. 46.
3. 9, p. 42. 7. T. merguiana, 6, p. 47.
4. Amblypodia “plone 3, 8. ZI. Andersonti, $, p. 47.
p. 44. 9. T. Kana, g, p. 48.

ON SPONGES FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 61

Report on the Marine Sponges, chiefly from King Island in the
Mergui Archipelago, collected for the Trustees of the Indian
Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., Super-
intendent of the’ Museum. By Hunry J. Carrer, F.R.S.
(Communicated by Dr. Joun Anprrson, E.R.S., F.L.S.)

[Read 3rd June, 1886.]
(Puates V.—VII.)

Brrore stating the result of my examination of these Sponges,
I introduce this communication by a list of the species, arranged
according to my classification *, and indicating the new species
and the varieties yielded by the collection, also the number of
specimens contained in it &c.

Order I. CARNOSA.

None. |

Order II. CHERATINA.

None.

Order IIT. PSAMMONEMATA,

New New | How many Number on
‘giana. oo species, | variety. | specimens. label,
Spongia officinalis............... BUCHAN |MMeeatan! Ill teeeas 1 9
Polytherses, Duch. § Mich.) Duch.& | ...... | «0... 3 61, 62, 64
(Hircinia transformed),}| Mich,
coarse structure.
PM THLOMMIMNENSUBUGUULO)scgeccatisesal| scenes” ea eimwaaye | seeding 1 2.
DiTTOMIMCCUStHINO DLVALNC:...<.-|) geese. | || warden) |p saseme 1 76,
Cacospongia, Sp. .........2+.0-. steal, |) Toseemo | |) Gqcoee 3 31, 39, 70.
Dysidea ramoglomerata ...... Carter. Ta Spay Perseet 7 29, 26, 51, 34, 48,
56, & 65.
— , var. ramotubulata.| Carter. | ...,.. n. Y. 1 E
— , var. granulata Carter. juiik se, Ali obs: 1 49.
Order IV. RHAPHIDONEMATA.
Chalina oculata, var. fibrosa. | Cartons |) ies: n.v 1 53.
BTMINCI A cons sg sccn aah n= Wee@antercss|). Tsp ce [i ueeas. 1 | 67.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1875, vol. xvi. p. 126 &e.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI.

62

Name.

Dictyocylindrus hispidus......
ACETALUS...........- serene
Microciona acerato-obtusa ...
Axinella virgultosa
virgultosa, var. massa ...

ee ee eceeee

Order V. ECHINONEMATA.

MR. H. J. CARTER ON A COLLECTION OF

Author Ipenn oul ane
species. | variety.
Bowery Gitececeaely beeeeee
Carter. Megsps ef Gees
Carter. hac) S bane lene gneons
Carter. ASS TOS Mionedincte
Carter. Rohe n. V.

How many Number on
specimens. label.
1 75.
1 6.
Thal 17, 20.
1 ite
3 4, 13, 33.

Order VI. HOLORHAPHIDOTA.

Halichondria panicea ......... Jolans tweens seca |e its 4
Phleodictyon isodictyiforme | Carter. | ...... | ...-.- 1
Isodictya simulans, var. can-| Carter. | ...... n. V. 3
cellata (fusca).
, var. (albida) ...... @artersen ieee: n. Y. 1
—— eOnsA........sceeeeeeee eee ees OWED |) \cocacs. |} | vdsece 1
— , var. incrustans ...| Carter. | ...... n. Vv. 2
— , var. tubuloramosa| Carter. | ...... n. VY. 2
Thalysias tener ...............+-. Carter. sii ieess) al lieesne 3
Reniera crateriformis ......... Critter, || seccdo |) sase0s 1
Fibularia ramosa ............... (Ceyavsie, || cocoa || “euscoe 8
Halichondria birotulata ...... TE pa lle ceieeeyeidl) cise tee 1
Esperia plumosa ............--- EWES |) coonea, |} saeo0n 6
TACHKED, coscadoacadoabcocu600]) _eaoaec Tis SD || Gadoas 2
Suberites carnosa ............... VOM |} coosss |) So0008 2
—— coronarius ............... (Cereiei, | gacaee |!) adosns 1
trincomaliensis............ Carter. TM, RH ||| scones 1
Spirastrella cunctatrix......... Stotrarielty If S3ssca.. |] s8enoe 1
; Cliona ensifera ............... SOMERS naeonel lar eacpos eh 4) dasoec
Samus anonyma............... Grays ee) sesseoip ||) s coacseo sl Beemer
SWUNDUEK ooocoasasacooncnne (Cenaieres |) ogonns |) soeccs 9} cana
4 Cliona stellifera? ............ Carter. MASP. \) | | aeedec ol eneeeee
sceptrellifera? ......... Carter. SOBISOHe ||) poudsd eI. dado
Reniera digitata............... Somalis | caseno |} cn0005, }wa0000
\ Halichondriaincrustans,var.|) ....... |... Vat Me geceetes
Cliona bacillifera ............... Carter TW S95 || ooo0as 1
Amorphinopsis excavans ...... Carter. [n.g.etsp.| ...... 1
Donatia lyneurinm ............ BHUGlna «| Il) © docaca!, ll) eesooe 2
Stelletta bacillifera ............ Carter. il, SD || soo009 3 |
Tethya cranium, yar. robusta.| Carter. | ...... n. Vv. 1
dactyloidea ..............- Qriiee, |) caedea |} co0a0s 1
Tethya merguiensis ............ Carter. n. sp. 2
Order VII. HEXACTINELLIDA.

None.

Order VIII. CALCAREA.
None.

16, 19, 21, 22, &
on 62.
11.
1, 43, 74, also two
numbered 55.

71. ¥

55, and on 54, both’

labelled Z. stmudans.
59 (labelled I. si- | ~
mulans, var.), 15.| —
14 (labelled Reniera| —
fibrosa), 30, 25, 24.)
79 q

32, 88, 46, 50, 57,
58, 63, 74.
69

37, 44, 45, 47, 52,
8.

12 (altogether 1

cellated exca-| —
vations of an|_
old piece of |
coral).

——+-

in the can-| —

SPONGES FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 63

Order I. CARNOSA.
None.

Order II. CERATINA.
None.

Order III. PPAMMONEMATA.

Among the Psammonemata there is a small specimen of Spongia
officinalis; three specimens of Polytherses with coarse, one with fine
or compact structure, and one incrusting a mass of bivalves ; three
specimens of Cacospongia, and nine of Dysidea.

SPONGIA OFFICINALIS.

Of the single specimen of Spongia officinalis there is nothing
to say beyond that it is genuine although small, not being more
than an inch in its longest diameter.

HiIecIni, sp.

The three large specimens of Polytherses with “ coarse”’
structure are massive and sessile, with broad bases respectively,
ending superficially in short pyramidal processes. The latter
present the usual white lace-like reticulation over the poly-
gonal interstices which is common (although not always pro-
duced) in these sponges, and arises from an accumulation of
foreign bodies (fragments of the spicules of other sponges, sand-
grains, and the hard parts of many other microscopic organisms )
over the soft reticulated fibre which pervades the dermal sarcode
and gives support to the pores or inhalant orifices which are
situated in its interstices. This is the structure of a true Hircinia
before ié has been transformed by the invasion of the terminally
swollen parasitic filament which I have described and illustrated
under the name of Sporgiophaga communis (Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. 1878, vol. i. p. 168). It is to this transformation, which
is so much more frequently seen in almost all the Hircinie
than the original sponge itself, that has led many to consider ita
distinct genus, and among them Duchassaing and Michelotti,
who, in their account of the West-Indian Sponges (‘ Spongiaires
de la Mer Caraibe,’ Haarlem, 1864). first called it “ Polytherses.”
Many have endeavoured to unravel the nature of this filament,
but it still remains as enigmatical as ever. Still there can be no
doubt that specimens occasionally oceur without the parasite. In
any case the external form of the sponge is generally sufficient for

G*

64 MR. H. Je CARTER ON A COLLECTION OF

its specific identification. When, therefore, the name of “ Poly-
therses”’ is used, it must be understood as applied to the combi-
nation of Hircinia and the parasite. In like manner a fourth
specimen is equally transformed ; but being delicate in structure,
although otherwise identical with the rest, presents a much more
compact appearance ; it is lobate, about 23 inches in its longest
diameter horizontally, and has grown over a crab’s back of about
half its size.

CACOSPONGIA, Sp.

The specimens of Cacospongia, on the other hand, which are of
a light yellowish fawn-colour and loose straggling structure, are
insignificant in size and devoid of satisfactorily distinctive specific
characters to determine whether they belong to a distinct species
or some aberrant growth of a Hircinia which has not attained its
ultimate form. They occur growing over hard objects (e. g. the
stems of Gorgonia, bivalve shells, &c.) in a parasitic incrusting
manner without any distinguishing points, like this ill-defined
genus generally.

DyYsIDEA.

The specimens of Dysidea, in comparison with the preceding
forms, are well marked, and the etymological meaning of the term,
viz. “ugliness,” was never more misapplied ; for they form the
most beautiful part of the collection. Of these there are nine
specimens : seven constitute a new species, which I propose to
designate ramoglomerata ; whilst the other two are varieties, which
I distinguish respectively as ramotubulata and granulata.

DysIDEA RAMOGLOMERATA, 0. Sp.

Massive, sessile, convex ; composed of erect columns in juxta-
position, more or less branched and terminating in obtuse ends
which project unequally above the common level of the surface.
Consistence fragile. Colour light or dark brown. Surface irre-
gular. Pores aud vents not seen in the dry state of the specimens,
as the sarcode, always very delicate in this genus, has contracted
considerably, so as to leave the skeleton almost bare. Structure
exquisitely reticular; fibre of the reticulation filled throughout
with foreign bodies of microscopic dimensions, asusual. Size of
specimens variable ; the largest, which is hemispherical (from
having grown over a pebble or some globular body, probably),
measures about 9 inches in diameter and 3 in thickness.

SPONGES FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 65

Hab. Growing over hard objects, e.g. the slender stems of
Gorgoni@, or convex bodies, or over the shell-detritus of the sea-
bottom.

Loc. Muddy flats, King Island.

Obs. The fragility of this genus is due to the delicacy and
scantiness of the sarcode, rendering it peculiarly brittle, and there
is a want of toughness consequent on the preponderance of the
“foreign objects” over the keratode throughout the fibre. At
the same time, this fragility becomes considerably increased when
the specimen has been torn from its place of growth by the
waves, and finally thrown up “ high and dry” upon the beach ;
under this condition it received the name “ Dysidea” from Dr.
Johnston, who, had he seen it growing in its natural habitat,
would have proposed for it a very different appellation, While
the British species is massive and lobate, this presents, as above
stated, a columnar structure, in which the columns are more or
less subdivided or branched, and the reticulate fibre of which
they are composed terminated by short spines, which gives the
whole mass an appearance like that of a prickly plant or
shrub—e. g. Ulex. This species is also found at Mauritius.

DysIDEA RAMOGLOMERATA, Var. RAMOTUBULATA, Noy.

The same as the foregoing, but with the branches tubular.
Size of specimen about 3 inches in its longest diameter and 1 inch
thick, mixed with shell-detritus at the base.

DyYsSIDEA RAMOGLOMERATA, var. GRANULATA, Carter.

Massive, sessile, spreading, composed of erect columns in juxta-
positicn, branched and uuiting with each other; intermingled
with shell-detritus at the base. Consistence fragile. Colour
dark brown. Surface of sponge as a whole even, horizontal, and
uninterruptedly roughened, with the exception of certain round
holes and of the depressions between the heads of the segments.
Vents represented by the “round holes ’’ just mentioned, which
occur on the more prominent ends of the branches and in the
midst of the roughnesses of the surface. Granulations consisting
of little, subspherical masses of foreign bodies, which usually
replace the spinous terminations (conwlz) on the surface of these
sponges. Size of specimen about 7 inches in its longest diameter
and 13 inch thick.

66 MR. H. J. CARTER ON A COLLECTION OF

Hab. Growing on shell-detritus, which becomes incorporated
with the base of the sponge.

Loc. King Island.

Obs. The generally horizontal and granulated surface, together
with the presence of the “round holes” or vents, distinguishes
this variety from D. ramoglomerata. It occurs in England, as I
learnt from a specimen in the Bowerbank Collection at the
British Museum, obtained from the coast of Suffolk, and pre-
sented by Dr. W. B. Clarke to Dr. Bowerbank; for which I
have already suggested the varietal term above mentioned (Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Hist. 5th ser. vol. vii. p. 8376, 1881).

Order LV. RHAPHIDONEMATA.

CHALINA OCULATA, var. FIBROSA, nov.

This consists of a large mass of branches uniting during their
erowth upwards, and becoming more or less expanded at the
dichotomous extremities. The branches are solid and osculiferous
on the surface ; in short, the whole mass, with the exception of
the fibrous structure terminating superficially in minute aculea-
tions, which replaces the fine dermal reticulation in the typical
form of Chalina oculata,is the same as in that species. Con-
sistence firm. Colour brown. Size of specimen, which is rather
compressed, about 1 foot long, 8 inches high, and 5 inches thick.

Loe. King Island.

CHALINA SPINIFERA, n. sp.? (Plate V. figs. 1 & 2.)

This is a small specimen, being not more than 2 inches high,
indeed a mere fragment, but, from its solid branches, prickly
aculeations, and the remains of the purple colour common to
these Chalinez, it evidently belongs to the Spinifera, the fourth
sroup of my Rhaphidonemata, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser.
vol. xvi. p. 194 (1875).

Order V. ECHINONEMATA.

DiIcTYOCYLINDRUS HISPIDUS, Bowerb.

This is a well-preserved specimen, showing the dichotomous
and setiferous branches rising from a single hard stem, together
with the usual spicular and microscopic structure which charac-

SPONGES FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 67

terize the species. Size of specimen about 4 inches high and
5 inches broad.

DicryocYLINDRUS ACERATUS, n. sp. (Plate V. figs. 3-6.)

A small, ragged, branched specimen, of globular form and grey
colour, about 2 inches high and 23 inches in horizontal diameter.
Tn its rough aculeated appearance it strongly resembles D. rugosus,
Bowerb., but is widely different in spiculation from it and the
British species generally, inasmuch as the fibre is chiefly composed
of acerate spicules, from which the acuates spring in long setaceous
tufts on the surface, accompanied at the base by short, clavate,
sharp-pointed, capitate, and spined echinating spicules. The
acerate spicules are smooth, cylindrical in the middle, and pointed
at each end, rather bent than arched in the centre, varying in
size from less than 50-1800ths by 1-1800th inch downwards ;
while the acuates, as usual, consist of stout and comparatively
short spicules, mixed with thin and long setaceous ones.

Loc. King Island.

Obs. The most characteristic point in this species is the pre-
sence of the acerate spicule; hence it has been designated
“ aceratus” after this peculiarity.

MicrocioNa ACERATO-OBTUSA, n. sp. (Plate V. figs. 7-10.)

Adnate, spreading, almost immeasurably thin. Colour brown.
Spicules consisting of long, setaceous, thin, mixed with shorter,
stout acuates, for the most part obtusely pointed and micro-
spined over the large end, but not inflated there ; and of tri-
curvate flesh-spicules and minute, navicular equianchorates lying
at the base of the acuates. Size variable.

Loc. King Island.

Obs. The obtuse ends of the acuates of this species led to the
specific name ; this point, together with the absence of a spinous
echinating spicule, causes it to differ from the species hitherto
described. In one specimen, viz. No. 20, the sponge presents
itself under the form of short, obtuse, mammillary processes about
2 inch long and {4; inch in thickness; but as it here covers the
tubes of Serpule, I am not certain that these prolongations are
not the oral ends of the latter, over which the MWNerociona had
grown, and which it had subsequently replaced by its own tissue,
as I have never before seen prolongations from the surface of
any species of Microciona that has come under my observation.

68 MR. H. J. CARTER ON A COLLECTION OF

AXINELLA VIRGULTOSA, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 11.)

This specimen, which is well represented by the figure of Dictyo-
cylindrus virgultosus, Bowerb. (Mon. Brit. Spongiade, vol. in.
pl. 19. fig. 14), consists of a number of filaments or fringe-like
shreds about 2 inch long and +4, inch in diameter at their base,
where they rise from a continuous layer, about 23 inches square ;
they taper upwards and become bifurcated towards the extre-
mities. Their spiculation consists only of smooth acuates bent:
towards the large end, many of which are subterminally inflated,
and by their projection on the surface give the whole filament a
hispid character. Superficial area of specimen coextensive with
that of the basal layer above mentioned.

Hab. Growing on hard objects.

Loc. King Island.

Obs. The general character of this species has led to the above
specific designation, and the absence of any echinating spicule to
its being placed in the second family of my Ecurvonumama, viz.

the “ Axinellida” (Z.c. p. 145). Ifone may be permitted to con-
jecture, it would appear that the filaments, which in the following
species are united together into one mass, remain separate in
this form.

AXINELLA VIRGULTOSA, var. MASSA, nov.. (Plate VII. figs. 6
& 7.)

Massive, lobate, rather compressed and crested, somewhat
plumose in external appearance. Consistencefirm. Colour grey
or brown. Surface irregular, more or jess hispid. Vents on the
crests of the lobes. Internal structure fibro-plumose, traversed
by the branches of the excretory canal-system. Spicules of one
form only, viz. acuate, either stout or thin, frequently subter-
minally inflated, indeed precisely like those of the foregoing
species, arranged in tufts which, projecting beyond the surface,
here also produce the hispid character. Largest specimen about
6 inches long, 83 inches high, and 2 inches thick, thus being
somewhat compressed.

Hab. Growing on hard objects.

Loc. King Island.

Obs. This appears to me, by the spiculation and structure,
to be nothing more than a condensed and massive variety of
A. virgultosa.

SPONGES FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 69

Order VI. HOLORHAPHIDOTA.

HALIcHonpriIA PANICEA, Johnston.

Growing by itself and over other sponges. This world-wide
species (Schmidt’s “ Amorphina”), by possessing one form of
spicule only, viz. acerate, curved, fusiform, smooth, gradually
attenuated to sharpness at both ends, and very variable in size,
and by its white colour, is easily recognized as being present in
several instances at King Island.

PHL@ODICTYON iIsopIcTyIFoRME, Carter, Ann. § Mag. Nat.
Hist. 1882, vol. x. p. 122.

In this specimen the tubulate prolongations which grow from
a common base, spreading over shell-detritus, are about 23
inches long and 3 of an inch in transverse diameter. They are
sometimes bifurcated or polychotomously divided, but they are
unfortunately all frayed out and rendered thus imperfect at
their free ends. The consistence is fragile and delicate. Colour
white. Structure isodictyal externally, supported internally by
reticulate fibre with meshes vertical to the surface, which seems
to me to be the same structure as that described and illustrated by
Johnston and Bowerbank in the species “ Halichondria albescens”
and “ Hymeniacidon albescens”’ respectively.

TsopicTya SIMULANS, Bowerb. (Plate VI. figs. 1 & 2.)

There are eight specimens of Isodictya, all characterized by
the symmetrical arrangement of their spicules, which are small
acerates, and by the absence of skeletal fibre, as laid down by Dr.
Bowerbank for the diagnosis of this genus. Moreover, although
of different forms they all appear, like the British varieties of this
sponge,as stated by Dr. Johnston, to belong to one species only,
viz. his Halichondria simulans (Hist. Brit. Sponges, p. 109),=
Tsodictya, Bowerb. Four, which are small specimens that have
grown on oyster-shells, are massive and cancellated ; three of them
are of a dark brown colour, and the other, viz. No. 8, much lighter.
From its appearance this variety might be termed “ cancellata,”
whence the subvarieties, after their colour, might be called “fusca ”
and “albida” respectively. No. 71 grows over a rock to the
extent of several square inches, and, consisting of a thin stratum
of a light brown colour with single, well-marked vents, some way

70 MR. H. J. CARTER ON A COLLECTION OF

apart, but nearly equidistant from each other, resembles Lsodictya
densa, Bowerb. (Mon. Brit. Spong. vol. i. pl. 50. fig. 5). No. 55
(Pl. VI. fig. 2) and that on the base of Hsperia indica (No. 54)
are much the same but without the vents on the surface, and this
variety might be termed “ énerustans.” Lastly, Nos. 59 (Pl. VI.
fiz. 1) and 15 are branched fragments (some of which measure
3 inches in their longest diameter) of a large specimen which, from
its fragility, has become broken into pieces. In its original state,
the sponge consisted ofa mass of short branches united with each
other and tubulated, so that a large terminal vent is present in the
free end of each branch. For this variety, which is the most
characteristic of all, I would suggest the name of “ tubuloramosa.”
It comes nearest in character to the British form of the species,
and the specimen which represents it must when perfect have
been of considerable size.

THALYSIAS TENER, 0. Sp.

Densely ramose ; sessile or stipitate; branches tubular, short,
thick, crooked and anastomosing, ending on a horizontal sur-
face. Consistence light, fragile. Colour light brown. Surface
uniformly but irregularly pitted, covered with a deticately
reticulate dermal structure. Vents large, numerous, and cir-
cular; placed on the sides or at the ends of the branches.
Internal structure consisting of fibres intermixed with isodictyal
tissue. Spicules of one form only, viz. acerate, smooth, fusiform,
curved, sharp-pointed, about 40 by 2-6000ths inch in its greatest
dimensions. Size of largest specimen, which is stipitate, about
A inches in horizontal diameter and 3 inches high.

Loe. King Island.

Obs. The chief difference between this and the last species
is caused by the presence of fibres among the isodictyal tissue,
which show themselves in a beautiful manner through the delicate
dermal network that veils the surface. It chiefly differs from
the West-Indian species, viz. 7. subtriangularis, Duch. & Mich.,
and its varieties in being less compact and much more tender in
structure; otherwise it seems to be the representative of the
latter in these parts. The adnate fragments, growing on rock,
viz. Nos. 14 and 24, must be viewed as young individuals. It
belongs to that division of the Renierid family in my classifi-
cation which has been termed (“ Thalysiosa”’) Thalyosa.

| SPONGES FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 71

RENIERA CRATERIFORMIS, Carter, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 5th
ser. vol. x. p. 115 (1882), where for “ Carnosa ” read “ Crassa.”

This species comes under the division “ Crassa,’”’ chiefly so
called from the greater size of the spicules, which in this
instance are 85 by 6-6000ths inch in their greatest dimensions,
Like all the other species, it is deeply excavated, and measures
outside 143 inches high by 10 and 7 horizontally, so that it is
somewhat compressed, and is also bent upon itself in the direction
of the longest diameter; while the excavation, the mouth of
which is an elongated oval, measuring in its long and short
diameters 9 and 2 inches respectively, is 9 inches deep. Like
the large specimen in the British Museum, which exceeds the
present in size, it is covered outside by a proliferous growth of
ragged ridges and pyramidal processes, which are largest at the
base and gradually diminish in size upwards until they approach
the margin of the mouth, where they disappear altogether, leaving
the latter with a plain, irregularly undulating, thin edge. In
the large specimen in the British Museum most of these
processes are themselves centrally excavated, forming “little
eraters.” The specimen from Elphinstone Island, which was
sessile, is very remarkable from its great size, good state of
preservation, and great cleanness, which renders it as beautiful as
it is valuable in an instructive point of view.

FrevubariA RAMOSA, Carter, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. 5th ser.
vol. ix. p. 283 (1882). (Plate VII. figs. 1-3.)

If the abundance of this species in the Collection is any
indication of its prevalence in the locality whence it came, it
must be very plentiful. There are eight specimens of it, all of
which are characterized by coarse, white, fibro-reticulate structure
covered with an extremely delicate, gauze-like, reticulate dermal
layer, and by the presence of the bihamate flesh-spicule which, in
addition to the skeletal acerate, gives the diagnostic spiculation.
One specimen, viz. No. 38, which appears to have grown upon a
layer of barnacles, and is about 4 inches in horizontal diameter
with a uniform height of 13 inch, is composed of a reticulate mags of
hollow branches whose cavities open by large round vents on the
surface. These characters are better developed in Nos. 50 and
57, where the form is preserved by the intermixture of a tough,
filiform, branched Fweus that pervades the whole structure and

72 MR. H. J. CARTER ON A COLLECTION OF

projects from the surface here and there in pointed terminations
like small spines. No. 57 (Pl. VII. figs. 1-3), which is the —
largest of these specimens, is about 9 by 5 inches in horizontal
diameter and 8 inches high, composed of hollow branches sub~
dividing and anastomosing so as to form a continuous structure, in
which the free ends of the branches on the surface are inflated,
and each presents a circular hole in the centre, which is the oscular
termination of the tubular interior. The rest all grow over the
surface of the stems of thread-like Gorgonig, with the exception
of No. 74, which is a small specimen on a piece of rock.

Haticnonpria BiRoTULATA, Higgin, Ann. 5 Mag. Nat. Hist.
Ath ser. vol. xix. p. 296 (1877).

This reddish-purple or claret-coloured sponge, originally de-
scribed from a West-Indian specimen by Mr. Thos. H. Higgin,
F.L.S., is represented by a small portion (No. 69) growing over
a piece of old branched coral. It is also abundant on the S.W.
coast of Australia, and probably occurs in other parts of the
world.

Esprrta prumosa, Carter, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 5th ser.
vol. ix. pp. 298, 299 (1882).

Is plentifully represented, and appears to be identical with the
form from Mauritius to which I have given the above name.
Most of the specimens have grown over the stems of thread-like
Gorgonie, where they present a spinous appearance as if they had
grown over a layer of Dysidea ramoglomerata ; while the anfrac-
tuous, irregular growth of the two separate ones, viz. Nos. 37
and 68, although more massive, present no specific character
whatever in this respect. The fragility of the species has caused
No. 87 during transit to become broken, so that, although
apparently of great dimensions when entire, it now only presents
fragments, of which the largest is only 3 inches in its longest
diameter. In some parts of these specimens the tricurvate is
replaced by the sheaf-shaped spicules (“ trichites,” Sollas), which,
as I have before stated, appear to me to be only a straighter form
of the tricurvate flesh-spicule; while the minute equianchorate
of HE. plumosa (I.c. pl. xi. fig. 19, a, 6) is very abundant.

EsPERIA INDICA, n. sp. (Plate VI. figs. 3-6.)
Massive, sessile, lobate, taking the form of the bottom-detritus
(shells and stones) over and among which it has grown, or rising

*

SPONGES FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 73

into short tubular processes. Consistence fragile. Colour yel-
lowish white. Surface even, presenting the usual characteristic,
viz. a beautiful, lace-like, stellar dermal reticulation covering an
apparently confused broken-up fibrous interior. Vents scattered
over the surface and at the ends of the tubular processes respec-
tively. Jnternal structure fibrous, traversed by the branches of
the excretory canal-system, which open at the vents mentioned.
Spicules of four forms, viz. :—1, skeletal, acuate, smooth, slightly
curved, sharp-pointed ; head obtuse and smaller in diameter than
the shaft and not inflated, 290 by 9-6000ths inch in its greatest di-
mensions, obtuse end 4-6000ths inch in diameter; 2, flesh-spicule,
inequianchorate, shaft straight except towards the ends, where it
is bent forwards to meet the arms, which at the large end are
each prolonged into an angular sharp point towards the centre,
where they are slightly everted; while at the small end, which is
round, the lateral ones are short and the central one only
pointed; shaft of the larger forms about 8-6000ths inch in
transverse diameter, total length 31-6000ths, large head 14-
6000ths and small one 7-6000ths inch in length ; 3, flesh-spicule,
simple, elongated C- and S-shaped (bihamates), more or less
contort, about 22 by 13-6000th inch in its greatest dimensions ;
4, flesh-spicule, minute acerates in sheaves (fig. 6), or isolated
after disintegration of the sheaves, of various lengths, less than
35-6000ths inch. No tricurvates and no minute equianchorates
seen. Size of largest specimen about 9 by 4 inches horizontally,
and 3 inches high. No. 28, although not nearly so long, is
somewhat higher, and is prolonged upwards into short tubular
processes.

Hab. Incrusting and enveloping hard objects.

Loc. King Island.

Obs. The larger spicules of this species, together with the
peculiar form of the arms of the inequianchorate and the absence
of the tricurvate form and minute equianchorate, distinguish
it from the last mentioned. I have designated it ‘‘indica”’
on account of the equianchorate being almost identical in form
with that represented by Schmidt from an Indian species (Spong.
Adriat. Meeres, Supp. 1, tab. iii. fig. 11); but still more satis-
factorily by Schmidt’s slide of the actual specimen in the British
Museum. The spicule is also like that of his Z. diaphana from
the coast of Florida.

74, MR. H. J. CARTER ON’A COLLECTION OF

SUBERITES CARNOSA, Johnst.

If a massive form, compact structure, whitish-grey colour, and
-pin-like spicule only, with terminal, globular, pointed head, and
without the centrally inflated flesh-spicule of Suberites domuncula,
Nardo, be allowed to characterize this species, then the two
specimens in this collection, one of which, viz. the largest (No. 3),
has grown over a crab’s back, and is about 22 inches in horizontal
and 14 inch in vertical diameter, represent this sponge.

SUBERITES coroNARIUS, Carter, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. 5th
ser. vol. ix. p. 352 (1882). (Plate VII. figs. 4 & 5.)

The soft consistence, verrucose surface, buff-yellow colour,
and spiculation of this specimen, together with the peculiar
form of its flesh-spicule (J. c. pl. xii. fig. 27c), correspond with
the characters of the Honduras species to which this sponge is
referred. Its growth is more remarkable than in that example,
for it ig laminar, and extends in a horizontal direction for several
square inches; the superficial stratum, which is comparatively
thin and buff-yellow in colour, changes to black or dark brown
in the cancellated cavities to be presently mentioned for half
an inch downwards, where it rests on granite. The explana-
tion of this abrupt termination is that the lower portion is
mingled with a layer of coral which has been cancellated by the
excavating habit of these sponges, which exhibit an apparent
fondness for calcareous material, whether in a mineral or organic
form.

SUBERITES TRINCOMALIENSIS, n. sp. (Plate VI. figs. 7 & 8.)

“‘SuberitesP sp. undescribed, Trincomalee,” Carter, Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. 5th ser. vol. ix. p. 352 (1882).

Suberites vagabunda, var. trincomaliensis, Ridley, Report Zool. Coll.
‘ Alert,’ p. 468, note.

Massive, sessile, rising into short, mammillary processes which
are more or less proliferous. Consistence soft. Colour brownish
or yellowish white. Surface even, soft, villous. Vents on the
side or about the base of the mammillary processes, which are
otherwise solid, not tubular, and have not a terminal aperture.
Internal structure compact, traversed by the branches of the
excretory canal-system, which open atthe vents. Spicules of two
forms, viz.:—1, skeletal, pin-like, smooth, slightly curved, fusi-
form, slightly pointed at one end, slightly constricted at the other,

SPONGES FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 75

where the subglobular or slightly elliptical head is placed, about
153 by 5-6000ths inch in its greatest diameters ; shaft a little
thicker than the head; 2, flesh-spicule a spinispirula varying
greatly in length and thickness, the largest about 6-6000ths inch
long with 6 bends, the rest so short as to appear like the longer
ones broken up. Both forms are equally abundant, the latter
scattered among the former, but chiefly found congregated near
the surface. Size of entire specimen 43 inches long, by 22 broad
in its horizontal diameter, with a height of about 24 inches.

Hab. Growing upon shell-detritus which has become incorpo-
rated with its base.

Loc. King Island.

Obs. I first observed this sponge (to which I have already
alluded, 7. c.) in the Bowerbank Collection, where its label bore the
words “Trincomalee, Johnston;” the Bowerbankian specimen
only differs in the mammillary processes being larger and more
agelomerated or proliferous. Having thus met with a second
specimen, viz. on the coast of Burmah, I now for the first
time name and describe it.

SPIRASTRELLA cuNCTATRIX, Schmidt, Spong. Kiiste <Algier,
1868, p. 17, Taf. 3. fig. 8.

This specimen grows over the surface of a piece of rock to the
extent of several square inches in the form of a thin, incrusting
layer about 1-48th inch thick with well-defined round margin.
Consistence soft. Colour pinkish or lilac. Surfaceeven. Struc-
ture throughout compact, but by no means corticate as Schmidt’s
Specimen would appear to have been, although the flesh-spicules
(spinispirule) are chiefly congregated on the surface, as in most
sponges where they exist.

Eccatonipa, Carter, 1879.

“Excavating Sponges,’ Journ. Roy. Microscopic. Society, vol. xi.
p. 496.

No. 12 specimen is a portion of old coral riddled throughout
with cancellous excavations, inhabited as usual by several kinds
of sponges, as testified by a fragment when boiled in nitric acid,
whose residue when mounted presents the spiculations of :—
Cliona ensifera, Sollas ; Samus anonyma, Gray ; 8. simplex, Carter;
Cliona sp. ?, pin-like spicules and little globular stellates; Cliona

76 MR. H. J. CARTER ON A COLLECTION OF

sp. 2, spinous acerates and little sceptrelle like those of Alectona
Wallichii (olim Gummina mendose Corticiwm, Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. 1879, vol. iti. pp. 853-854, pl. xxix. figs. 5-9), but with both
ends of the shaft shortened and inflated instead of extended and
pointed, and all the inflations microspined ; Reniera digitata; and
a variety of Halichondria incrustans. All these species have
become so mixed up together by the invasion of a small Annelid
whose tubes, about 4; inch thick, are chiefly composed of them,
that it is impossible, where the species are not previously known,
to distinguish their spiculations with certainty in this mounted
“residue,” where they are of course all mixed together; hence the
notes of interrogation after Cliona stellifera and C. sceptrellafera,
the characters of whose spiculations, although regarded as those
of new species, are also conjectural.

CLIONA BACILLIFERA, D. sp.

This is another form, which has riddled an old oyster-shell
that was incorporated with other shell-detritus at the base of
Esperia indica (no. 54), making its appearance on the surface as
usual in little circular heads (white when dry), in which are found
three spicular forms, viz.:—1, skeletal, pin-like, with straight,
smooth, conical shaft, pointed at one end and terminated at the
other by a subglobular head, which is widerthan the shaft, about 52
by 14-6000th inch in its greatest dimensions ; 2, acerate, fusiform,
sharp-pointed, bent cr curved:in the centre and finely microspined,
about 23 by 14-6000th inch in its greatest diameters; 3, flesh-
spicule, bacilliform, like a minute caraway seed in form, slightly
curved, fusiform, and also finely microspined, about 2-6000ths
inch long. No. 1, as usual, generally forms the external portion
of the head with the points outwards, and nos. 2 and 3 are
plentifully mixed together at the base.

Loc. King Island.

Obs. Of course the spiculation is the chief distinctive character
in these excavating sponges, whose burrowing forms are so much
alike in most instances that there is hardly any other difference
between them. Where alone, asin this case, the species, although
new, is easily recognized. Cliona bacillifera is closely allied to,
if not the same as, Cliona Carpenteri, Hancock (Ann. & Mag,
Nat. Hist. 1867, vol. xix. p. 241, pl. viii. fig. 4).

IT would here observe that the number of “ Eccelonida” is

SPONGES FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. a

becoming so large and the species so different, that it will soon be
questionable whether they should all be included in a separate
family, or relegated respectively to the groups to which they may
belong. Suberites coronarius as well as the following species,
viz. Amorphinopsis excavans, are instances of the great differences
between some species included in this group.

AMORPHINOPSIS EXCAVANS, n. gen. et sp. (Plate V. figs. 12—
15.)

Laminar, continuous, very thin, spreading horizontally over a
piece of old coral, which it has excavated vertically. Consistence
soft. Colour pinkish, almost white. Surface even, following
that of the object on which it may be growing, presenting a
beautiful arrangement of the spiculation on the surface, which
gives it the appearance of a fabric formed of little stars. Pores
and vents not seen. Spicules of two forms, viz. :—1, skeletal,
acerate, fusiform, slightly curved, smooth, and very gradually
sharp-pointed, varying much in size, 50 by 24-1800ths inch in
its greatest dimensions ; 2, acuate, slightly curved, slightly fusi-
form, smooth and sharp-pointed, head obtuse, not inflated, less
in diameter than the shaft, varying in size under 10 by 3-1800th
inch in its greatest dimensions. Horizontal diameter of speci-
men about 3 inches; the portion which lies in the excavations
about 3 an inch in vertical diameter.

Hab. Growing over and incrusting and penetrating old coral.

Loc. King Island.

Obs. At first this sponge, from its structure and white colour,
looks very much like Halichondria panicea, Jobust.,= Amorphina,
Schmidt ; but it differs from it in its horizontal laminar growth
and the presence of an acuwate flesh-spicule in addition to the
large acerate, together with the excavating habit, in which it
approaches the Suberites; so that having regard to these resem-
blances to such totally different sponges, I have considered it
desirable to call it after neither, and so have given it the generic
name Amorphinopsis. No laminar sponge with this spiculation
and excavating habit has, I think, hitherto been described.

DonatiIa LYNCURIUM, auct.

But for the colour being whitish, grey, or leaden white, instead
of orange, this sponge, of which there are two specimens, would

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI. ih

78 MR. H. J. CARTER ON A COLLECTION OF

be almost identical with the British species. Like that species
of Donatia from Acapulco which I have designated “ multifida,”
and its southern varieties especially (e. g. those from the Cape
and Australia), a stellate spicule of intermediate size between
the large globate and small one, with no body and with long,
pointed and spined rays (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1882, vol. ix.
p- 361, pl. 12. figs. 22 d and 23), is also present, and seems to be
chiefly confined to the znterior structure of the sponge in all, where
it is thus analogous to the larger stellate of the interior of Geodia.

STELLETTA BACILLIFERA, n. sp. (Plate VI. figs. 9-14.)

Compact, globular, sessile. Consistence hard, crisp. Colour
light grey. Surface even, composed of the trifid heads of the
“zone-spicule ’’ in bundles supporting a crust of minute flesh-
spicules, and forming a cribriform dermal structure between the
“sroups”’ into which the pores are arranged; vents not seen.
Internal structure confused in the centre, radiating towards the
circumference. Spiculation (as is usual in these sponges) con-
sisting of six forms, viz.:—1, “ body-spicule,” large, acerate,
fusiform, sharply curved and sharp-pointed ; 2, “zone-spicule,”
also large, trifid, smooth, sharp-pointed, arms spread out laterally
and slightly directed outwards; 3 and 4, the usual “ anchors and
forks’? (anchoring-spicules), with much longer shafts, but much
more delicate in every way; 5, minute flesh-spicule of the sur-
face, bacilliform, more or less fusiform, microspined ; 6, minute
flesh-spicule of the interior, a delicate stellate, as usual. No. 1,
in some numbers, forms the body or centre, becoming mixed
with no. 2, the zone-spicule, towards the circumference, where the
latter in bundles, arranged vertically to the surface, supports by
its outstretched arms the crust, which is formed of no 5, while
the delicate no. 6 is confined to the sarcode of the interior.
Size of specimen which, although small, is very perfect, ¢ inch
in horizontal and 2 inch in vertical diameter.

Hab. Growing on hard objects.

Loc. King Island.

Obs. The bacilliform flesh-spicule of the surface is the chief
distinguishing character of this species; but that is a common
feature of certain specimens in the Bowerbank Collection which
come from the S. coast of Australia, where it is often very large
comparatively, being in some specimens 18 by 13 -6000th inch in

SPONGES FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 79

its greatest dimensions, while that of Stelletta bacillifera is not
more than 4-6000ths inch long with proportionate thickness.

TETHYA CRANIUM, Johnst., var. ROBUSTA, DOV.

This appears to be nothing more than a coarse form of
T. cranium, wherein the radiating spicular mass, separating into
bundles as it advances from the centre to the circumference,
leaveslarge interspaces (excretory interspaces). These spaces open
by equally large vents all over the surface, but more especially
towards the lower part of this sponge, which is globular with
the exception that it is more or less tangentially cut by its sessile
attachment to the rock or object on which it may be growing.
Typical specimens of 7. cranium are more compact and the vents
are at the summit (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1872, vol. ix. p. 419,
pl. xxii. fig. 9a). The specimens, of which there are two of about
the same size, are 24 inches high and 27 inches in their greatest
horizontal diameter, whichis midway between the summit and the
base, that is somewhat contracted on account of the natural ten-
dency to a globular form; while the centre of the sponge, from
which the large spicules radiate, is midway between the summit
and the base. The spicules of the interior, which project so
abundantly as to produce a hispid condition of the surface, are so
matted together by the mud in which the sponge has grown on
the subjacent rock that, in taking off this crust, the “ forks” and
“anchors,” together with the projecting ends of the “ body-
spicules,” all come away with it. As the sponge generally is
very robust in habit, the spicules are correspondingly large ; in
fact the body-spicules are 4 inch long by 1-450th inch in
thickness, and the bihamate flesh-spicules, which, as usual, are C-
and S-shaped and contort, are 5-6000ths inch long.

TETHYA DACTYLOIDEA, Carter.

With the exception of the colour being lightish grey or leaden
white, the present specimen agrees with those of the S.E. coast
of Arabia, where its colour is purple-red; while at Bombay,
where it grows in the sands of the Mahim Estuary, the species is
strikingly yellow. Indeed the specimen from King Island,
which I have divided vertically in order to study its structure,
still presents a reddish tint in the centre, so that the grey colour,
like that of many of the other sponges of this collection, seems

V hat

80 MR. H. J. CARTER ON A COLLECTION OF

to have been produced by the bleaching action of the strong
alcohol in which the specimens were preserved.

TETHYA MERGUIENSIS, n. sp. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1883,
xi. p. 366, pl. xv. figs. 6 a—f, 7 a-k, 8 a-h.)

Circular, convex, sessile, depressed, rather constricted at the
base (/.c. fig.6,a—f). Consistence loose, soft. Colour black-brown.
Surface hispid, interrupted by several large vents of different sizes,
chiefly situated towards the circumference (J. c. fig. 6,0). Pores
in the interstices of a dermal spicular reticulation whose sarcode,

charged with dark-brown pigment-cells, is thus rendered cribri-
form (J. ¢. fig. 8, a-h). Internal structure as in 7. robusta, viz.
the spicules radiating in bundles from the centre, which lies, as
in that species, midway between the base and the summit
(1. c. fig. 6,d). The spicules diverge as they advance towards
the surface and leave wide intervals between them, forming a
cavernous kind of excretory canal-system which opens at the
vents. Spiculation comprising five or six forms, viz. :—1, the body-
spicule (which is by far the largest), acerate, nearly straight,
fusiform, smooth, gradually sharp-pointed, nearly + by 1-600th
meh in its greatest dimensions (J. c¢. fig. 7, a); 2, zone-spicule,
smooth, trifid, arms straight, diverging laterally and a little for-
wards, placed at equal angles from each other and from the shaft,
which is so like them in size and shape that, when not ¢ setu, it
is not only almost impossible to say which is which, but whether
the spicule is or is not a gigantic 4-rayed stellate, arm about
1-56th inch long, sometimes one or more are abnormally bifid
(7. ¢. fig. 7, 66); 3 and 4, anchors and forks, heads as usual, but
filiform from the great length of their whip-like, delicate shafts
(l.c. fig. 7, ¢, d); 5 and 6, flesh-spicules, viz. the usual form of
bihamate, 23-6000ths inch long (J. ¢. fig. 7, f, h), and a thin, fine
acerate about 1-100th inch long (Z. ¢. fig. 7, 7). No. 1, together
with nos. 8 and 4, projecting in great abundance far beyond the
surface, from their extreme length give the hispid character
which characterizes the sponge. Pigmental cells, which are
abundantly scattered throughout the sarcode generally, and from
whose brown granules the dark colour is derived, about 13-6000th
inch in diameter. Size of specimen about 10-12ths inch in its
greatest horizontal diameter (which is between the base and the
summit), 6-12ths ineh high.

SPONGES FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 81

Hab. Growing on hard objects.

Loc. King Island.

Obs. The black colour together with the presence of a circum-
ferential line of zone-spicules distinguishes this species from
Tethya cranium and its foregoing variety, viz. var. robusta,
although in its general structure it is like the latter. As far
back as 1869 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. iv. p. 4) I noticed the
presence of an ésolated patch of zone-spicules in the circumference
of Tethya arabica, and afterwards observed them in a small speci-
men from the tropics, mounted on a card in the British Museum
(No.452). In these cases they differed from those above described
in the possession of a longer shaft and shorter arms (op. cit. 1883,
xi. pl. xy. fig. 9), thus resembling the zone-spicule of Geodia,
Sometimes the bihamate flesh-spicule is wanting in these sponges,
but I only know of one instance of this, viz. in Tethya antarctica,
Carter. Very often the heads of the anchor-spicules outside
appear to be absent when they really were not during life, for
they are so delicate that the least contact of their arms wit any
opposing object will break them off, and thus their absence may
lead to the conclusion that they never existed.

The reticulate fibro-dermal structure covered by a layer of
sarcode rendered cribriform by the pores, and more strikingly
marked by being densely charged with the dark pigmental cells
and flesh-spicules, recalls to mind that which is so characteristic
of the dermal structure in TLhenea Wallichii, just below the
pileus or hat-like upper portion of this sponge. There is only
one specimen of Zethya merguiensis in Dr. Anderson’s collection.

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS.

On referring to the table at the commencement of this Report
it will be observed that the collection consists of 89 specimens,
referred to 38 species, 18 of which, including representatives of
one new genus, have not been made known before, 9 are new
varieties, and the rest have already been named and described.
Most of the sponges have been examined and characterized in
the dried state by preference, although the greater part arrived
in spirit.

In estimating the sponge-productiveness of a locality, and,
indeed, its fauna and flora generally, the number of species should

82 MR. H. J. CARTER ON A COLLECTION OF

not be taken into account ; for a short sojourn in any part of the
world can only give the prevailing features, while the more ex-
ceptional ones can only come to notice by an extended residence,
so that the wonder is that, in so short a time, Dr. Anderson
should have done so much at King Island in respect of the
Spongida.

Again, the nature of the sea-bottom makes a difference in
regard to sponges, as they undoubtedly prefer clear water and a
sandy or rocky sea-bed to dirty water; yet, ike most animals,
and even man himself, they will, if their lot has not been cast in
a too uncongenial locality, adapt themselves to it, that is live and
thrive there in spite of all its difficulties. Thus, even if we did
not know it for a fact from Dr. Anderson himself, the appearance
of the specimens of this collection would testity to their having
erown more or less in the neighbourhood of dark grey mud, 7. e.
“on stones and rocks in the muddy flats of the north-eastern
side of King Island,’ and yet they are large, numerous, and
beautiful.

Although neither the Carnosa (of my classification) nor the
Crrartna are represented, there are many large specimens of the
PsammonEemata, among which is the ubiquitous “ Polytherses”
of Duchassaing and Michelotti (Caribbean Sponges, 1864), first
described and well illustrated by the late Dr. Bowerbank under .
the name of “ Stematumenia” (Ann. 1845, vol. xvi. p. 406, pl. xiv.
figs. 1-5), and shown by myself to be a Hzrcznza transformed into
this state by, or into, a terminally-bulbed filament, for which I
proposed the name of Spongiophaga communis in 1871 (see Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Hist. 1878, vol. ii. p. 165 e¢ seg. and illustration).
This is not an instance of what has lately been termed “sym-
biosis,’” where two organisms live together without injuring each
other, even from a very early period, but one of the destructjon
of the whole of the garcode or vitalized portion of its host the
Hircinia, which is thus replaced by this filament. After these
comes anew and beautiful species of Dyszdea with its varieties in
large quantity. The RuapHrponEMara are not so profusely, but |
still well represented by a large specimen. of another ubiquitous
sponge, viz. Chalina oculata, here assuming a strongly-marked
variety. Of the Ecurvonemara there are several specimens, but
they are chiefly small, among which is the British one named by
Dr. Bowerbank “ Dictyocylindrus hispidus.” It is m the Honto-

SPONGES FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 83

RHAPHIDOTA, however, as this is by far the largest order, that,
as might be expected, the greatest number of species are to be
found; while here we see the first four groups of the Renierid
family together with the groups “ Fibulifera”’ and “ Esperina,”
and the Suberitida generally, most prominent in the matter of
quantity.

That the orders HrexactTrnELLipa and Catcarea should not in
any way be represented may be probably explained by the muddy
character of the locality, combined with the shallowness of the
water, which therefore must be continually kept in a state of
agitation by the tides and waves of the sea.

In Tethya merguiensis and in the new genus Amorphinopsis
we have the addition of a trifid “ zone-spicule”’ &c. to charac-
terize the former ; with the spiculation and excavating habit of a
sponge very much in appearance like Halichondria panicea,
Johnst.,= Amorphina, Schmidt, to establish the latter.

But as the peculiarities of all the species have already been
stated in the foregoing descriptions, I need not repeat more here.
Suffice it, in conclusion, to state that there is a strong British
facies in the collection, somewhat modified by the difference in
locality.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

Puate V.

Figs. 1 & 2. Chalina spinifera, n. sp.? 1. Specimen, of natural size. 2. A
portion of the same, enlarged 3 diam. to show the surface-
reticulation.

Figs. 3-6. Dictyocylindrus aceratus, n. sp. 3. Specimen, about natural size.
4, An acerate fibre spicule. 5. An acuate setaceous spicule. 6. A
short, spined echinating spicule. The spicules all magnified to the
same scale.

Figs. 7-10. Microciona acerato-obtusa, n. sp., the various kinds of spicules, all
magnified to scale. 7. Long skeleton-spicule. 8. Shorter stouter
acuates. 9. A tricurvate flesh-spicule. 10. Navicular equianchorate
spicules.

Fig. 11. Avinella virgultosa, n. sp. Represented of natural size. (Compare
figs. 6 & 7, Plate VII.)

Figs. 12-15. Amorphinopsis excavans, nov. gen. et sp. 12. A small portion of
the surface of the sponge, of natural size. 13. A similar piece con-
siderably enlarged, showing its star-like character. 14. Two skeletal
acerate spicules. 15. An acuate spicule, also magnified to the same
scale.

84, ON SPONGES FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.

Prats VI.

Figs. 1 & 2. Lsodictya simulans, Bowerbank. 1. A branched fragment, var.
tubuloramosa, nat. size. 2. The variety incrustans, also natural size.

Figs. 3-6. Esperia indica, n. sp. The various kinds of spicules, all greatly
magnified to scale. 38. Two acuate skeletal spicules. 4. The inequi-
anchorate spicules ; side and front views. 5. Various-sized bihamate
flesh-spicules. 6. Minute acerate flesh-spicules (trichites).

Figs. 7 & 8. Suberites trincomaliensis, n. sp. 7. A pin-like skeletal spicule.
8. Spinispirular flesh-spicules. All magnified to one scale.

Figs. 9-14. Stelletta bacillifera, n. sp. Spicules of various sorts, all highly
magnified to the same scale. 9. Two zone-spicules. 10, Anchor,
and 11, a fork-spicule. 12. Minute microspined bacilliform spicules.
13 and 14 (enlarged). Minute stellate flesh-spicules.

Puate VII.

Figs. 1-3. Fibularia ramosa, Carter. 1. A portion of the sponge on a Gorgonia,
of nat. size. 2. The whole specimen, much reduced, showing the
habit of growth. 3. A small portion, enlarged 3 diam., showing the
reticulate character of the surface.

Figs. 4 & 5. Suberites coronarius, Carter. 4. A spinulate spicule. 5. Crown-
like flesh-spicules, all magnified.

Figs. 6 & 7. Axinella virgultosa, var. massa, nov. Two different views of the
exterior of this variety of sponge, both natural size. 6, the upper,
and 7, the side view. >

THE OPHIURIDE OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 85

On the Ophiuride of the Mergui Archipelago, collected for the
Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John
Anderson, F.R.S., Superintendent of the Museum. By
Prof. P. Martin Duncan, M.B. Lond., F.R.S., F.L.S.

{Read 3rd June, 1886.]
(Puates VIII, IX., & XI. figs. 28-40.)

Conrents :—I. Introduction. II. List of the Species. III. Descrip-
tion of the Species. IV. Remarks on the Species. V. Description of
the Plates.

I. Introduction.

THE species of Ophiuride which form the subject of this com-
munication were handed over to me by Dr. Anderson for
description and classification.

The little fauna is rich in individuals, and some are of consi-
derable dimensions. There are thirteen species, besides some
young forms of the genus Ophioglypha, in the collection, and
four of them have been recorded from other localities. The latter
are, with one exception, well-known species; they are Ophio-
lepis cineta, Mull. & Trosch., Ophiocoma scolopendrina, Luk. sp.,
Ophiocnemis marmorata, Lmk. sp., and Ophiothrix Martensi,
Lyman. These forms are characteristic of the Indian Ocean and
the western Pacific Islands. The first extends to the Philippines,
the second ranges from the Cape of Good Hope to the Philip-
pines and Fijis, the third has been found in Ceylon and in the
Great Ocean, and the fourth is from the Philippines. None of
the Korean species are present; and one Ophiothriz is closely
allied to a species from the Nicobars.

All the species are shallow-water dwellers; and some of the
individuals appear to have suffered from a deficiency of carbonate
of lime in their food.

There are some remarkable forms amongst the collection, and
especially the new species of Ophiolepis and the new genus Ophio-
campsis, represented by one species, which is allied to Ophio-
psammium and Ophiothrix. The species of Ophiothriz gave much
trouble in their classification; and the structures of Ophiothrix
variabilis have been of necessity carefully studied. Their de-
scription forms the subject of a special communication, which
follows this.

86 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE OPHIURIDE

II. List of the Species described or noticed in this

Communication.
Order OPHIURIDA, J. Miller. Family Oruiocomips, Lyn.
Family Orntoxeripa, Ln. Ophiocoma scolopendrina, Lmk., sp.
Ophiolepis cincta, Mill. & Trosch. Family Orntoruricrpa, Lyn.
nodosa, sp. nov. Ophiothrix Andersoni, sp. nov.
Ophioglypha, Lyman, numerous merguiensis, sp. nov.

young forms. —— Martensi, Lym.
varlegatus, sp. nov.
variabilis, sp. nov., and four

Family Aupuiurips, Ljn.

varieties.
Ophiophragmus affinis, sp. nov. Ophiocampsis pellicula, gen. et sp.
difficilis, sp. nov. noy.
Ophiocnida sexradia, sp. nov. Ophiocnemis marmorata, Imk., sp.

III. Description of the Species.
Genus Ornrouepis, Will. 5 Trosch.

OpnioLEPts crncra, Aull. § Trosch.
Locality. King Island.

OPHIOLEPIS NopDoSsA, sp. nov. (Plate VIII. figs. 1-3.)

Disk large, much notched over the arms, covered with very small
wide-apart radial shields and a thick skin ornamented with large
knobs piaced symmetrically and surrounded by small irregular
scales. Large projecting knobs in the interbrachial spaces.
Below, the scaling is both large and small, and the smaller plates
surround the larger; large scaling at the margin.

Mouth-papille numerous, and with accessory papilla. A sup-
plementary plate orally to the mouth-shield. Arms short and
broad; upper arm-plate nodular; small accessory plates on
either side of upper and lower arm-plates ; four to six very small
spines along the arm. ‘T'wo tentacle-scales.

Description of the Specimen.—Disk nearly as wide as the
length of an arm, tumid above and at the margin between the
arms, notched over them. Nodules five in centre, two in each
interradial space, and five largest between the central group and
the radial shields. Radial shields very small, naked, almond-
shaped, widely separated by two nodules and intermediate
scaling. Scales between the nodules varying in shape and size,
never regular or in single series. At the margin, between the
arms, the nodules are very large and five in number, and sepa-
rated by a narrow scaling. Immediately below these are five

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 87

large and symmetrical plates; the rest of the plates diminish in
size from the margin to the mouth-shields ; and there is a row of
irregularly-shaped scales between them.

Two generative slits, and the scale apparently divided into
three parts.

Mouth-shields small, ovoid, narrowest externally, and with a
small accessory piece between the mouth-shield and the junc-
tion of the side mouth-shields. Side mouth-shields each nearly
as large as the mouth-shield, situated obliquely, and with the
inner point of junction far internal to the accessory piece, tri-
angular, and largest at the side, where they are in contact with the
first lower arm-plate, the first side arm-plate, and the mouth-
shield. Jaw-plate angles broad andlong. Mouth-papille mostly
projecting downwards, irregular from the intercalation of accessory
papille ; there are 13 in one angle, and 11 and 12 in the rest.
There may or may not be a papilla below the teeth, which are
stout and blunt, except the lowest, which is pointed. A long
papilla, which is in contact with the side mouth-shield and also
with the first arm-plate, is large and triangular, and might
be called a tentacle-scale. The accessory pieces are small and
resemble mouth-papille.

First lower arm-plate small, triangular, pointed within. The
next is very large and is broader than any other, broader than
long, straight where in contact with the first plate, slightly convex
externally, and with a re-entering curve on either side of the
straight part ; incurved for the tentacle at the part of the side
nearest the first plate, and more slantingly incurved further out for
the side arm-plate. Beyond the disk the plates are as long as
broad, slightly convex without and concave within, with re-entering
curves on either side and a straight border for the side arm-plate.
Far out they are separated by the side plates, and are triangular,
the angle being towards the disk.

Upper arm-plates small, short, and moderately broad, not
extending across the arm, the usual space at the side being occu-
pied by a triangular accessory plate which reaches the side arm-
plate; the surface of the upper plate is a nodular broad ridge
with a blunt pot at the median line. Side arm-plates large,
tumid, but close to the arm, gradually having the accessory piece
between them, and crossing the upper surface of the arm close to
the tip. There are two close, flap-like tentacle-scales, and from
four to six, usually four, very small spines placed close to the

88 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE OPHIURIDE

arm. The tentacular openings are bounded, without, by a small,
short, and increasingly broad accessory plate.

Arms short, with a leathery skin at the disk-notches, capable
of much horizontal motion, and broad and flat below, low at the
sides, and more or less angular above from the presence of the
nodular upper arm-plates.

Colour in alcohol orange, with a little purple splashed on the
radial shields, nearly white below.

A remarkable cribriform structure exists in many parts; for
instance, on the bases of the boss-like nodules of the disk, on the
sides of the radial shields, on the flanks of the nodules between
the shields, on the sides of the large bosses at the margin, on the
upper flap of the side arm-plates, and on the upper arm-plate
except the boss.

The jaw-frames are slightly cribriform, and so are the side
arm-plates, as seen from below, and here and there a few pores
occur on the lower arm-plates. The cribriform character is pro-
duced by a close, shallow, circular perforation, or rather pene-
tration, of the calcareous structures.

Diameter of disk 18 millim. Length of arm 17:5 millim.,
breadth of arm outside the disk 3 millim.

Locality. Elphinstone Island.

Genus OrHiociypHa, Lyman.
Numerous young forms of indeterminable species.
Locality. Elphinstone Island.

Genus OpHiopHRragMus, Lyman.

The next two forms to be considered have given some trouble
in regard to their classificatory position; for whilst having the
general aspect and some of the characters of the genus Amphiura,
there are some of the internal, as well as external, structures
present of the genus Ophiophragmus, Lym. Some of the in-
ternal structures are, however, Amphiuran, and are not seen
in the type of Ophiophragmus figured by Lyman, ‘ Challenger’
Report, Ophiuroidea, pl. xl. fig. 4.

1. The junction of the mouth-frames, superiorly and at the
median line adorally to the first arm-bone, is stout and project-
ing. The upper brachial rims of the contiguous halves, to use
Lyman’s words, “form an elevated crescent embracing the outer
end of the mouth-slit”; moreover, the interbrachial rims are in

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 89

the form of well-developed crests; they are rather close, and the
intervening muscle is well developed. These are Ophiopbragman
characters. But the width of the mouth-frames is greater, and
the height of the interbrachial rims is less than in O. Wurde-
mannt, Lym. Probably the very narrow mouth-shield determines
the narrowness of the space between the interbrachial rims of
the mouth-frames, as seen from above.

2. The first three arm-bones within the disk, as seen from above,
after the removal of the roof of the disk, resemble those of Ophio-
phragmus; but those further out resemble those of Amphiwra.

3. There is a peristomial plate, and the character is not Ophio-
phragman, but it resembles that of Hemipholis.

4. The genital plate is long and slender, and simply knob-
headed, and the generative scale is long and slender and longer
than the plate. They resemble the corresponding structures in
Amphiura wore than those of Ophiophragmus.

5. The radial shields are unusually broad for an Amphiuran,
yet not more so than in some recognized species.

6. The ridge of scales at the margin of the disk, although
slight, is Ophiophragman ; but it cannot be of any physiological
importance.

Probably the species should be classified with the genus Ophio-
phragmus, although the Amphiuran alliance is evident.

OPHIOPHRAGMUS AFFINIS, sp. nov. (Plate VIII. figs. 4-6.)

The disk is circular in outline, except where slightly indented
over the arms, and it israther tumid. The scaling is small above,
but distinet, andis largest centrally and in the interradial spaces.
Primary plates not very conspicuous. On the underside of the
disk the scaling is smaller and overlapping. A ridge of minute
scales at the interbrachial margins projecting. Radial shields
twice as long as broad, pip-shaped, close and joined except near
their inner ends, where a single scale intervenes: a projection
on the outer angle. Mouth-shields small, spear-headed, blunt,
angular orally, and with a stalk-hke process aborally, covered
with a thin skin. Side mouth-shields small, covered.

Jaws broad; four mouth-papille on each side—the outer on the
side mouth-shield, the two following more or less united, and
the innermost below the teeth, but sloping somewhat besides
projecting inwards.

Arms long, 5°5 times the diameter of the disk in length, slender,

90 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE OPHIURIDE

filiform at the end, flat below, and convex above. Lower arm-
plates very broad, broader than long, twice as broad as long for
some distance beyond the disk, nearly quadrangular near the —
disk, and with a point at the median line adorally, incurved
aborally lower down, with an inward curve at the sides for the
tentacular opening. A low, broad elevation runs along the
median line of each lower arm-plate.

Upper arm-plates large, much broader than long near the disk,
slightly convex adorally from side to side; the aboral edge
is the widest, and the adoral is boldly curved adorally. Further
out the plates are elliptical and broader than long, but near the
tip the length increases over the breadth. The side arm-plates
are small flaps close to the arm, which soon encroach slightly
between the upper and lower plates, and the separation of the
upper arm-plates by them soon becomes considerable.

Three short, cylindrical, pointed spines stick out widely from the
arm and from each other, the middle one the longest and thickest.

Two tentacle-scales over the large tentacular openings, broad
and pointed—one is on the side arm-plate, and the other on the
lower arm-plate. They reach far out in the arm, and the scale
attached to the lower arm-plate becomes longer. Diameter of
disk 4°5 millim. Length of arm 26 millim. Colour white and
flesh-tinted.

Localities. Elphinstone Island and King Island.

One of the commonest species of the Ophiurida in the Archi-
pelago is asmall, slender, long-armed form, which is usually found
without atop to the disk, and, moreover, the middle of the upper
arm-plates is wanting for some little distance beyond the disk.
The genital plates and scales, the interbrachial parts, and the
whole of the top of the disk are then absent. In two instances
the disk has been preserved, and it is possible therefore to describe

the species fully and to classify it.

OPHIOPHRAGMUS DIFFICILIS, sp.nov. (Plate VIII. figs. 7-9.)

The disk is small, flat, strongly pentangular, with a well-defined
re-entering curve at the margin between the radial shields.

Diameter 5 millim. Length of arm 70 millim. Disk covered
with a minute overlapping scaling except on the radial shields. A
large scaling at the margin. Radial shields long and narrow, but
forming much of the disk, and close except midway; the ends

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. SE

project over the arm and are close; the outer sides overlapped by
sealing. Genital plate slender and long, rod-like, articulated

with the radial shield, and having a slight expansion at its inner
_ part over the arm; it arches into the longer and equally slender
genital scale. The aboral ends of the united genital plate and
scale overhang the arm and nearly touch their neighbours at the
median line.

Generative openings large. Interbrachial spaces below with
a plain skin, the only scaling being on the side of the genital slit
and on a line with the oral end of the generative scale, and it
consists of a close row.

Mouth-shields longer than broad, broadly rounded without and
narrower and more angular within. Side mouth-shields large,
broad at the side of the arm, and long from side to side in front
of the mouth-shield, only separated by the very small first arm-
plate.

Jaw-angles broad and short, with four mouth-papille on either
side, of which one is stout and immediately below the true teeth,
the next is small, and the following pair are frequently united.
These eight papille, which are very constant, project downward.

The arms are long, filiform, and slender, but they do not diminish
much in breadth; they are rarely otherwise than straight, and
usually three are in one direction, and all look like stiff wires
rather than threads. Lower arm-plates: the first is very small,
incurved orally, and convex at the edge without, touched on either
side by a side mouth-shield ; the second is much larger, is quad-
rangular, but longer than broad, broadest orally, and convex at
the edge withcut. Beyond the disk the plates are much longer
than broad, slightly broadest at the inner edge, which is convex,
and with sides straight and slanting to the narrower outer edge,
which is incurved. In mid arm the length preponderates over the
breadth, and the breadth is greatest at the edge within, and this is
convex, while the edge without has a decided incurve. At some
distance from the disk the plates are not close, on account of the
side arm-plates coming in.

Upper arm-plates broadly triangular, point without, angles at
the sides and without rounded off; oral edge broad and slightly
eurved within. Usually with a small median ridge. The median
part of the first six or eight upper arm-plates deficient.

Side arm-plates large, projecting obliquely, meeting, not far
from the disk, on the underside of the arm broadly, and thus

92 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE OPHIURID#

separating the lower arm-plates there; meeting on the upper
surface of the arm close to the disk by a narrow surface. The
spines are on the exposed narrow edge of the plate, and are
three in number except close to the disk, where there is a fourth.
They are subequal, short, stout, cylindro-conical, striated, sharp,
and glassy ; their length is not equal to that of the width of the
upper arm-plate. The tentacle-scale is small and spinulose.
Tentacles long and stout. The colour of the animal is either light,
brown or white.

With regard to the internal construction of the skeleton, it
appears that the form of the upper part of the arm-bones
resembles that seen in Amphiura, but there is an approach to the
peculiar structure of the genus Ophiophragmus in the crescentie
junction of the mouth-frames at the mouth-slits ; moreover, the
interbrachial rims of the frames project and are not widely sepa-
rated. There is no peristomial plate. The position assumed in
the specimens by the genital plates and scales is very remarkable,
but it may be due to post-mortem causes. The oral ends of the
plates and scales, instead of being parallel with the side of the
arm in continuation with the general direction of the rest
of the structure, are in contact with the side arm-plates
immediately below the position of the aboral ends of the radial
shields. The plates and scales are thus nearly vertical and the end
of a radial shield is foreed up to a much higher level than the top
of the arm, and of course there is a considerable space between
the upper surface of the arms and the underpart of the disk.

Locality. King Island.

Genus OpHiocnipa, Lyman.

OPHIOCNIDA SEXRADIA, sp. nov. (Plate VIII. figs. 10, 11.)

Disk small, tumid above and at the margin, irregularly hexa-
-gonal, covered with a thick skin with numerous close, short,
thorned stumps.

No scales or radial shields are visible. A skin with a very
delicate, small, overlapping scaling is in the interbrachial spaces
below, and there are some stumps on it near the margin. Two
large generative slits, which come as far inwards as the aboral
process (genital scales) of the mouth-shield. Mouth-shields small,
about as long as broad, lozenge-shaped with the angles rounded.
Side mouth-shields small, short orally, and largest near the arms,
usually not meeting orally, and touching the first and second

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 93

arm-plates. Jaw-angles triangular, broad and short, with a median
perforation. Mouth-papille numerous, eight to an angle, not
counting the tentacle-scale on either side. There is one also
beneath the teeth, so that there may be from 9 to 11. Tentacles
large.

There are six long rather slender arms. First lower arm-plate
small; second plate very much larger, longer than broad, broadest
without, outer edge curved outwards, inner edge straight and
slightly curved at the sides for the side mouth-shield. Beyond
the disk the plates are longer and otherwise retain their outline,
but the side arm-plate comes gradually under the arm and dimi-
nishes the width of the inner edge. Sides incurved. The large,
long, flap-like, curved tentacle-scale abuts against the side of the
lower arm-plate. The length of the plates increases over the
breadth towards the tip of the arm, and they are separated by
the side arm-plates. The tentacle-scale becomes more pointed
towards the end of the arm. Upper arm-plates large, heart-
shaped, broadest aborally and curved there, narrower orally and
roundedly angular there; sides convex. The side arm-plates come
in at the half-arm. Side arm-plates large, flap-like, projecting
somewhat near the disk and more flattened to the arm further out,
so that the direction of the spines differs ; meeting above and
below the arm slightly beyond its outer half. Four close, cylin-
drical, conical, short, stout spines ; their length is less than that
of an upper arm-plate and they are longest in mid arm. The
upper spine is either the longest or it may be short, the next is
the stoutest as a rule, and the others are shorter and more slender.
Their surface is plain or minutely jagged. Arms six, high, flat
above and below, and nodulated towards the tip. Diameter of
disk 4 millim.; length of arm 18 millim. Colour light brown,
without any spots.

Locality. Owen Island.

Genus OpHiocoma, Agass.

OPHIOCOMA SCOLOPENDRINA, Lmk.,sp.; Mill. § Trosch., Syst.
Aster. p. 101 (1842).

Several specimens of this species are in the collection from
Mergui; and as there are some interesting points about their varia-
tions from the type and from one another, notice is taken of them.

In the largest specimen, which has a disk 25 millim. across and
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI. 8

94, PROF. P.M. DUNCAN ON THE OPHIURIDE

arms 130 millim. in length, the upper, swollen, large, flat arm-spine
is on every other side arm-plate, and near the end of the arm the
upper spine is the longest and largest, but it is neither flat nor
swollen. In one of the arms the normal repetition of a large flat
spine occurs on every side arm-plate. The granulation of the
disk is hemispherical, small, and not crowded ; the largest nodules
are on the ends of the radial shields. The granulation is smaller
below. The wide generative slits come inwards so as to be
bounded oraily by the side mouth-shields, and these do not always
meet orally. Two or three mouth-papille merge into a ridge, and
the inner mouth-papille are not readily distinguished from the
lower tooth-papiile. The mouth-shields project considerably
along the median line into the jaw-angles. The first three lower
arm-plates form a groove. The double tentacle-scale is seen near
the disk, but not very far out inthe arm; there it is single, large,
and flap-like. At the tip of the arm the lower arm-plates are
very long.

Ina smaller specimen (diameter of disk 22 millim., length of arm
120 millim.) the spines are shorter than in the form just noticed,
the lower arm-plates are broadly elliptical in mid-arm, the skin
coming well between them. Thereis no coalescence of the mouth-
papille, and there are three on either side and one below the
tooth-papille.

The large tentacle-scale in contact with the side mouth-shield
and first arm-plate may be counted besides as a mouth-papilla.

In a small specimen (disk 9 millim. and arm 65 millim.) the
granulation of the disk is crowded above and large at the margin.
Underneath, the minute sealing, which is obscured by pigment in
the large forms, is visible and the granulation does not extend en
masse to the mouth-shields and only a few stray nodules occur
thus far inwards.

The mouth-papille are either confused with the lower tooth-
papille or are not, or one may be on the jaw-angle external to
the tooth-papille clump. Including the large tentacle-scale, there
are four mouth-papille on either side. The side arm-plates come
under the arm and are in contact near the disk, but not further
out. The lower arm-plates are rather hatchet-shaped beyond the
disk, but they become very long towards the tip. The upper
arm-plates are widest without and convex there. The spines are
miniatures of those of the large forms. Two tentacle-seales near
the disk and one further out.

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 95

The variability is remarked by Mr. Lyman in his Report on
the ‘ Challenger ’ Ophiuroidea, p. 170.
Locality. Owen Island.

Genus Orniorurix, Mull. § Trosch.

OpuroTHRIx ANDERSONI, sp. nov. (Plate IX. figs. 12, 13;
Plate XI. figs. 28-30.) |

The disk is circular in outline, large and tumid. The radial
shields are large and naked. Minute scales with slender 2- to
4.thorned stumps in the centre of the disk, -between the radial
shields and the pairs of shields. A single series between the radial
shields of a pair and four close rows in the interradial spaces.
Scales overlap the radial shields somewhat. Similar small scales
and stumps at the margin of the disk. Below, the disk is covered
with minute scales bearing stouter stumps than those above and
with five to eight long thorns to a stump.

Mouth-shields small, much broader than long, more or less
elliptical, but angular within and rounded without. Side mouth-
shields small, largest at their sides, and meeting in front of the
mouth-shields by a narrow edge. Jaw-angles short, very broad
close to the side mouth-shields, with a small opening at the
median line and large tentacular orifices. Tooth-papille and
teeth, the former in an ovoid space, small and crowded inferiorly ;
Jower ends of the ovoids very wide apart from those opposite, so
as to produce a funnel-shaped mouth.

Arms broad, arched, high and long, ten times the diameter of
the disk in length. Lower arm-plates broad and flat; some,
within the disk, are longer than broad, but the breadth gradually
increases over the length; they are broadest aborally. The
plates near the disk have the outer edge much curved, convexity
towards the tip of the arm, and the edge within is slightly incurved.
Further out in the arm the plates become longer than broad, and
are slightly convex at both of the edges as well as curved out at
the sides. A broad purple baud passes down the under arm,
which has a white colour. ;

The upper arm-plates are convex from side to side, much
broader than long, short, broadest and curved at the aboral edge
and narrower and incurved adorally ; sometimes the aboral edge
has a slight incurve at the median line. The breadth diminishes
in relation to the length towards the tip of the arm. The colour
of the plates is a smalt-purple, and a narrow white band crosses
each plate. The first plate has a few thorned stumps on it.

gx

96 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE OPHIURID

The side arm-plates are small and flap-like, especially on the
lower surface of the arm. They contribute to the breadth of the
arm, and do not meet until near to the tip of the arm. There is a
small scale as a tentacle-spine. The number of spines varies in
different parts of the arm; there are nine close to the disk and
then seven, six, and five, which is the usual number over the
greater part of the arm. A small glassy spine with side spinules
is seen on a few plates near the disk, and it becomes a true hook
with four fangs at the seventh arm-joint, and the points of the
hooks, which are close to the tentacle-scale, look towards the disk.
The other spines are glassy and usually compressed, so that their
large lateral spinules are directed parallel with the arm. The
upper spine, which is the longest and slenderest, is needle-shaped,
sharp, and the spinulation is near the top and slight on the
stem. The next spines diminish in length, are long, compressed,
very spinulose near the top and less so on the stem. The spine
next to the hook is very compressed, and has long and sharp
spinules. Longest spine 3'5 millim. Breadth of disk 14 millim. ;
length of arm 140 millim.; breadth of lower arm-plates near
the disk 1 millim. Colour of disk above dark purple, darkest
centrally and along the interradia and spaces between the radial
shields of a pair, relieved with smalt and white in splashes and
lines near the edges of the radial shields.

Localities. King Island Bay, Elphinstone Island.

OPHIOTHRIX MERGUIENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate IX. figs. 14, 15;
Plate XI. fig. 31.)

Disk nearly circular in marginal outline, covered with skin
in which there are minute scales, each bearing a short three-
thorned stump. Radial shields covered with a coarsely granular
skin, also with a few trifid stumps; shields broadest at the
margin and projecting over the arm, separated from the neigh-
bouring pairs by a wide area covered with minute scales and
bearing thorny stumps; a narrow line of the same structures
between the shields of a pair.

Disk tumid beneath and covered in the interbrachial spaces
with crowded trifid stumps. Mouth-shields as broad as long,
broadly curved without and angular within. Side mouth-shields
small, triangular, meeting at a narrow point orally to the mouth-
‘shields, and not reaching aborally beyond the line of the mouth-
shields. Jaw-angles wide and short, perforated along the median

ON THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 97

line with immense tentacular openings; tooth-papille numerous
and ina broad ellipse. Lower arm-plates beyond the disk flat and
wide, nearly square or very slightly longer than broad, are-entering
curve at the outer edge, and a slight slanting at the sides for theside
arm-plates. Furtherout in the arm the plates are longer than broad
and widest without. Upper arm-plates broader than long, curved
within and without, the convexity directed aborally, sides slanting
for the side arm-plates; these are large, broad below, and flap-
like at the sides, and they add to the height of the arm, which is
flat below and arched above. Tentacle-opening large, and the scale
is very small; tentacles large, long, and very papillose. Six spines,
the lowest being a hook, small and 3-pronged; it is not found upon
the first four or five joints. The next spine is small, compressed
and serrate; the third spine is longer and also compressed, but is
longer and blunt at the top, but it is serrate. The fourth spine
is very long, but oar-shaped near its blunt broad top, it is very
serrate, and is four times the length of a lower arm-plate (fig. 31).
The fifth, or uppermost, spine is usually shorter than the last men-
tioned and its shape varies, it being often needle-ended. The spines
in alcohol are dark coloured and opaque, and in balsam they
are glassy with pigment-spots here and there. General colour
of the disk and arms very dark red-brown. Diameter of disk 6
millim.; length of the arm 55 millim. or 1 to 9.
Locality. Owen Island.

OpuiotHrix Marrensi, Lyman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. ui.
pt. 10, p. 284, pl. iv. figs. 9 & 10 (1874) ; and ‘ Challenger’ Ophi-
uroidea, p. 221.

This belongs to the group of Ophiothrices with arm-spines
clubbed at the end and well-marked radial shields.

Locality. Owen Island.

OPpHIOTHRIX VARIEGATUS, sp. nov. (Plate IX. figs. 16, 17;
Plate XI. figs. 37-39.)

Disk tumid, projecting in the interradial parts of the margin,
covered with a growth of small, slender, long-thorned stumps ;
thorns one to four in number. Stumps smallest and shortest at
the centre of the disk, and slightly larger and longer towards the
margins. No scales visible except the very small granulated
thorny radial shields. Radial shields with a V-shaped space
between and this has thorny stumps, and there is a broader
stumped area between the pairs.

98 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE OPHIURID®

Beneath, no large scaling occurs, and the interbrachial spaces
are covered with slender, long-thorned stumps which diminish in
numbers towards the mouth-shields.

Mouth-shields small, one third broader than long, either
lozenge-shaped or more or less rounded aborally and angular
orally, projecting on either side ; with a large adoral genital scale
attached on either side to the median line aborally.

Side mouth-shields small, triangular, and not meeting adorally
to the mouth-shields. Jaw-angles short, broad, with a wide
median opening ; tentacular opening considerable, and the tentacle
long and papillose. Tooth-papille small, crowded, especially
inferiorly, in a narrow blunt ovoid space. Teeth. Genital slits
large and reaching mouth-shields; genital scale in contact with
slender genital plate, broad, pointed orally and arched, shorter
than the plate. First lower arm-plate small, second as long as
broad, flat, re-enteringly curved adorally, with an aboral convexity.
Sides slightly incurved. The sixth plate is broader than long,
flat, almost rectangular, with a slight outward curve at the
sides ; further out, the plates have the aboral margin incurved,
and towards the tip of the arm the shape is preserved, but there
is a projection from the adoral edge towards the next or adoral
plate. Upper arm-plates broader than long, convex at the outer
margin, and concave and overlapped adorally, broadest at the
outer margin. Arms high in section and arched. Side arm-
plates large and flap-like, adding much to the under arm. A
tentacle-scale. Tentacles long,sharply papillose. Spines glassy,
nine near the disk, then seven, and six, which is the usual number,
not counting the hook which begins at the fifth joint. The three
lowest spines next to the trifid hook are short and small, the next
and the following are long, very broadly oar-shaped at the tip,
serrate, and with a crowd of long terminal spinules, especially on
one side (fig. 37) ; all are compressed. The uppermost spine is
shorter than the next and is a needle. The longer spines are
much longer than the breadth of an upper arm-plate. Diameter
of disk 8 millim.; length of arm 50 millim., 1 to 6:25. Colour of
disk above dark purple with light tints, the white stumps giving
a frosted appearance. Upper arm-plates each banded with white
along the aboral edge and with a longitudinal white stripe ;
eround-tint a smalt-purple, and lines of it interfere with the
continuity of the white mark at the edge of the plates. Under
surtace of the disk white, with an occasional splash of purple in

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 99

the interbrachial areas and on the mouth-shields. Lower arm-

plates white, with a small patch or line of purple on either side

of the median line. Every four or five plates with more colour

than the others, giving a banded appearance to the naked eye.
Locality. Elphinstone Island.

OPHIOTHRIX VARIABILIS, sp. nov. (Plate IX. figs. 18, 19;
Plate XI. figs. 32-36.)

The disk is either circular or slightly pentagonal in outline,
large, tumid above, covered with a skin (sometimes crumpling
when dry) with very small scales, each bearing a short, stout,
cylindrical, but slightly tapering stump having a crown of very
small thorns, three to six(usually four) in number. About six
rows of these scales with stumps in the interradial areas, and a
crowd in the centre of the disk and at the margin in the interradia.
Between the radial shields three rows of stumped scales. Radial
shields large, longer than broad, projecting much over the arm,
naked, granular, and with a few very low rounded knobs, especially
towards the outer end.

Below, the disk has a skin in the interbrachial spaces extending
to the adoral genital plates, which are attached to the mouth-
shields aborally, covered with minute scales and rather crowded
with slenderer stumps than above, and with one thorn only; they
diminish in numbers towards the mouth-shield.

Genital plate in contact with the underpart of the radial
shield aborally, and also articulating with a large, broad, wavy-
edged genital scale. Mouth-shields small, broader than long,
somewhat angular adorally or trilobed there. Side mouth-shields
small, largest at the outer sides, narrow, and separated adorally
to the mouth-shield, and not extending beyond the level of the
long diameter of the mouth-shield aborally, Jaw-angles short,
broad, separated by a considerable space, with a large tentacular
area. Jaw-plate large, projecting slightly downwards, with 26
or more tooth-papille, the two highest being like a divided tooth,
the rest large and long, except those placed near the lower
margin of the plate, which is rather truncated. Teeth four.

Lower arm-plates narrow and grooved within the disk, square a
little further out, then longer than broad, the length gradually
increasing towards the tip of the arm. At a short distance from
the disk they are slightly incurved at the aboral edge and curved,
convexity adorally; the sides nearly straight or slightly incurved,

100 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE OPHIURIDE

broadest near the adoral edge; either connected by skin or not,
and then very closely placed.

Upper arm-plates arched from side to side slightly, broad,
broader than long considerably, short, broadest without and
curved at the aboral edge, near the disk, or slightly trilobed.
Inner edge nearly straight or curved when the plates, as they
often do, become elliptical; sometimes the sides are narrow and
rounded off. Here and there a plate is split, but this condition
may not occurin some arms. Side arm-plates flap-like, broad below,
and not reaching over the upper arm until very far out. A
small jagged tentacle-scale; tentacles large and long, crowded
with whorls of papille. Spines, when the ectoderm is removed,
glassy with large bases, hollow. At the emergence of the arms
from the disk there are from seven to nine spines; further out
there are six and usually five spines, the lowest being a double-
or triple-fanged hook, with some minute spinules on the reverse
side, which commences about the 12th joint or earlier, and then
it assumes a more spiny form. ‘The next spine is small, short,
slightly compressed and very slightly spinulose; the next is
longer and stouter, blunt at the top, compressed and oar-shaped
at the end, where the spinules are small and crowded ; serration
but slight on the edges of the compressed spine, and foramina
numerous. The second spine from above is the largest, longest
and broadest at the end, minutely spinulose at the top, and
slightly so for some distance down the shaft and then slightly ser-
rate; perforations or foramina in several irregular rows. The
blunt broad-tipped spines with their comparatively small spinules
are distinctive. The first (upper) spine may be a small one and
resemble the others, or it may be longer and a plain hollow needle.

Length of arms 12-14 times the diameter of the disk, which has
a diameter of 13°5 millim. Colour of the disk dull purple, rather
blue in tint, with a red tinge at the centre; radial shields lighter
and with white background, splashed broadly with purple, low
stumps and the others also whitish. Beneath, the disk is white with
slight purple stains on the mouth-shields ; interbrachial skin dark.
Upper arm-plates purple or slate-colour, every fourth or fifth
plate of a darker colour, and hence a banded appearance is given.
Rarely a narrow stripe of the same colour, but of a darker tint.
Lower arm-plates white within the disk, or with faint purple
splashes, further out with a purple border more or less entire,
with lines and dots of the same colour on a white ground. In-

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 101

tensity of colour varies in different individuals, and usually there
is a banded appearance from the colour being lighter on con-
secutive plates. The spines are often slightly splashed with light
purple.

Upper arm surface midway is 2 millim. across, and the length
of the longest spine is a millimetre more.

Localities. Elphinstone Island, King Island, Owen Island.

Variety 1. Same dimensions as the type, hooks at the 10th
jot. Upper arm-plates near the disk with the median aboral
projection, sometimes a white line along part of the length in
some plates.

Variety 2. General splitting of the upper arm-plates, near the
disk, in some arms; upper arm-plates entire far out.

Variety 8. No splitting of the upper arm-plates, stumps
extending in a close multitude below to the mouth-shield.

Variety 4. Stumps on the first upper arm-plate.

Genus OPHIOCAMPSIS, gen. nov.

Disk and large close radial shields covered with skin carrying
afew thorned stumps. Ends of radial shields and the long knobs
of the genital plates on the top of the arm ; genital scale shorter,
broad and large, with a curved border. Below, the disk has a
plain skin carrying large, separate, irregular scales each with a
thorny stump, crowded and large at the tumid interbrachial
space and ceasing near the mouth-shield. Teeth, tooth-papille,
no mouth-papille, and no tentacle-scales to the arms. Tentacles
large, long, and papillose, coming out from the lower part of the
arm. No upper arm-plates. A minutely squamous skin covers
the broad, arched upper surface of the arm, and part of the sides
of the arm and also the bases of the projecting flap-iike side arm-
plates. Spines long, slender, spinulose, glassy, seven to five in
number, the lowest being a hook. Lower arm-plates narrow
orally and aborally, widest in the midst, and with a projection at
the sides. Arms about ten times the length of the diameter of
the disk, rounded above and at the sides and rather flat below,
can assume a vertical bending. Arm-bones with large umbo and
without a median articulating peg.

OPHIOCAMPSIS PELLICULA, sp. nov. (Plate IX. figs. 20, 21;
Plate XI. fig. 40.)

The disk is pentagonal, the scales at the margin are stout,

102 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE OPHIURID®

small, and white. The mouth-shields are broader than long,
almost semicircular in their oral curve and more angular without.
Side mouth-shields large at the side and narrow, and not always
meeting orally. Jaw-angles short, much separated aborally, and
having large tentacular openings and very large papillose ten-
tacles. Teeth three in number. The tooth-papille are in a
short oval, and the jaw-plate is very distinct. About ten to
twelve rather large tooth-papillz surround a line of from five to
seven small papille, and the highest papille are like a true tooth
split down the middle, and are therefore two in number. Strong
second genital scales in contact with the aboral edge of the mouth-
shields. Lower arm-plates feeble and thin, separated by some skin,
longer than broad, narrow and slightly ineurved orally and aborally,
aud broadest in their middle part near the disk ; but further out
the greatest breadth is near the aboral edge. A projection from
each side, often bifurcate, causes the above-mentioned breadth
and separates the consecutive tentacle-openings. Side arm-plates
large, composing most of the arm, flap-like and very projecting ;
tentacle-openings close to the lower arm-plates, and opening below
and not at the side of thearm. Seveu glassy, slender, and hollow
spines near the disk and far out, near the end five spines occur.
The lowest spine, at a short distance from the disk, is a com-
pressed, glassy, four- or five-pronged hook. The next three
spines are on the under surface of the arm, and are longer than
the hook, compressed and spinulose on both sides ; the next spine
is long, blunt, compressed, and has spinules near the top, some
being hooked and a few on the shaft. Upper spine a needle
either long or short, hollow. Longest spines longer than the
breadth of the upper arm, this is 2 millim., and the spimes may
be 2'5 millim. The minutely squamous skin of the upper arm 1s
coloured with wide bands of light and dark purple dots. Arm-
bones formed to a certain extent after the type of Ophiothriz,
but presenting a tall umbo and no median peg*. No upper arm-
plates, and there is some nodulation far out in the arm at the
joints. Colour of the disk brown, with a dot or two of purple
at the ends of the radial shields and on the mouth-shields, lower
scaling of disk opaque white. Diameter of disk 7 to 8 millim. ;
length of arm 60 to 80 millim.
Locality. King Island.

* See p. 117 in the next communication.

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 103

Genus Opnrocnemis, Mill. §& Trosch., Syst. Aster. 1842, p. 87;
Lyman, ‘ Challenger’ Report, p. 228.

-OpuHIocNEMIS MaRMORATA, Link., sp., Mill. § Trosch. op. cit.
p. 87.

The genus Ophiocnemis was insufficiently diagnosed by Muller
and Troschel, and the amended definition of Lyman appears to be
excellent with a doubtful exception. The lower part of the
interbrachia is quite naked according to the first-mentioned
authors, and scaled according to Lyman. In a specimen of
O. marmorata from the Mergui Archipelago the skin is certainly
naked and plain. The anatomy of the arms given by Lyman is
as remarkable as correct, and the specimen I have examined
has the peculiar characters given on Lyman’s plate xlit. fig. 15.

There is no drawing of Ophiocnemis marmorata, Mill. and
Trosch., and their definition is very short. I have therefore
considered the diagnosis and allowed for the variation of such
forms, and venture to suggest some few alterations.

The nodular stumps on the skin between the radial shields are
not on visible scales, and they crowd the interbrachial margin,
some being on the outer edge of the radial shields. They also
crowd in the centre of the disk. Skin plain below. Generative
scale large, broad, and arched below where free. A forked
genital process on the aboral side of the mouth-shield. Side
mouth-shields placed orally to the long diameter (from side to
side) of the mouth-shields. First lower arm-plate very small.
Beyond the disk the lower arm-plates are broader than long, in-
curved orally and aborally, longest at the sides, and slightly
incurved there. They increase in length towards the tip. Upper
arm-plates much broader than long, at least four times as broad
as long, arched and semi-keeled near the end of the arm, edges
within and without either slightly curved or straight. Tentacular
opening well at the side of the arm in mid-arm; a very small
tentacle-scale on the edge of the side arm-plate. Usually four
spines, small, eylindro-conical, not sharp, striated, and not hollow,
only less dense in the centre, banded with colour; dull white,
opaque, and microscopically spinulose. The first becomes a glassy
bifid hook at mid-arm; the fourth varies in size, and the third
from the lower arm is the largest. Diameter of disk 18 millim. ;
length of arm 70 millim. Colour in alcohol generally brownish
green with splashes of white, and dots, lines, and splashes of dark

104 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE OPHIURIDA

green. Radial shields with white spots and lines. An indefinite
ringing on the arms above.

Locality. Mergui. The species has been found at Ceylon,
Zanzibar, and N. Australia (?).

A young form (diameter of disk 5 millim., arms 15 millim.) has
the nodules on the skin of the disk well developed in the interradial
areas, and there are stumps at the edge of the interbrachium
where the skin below commences. There is some minute scaling at
the centre of the disk, and the nodules are wellseen. The upper
arm-plate is arched from side to side, but the length is greater
than the breadth. The hooks commence near the disk.

Localities. Elphinstone Island and Sullivan Island, 4 fathoms ;
King Island.

IV. Remarks on the Species.

The presence of Ophiolepis cincta was to be expected on
account of the great range of the species, and the specimens
show all the well-known characters of the beautiful form. The
other species of Ophiolepis, O. nodosa, is new, and is a very
remarkable and distinct form. Unfortunately only one spe-
cimen was found, but it was well preserved. Accessory scales
and plates are in excess in this nodule-covered, bloated-looking
species, for there is an unusual plate placed orally to the mouth-
shields, and, besides extra mouth-papille, there is an accessory
plate extending from the side arm-plates to the lower arm-plates
transversely, and separating the consecutive tentacle-openings.
This last character is seen in that extraordinary form Astrophiura
permira, Sladen, as well as in Ophiolepis elegans, Lyman. The
great nodules on the upper arm-plates and the cribriform texture
of many, but not all, of the plates are very remarkable.

Unfortunately the specimens of Ophioglypha are all too young
for specific determination. The Amphiwra-like forms, whose
marginal rim of scales and internal construction have caused
them to be relegated to the genus Ophiophragmus, Lym., are
very interesting. Many of the specimens are found without
their upper disks and genital scales and plates, so that the upper
surface of the mouth-shields and interbrachial rims besides the
upper part of the jaws and teeth are exposed. Even some of the
specimens which have the disk preserved appear to have had
some diminution in its size, for one or two of the upper arm-
plates close to the edge of the disk as it now exists are wanting.
They appear to be deficient in consequence of the disk once having
been larger. ‘The position of the genital plates and scales, which

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 105

has been noticed in describing the species, is most suggestive,
and it is quite possible that the almost vertical direction, instead
of the usual horizontal one, assumed by the plates and scales
may have been necessary whilst the ovarian sac was filled with
ova. Knowing how frequently Ophiurans die after parting with
their ova, and how they sometimes suffer from defective amounts of
carbonate of lime, I think that it will be worth while for the future
to pay attention to the position of the genital plates and scales of
Ophiurans which are living under unusual as well as under normal
conditions. The anatomical details show that the characters of
- Ophiophragmus and Amphiura can be combined; and it is very pro-
bable that future research will place the genera closer together, or
even decide that the first-named must become a subgenus of the
latter. The importance of the differences of the internal con-
struction of the mouth-frames mentioned and excellently illus-
trated by Lyman (op. cit., ‘ Challenger’ Report, pl. xl. fig. 4) may
not be so great as is now considered, especially in view of the
structure of the particular organs in Ophiothrix variabilis, nob.,
which will be considered in the next communication.

The new Ophiocnida with six arms, four arm-spines, and
numerous mouth-papille is unfortunately founded upon a solitary
specimen. Now that attention has been directed to this species,
there is a possibility of larger specimens being obtained; it
would be interesting to know whether the sixth limb is always
retained.

The Ophiothrices are numerous in individuals, and there are
some very interesting forms amongst them. Almost all have long
arms, Stumpy, thorned disks, and purple or sombre tints, and with
some of the glassy spines on the arm broad at the top, oar-shaped,
hollow, and compressed. In most of the species hooks are seen
very near to the disk. In the majority the tentacles are large,
long, and covered with whorls of papiile. There is one species
which has given much trouble in classification, for not ouly are
there four fairly marked varieties, but the type has considerable
external resemblances to O. galatea, Ltk., whilst the internal
structures present shapes which remove the forms from the type
chosen by Lyman in illustration of the anatomy of the mouth-
frames and arms within the disk, namely O. guinguemaculata,
Mill. & Trosch. (¢ Challenger ’ Report, pl. xlii. fig. 5).

The natnre of these structural differences will be noticed
in the followig communication. The species Ophiocampsis
pellicula, which can bend its arm in a vertical downward plane

106 THE OPHIURID® OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.

and which has no upper arm-plates, being covered on the upper
arm with a minutely squamous skin, has very interesting arm-
bones ; they will be considered and described in the succeeding
pages. There is nothing to be added to the knowledge already
published regarding the common Ophiocoma scolopendrina ; but
I have added some notes concerning Ophiocnemis marmorata.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

Puate VIII.
Fig. 1. Ophiolepis nodosa, sp. nov. Upper surface, nat. size.
2. Part of the under surface of disk and arm, magnified.
3. Upper arm in part, magnified.
4. Ophiophragmus affinis, sp. nov. Upper view, magnified.
5. Part of disk below, magnified.
6. Upper surface of arm and mouth-frame within disk, magnified.
7. Ophiophragmus difficilis, sp. nov. Upper view, magnified.
8. Arm and mouth-frames from above, magnified.
9. Disk from below, magnified.
0. Ophiocnida sexradia, sp. nov. From above.
1

1
11. Part of under surface, magnified.

Puate IX.

12. Ophiothria Andersoni, sp. nov. Upper view.
13. Part of under surface, magnified.

14. Ophiothrix merguiensis, sp. nov. Upper surface.
15. Part of the under surface, magnified.

16. Ophiothrix variegatus, sp. nov. Upper surface.
17. Part of the lower surface, magnified.

18. Ophiothria variabilis, sp. nov. Upper surface.
19. Part of the lower surface, magnified.

20. Ophiocampsis pellicula, sp. nov. Upper surface.
21. Under surface, magnified.

Puats XI.
(For description of the other figures (21-27) on this Plate, see p. 120.)
28. Spine of Ophiothrix Andersoni, magnified.
29. Hook, magnified.
30. Disk-stumps, magnified.
31. Spine of Ophiothrix merguiensis, magnified.
32. Spine of Ophiothrix variabilis, magnified.
33. Section of spine, magnified.
34. Small spine, magnified.
35. Disk-stumps, magnified.
36. Hook, magnified.
37. Spines of Ophiothrix Andersoni, magnified.
38. Hook, magnified.
39. Disk-stump, magnified.
40. Spine of Ophiocampsis pellicula, magnified.

ON THE ANATOMY OF OPHIOTHRIX VARIABILIS, ETC. 107

On some Parts of the Anatomy of Ophiothrix variabilis, Dunc.,
and Ophiocampsis pellicula, Dunc., based on materials
furnished by the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta.
By Prof. P. Marrry Duncan, M.B. Lond., F.R.S., F.LS.

[Read 3rd June, 1886.]
(Puates X. & XI. figs. 21-27.)

Contents.—I. Distinctions between Ophiothrix variabilis and Lyman’s
type, O. quinquemaculata, Mill. & Trosch.—II. Mouth-frames; Jaw-
plates; Teeth and Tooth-papille ; Muscles.—III. Radial Shields ; Genital
Plates, Scales, and Muscles. —IV. Structure of the Arm-bones.—V. Special
and general Remarks upon the Muscles.—VI. The Arm-bones of Ophio-
campsis.—VI1. Description of Plates.

I. Distinctions between Ophiothbrix variabilis, Dunc., and
Lyman’s type, O. quinquemaculata, Mill. § Trosch.

Tue structures of the upper surface of the arms within the disk,
the genital plates and scales, the mouth-frames and the dental ap-
paratus, which are seen after clearing out the inside of the disk, are
exceedingly interesting in Ophiothrix variabilis (Plate X. fig. 1),
and itis evident that they differ somewhat from those of the species
O. quinguemaculata, Mill. & Trosch., which was chosen by Lyman
as his type of Ophiothriz (see Lyman’s excellent figures, ‘ Chal-
lenger’ Report, pl. xli. figs. 5-8). In O. variabilis there are
six arm-bones between the conjoined mouth-frames and the
nodular heads of the genital plates, whilst in Lyman’s type there
are only four. In this type the upper parts of the first and second
arm-bones are not very wide, but the corresponding parts of the
first and second arm-bones of the Mergui form are wide; more-
over, when the arms are straight the genital plates of the new form
only reach inwards to the level of the second, or the interval
between the second and third arm-bones, and not to the first
arm-bone as in Lyman’s type. When the arm is bent sideways
and fixed so, after becoming dry, the genital plate of the inwardly
curved side of the arm of course reaches further adorally in
O. variabilis. The length of the genital plates of both forms is
much the same, but the greater number of arm-bones in O. varia-
bilis, placed adorally to the outer and more or less fixed part of
the plates, permits of greater sideways-bending movements of the
arms. The shape of the upper parts of the arm-bones is very
similar in both species ; perhaps the first plate is the larger in the

108 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE

Mergui form, fig. 1, and it is Ophiothrician. The shape of the ~
genital plates and scales is slightly different. There is a peri-
stomial plate in Lyman’s type, but not in O. variabilis.

II. Mouth-frames, and Muscles; Jaw-plates ; Teeth and Tooth-
papille, and their Muscles.

The aboral edge of the conjoined mouth-frames, seen from
above, is broad, and their union is by a stout, upward projecting,
long nodule (Pl. X. fig. 1). The edges of the mouth-frames
on either side of the mouth-slit are upwards projecting and
crescentic in their outline; but the arch formed at the mouth-
slit is imperfect, there being a small outer indentation at the
median line which gives, with the outlines of the brachial edges
of the mouth-frames, a trefoil shape to the brachial extension of
the mouth. The incurving close to the junction of the mouth-
frames at the median line of the brachial region is small.

The width of the brachial area of the region of the mouth is
limited by the comparatively radial direction of the jaws, and this
direction evidently has some connection with the size of the space
between the interbrachial edges of the mouth-frames im each
interbrachial space. These opposed edges are long from within
outwards, and slightly curved, and they are united by the fibres
of the interradialis aboralis muscle. The mouth-frames much
resemble those of Ophiophragmus as figured by Lyman in the
‘Challenger’ Report, plate xl. fig. 4.

It is evident that the distance between the interbrachial edges,
and therefore between adjacent mouth-frames, can be increased
or diminished by the action of the muscular fibres, and the dis-
tance doves vary in the dead specimen. When the edges are far
apart, the obliquity of the jaws from the radial direction is greater
than when the edges are closer; when that is the case, the direction
of the jaws is more radial. The jaws are rather long, and there
is the usual well-marked depression for the vessels and nerves.

Tt will be noticed in the description of the underpart of the
disk of the species (p.99)that the side mouth-shields are not united
together orally to the mouth-shields, and that a skin intervenes ;
moreover the separation along the median line of every jaw-angle
is considerable. Hence there is a space which extends from the
neighbourhood of the jaw-plate outwards between the side mouth-
shields to the adoral edge of the mouth-shield. The skin of this

ANATOMY OF OPIITOTHRIX VARIABILIS, ETC. 109

space is overlain, in the proper position of the animal, by a very
thin muscular layer belonging to the interradialis aboralis, and
the fibres are attached to the sides of the slit between the jaws,
between the separated side mouth-shields, and between these last
and the adoral edge of the mouth-shield.

Considering these lower and superficial muscular fibres as
acting in combination with the stouter and higher ones of the
interradialis, it follows that contraction or expansion of the in-
terbrachial spaces can occur, aborally, to the jaws. The contrac-
tion, or the opposite condition, would increase or diminish, as the
case might be, the radial direction of the jaws in relation to the
jaw-plate, and would push this last inwards or the reverse. The
movement of the jaws on the jaw-plate, however slight it might
be, would influence the muscles which traverse the jaw-plate and
are fixed on the outer or basal part of the teeth (Pl. X. fig. 3),
as well as those which unite the approximated adoral ends of the
mouth-frames—that is to say, the interradiales adorales superiores
and inferiores.

Probably expansion or relaxation of the interbrachial muscles
would produce an opposite condition of the tooth-muscles.
During expansion, on account of the increased obliquity of the
jaws in relation to the jaw-plates, the mouth-opening would
slightly enlarge and the muscles of the teeth would be tightened,
and the teeth would assume the horizontal position. With con-
traction there would be diminution of the space around the mouth,
narrowing of the interbrachial areas, and relaxation of the tooth-
muscles, accompanied by diminution of the size of the mouth.

The possible nature of these movements may be gleaned from
the following details of the jaw-plates, teeth, and muscles.

The jaw-plate (torus angularis) is tall, broad and thin (fig. 2), and
it projects slightly beyond the line of the sides of the jaws as well
as above them and considerably below. It is a very distinct
structure in this species, and it is broadest and most projecting
inferiorly and rounded there, thence it slopes at the sides up-
wards and gradually diminishes in breadth as far as the spot
where the true teeth commence. The upper part of the plate
which gives attachment to the teeth is not as broad as the inferior
portion, but it is rounded off above where it is free.

The oral surface of the plate is covered on the lower half by the
20 or 21 tooth-papille, and the upper half carries the four teeth.

When the papille and teeth are removed, a number of rather
LINN. JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. xXI. 9

LON PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE

regularly placed, elongate or circular, low projections become
visible on the broad inferior portion of the plate; and on the
upper part four vertical double rows of foramina. The double
rows are separated by low horizontal ridges, and a median low
ridge is placed vertically along the median line so as to separate
the foramina into two lateralseries. The foramina are large and
pass quite through the jaw-plate (figs. 2 & 3).

The slightly expanded bases of the tooth-papille (fig. 4) cover
the low projections, but the base of a tooth covers two of the
horizontally placed foramina besides some of the surface of the
ridges just above and below them (figs. 2, 3,6). The outer, or
rather the side, tooth-papille are usually with elongate bases, and
are placed on correspondingly shaped projections which are more
or less oblique, and the papille which are along the median line
of the plate are upon wider apart and circular low knobs.
The papille (fig. 4) have their bases hollowed out so as to
fit the projections, and connective tissue unites them with the
plate around the edges of the projections. The highest papille
are two in number, and resemble a true tooth divided along the
median line and with an incurved free edge (fig. 5). But there
are really two papille, and their bases are wide and elliptical in
shape; moreover each has a pair of depressions in the base, and
the union with the jaw-plate is by connective tissue only along a
wide space (fig. 2). No muscular structures are found connected
with the tooth-papille. |

The four teeth are long, broad and thick at the base. They
are composed of opaque carbonate of lime except at their free,
sharp, yet broad, edge, where the mineral is semitransparent
(fig. 6). On separating the teeth from the jaw-plate, it will be
observed that their bases are elliptical and broad as well as
hollowed-out. There is a double hollowing, and each hollow
corresponds with a foramen in the jaw-plate (fig. 2). The upper
and lower edges of the bases rest on the-ridges between the pairs
of foramina.

A small muscle passes out of each foramen and is inserted at
the hollow of the base of a tooth, so that a tooth has two muscles,
one on each side of the median line, and the direction of the
muscles is rather oblique (figs. 3 (¢), 7).

It may be noticed in some specimens that the side rows of
tooth-papille are close to their neighbours of the next plates, and
that on turning the animal on its back a very decided funnel-

ANATOMY OF OPHIOTHRIX VARIABILIS, ETC. Hell

shaped space exists Jeading to the two large papille which come
next to the true teeth. It is evident that whilst the two papille
just noticed can come in contact by their free edges with those
of the opposite jaw-plates, none of the other papille can ever
touch their opposite and similar structures.

The tooth-papille do not therefore form any part of what has
been inelegantly termed a “ chewing-apparatus.”

On removing the jaw-plate from the mouth-frames the adoral
surfaces of the jaws are seen side by side (fig. 8). Hach jaw sur-
face is tall from below upwards, narrow from side to side, hollow
along the median line inferiorly, and with four irregular depres-
sions in the upper part.

The four depressions correspond to the four foramina of
one side of the jaw-plate, and the long hollow with the aboral
surface of the jaw-plate on one side of the median line. The
depressions give attachment to the muscles which pass through
the foramina of the plate and are attached to the bases of the
teeth (fig. 3). The long hollow below is for connective tissue
which unites the converging jaw-ends and also the jaw-plates,
and the groove of the hollow is completed by the approximation
of the jaws. But there are about seven minute hollows or pits on
the interradial side of each jaw, close to the projecting part which
is in contact with the jaw-plate, and as many minute grooves
pass from them over the edge and reach the Jong hollow. They
appear to have no connection with the seven side tooth-papille,
and they give attachment to muscular fibres (interradiales
adorales inferiores) and connective tissue which bind the side of
the jaw-plate to the jaw. It is possible that slight sliding
movements of the jaw-plate upon the jaw-ends are thus rendered
possible. It is evident that the duty of the muscles (inter-
radiales adorales superiores) which pass through the foramina is
to make the teeth stick out from the jaw-plate perpendicularly
to it, and allow them to move slightly upwards or downwards at
their free edge during the period when contraction does not
occur. Chewing is, however, not possible, but the process of
filtering occurs.

Ill. The Radial Shields, Genaial Plates, Scales, and Muscles.

The aboral end of the radial shield is rather narrow, is slightly
separated from that of the other shield, and projects over an
aboral ridge of the genital plate, and both are placed well over the

112 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE

upper surface of the arm. On turning the radial shield up and
separating it from the head of the genital plate, the following
structures are seen (Pl. X. fig. 9). Close to the aboral edge is a
short curved, transverse space which gives attachment to a rather
broad, thin muscle (7), which passes downwards and is inserted
into a corresponding space on the aboral and upper end of the
genital plate (fig. 11,7). This extensor muscle passes aborally to a
downward projection of the radial shield, and also to the globose
head of the genital plate, and itis covered with thin skin (figs. 10,
11). Adorally to this space, on the under surface of the radial
shield, is a downward projection resembling a slightly flattened
hemisphere. Its lower, slightly flattened, and more or less curved
surface articulates with the globiform head of the genital plate
below (figs. 11, 18). Situated adorally to the projection on the
under surface of the radial shield, and separated from it by a
narrow transverse space, is a fan-shaped muscular attachment
(fig. 9, am), the arch of the space being placed orally, and the chord
of the are being transverse and bounding the narrow transverse
space for the perihzmal canal adorally. The muscular marking
is large and the fibres pass downwards and slightly aborally, form
a stout little mass, and again expand aid are inserted into an
expansion on the upper surface of a genital plate (figs. 9, 11, 13,am).
This adductor muscle is very distinct, and is evidently capable of
considerable extension during the contraction of the extensor,
and of corresponding contraction when in positive action.

There is a very thin slip of fibres, which seems to be muscular,
passing from the outer edge of the radial shield below, and on a
line with the origin of the adductor, to the radial-shield side of
the broad genital scale (fig. 12, m).

On removing the radial shield and looking downwards upon the
upper surface of the arm, the genital plate is seen with the scale
attached to the side remote from the arm. The genital plate is
moderately long, longer than the scale (gs), but much narrower
(figs. 12-15). It has a head not very unlike that of a human thigh-
bone, continuous with a shaft by a broad neck, and at the interbra-
chial side of the neck is a nodular surface which hasa little gibbosity
for the articulation of the genital scale (figs. 18-15). Aborally to
the nodular part, and extending beyond and below the head, is an
expansion which ends aborally in the ridge already noticed as
giving insertion to the extensor muscle (figs. 11, 12,15). Situated
orally to the head on the upper surface of the genital plate is a

ANATOMY OF OPHIOTHRIX VARIABILIS, ETC. 113

raised, irregularly triangular surface (fig. 13), corresponding in
size to the fan-shaped muscular impression on the underpart of
the radial shield (figs. 9,11). It is for the insertion of the adduc-
tor muscle (am). Orally to this muscular insertion the genital
plate narrows, is sharply rounded, and ends in a blunt point. A
transverse section of the genital plate made orally tothe triangular
surface is not circular in outline, although the plate seems to be
cylindrical when seen from above ; it is more or less a bent curve
in outline (fig. 15), and the outer surface, which looks towards the
genital slit, is rounded and large, whilst the inner surface, which
is in contact with the side of the arm, is not so large and is concave.
Seen from below, the genital plate shows a furrow and the pro-
jection at the side of the raised part for the insertion of the
adductor, a rather narrow rod-like oral end, and a decided
enlargement aborally, the aboral edge being below the insertion
of the retractor (fig. 14). A side view shows foramina close to
the neck, the globose head, the projecting aboral ridge, the
nodule for articulation with the scale, and a foramen on the shaft
(fig. 15).

The genital scale (fig. 13) is long, wide, irregularly triangular,
and boldly curved at its free interbrachial edge. The process
for the junction or, rather, articulation with the genital plate
is small, and has a slight concavity on its side towards the
genital plate’s convex projection (or there may be an indefinite
nodule). The articulation is by an indefinite arrangement not
worthy of the name of ball-and-socket, but belonging to that
category. The free brachial edge of the genital scale, which
extends from the projection to the oral end of the scale, is
nearly straight, long,andthin. This edge bounds the genital slit
on the interbrachial side. There is some part of the edge of the
scale free, but most of the upper surface is covered by the derm
of the disk and is only seen after dissection. The specimen
which showed these details has a trace of a slip, apparently
muscular (fig. 13), which arises on the genital plate close to the
neck, and from the trochanter-like side projection close to the
head ; it passes between the raised surface for the adductor and
the projection for articulation with the genital scale and is in-
serted along the brachial edge of the scale just orally to the
projection for articulation. The slip is very thin, and crosses
over the outer end of the genital slit to reach the edge of the
genital scale.

114, PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE

It is perfectly evident that the genital plate may have its
position altered by the arm being depressed or elevated as much
as is possible, and that the plate may be parallel with the arm, or
may form a wide angle with it. The genital plate being on the
side, and over the arm, may have the adductor relaxed so as to
allow the radial plate and the dome of the disk to rise. It
appears that under these circumstances the relative positions
of the plate and scale alter, and that there must be a con-
siderable movement of the scale on the pivot of the brachial
projection.

A few small overlapping scales are placed on the interradial
edge of the genital slits between the oral termination of the
genital scale and a process which is in contact with the aboral
edge of the mouth-shield. These processes appear, on a super-
ficial examination, to be parts of the mouth-shields passing
outwards in the interradial spaces, and limiting, orally, the
derm of the underpart of the disk. iyman has shown that they
are really only closely attached to the mouth-shields with con-
nective tissue, and maceration separates them. Hach of these
processes is double and each touches its fellow at the median
line; they are broadly attached to the aboral edge of the mouth-
shield and are collar-shaped. At the median line aborally their
edges diverge, sloping outward and then towards the arm, and
reaching the genital slit. The derm is attached to the edges of
these processes, which are properly genital scales, instead of to
the aboral edge of the mouth-shields.

IV. The Structure of the Arm-bones.

These are formed generally after the type of the Ophiothricide,
as described and figured in Lyman’s ‘ Challenger’ Report on the
Ophiuroidea (pl. xli. figs. 5-8).

There are, however, some points of difference. On the aboral
surface of an arm-bone (PI. X. fig. 16) the cavity for the recep-
tion of the umbo of the opposed bone is large, and below it is a
prominent ridge which passes downwards, in the median line, to
the peg. The projection in the median line may be narrow
or considerably swollen ; and in either case the peg at the
lower end is broad, projects aborally, and has a transparent,
long and rather narrow articulating surface on each flank (PI. X.
figs. 16,17; Pl. XI. figs. 21,22). The surfaces project so much as
to give the appearance of two lateral pegs ; but that is not the case,

ANATOMY OF OPHIO!HRIX VARIABILIS, ETC. 115

for there is but one, and it is concave at its lower part between
the lateral articulating surfaces. Indeed, the breadth of the
peg is very striking, as is also its amount of aboral projection.
The expansion on either side of the ridge is considerable; and
in some bones there is a swelling almost knob-like at the outer
side of the usual socket for the knob of the next bone (Pl. X.
figs. 16,17, k). The adoral surface of'a bone, corresponding to the
aboral surface just noticed, has a broad, bluntly triangular pro-
jecting umbo (w) beneath the slot-shaped surface of the apophysis
(Pl. X. figs. 18,19). Below the umbo is a considerable depression
for the median ridge of the opposed aboral surface, and the side
continuation and its enlargements. The knobs (£) are large and
project, and the cavity between them, and which merges below
into the inferior notch, and which is for the reception of the
broad peg, is rather large. The inferior notch is tall and wide.
The apophysis is bent forwards above and is convex below. The
upper muscle-fields of both surfaces are large, that of the aboral
predominating, and the lower fields are, as is usual, small and

oblique.

V. Special and General Remarks upon the Muscles.

Some of the muscles of Ophiothria variabilis have already been
noticed in the description of the specimens, but it is necessary to
consider others and to refer slightly to all. It is evident that
the muscular development and distribution is not similar in all
Ophiuride. Simroth has given the muscles of Ophiactis virens
his careful attention, and his descriptions are very valuable
(“ Anat. und Schiz. der Ophiactis virens, Sars,” Zeitschr. f. wiss.
Zool. Bd. xxvii. p. 417, 1876).

The muscles of the teeth (‘ interradiales adorales superiores ”),
according to Simroth’s type, arise from the upper part of the
adoral edge of the adjoining mouth-frames external to the jaw-
plate or torus. There is one muscle to a tooth, and it may have
a double insertion into the base of the tooth, there being two
horizontal foramina in the jaw-plate at the base of the tooth, or
a single one, the double foramen then being absent and repre-
sented by a slit.

In Ophiothrix variabilis, however, there are four and sometimes
five depressions, diminishing in size from above downwards, in the
substance of the adoral vertical edge of each mouth-frame (Pl. X.
fig. 8); and consequently, when the two mouth-frames are com-
bined, there is a double series of cavities placed side by side. A

116 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE

muscle arises iu each of the depressions (fig. 8, c), and the fibres
pass adorally through the foramen in the jaw-plate, which is in-
ternal to them, atid are attached to one side of the hollowed-out
base of a tooth (figs. 3,6, 7). The muscles are radial in direction,
and there are two of them to each tooth, and eight in all. They
are evidently the interradiales adorales superiores; and their
action, by becoming tense and contracting, would be to fix the
teeth tightly on the jaw-plate, so that they could project hori-
zontally. On the other hand, as the muscles become lax, the bases
of the teeth would be less tightly in contact with the jaw-plate,
and some movement, up and down, of the free edge of the teeth
would be possible. A muscle attaches the outside edges of the
jaw-plate, on the brachial as well as the interbrachial sides, to the
vertical processes (jaws) or adoral ends of the mouth-frames
in the lower half; it arises from the oblique grooves near the
edge, and is inserted on the edge of the jaw-plate. There are,
according to Simroth, muscles between the vertical broad groove,
formed by the union of the adoral surfaces of the jaws (fig. 8),
and the aboral surface of the jaw-plate, and it is possible that
they exist in Ophiothrix variabilis, but I have not verified the
fact; at the same time there is connective tissue in the vertical
groove uniting the conjoined skeletal parts.

The “ interradiales aborales”’ (Pl. X. fig. 1, mz) are the largest
and most important muscles of the mouth-frame regions ; the fibres
are not radial in direction, but conform in direction to the circle
formed by the adjacent mouth-frames. The fibres arise on the
interradial flank of one, and are inserted into the flank of the
opposite mouth-frame, that is, on the other side of the inter-
brachial space. The greater part of the flanks is covered, and
the fibres extend below to between the unjoined edges of the
side mouth-shields, and touch the adoral edge of the mouth-shield
at the median line.

I have not found any muscular fibres in the space between the
brachial flanks of the mouth-frames, such as the “‘ radiales ” of
Simroth, although their existence is evident in Ophiactis.

It is not necessary to do more than mention the existence of
the adductor and retractor muscles of the genital plate and
radial shield, since they have already been described. They are
not mentioned by Simroth as occurring in his type. Lyman
gives some excellent drawings of the adductores, but does not
mention the retractor, which is, however, very visible in some

ANATOMY OF OPHIOTHRIX VARIABILIS, ETC. 1H hd

forms. Ludwig appears to be the only describer of retractores,
of which he gives a very diagrammatic view.

The little slips of fibres, possibly muscular, which connect the
genital scale with the genital plate and the radial shield are
formed of very delicate fibres which differ materially from those
of the adductores for instance, but neither set is striated. It will
be interesting to seek these unimportant slips in other species
of Ophiothriz. (I have not found them in the British species.)

The muscles of the upper and lower fields of the arm-tones
are large, and are readily seen in broken-across joints. Vhere is
a good deal of connective tissue, more or less fibrous, extending
from the adoral to the aboral surfaces of opposed bones; and it
is attached at the edges of the median projection and of the
lateral continuation of the aboral surface, and to the edges of
the umbo and median edges of the muscle-fields in the adoral
surface.

Besides this tissue two sets of muscles are visible in well-
preserved specimens. One set is a single stout fibre on either
side of the ridge leading down to the peg, and it arises above and
a little external to the socket for the knob of the adoral bone
(Pl. X. fig. 16, m). Its direction is almost from within outwards,
and it is attached to the side of the depression below the umbo.

The other set of muscles arise from the sides of the convex
aboral surface of the apophysis, and they pass on either side to be
attached to the edges of the upper muscle-field on the side of
the adoral surface. The fibres are numerous, and there appear
to be two sets of them, one being higher up than the other
(Pl. XI. figs. 25, 26, 27). They appear to be necessary in order
to restrain the lateral dislocation of the apophysis. They occur
in all the Mergui Ophiothrices.

VI. The Arm-bones of Ophiocampsis pellicula, Dunc.

The absence of upper arm-plates and the ability of the arms
to curl downwards would imply that the arm-bones could not be
made exactly upon the Ophiothrician type. The opposed surfaces
of the arm-bones are remarkable; and the first thing that strikes
the eye is the enormous upper muscle-area on the aboral surface
of the arm-bones (Pl. XI. fig. 23). The lower area is decidedly
small, and the tentacle-opening is large near the disk and smaller
further out. The next point to be observed is the upper and
aborally projecting apophysis, which is like that of Ophiothriz,

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI. 10

118 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE

but possibly more inclined than is usual in that genus. The
hollow for the reception of the umbo of the opposed arm-bone is
deep and long from above downwards, and it occupies all the
median line as far down as the upper edge of the notch of the’
inferior canal. There isno “peg.” On either side of the hollow
for the umbo is a raised, rounded ridge extending from the
apophysis downwards and on either side to reach the outer part
of the upper edge of the lower muscle-area. On each rounded
ridge is a nodule situated far above the notch for the lower canal
(Pl. XI. fig: 23), so that a nodule occurs on either side of the
median hollow for the umbo, and it is placed above the origin of
the downward projecting roots of the canal-notch. The nodules
are slightly elongate and project aborally, and are articulating
surfaces. Beyond the nodules, on the side remote from the
median line, are slight depressions.

The lower canal is large, and the edges of the lower muscle-
area are raised. ;

On the corresponding adoral surface of an arm-bone (fig. 24),
the upper process, or slot for the reception of the apophysis of
the adorally placed bone, is large. Below isa long umbo, rounded,
broad and projecting in the upper part, narrow and with a
median projecting narrow ridge midway, and tumid, broad and
projecting at the lowest part, which is at the upper edge of the
comparatively small lower canal. This long umbo is therefore
most tumid, largest, and most projecting at its upper and lower
extremities, and is narrow and less projecting midway.

There are no knobs on this surface, and the only approach to
any such articulating process is a pair of indefinite enlargements
where the upper edge of the lower muscle-area unites with the
descending raised ridge of the sides of the lower canal. But the
depressions for the nodules of the opposed aboral surface of the —
next bone are seen on the sides of the umbo close above its lower
enlargement.

The absence of a peg or its analogue, the length of the hollow
for the umbo, and the presence of a pair of nodules characterize
this species in reference te the aboral surface of the arm-bone.
On the other hand, the long umbo and the defective knobs of the
adoral surface are just as peculiar *.

The large size of the slot and the obliquity of the apophysis

* The description is taken from joints near the disk; much modification
occurs far out in the arm.

ANATOMY OF OPHIOTHRIX VARIABILIS, ETC. 119

would enable great downward bending as well as lateral move-

ment

to occur; the long umbo and the corresponding socket

would allow of a much greater amount of movement than is usual
in Ophiothrix for instance, and the nodules on the aboral side
would keep the umbo from slipping out.

Fig. 1.

aH oO

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.
15.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
Puate X.

The upper part of the arm, four of the six arm-bones, mouth-frames,
jaws, and teeth of Ophiothrix variabilis, nob. Magnified and partly
diagrammatic. g, genital plate; a, top of arm-bones; m/f, mouth-
frame; 7, jaw; m2, interradialis aboralis muscle of one side of the
mouth-{rames,

. Jaw-plate, magnified, adoral surface. Foramina for the muscles, pro-

jections for the bases of the tooth-papille.

. Side view of a longitudinal section made, radially, through teeth, jaw-

plate, and jaw. j, jaw; 7p, jaw-plate; c, depressions in the adoral
surface of the jaw for the mterradiales adorales muscles, which may
be seen passing through the section of the foramina in the jaw-plate to
the bases of the teeth, 7 Diagrammatic and magnified.

. Side and basal view of a large tooth-papilla. Magnified.

. Lower surface of the uppermost tooth-papille.

. Upper view of a tooth and of its base. Magnified.

. The two upper foramina of a jaw-plate, showing muscle-slips coming

out, to ke inserted in the base of a tooth, one on each side, magnified.

. Adoral view of combined jaws: c, depressions for the muscles. Below

are the vertical ridges on either side of the central groove.

. Under surface of the radial shield, magnified, showing the tuberosity, ¢,

the ridge, r, for the retractor, and the remains of the adductor, am.
Magnified.

Aboral end of the radial shield and genital plate: 7, ridge for retractor ;
r*, ridge for the same onithe genital plate ; g, head of genital plate, in
contact above with the tuberosity of the radial shield; the fibres of
the retractor are indicated. Magnified.

Side view of radial shield and genital plate. Same letiers as before.
Magnified.

Side view of the aboral end of the radial shieid and genital plate,
showing the small muscular slip, m, to the genital scale, which is not
figured. Magnified.

Upperside of genital plate and shield: gs, genital scale; ms, muscle-
slip from genital plate to shield ; am, adductor muscle on its raised
attachment. Magnified.

Under view of the genital plate, magnified.

Genital plate, side view towards the genital scale: r*, ridge; p, nodule
for articulation with the scale. Magnified.

120 ON THE ANATOMY OF OPHIOTHRIX VARIABILIS, ETC.

Fig. 15*, Transverse section through the genital plate, magnified.

16. The central part of the aboral surface of an arm-bone of Ophiothrix :
variabilis not far from the disk, magnified. The apophysis has a, tri-
angular depression at its reot for the umbo of the next bone ; below is
the median ridge ending in a bread double-faced peg. On either side
of the ridge is a slender muscle, m, and at the side of the muscle
remote from the median line the indefinite swelling, /.

17. The same view of an aboral surface, further outin the arm; the median
ridge is nodular and broad above ; the peg is double-faced and broad.
The position of the muscle is on the edge of the sockets on the side of
the median ridge. Magnified.

18. ‘ne adoral surface of the arm-bone opposed to fig. 17: u, the umbo,
with a descending short part and a wide upper expansion; #, the
knobs; between them is the arched hollow for the double-faced broad
peg of the opposed bone. Magnified.

19. An adoral surface nearer the disk, and corresponding nearly with
fig. 16: s, the upper,part of the apophysis, with a slot or groove for
the reception of the aborally placed apophysis ; w, the large broad umbo,
with a hollow below, and the knobs are placed on theside of the hollow
for the peg. Magnified.

20. A view of the same from above obliquely downwards, showing the pro-
jecting umbo and knobs. The hollow below the umbo is not seen on
account of the foreshortening. Magnified.

Puate XI.

21. Ophiothrix variabilis, The double-faced peg, magnified.

22. The peg projecting, side view, magnified.

23. Arm-bone of Ophiocampsis pellicula, aboral surface near the disk :
ud, the depression along the median line for the long umbo of
the adoral surface of the next bone. The knobs are large, and the
transverse ridges between the muscle-fields are well developed.
Magnified. Diagrammatic.

24. An adoral surface: u, the long umbo, with a projecting convex part

‘ above the lower notch; depressions for the knobs of the opposed
surface on each side of the median umbo, just above the transverse
inter-muscle-field ridges. Magnified. Diagrammatic.

25. Part of the aboral surface of an arm-bone of Ophiothrix variegatus,
magnified, showing muscles attached to the sides of the apophysis,
and passing transversely so as to be attached to the inner edge of
the upper muscle-field. Magnified.

26. Muscle-fibres attached to the inner edge of the upper notch upon the
upper muscle-field, magnified.

27. The apophysis, seen from above obliquely, showing the two layers of
muscular fibres on the sides of its convex surface. Magnified.

(For description of figures 28-40 see page 106.)

ON POLYZOA FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 121

On the Polyzoa and Hydroida of the Mergui Archipelago col-
lected for the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by
Dr. J. Anverson, F.R.S., Superintendent of the Museum.
By the Rev. Toomas Hincxs, B.A., F.B.S. (Communicated
by Dr. Jounw Anverson, F.R.S., F.L.S.)

[Read 20th January, 1887.]
(Puate XII.)

Dr. AnpEerson has placed in my hands for examination the
Hydroida and Polyzoa which were obtained in the course of his
investigations in the Mergui Archipelago. I have already (Annals
and Mag. Nat. Hist. for May 1884) given some account of the
Polyzoa, and described and figured several new forms. A list of
these, with a diagnosis of each, is included in the present report.

A small quantity of material has since been forwarded to me,
which has yielded one or two interesting species hitherto un-
deseribed, and it also enables me to extend the range of some
well-known forms. Seven additional species have been noticed,
which, with the fourteen already recorded, make a total of 21
species of Polvzoa from the Burmese waters.

Six species of Hydroida have been recognized, of which two
appear to be undescribed.

The new material is insignificant in amount, and its chief
interest centres in a fine mass of Wellia oculata, Busk (fortunately
preserved in spirit), which proves to be rich in minute forms
both of Polyzoa and Hydroida. The following is a list of all the
species observed which are not included in my former paper.

Class POLYZOA.
Suborder CHEILOSTOMATA.
Family CeLnaRiip2z.
Netra, Bush.

Nexis ocunata, Busk.

A very large specimen of this species occurs, composed of
many clustering shoots, and attached to a seaweed by a dense
matted mass of delicate interlacing fibres.

[Torres Strait; Victoria; Gulf of Florida; coast of Arracan ;
Trincomalee; off Bahia; off Heard Island.

Bathymetrical range. 10 to 550 fathoms Challenger’ Report). ]
LINN. JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI. EL

1122 REV. T. HINCKS ON POLYZOA

Family BrceLLaRmp 2.
Bueutepra, Verrill.

Zoarium erect, composed of single series of zocecia, each of them
rising from the upper portion of the dorsal surface of the one
below it ; branches given off from the sides of the cells.

Zoecia elongate, clavate, much attenuated below; aperture
occupying a large proportion of the front. Avicularia articulated
and capitate.

BUGULELLA CLAVATA, n. sp. [ Woodcut. |

Zoccia large, elongate, subtruncate at the top, ovate above,
tapering off below the aperture; aperture elongate-oval, occu-
pying about two thirds of the length of the cell, destitute of
spines, with a membranous covering; orifice semicircular, at the
very top of the aperture; a rather small articulated avicularium
on each side, at the summit of the zoccium. Occium (?).

Hab. On Nellia oculata, Busk.

I am only able to give a very imperfect account of this species.
Two or three small specimens occurred, and several camera-lucida
sketches were taken from them. But before I had the opportu-
nity of making a careful study of the characters, the specimens
were unfortunately lost. As several sketches were made, all

Bugulella clavata, greatly enlarged.

agreeing substantially, there can be no doubt about the leading cha-
racters ; and I hope the brief diagnosis given above, in conjunction

FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 123

with the woodcut, may be sufficient for identification should the
species occur again. The specimens were small and immature,
and did not enable me to determine with certainty the habit of
growth, but it seemed to be eminently simple.

In one or two cases a cell was present on each side of one of
the zocecia in a main shoot (see Woodcut), which was probably
the commencement of a branch.

The zoccium is clavate in figure, elongate-ovate above, and
produced below the aperture into a peduncular extension.

It is impossible to determine the systematic position of this
form with certainty in the absence of a fuller diagnosis, but it
will rank amongst the Bicellariide, and probably in the genus
Bugulella of Verrill.

Family SrEGANOPORELLIDS.

THALAMOPORELLA, Hincks *.

THALAMOPORELLA Smirtit, Hincks.

Syn. Steganoporella Smittii, 7d. History Brit. Mar. Polyzoa,
p- 178, plate xxiv. figs. 5, 6.

Hab. On stone, forming a large spreading crust.

[Coast of Cornwall. |

The Mergui Thalamoporella is undoubtedly identical with the
Cornish species. It also closely resembles T. Rozdert, Audouin,
form indica, mihi; the two forms only differ in the structure of
the avicularium. In 7. Smitti the mandible is elongate and
spatulate ; the margin of the beak is elevated on each side in the
centre, and bends inwards at this point over the cavity, constrict-
ing the aperture and reducing it to a narrow passage. In 7.
Rozieri, form indica, the avicularium is comparatively short,
rather broad and of about equal width throughout, and rounded
above. The essential structure of the mandible is the same in
both forms. It is composed of two distinct portions—a central
piece which is slender, somewhat incurved on each side a little
above the base, subacuminate at the upper extremity, and com-
posed of solid chitinous material; this central portion is sur-
rounded by a membranaceous extension or edging, which fills up
the space between it and the stony framework of the beak.

* IT have proposed this genus for the section of Smitt’s Steganoporella of
which Thalamoporella Rozieri, Audouin, sp.,"may be taken as the type. “ Cri-
tical Notes on the Polyzoa,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for February 1887.

ie

124 REV. T. HINCKS ON POLYZOA

In all the other elements of structure the two forms agree;
and I am inclined to think that 7’. Smtti: (notwithstanding the
very distinctive character of the appendage) should rank amongst
the varietal forms grouped about the 7. Rozieri of Audouin*.

The calcareous bar across the cavity of the beak immediately
below the mandible, which is a very usual element of avicularian
structure, is wanting in 7. Smittic (as in other cases), and the
mandible is simply articulated to a denticular process on each
side. The avicularium (which replaces a cell) is developed on a
distinct area, extending for some distance below the mandibular
portion of the structure.

Family Myriozoipz (part.), Smite.

ScHIZOPORELLA, Hincks.

ScHIZOPORELLA SPONGITES, Smitt, var. (Plate XII. figs. 7&8.)
Zoecia disposed in lines, moderately convex (sutures shallow),
subquadrangular or ovate, destitute of raised boundary-lines ;
surface reticulate; orifice arched above, the lower margin occu-
pied by a rather deep sinus, broad at the opening and tapering
off to a rounded point, a small notch at each side, where the
sinus commences; usually a slightly raised border encircling the
orifice, which is carried across the front of the cell a little below
the sinus ; peristome unarmed : a small avicularium, with pointed
mandible directed upwards, placed obliquely close to one side of
the orifice, suberect (occasionally one on each side) ; commonly a
similar avicularium towards the base of the cell, pointing down-
wards. Large spatulate avicularza, replacing a cell, distributed
over the zoarium, frequent—the mandible much enlarged to-
wards the upper extremity. Owcia ample, covering entirely the
front of the cell above them, and encroaching on those at each
side, prominent, rounded, rather broader than high, narrowing
towards the front, with a very small orifice; surface reticulate.
Hab. Forming a spreading crust, white and silvery, on stone.
[Coast of Florida; Mazatlan. |

This form, I believe, is rightly referred to Schizoporella spon-

* “Contributions, &c.—II. Foreign Membraniporina (continued),” Ann. &
Mag. Nat. Hist. 5th ser. vol. vi. p. 380, plate xvi. fig. 1 (1880). In this paper I
have described the form indica as haying a slender pointed mandible, but this
description only applies to the more solid central portion of it.

FROM TIE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 125

gites, Smitt* and Manzoni, though in several points it differs
from the description and figure which these authors have given us.
The celis of the latter are more decidedly rectangular, and are
separated by conspicuous raised lines. The ocecium, though of
large size and rounded above, as in the present form, is of great
breadth and subtruncate in front (see Smitt’s figure 161);
whereas that of the Mergui variety narrows off towards the
oral extremity, which presents a rounded contour. ‘There is
also a striking dissimilarity in the structure of the oral sinus,
which in the Mergui variety is small and slit-like, slightly en-
larged below, and occupies the centre of the lower margin, which
is perfectly straight. The same difference, however, and perhaps
inamore marked degree, is met with in the case of Schizoporella
unicornis, and it can hardly be taken in itself to indicate a
specific distinction. In the normal 8. spongites the zoarium is
composed of several layers of cells placed one upon the other,
and in the upper stratum at least the zocecia are very irregularly
disposed; they are turned in all directions, and without definite
plan. In the only specimen of the present form (a finely deve-
loped one) which I have examined, the zoarium consists of a
single layer of cells, and the latter are arranged with much regu-
larity in lines. These differences, however, may depend upon
age. ‘The large scattered avicularia differ somewhat in shape in
the two forms, that of the Mergui variety being broadly spatulate.

Family SELENAaRIIDE, Busk.
Cuputaria, Lamouroux. °

CuPULARIA UMBELLATA, Defrancey. (Smitt; Manzoni.)

A considerable number of specimens occur in Dr. Andergon’s
collection of a species of Cupularia, which I believe to be identi-
cal with the above. In its perfect condition the front of the cells is
covered with a semiopaque membranous investment, which carries
the orifice and opercular valve. Ina specimen from which this

* ‘Floridan Bryozoa,’ part i. p. 42, pl. viii. figs. 161-163. Smitt identifies
his Floridan species with Hschara spongites of Pallas and Moll, but this identi-
fication must, I think, be accounted doubtful. Moll’s figure seems to represent
aform of S. wnicornis, Johnston, which is at once distinguishable from S. spon-
gites by the characters of the ocecium and the presence of the large spatulate
avicularia.

t+ This form clearly belongs to the Steganoporellidan series, and must be
transferred to it.

126 REV. T. HINCKS ON POLYZOA

outer wall (ectocyst) has been removed, the cells in the centre of
the colony, and in a zone extending for a short distance round it,
are furnished with an internal calcareous lamina, more or less
complete and perforated—in some cases closing in the cavity of
the cell entirely, and with a line of punctures round the margin.
The cells in the outer zone of the colony (towards the margin),
occupying about two thirds of the disk, show no trace of a lamina.
The inner margin of the cells is minutely but strongly granu-
lated, the dividing line between them thin and smooth, and the
aperture irregular-oblong, occasionally oval. Both Smitt and
Manzoni figure a calcareous lamina with a single line of rather
large pores round the edge, and at the upper extremity a semi-
circular opening (opesia of Jullien), distinct from the true
orifice in the membranous outer wall. This condition I have
not been able to observe, owing to the presence of the ectocyst
in almost all the specimens. The cells in the centre of one
of the colonies, to which I have just referred as possessing a
lamina which completely fills in the cavity, and is altogether
destitute of an opening (opesia), are no doubt abnormally deve-
loped. In every colony the centre is occupied by the primary
zocecium, which is oval in shape, and is surrounded by a belt
of seven or eight cells which are disposed radiately about it.
These are partially developed, and are destitute of an oral valve,
although furnished with the membranous front wall. Probably
in this region of the zoarium the internal calcareous lamina
also is abnormal. The dorsal surface presents a very different
appearance, according to the degree in which calcification has
taken place. In young states the centre is occupied by a
fragment of stone or coral (?), the base on which the colony
was originally planted. This disappears after a time and its
place is occupied by a central depression’ or hollow. The
large vibracular cells, which project round the margin of the
colony, are traversed by a smooth, keel-like raised line, on each
side of which small granules are ranged. The divisions between
the zocecia show distinctly on the inferior surface of the disk,
which is more or less covered with minute granules. In the
youngest states these are very feebly developed. In older colo-
nies the dorsal surface is covered with elongate, radiating areas,
separated by grooved, bifurcating lines, on which the granules are
disposed longitudinally. As calcification proceeds a large part of
the surface becomes coarsely granulous, while at the same time

FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 2

a smooth and thickened border forms round the marginal region,
which is occupied by the vibracular cells. This crust gradually
extends until it covers a large proportion of the disk, patches
only of the strongly granulated surface appearing here and
there.

Suborder CTENOSTOMATA.

Family Busxipx, Hincks.
Busxtra, Alder.

BUSsKIA SETIGERA, n. sp. (Plate XII. figs. 9-138.)

Stem creeping, slender, jointed at intervals; short, opposite
branches given off at the joints, usually bearing zocecia, the main
lines of the stem anastomosing (?). Zowcia perfectly transparent
and smooth, enlarged and rounded below, narrowing towards the
upper extremity (somewhat flask-shaped), attached to the stem
by a small basal process, the portion of the cell immediately above
the lower extremity decumbent and adherent, the rest suberect ;
the ventral side occupied by a large aperture, closed in by amem-
branous wall, which extends from near the bottom to the top of
the cell; orifice terminal ; four slender set of considerable length,
each springing from an expanded base, placed on the margin of
the oral extremity of the cell* ; one or two short tubular adhe-
rent fibres given off from the side of the basal portion of the
zoecium. Polypide small, and of very simple structure ; the ten-
tacular sheath with its pencil of sete, when fully extended, of
great length; the setz, before expanding, loosely twisted sub-
spirally.

Hab. On the stems of Wellia oculata, Busk, over which it
creeps in profusion.

The occurrence of a second species of Buskia has a positive
interest, as throwing further light on a peculiar type of structure.
Hitherto the genus has been represented by Buskia nitens, Alder,
a smaller form than the present, which is not uncommon on the
English coasts and ranges from the Mediterranean to the extreme
north (Davis Strait, Barents Sea, White Sea) and to the Queen
Charlotte Islands in the North Pacific. B. setzgera is compara-

* In one or two of the figures (e. g. Plate XII. figs. 9 & 10) the spines are re-
presented as taking their origin at some distance below the top of the chitinous
portion of the zocecium ; they are really situated on the margin.

128 REV. T. HINCKS ON POLYZOA

tively large, and from the suberect habit of the cell, the ventral
aperture, extending from the bottom (or nearly so) to the top, is
more apparent and more readily studied (Plate XII. fig. 9). The
solid or chitimous portion of the zocecium forms a kind of
carapace closed in below by a membranous wall. The polypide
stretches along the upper portion of the cell immediately beneath
the chitinous shell and issues at the top of the oral area. The
structure, so far as it can be determined in spirit-specimens, is
extremely simple; there seems to be no trace of a gizzard. In
the setose portion of the tentacular sheath there is an interesting
peculiarity. The sete before expanding, instead of being
packed together so as to form a straight pencil, are seen to be
subspirally arranged, some tending to one side, some to the
other, and bear some resemblance to loosely twisted strands in
a cord. As the tentacular corona moves upward and presses
upon the base of the operculum, the sete disentangle themselves
and expand into the usual funnel-shaped figure. The sete with
the reversible portion of the sheath from which they rise equal
the cell in length. The four setose appendages placed round
the upper portion of the cell-margin form a very conspicuous
and striking feature. When the polypide is exserted, they are
thrown back and stand out from the cell; when it withdraws
they are brought together and project at the summit.

The tubular adherent processes given off from the lower part
of the cell correspond to the spines round the base of the
zoccium in B.nitens. The cells are developed in large numbers
on the creeping stem, and the growth is luxuriant.

Family Cytinpra@cripa.

Cyiinpracium, Hincks.

CYLINDR®@CIUM GIGANTEUM, Bush.

I can detect no difference between the Mergui form and our
British species.

Hab. On Nellia oculata, Busk.

[English coast; Adriatic; Bay of Naples; Queen Charlotte
Islands, North Pacific. |

FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 129

SPECIES OF Potyzoa FROM MERGUI ALREADY RECORDED *.

Family CELLULARIIDA.

ScrupoceLtaria, Van Beneden.

ScRUPOCELLARIA DIADEMA, Busk. (Plate XII. fig. 6.)

The Mergui form agrees, on the whole, with figure 3 (plate
Xxviil.) in the B. M. Catalogue, and with the figure of 8. ciliata,
Audouin (=S. diadema, according to Busk), in the ‘ Challenger ’
Report (plate xi. fig.5); but there are differences between them
which are worth noting. In the Mergui specimens the lowest
spine on each side, when mature, is bifid at the extremity, and
I have little doubt that where the spines are perfect this will be
found to be a constant feature. The characteristic form of the
scutum is shown in fig. 3 of the B.M. Catalogue, and, so far as
I have seen, there is little variability in shape, except such as is
dependent on the degree of development. The regular rounded
outline represented in the ‘ Challenger’ figure is certainly not
met with in Mergui examples. The scutum has a rather long,
suberect pedicel; the shield is triangular, depressed in the
centre, the sides very much elevated, running out into a strong
dentate projection, the anterior margin also dentate. The an-
terior avicularia are commonly large and more or less elevated,
with an elongated mandible pointing obliquely downwards ;
sometimes a smaller form occurs. I have seen no approach to
the tall columnar form which is represented in figure 1 of the
B. M. Catalogue. In the ‘Challenger’ Report Mr. Busk has
referred S. diadema to Audouin’s Crista ciliata; but the identifi-
cation is purely conjectural, and can only serve, as it seems to me,
to perplex the student. To take a single point, the scutum of
Crisia ciliata as delineated by Savigny, which is very definite and
peculiar in character, is quite unlike that of S. diadema.

Family BiceLLariipZ.
Beant, Johnston.
BEANIA MIRABILIS, Johnston.
* “ Contributions towards a General History of the Marine Polyzoa.—XII.

Polyzoa from India (Coast of Burmah).” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 5th ser.
vol. xii, pp. 556-3862, pl. xiii. (1884).

130 REV. T. HINCKS ON POLYZOA

Family MeEMBRANIPORIDR.
Memepranipora, De Blainville. -

MeEMBRANIPORA FAVUS, Hincks*.

“ Zocecia oval, or hexagonal, or suborbicular (presenting many
irregularities both in form and arrangement), of considerable
depth, closely packed together, surrounded by a narrow brown
line, which forms a kind of keel on the top of the cell-wall ; inner
surface of the margin granular; aperture occupying the whole
front of the cell, closed in by a delicate membrane ; numerous
small cells of various shapes (sometimes quadrate, with an orbi-
cular aperture) interspersed amongst the larger ones. Avicularia
none.

“ Zoarium forming a rather thick crust, and (especially in the
absence of the membranous front wall) closely resembling a
honeycomb.”

MEMBRANIPORA MARGINELLA, Hinckst.

“ Zoecia rather small, quincuncially arranged, ovate or pyri-
form, sometimes pointed below, with a rather thick, unarmed,
minutely granular margin; aperture occupying about two thirds
of the front and closed in by membrane, contracted above and
expanded and rounded below ; a small oval aviculariwm, borne on
the margin of the zocecia, usually placed on the side, near the
top. Occasionally cells with a very large oral operculum of a
dark horn-colour, occupying nearly half the aperture, and in-
closed by a thin raised border (? avicularian or reproductive).”

Family StEGANOPORELLIDZ.
STEGANOPORELLA, Smitt.
STEGANOPORELLA MAGNILABRIS, Bush.
Hab. Spreading over stone.
SmirtrPorRa, J. Jullien.

SMITTIPORA ABYSSICOLA, Smitt.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiii. p. 357, pl. xiii. fig. 2 (1884).
+ Ibid. p. 358, pl. xiii. fig. 1 (1884).

FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 131

Family MicrororELiip2.

Microporretia, Hincks.
MIcROPORELLA VIOLACEA, Johnston, form PLAGIOPORA, Busk.

[Escnara Furcensis, Busk. Provisionally placed in this
family. |

Family Myrtozorpm (part.), Smite.

ScHIZOPORELLA, Hincks.

SCHIZOPORELLA BIAPERTA, D/ichelin.

Family Escuarips (part.), Smite.

Leprauia, Johnston (part.).

LEPRALIA ROBUSTA, Hincks *.

“Zoecia very large, ovate, quincuncial, flattish, separated by a
rather deep furrow, which is occupied by a line of large punc-
tures ; surface uneven, rather coarsely granulose, usually a small
depression in the centre; orifice large, much taller than wide,
arched and expanded above, somewhat contracted below, con-
stricted a short distance above the inferior margin, which curves
outwards ; on each side of the orifice (or sometimes on one side
only) a much elongated subspatulate aviculariwm, which origi-
nates some way below the orifice and slants obliquely up-
wards to a little above the top of it; mandible long, blunt
and slightly expanded at the extremity, and directed upwards.
Oecium rounded, somewhat prominent, moderate in size, surface
roughened.”

PoRELLA, Gray.

PoRELLA MALLEOLUS, Hincks tf.

“Zoecia rectangular, disposed in linear series, depressed, sepa-
rated by delicate raised lines ; surface covered with small punc-
tures and nodulous ridges ; a line of larger foramina round the
sides; orifice arched and expanded above, much contracted below,
the margin about the centre projecting inward on each side,

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiii. p. 360, pl. xiii. fig. 4 (1884).
t Ibid. p. 361, pl. xiii. fig. 5 (1884).

yl

132 REV. T. HINCKS ON HYDROIDA

lower lip slightly curved (nearly straight); within it an avicula-
rium with a hammer-shaped mandible. Occasionally an avicula-
rium at one side, which takes its origin some way down the cell
and slopes upward to the top of the orifice; mandible elongate,
slightly expanded at the base, slender above it, and pointed at
the extremity, directed upwards. Ocaciwm(?).
“Zoariwm incrusting, whitish, of very delicate material.”
Smirtia, Hincks.

SMITTIA TRISPINOSA, Johnston, vars.*

Family CELLEPORIDA.
CELLEPORA, Fabricius (part.).

CELLEPORA, ? n. sp.
Identical with C. brunnea (provisional name) of my “ Report
on the Polyzoa of Queen Charlotte Islands ’’+.

Suborder CYCLOSTOMATA.

Family Lichenopvorip”.
LicuEnopora, Defrance.

Licoenopora Nova-ZraLanvia, Bush.

HY DROIDA.

The foliowing species of Hydroida occur amongst Dr. Ander-
son’s dredgings :—

Suborder Turcarnora, Hincks.

Family CaMPANULARIIDS.

Osetia, Péron J§ Lesueur.

OBELIA ANDERSONI, n. sp. (Plate XII. figs. 2-4.)
Stem straightish, slightly angulated at the origin of the pedicels

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiii. p. 361, pl. xiii, figs. 6 & 7 (1884).
t ‘Geological and Natural History Sarvey of Canada,’ Ottawa, 1884.
{| Reprinted from the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for 1888 and 1884.]

FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 133

which support the calycles, and annulated above them. Hydrothece
alternate, borne on short pedicels ringed throughout (about 7-8
rings), narrow, contracted at the base, from which point the wall
slopes outward for a short distance, so that the lower extremity
of the calycle is funnel-shaped, the upper three fourths subcylin-
drical (expanding very slightly towards the orifice); the rim cut
into 10-16 narrow, rather tall, blunt denticles.

Gonothece springing from the main stem near the base of the
pedicels, borne on short ringed stalks, narrow at the base,
expanding upwards, truncate at the top. Gonozootds medusi-
form.

Hab. On WNellia oculata, Busk.

The peculiar form of the lower portion of the calycle is charac-
teristic.

P OBELIA BIFURCA, n. sp. (Plate XII. fig. 1.)

Stem simple, straightish, annulated above the pedicels. AHydro-
thece alternate, of large size, tall, contracted below, expanding
gradually towards the oral extremity, at which point they are
about three times as wide as at the base, borne on short stalks,
annulated throughout and not tapering; the rim cut into about
a dozen (?) broad, bicuspid denticles. Gonothece(?).

Hab. On Nellia oculata.

In the absence of the reproductive zooids this species is re-
ferred provisionally to the genus Obelia.

In some respects it is allied to O. bicuspidata, Clarke, obtained
off Thimble Islands, coast of New England ; but the latter seems
to be smaller and of much more delicate habit, the calycles
are very slender and lineated longitudinally (8-10 distinct lines
extending from the top almost to the base), the pedicels are
comparatively long and are represented as tapering upwards, and
the stem is compound.

CampanuLaria, Lamarck (part.).

CaMPANULARIA RARIDENTATA, Alder. (Plate XII. fig. 5.)

Hab. On Nellia oculata.

[Great Britain. |

So far as the calycle is concerned, the Mergui form is not
distinguishable from Alder’s species. The reproductive capsules
were not observed.

134 ON HYDROIDA FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO, ~

Family PLuMULARIIDE.
AGLAOPHENIA, Lamourouc.

Subgenus Lyrocarpia, Kirchenpauer.

AGLAOPHENIA CRISPATA, Kirchenpauer.
[Java; Formosa. |

Subgenus MacrorayncHa, Kirchenpauer.

AGLAOPHENTA URENS, Kirchenpauer.

Hab. Coral-bed.

[Javasea; Batang; Brisbane; ? Singapore, var. |

The following remark by Capt. Werner, who obtained this
species in the Java sea, is given by Kirchenpauer*:—“ Diese
Pflanze fand ich beim Baden auf der Insel Onrust, in der Java See.
Sie war an einen Stein angewachsen, und brannte beim Beruhren
wie Brennesseln, konnte also wohl ein Urtica navalis sein.”

Dr. Anderson also mentions its remarkable stinging properties.
The specimen from Mergui is about a foot in length.

Family SERTULARIIDE.
Ipta, Lamourouc.

Ipta Pristis, Lamourous.

Several specimens occur amongst the dredgings. I have met
with no notice of this interesting form but the original descrip-
tion of it by Lamouroux. It is clearly entitled to generic rank,
though the diagnosis given by this author is quite inadequate.
Prof. Allman informs me that the species occurs amongst the
‘Challenger’ dredgings, and will be described and figured in the
forthcoming part of his monograph on the Hydroida. The gono-
thee are not noticed by Lamouroux; they occur in some abund-
ance on the Mergui specimens. They are borne on the main
stem, and are urn-shaped, rounded below, expanding very slightly
upwards, and narrowing at the top into a short tubular, neck-
like orifice. They are prettily ribbed longitudinally, and supported
on a short peduncle.

[Australian seas. |

* ‘Ueber die Hydroidenfamilie Plumularide, einzelne Gruppen derselben,
und ihre Fruchtbehalten.” Hamburg, 1872.

ON A NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYONYCHUS FROM MERGUI. 135

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XII.

Fig. 1. ? Obelia bifurea, n. sp.
2 & 3. Obelia Andersoni, n. sp. Calycles, magnified. 4. Gonotheca,
5. Campanularia raridentata, Alder.
6. Serupocellaria diadema, Busk.
7. Schizoporella spongites, Smitt, var. n. 8. Ocecium.
9-12. Buskia setigera, n. sp. 13. The opercular sete, showing the sub-
Spiral arrangement.

On a new Species of Brachyonychus from the Mergui Archi-
pelago. By Henry Watrer Bares, F.R.S., F.LS.

[Read 2nd December, 1886. ]
Family Carapipa#, subfam. Panag mina.

Bracuyonycutus ANDERSONI, 0. sp.

Allied to the Siamese species, B. levipennis, Chaudoir, from
which it differs by its smaller size, its rather less rounded elytra,
and the fine punctuation of the base, as well as of the ninth and
external half of the eighth (lateral) interstices. Convex; thorax
hexagonal, with the lateral angles rounded, sides explanate but
not reflexed ; elytra relatively short, ovate, more broadly ovate
than in the well-known Hudema angulatum, F., striate-punctate,
with nearly plane interstices (rather more convex on the sides),
very finely alutaceous and impunctate, except at the base and
sides. The epistome is faintly rugose, the forehead coarsely in-
tricate-rugose, without trace of punctures; the thorax closely
confluent-punctulate, more distantly punctured on the broadly
flattened margins. The elytra have each two transverse red
spots or fascia ; the anterior extending from the third stria to
the lateral margin, and composed of elongate spots which are
shorter on the fifth and seventh interstices ; the posterior, much
more dentate, extending from the third to the eighth stria, and
composed of spots which project alternately in front and behind.
The prosternum, metathoracic episterna, and sides of the basal
ventral segments are sparsely and rather coarsely punctured.

Length 25 millim.

The species is intermediate between Brachyonychus levipennis
and B. sublevis Chaudoir, both known only from Siam and
Cochin China. The genus contains only one other described
species, B. hwmeratus, which is also from Cochin China,

Loe. Elphinstone Island.

136 DR. JOHN ANDERSON ON BIRDS

List of Birds, chiefly from the Mergui Archipelago, collected
_ for the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. By Joun
Awnverson, M.D., LL.D., F.RB.S., F.L.S.

[Read 17th June, 1886. ]

THE following list of Birds chiefly records the distribution, in
some of the more outlying islands of the Mergu Archipelago, of
a few of the species enumerated by Messrs. Hume and Davison
from the neighbouring mainland of Tenasserim.

It appears from the list of localities appended to the ‘ Birds of
Tenasserim,’ and from the text of the work itself, that Mr. Davi-
son’s researches in the Archipelago were confined to the islands
of Kolan and Patoe (Pataw), and to some of the small islands in
the immediate neighbourhood of Mergzi; and it is stated that
the island of Kolan* is 25 miles south of Mergui, whilst Patoe
or Patoi is described as “ forming as it were the S.W. pier of
Mergui harbour.” On the other hand, Mr. Davison made a pre-
liminary reconnaissance of the avifauna of that enormous and
difficult tract of country known as the province of Tenasserim,
which extends from the Pah-choung in the north to the Pakchan
in the south, an area 625 miles in length and over 70 miles in
breadthr.

The following list is therefore published merely as a small
supplementary contribution, if I may be permitted so to call it,
to Mr. Davison’s hereculean labours in the Province; seeing it
somewhat extends our knowledge of the distribution of some of
the species in the northern portion of the Archipelago, a region
to which his labours were very partially directed.

The islands to which my attention was chiefly confined were
King Island, Elphinstone Island, and Sullivan Island. In the
first 87 days, in the second 14 days, and in the third 9 days were
all I could devote to bird-collecting. In King Island and Eiphin-
stone Island I had to entrust the work to a Karen, as the other
numerous duties to which I had to attend fully occupied my time,
and because the Museum collectors I had brought with me from

* Tn the chart of the northern part of the Mergui Archipelago, published in
1875 by the Hydrographic Office of the Admiralty, the only island called Kolan
lies 5 miles directly to the west of the town of Mergui; while in the map ofthe
southern portion of the Archipelago no island of that name is to be found ; but
there are in both charts many unnamed islands.

+ ‘Stray Feathers,’ vol. vi. p. u.

FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO, 3 7

Calcutta had proved thoroughly incapable and so timid that they
would not enter the forest. Such a course had this great disad-
vantage, that it necessarily restricted my enumeration of the
birds obtained to the limit of a mere list with localities.

The birds were identified in India before they were brought to
this country; but in order to ensure accuracy it was desirable
that they should be gone over by one thoroughly familiar with
the subject, who would correct any errors of identification,
and be able also to direct attention to any birds presenting
features worthy of remark. I esteem myself fortunate in having
secured for these ends the services of Major Wardlaw Ramsay,
who possesses an intimate acquaintance with the birds of Tenas-
serim. I have indicated the few observations he has recorded
by appending his name to them.

In the collection only one bird, Butreron Cappelli, appears as
an addition to the fauna of Tenasserim; but at the same time
the distribution of some of the species recorded in Messrs.
Hume and Davison’s ‘ Birds of Tenasserim’ has been extended.
While pointing out these few instances, I have not thought it
necessary to repeat the distribution of species already fully
recorded by these authors.

Having been present in the islands only for the very short
periods already mentioned, the list gives no information regarding
the migrations of species beyond recording the presence of well-
known migratory birds. Considering, however, the very different
climatic conditions which prevail in the islands during the two
monsoons, it is probable that the birds which frequent the
smaller and more exposed islets and islands during the north-
east monsoon congregate on the larger and more sheltered
islands until the strength of the storms of the south-west mon-
soon is past,—if they are not in many instances driven for shelter
to the mainland. Davison records that Halcyon chloris in
December kept entirely to the sea-coast and banks of the creeks ;
but that in June, after the rains had commenced, it became very
numerous about the gardens and even in the town of Mergui
itself *.

Judging from my observations in the localities I have mentioned
(and I may state that I crossed King Island and Elphinstone

2 Op: cit ps 18:
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI. 12

138 DR. JOHN ANDERSON ON BIRDS

Island, and ascended the highest point, 1500 feet, of Sullivan
- Island), my impression is that bird-life is less richly represented
than on the mainland; but of course this can only be accurately
ascertained by a thorough investigation of the islands. This
list, if it serves as a beginning to this end, will have fulfilled
its purpose.

The islands, with the exception of a very limited portion of
King Island, where there are a few scattered Burmese and Karen
settlers, are uninhabited except by the sea-gipsies, the Selungs,
who spend the greater part of the year on the sea in their boats,
in which they eat and sleep while not fishing, or hunting with
their dogs for pigs in the forest. During the south-west monsoon
they betake themselves to sheltered bays, where they erect
miserable temporary dwelling-places on stakes driven into the
sands immediately above high-water mark. The absence of
recular villages, the existence of strong and dangerous currents
between the islands, and the presence of sunken rocks not yet
indicated in the charts, make the Mergui Archipelago a difficult
region to investigate. Moreover, during the south-west monsoon
navigation among the islands towards the sea is almost imprac-
ticable to sailing vessels, so that unless steam were used, or the
observer settled down in one of the groups for the season,
observations would have to be confined to the north-east mon-
soon, when the sea is generally calm and the breezes moderate.

With regard to the first locality, King Island, or Padaw* as
known to the Burmese, it is situated about 10 miles due west of
the town of Mergui. The island is 24 miles in length by 10 miles
in breadth; it is hilly throughout, and its highest point, which lies
nearest its southern end, the ridge running north and south, is
2123 feet high, but to the north and throughout the range there
are other heights but little below 2000 feet. It is covered with
a dense forest infested with tigers, pigs, and mouse-deer; and on
the very summits of the highest peaks areto be found trees attain-
ing nearly 200 feet in height. Apparently more streams water the
eastern than the western side, and at their mouths, and, mdeed,
all along the sea-margin on this aspect of the island, are exten-
sive Mangrove-forests, succeeded by undulating and hilly ground,
on which are occasionally to be seen an orchard of Mangosteens, —
Dorians Areca-nuts, and Cucoa-nut Palms. On the western side,

* Tat, 12° 18’ to 12° 42’ N.

FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 139

which is exposed to the full force of the sea-breezes, and the slope
of which is more steep, there are fewer Mangrove-swamps, and°
in place of orchards there are temporary fishing-stations. At
Yimiki, in the centre of the island, towards the north, there are
a few clearings made by Karens, Burmese, and some advanced
Selungs; but the attempts at cultivation are insignificant con-
sidering the size of the island, which retains its character as a
great primeval forest.

Elphinstone Island* is the most seaward member of a group
of beautiful islands lying to the south-west of King Island, and
known to the Selungs as the Doang group. The three other
principal islands of the group are Ross, Grant, and MacLeod
Islands. Elphinstone Island is distant about 30 miles in a
straight line from the town of Mergui. It is of irregular form,
being cut up by numerous bays, and its highest point, which has
not yet been measured, is visible 10 to 11 leagues at sea. The
island is about 10 miles long and 8 in its extreme breadth;
there is only one high peak, the rest of the island consisting of
low hills, and the peak presents this peculiarity as compared with
the other hills I have seen in the Archipelago, that a considerable
area of its eastern aspect seems to be free of trees and to be rocky ;
but all the remainder of the island is covered with forest. No
tigers are found in the Doang group, but pigs and mouse-deer
are numerous.

Sullivan Island ¢ is considerably to the south of King Island,
as it lies 17 miles off the mainland and more or less parallel
to it. It is a long and narrow island, being only 5 to 6 miles
broad in its widest part, its average width not being more than
3 mniles. It is traversed throughout its length by a ridge of hills
rising to 1523 feet. It is also covered by a dense forest com-
paratively clear of undergrowth on some parts of the hill-slopes,
and so dense overhead as to exclude the direct rays of the sun;
the trees not unfrequently attaining to an altitude of 250 feet.
In this island I first met with Casuarina equisetifolia growing
wild along its western shore associated with Cycas Rumphii, two
outlying members of the Austro-Malayan subregion.

* Lat. 12° 16! to 12° 26' N.
t Lat. 10° 41' 30” to 10° 59’ 30” N.

2s

140 DR. JOHN ANDERSON ON BIRDS

Gerocrcuta crrrina (Lath.), Oates, Birds of British Burmah,
iavoleyingy. 3:

a. &, Elphinstone Island, Ist; 6. ¢, 4th; and ¢. 2, 5th
March, 1882. d. Owen Island, 3rd Jan. 1882.

This bird is probably distributed over all the islands of the
Archipelago of any size, with the exception of the more seaward
chain of islands, which extends from Cabosa southwards to the
Great Western Torres group. I observed it in the Elphinstone
group andin Sullivan Island, almost the northern and southern
extremes of the Archipelago.

Monricota cyanus (Linn.), Oates, op. cit. vol. i. p. 11.

a. 3, Nga Islet, King Island, 11th Feb. 1882. 6. 2, Crow
Islet, 27th Feb. 1882. c¢. 9, Zediwon, Mergui, 23rd Dec. 1881.
d. 3 (variety), Mergui, 23rd March, 1882.

“The specimen, d, belongs to the intermediate form which
Mr. Seebohm has called WM. cyanus solitaria, Cat. Birds Brit.
Mus. vol. v. p. 818.” (Wardlaw Ramsay.)

A rocky islet, about 50 yards in length, 30 in width, and
probably not more than 25 feet high, lies four miles to the west
of King Island, the largest island in the Archipelago, and three
miles to the south of Maingy Island, which rises to 2000 feet in
height. This little islet consists chiefly of a mass of bare rock,
but on a flattened portion of its summit were a few stunted
scragey shrubs and a profusion of long grass. A miniature cliff
overhangs a little cave, with a muddy and sandy shelving shore,
on which struggle some dwarfed mangrove-trees, while in a tiny
gorge, down which trickles some fresh water, grows an abundance
of ferns. On this sequestered spot I found Monticola cyanus
associated with the following birds: Corvus macrorhynchus, Hal-
cyon chloris, Hypothornis azurea, and Anthreptes malaccensis,
some of which had built their nests and were breeding.

CopsYcHUS SAULARIS (Linn.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 20.
a. Thaing, King Island, 1st Feb. 1882. 6. 3, Elphinstone
Island, 3rd March, 1882.

CITTOCINCLA MACRURA (Gm.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 22.

a. 3, Elphinstone Island, 7th March, 1882. 6. 3, Yimiki,
King Island, 24th Feb. 1882. ce, d. Thaing, King Island, 31st
Jan. 1882. e. do, Mereui, 23rd March, 1882.

MixorNIs RUBRICAPILLUS (Zick.), Oates, op. cit. vol. i. p. 50.
a, 6b, c. Sullivan Island, 9th Jan. 1882. d. Thaing, King

FROM THE MERGUE ARCH{[PELAGO. T4L

Island, 24th Jan. 1882. e. ¢, Elphinstone Island, 13th March,
1882.

Mr. W. Davison*, in his invaluable notes on the Birds of
Tenasserim, says that this bird is very abundant throughout the
Province as far south as 18° N. lat. I, however, found it to be
common in Sullivan Island, which lies between lat. 10° 42’ and
10° 59’ 50" N.

_ Turpinus Assorrs (B/.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 53.
a. Sullivan Island, 12th Jan. 1882. 6,c. Thaing, King Island,
31st Jan. 1882.

PELLORNEUM SUBOCHRACEUM, Swinhoe, Oates, op. cit. vol. 1.
p. 66.

a. Thaing, King Island, 23rd Jan. 1882. 6. ¢, Elphinstone
Island, 14th March, 1882.

“These specimens are remarkable for the rusty hue of their
plumage; otherwise they are identical with Tenasserim speci-
mens.” (Wardlaw Ramsay.)

PHYLLOSCOPUs BOREALIS (Blas.), Oates, op. cit. vol.i. p. 77.
a. 9, Yimiki, King Island, 24th Feb. 1882.

Surorra surorta (Forst.), Oates, op. cit. vol. i. p. 107.

a. Sullivan Island, 12th Jan. 1882. 6. Mergui, 14th Dec.
1881.

Mr. Davison found this bird generally distributed throughout
the province as far south as Mergui, but he dves not appear to
have found it to the south of that town. °

ORTHOTOMUS ATRIGULARIS, Temm., Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 109.
a. Thaing, King Island, 24th Jan. 1882.

Sirra FRoNTALIS, Horsf., Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 134.
a. 3, Elphinstone Island, 5th; 6, ¢. ¢, 6th March, 1882.

Herpornis xaNTHoLEucA (Hodgs.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1.
p. 151.
a. Sullivan Island, 18th Jan. 1882.

CALOBATES MELANOPE (Pail.), Oates, op. cit. vol. i. p. 159.
a. 2, Elphinstone Island, 13tb March, 1882.

* ‘Stray Feathers,’ vol. vi. p. 266.

142 DR. JOHN ANDERSON ON BIRDS

LIMoNIDROMUS INDICUS (Gim.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 164.
a. &, Elphinstone Island, 14th; 6. 2, 13th March, 1882.

To.E viripEscens, Bl., Oates, op. cit. vol.i. p. 177.
a. King Island.

Micropus MELANOCEPHALUS (Gim.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1.
p. 181.

a. Minthantoung, Mergui, 22nd Dec. 1881. 6. 36, Mergui,
27th Dec. 1881.

CRINIGER GUTTURALIS (Bp.), Oates, op. cit. vol. i. p. 185.
a. Thaing, King Island, 24th Jan. 1882. 6. ¢, Yimiki, King
Island.

TRACHYCOMUS OCHROCEPHALUS (Gm.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1.
p. 188.
a. 6, Zediwon, Mergui, 23rd Dec. 1881.

Pycnonotus anauis (Horsf.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 191.
a. 3, Mergui, 23rd; 6. 9, 26th March, 1882.

Pycnonotts Finuaysoni, Strickl., Oates, op. cit. vol. i. p. 193.

a. 9, Elphinstone Island, Ist; 6. 9, 2nd March, 1882. e.
Thaing, King Island, 12th Feb. 1882. d. 3, Mergui, 23rd
March, 1882. e. ¢, Minthantoung, Mergui, 22nd Dee. 1881.

Orocomesa sacosa (Linn.), Oates, op. ett. vol. i. p. 198.
a. 6,6. 2, Mergui, 19th March, 1882. c,d. 3 9, Mergui,
27th Dec. 1881.

OvocoMPsa FLAVIVENTRIS (Tick.), Oates, op. cit. vol.1. p. 199.
a, 6. 2, Minthantoung, Mergui, 22nd Dec. 1881.

AEGITHINA TIPHIA (Linn.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 202.
a,b. 3, Mergui, 23rd March, 1882. ¢ 9, Minthantoung,
Mergui, 22nd Dec. 1881.

/Ernoruyncuus Larresnayit (Hartl.), Oates, op. cit. vol. i.
p. 204.

a. 6, Minthantoung, Mergui, 22nd Dec. 1881.

“Tn the yellow colour of the ear-coverts and margins of the
wing-coverts this specimen approaches 4%. xanthotis, Sharpe.”
(Wardlaw Ramsay.)

CHLOROPSIS CHLOROCEPHALA (Wald.), Oates, op. cit. vol. i.
p- 208.

FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 143

a. Sullivan Island, 9th; 6, ¢. 11th Jan. 1882. d. g, Elphin-
stone Island, 1st March, 1882.

Irena PueLLA (Lath.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 209.

a. 3,6. 2, Elphinstone Island, 4th; c. g, 9th; d. 2, Ist
March, 1882. e.¢, Yimiki, King Island, 24th Feb. 1882. f. 9,
Zediwon, Mergui, 23rd Dee. 1881.

OrroLts 1npicus, Jerd., Oates, op. eit. vol. ii. p. 211.

a. 3, Elphinstone Island, 9th; 6.9, 18th March, 1882. c¢.6,
King Island, 15th; d. g, 18th Feb. 1882. e. 9, Mergui, 23rd
March, 1882.

Bucwanea atra (Herm.), Oates, op. cit. vol. i. p. 218.
a. Sullivan Island, 9th Jan. 1882. 6. 2, Mergui, 20th; c¢. ¢,
23rd March, 1832. d. Zediwon, Mergui, 23rd Dec. 1881.

BucHanGa Lonatcaupata (A. Hay), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1.
p- 220.
a. 3, Mergui, 19th March, 1882.

BucHanGga LEUCOGENYS, Wald., Oates, op. cit. vol. i. p. 222.
a. 6, Ngaor Fish Islet, King Island Bay, 18th Feb. 1882.
6.9, Elphinstone Island, 13th March, 1882.

DissEMURUS PARADISEUS (Linn.), Oates, op. cit. vol. i. p. 225.

a. 2, Elphinstone Island, 4th; 6, ¢. g, 5th; d,e. ¢ 2, 9th
March, 1882.

“The intermediate race with a moderate crest.” (Wardlaw
Ramsay.)

Prricrocorts cinEREus, Lafres., Oates, op. cit. vol. i. p. 241.

a. 6, Elphinstone Island, 13th March, 1882.

Mr. Oates first met with this species at Kyeikpadien, near
Pegu, in the cold weather, where he also in the same season ob-
tained P. cantonensis, and he mentions that Mr. Davison also
procured this species at various places in the Malay Peninsula.

PERICROCOTUS PEREGRINUS (Linn.), Oates, op. cit. vol.1. p. 245.

a. 6, Elphinstone Island, Ist Feb. 1882. 6, ¢. 6 2, Elphin-
stone Island, Ist; d. 2,¢.9, 5th March, 1882. f. ¢, Thaing,
King Island, 31st Jan. 1882. g. ¢, Ihapo, King Island, 28rd
Jan. 1882.

The prevalence of this Minivet im these islands seems to verify
Mr. Dayison’s observation that it isa frequenter of the sea-coast.

144, DR. JOHN ANDERSON ON BIRDS

Muscirrea erisoua (B1.), Oates, op. cit. vol. i. p. 257.

a. 6,6. 9, Elphinstone Island, 5th March, 1882.

In the “ Birds of Tenasserim”’* it is remarked that this is a
rare visitant to the Province, and that if common anywhere it is
only so in the islands of the Mergui Archipelago. Mr. Davison
procured it fifty-two miles north-west of Moulmein and at Kolan
Tsland, twenty-five miles south of Mergui.

HyporHyMis AZUREA (Bodd.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 265.

a, 6. Sullivan Island, 12th; ¢. 9th Jan. 1882. d. g, Elphin-
stone Island, 4th; e. ¢, 9th March, 1882. f. 2, Yimiki, King
Island, 24th Feb. 1882. g. Thapo, King Island, 25th Jan. 1882.
h. Thaing, King Island, 24th Jan. 1882. 7. Zediwon, Mergui,
23rd Dec. 1881.

I observed this bird on the small rocky islet previously men-
tioned under Monticola cyanus. It is common in King, Elphin-
stone, and Sullivan Islands.

RaIPIDURA JAVANICA (Sparrm.), Oates, op. cit. vol. i. p. 267.
a. 6, Mergui, 23rd March, 1882.

HEMICHELIDON sIBrRica (Gim.), Oates, op. cit. vol. i. p. 275.
a. Thaing, King Island, 21st Jan. 1882. 6. Thaing, King
Island, lst Feb. 1882.

ALSEONAX LATIROSTRIS (Rafl.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 277.

a. Thaing, King Island, 24th; 6. 31st Jan. 1882. c. 9, Nga,
King Island Bay, 9th Feb. 1882.. d. 2, Minthantoung, Mergui,
22nd Dec. 1881.

SIPHIA RUBECULOIDES (Vig.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 287.

a. Thaing, King Island, 31st Jan. 1882. 5. Minthantoung,
Mergui, 22nd Dee. 1881.

“ Tn this specimen (8) the rufous extends in a narrow line almost
to the chin.” (Wardlaw Ramsay.)

Hirunpo rustica, Linn., Outes, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 302.
a. Minthantoung, Mergui, Jan. 1882. 6. ¢, Mergui, 24th
March, 1882.

HyYPuroLeris sAvVANICA (Sparrm.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 308.
a. 9, Mergui, 2Uth Feb. 1882. 6. 2, Elphinstone Island,
13th Feb. 1882. c Nga Islet, King Island, 14th Feb. 1882.

* Op. cit. p. 206.

FROM THE MERGUL ARCHIPELAGO. 145

Mr. Davison met with a few examples of this species at Mergui
in June, but they are not numerous, and he believed that they
were then migrating. He never observed them in any other part
of Tenasserim; but Mr. Theobald states that he found this species
breeding at Tenasserim in April, and Mr. Oates seems disposed
to regard it as a resident species.

AETHOPYGA CARA, Hume, Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 316.

a, 6. 3, Sullivan Island, 9th; c. 9, 11th Jan. 1882. d. g,
Zimiki, King Island, 24th Feb. 1882.

Mr. Davison * observed this bird only as far south as the town
of Tenasserim ; but I found it not at all uncommon at Sullivan
Island, among shrubs close to a beach which was fringed by
Casuarina equisetifolia, Forsk.

Cryyyris Hassenrr (Zemm.), Oates, op. cit. vol. i. p. 818.

a. 9, Sullivan Island, 9th; 6, c. ¢,11th Jan. 1882. d. 9,,
Thaing, King Island, 31st Jan. 1882.

This species I found associated with the previous Sun-bird in
the same locality in Sullivan Island. Both were equally common.

CINNYRIS FLAMMAXILEARIS (B1.), Oates, op. cit. vol. i. p. 320.

a, b. Sullivan Island, 9th Jan.1882. c. 3, Elphinstone Island,
5th; d. 6, 9th March, 1882.

From the same locality in Sullivan Island as the two foregoing
Sj ecies.

ANTHREPTES MALACCENSIS (Scop.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 324.

a. 6, Sullivan Island, lst Jan. 1882. 6. 3, ¢. 9, d. 3, Thaing,
King Island, 24th Jan. 1882, 1st Feb. 1882. e. 3, Thapo, King
Island, 25th Jan. 1882. f£ 9, Nga Islet, King Island Bay,
9th; g.h. 5, ¢- 2, 11th Feb. 1882. &. 3,1. 2, Crow Islet, 27th
Feb. 1882. m. 9, Elphinstone Island, 7th March, 1882.

The presence of this Sun-bird on the little rocky island men-
tioned in the beginning of this list, and also in King Island,
Elphinstone Island, and Sullivan Island, indicates its wide distri-
bution among the islands of the Archipelago. In King Island I
found it generally on old clearings in the neighbourhood of the
villages of Thaing and Thapo, at the head of King Island Bay,
and on Nga Island.

* ‘Stray Feathers,’ vol. vi. p. 179.

146 DR. JOHN ANDERSON ON BIRDS

ANTHREPTES SINGALENSIS (Jemm.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 326.
a. 2, Yimiki, King Island, 24th Feb. 1882.
On clearings in the forest in the centre of the island.

DiczUM cRUENTATUM (Linn.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 332.

a. Thaing, King Island, 1st Feb. 1882. 06. 9, Elphinstone
Island, 4th; ¢ 9, 5th March,1882. d. Mergui, 27th Dee.
1881.

DiczUM TRIGONOSTIGMA (Scop.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 336.

a. 6, Elphinstone Island, 4th; b,c. ¢ Q, 5th March, 1882.
d. Thapo, King Island, 25th Jan. 1882. e. King Island, 16th
Feb. 1882.

PassER MonTANUS (Linn.), Oates, op. cit. vol. i. p. 348.
a,b. 5, Mergui, 23rd March, 1882.

AMADINA acuricauDA (Hodgs.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 364.
a,b. 2, Yimiki, King Island, 24th Feb. 1882.
On clearings in the centre of the island.

STURNOPASTOR SUPERCILIARIS, B/., Oates, op. cit. vol. 1.
p: 378.
a. Mergui, 20th; 6. 6, 19th; c, 2, 29th March, 1882.

ACRIDOTHERES Fuscus (Zemm.), Oates, op. cit. vol. i. p. 380.
a. 3, Mergui, 9th; b, 9, 20th; c. 2, 23rd March, 1882.

CALORNIS CHALYBEA (Horsf.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 390.

a. 6, Elphinstone Island, 5th Feb. 1882; b. 2, 2nd; ¢, 6,
Ath; d, S,€. 6, f. 6,9. 2h. 27 Sth; 7. 23 Teche Meme
1882; k. 3, 8rd July, 1882. J. ¢, Thaing, King Island, 31st
Jan. 1882.

This bird is very common along the margins of the forest at
the head of the great bay on the south-eastern side of Elphin-
stone Island, and I observed a large colony on a rocky islet on
the western side of Sullivan Island, where it was breeding in
recesses in the rocks, finding cover among some small shrubs on
the summit of the islet.

GRACULA JAVANENSIS (Osbeck), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 398.

a, b. Sullivan Island, 12th; ¢. 9, 12th; d. 13th Jan. 1882.
e. 2, f. 2, Elphinstone Island, 9th March, 1882. g. Thaing,
King Island, 27th Jan. 1882.

This species was not uncommon at Sullivan Island, and its

FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 147

favourite resort was the tops of the highest trees in the forest.
Its noisy calls became a familiar sound just before sundown.

Corvus MAcRoRHyNCcHUS, Wagler, Oates, op. cit. vol. i.
p. 397.

a. 3, Yimiki, King Island, 24th Feb. 1882.

This Crow appears to be generally distributed throughout the
islands, and, as already mentioned, I found a pair even breeding
on a small rocky islet. There were four young ones in the nest.

Corvus INSOLENS, Hume, Oates, op. cit. vol.i. p. 399.
a. 9, Mergui, 20th; 6. 6, 19th March, 1882.

CRYPSIRHINA VARIANS (Lath.), Oates, op. cit. vol. i. p. 404.
a,b. 2, Mergui, 23rd March, 1882.

CYMBORHYNCHUS MACRORHYNCHUS (Gm.), Oates, op. cit. vol. i.
p. 428.

a,b. 3,¢,d. 3, Mergui, 28rd March, 1882. e. o,f. 2, Zedi-
won, Mergui, 23rd Dec. 1881.

Among shrubs in dense shade on the outskirts of a mangrove-
swamp.

Cortocatia Lincu1, Horsf. § Moore, Oates, op. cit. vol. ii.
Dp. LO:

a. 9, Yimiki, King Island, 24th Feb. 1882.

Blyth* has recorded this bird from the Mergui Archipelago.
Mr. Davison says it does not occur on Mergui Island itself nor
in any of the small islands near it.

LyYNCORNIS CERVINICEPS, Gould, Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 22.
a. Elphinstone Island, 3rd March, 1882.

ALOPHONERPES PULVERULENTUS (Zemm.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii.
p- 29.
a. 2, Elphinstone Island, 13th March, 1882.

HEMICERCUS CANENTE (Less.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 80.
a,b. 2, Elphinstone Island, 9th March, 1882.

Picus canicapruuus, Bl., Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 36.
a. 2, Elphinstone Island, 9th; 6. 2, 13th March, 1882.

* Journ. As. Soc. Beng. pt. ii. (extra no.) vol. xliii. 1875, p. 85,

148 DR. JOUN ANDERSON ON BIRDS

GECINUS ViRIDANUS (BI.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 11. p. 48.
a. 3, Yimiki, King Island, 24th Feb. 1882. 6. Mergui, 23rd
March, 1882.

CHRYSOCOLAPTES STRICTUS (Horsf.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 11. p. 5°.
a. 2, Yimiki, King Island, 29th Feb. 1882. b,c. g,d. 2,
Elphinstone Island, 9th; e. 2, 13th March, 1882.

MeuirropHacus LescuEnavxtt (Vieill.), Oates, op. ert. vol. ii.
p- 68.

a. Thaing, King Island, 24th Jan. 1882; 6. 9, 24th Feb. 1881 ;
c. 6, 22nd Dec. 1881.

Evrystomus orrenratis (Linn.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 70.
a. 6, Yimki, King Island, 24th Feb. 1882.

ALCEDO BENGALENSIS, Gm., Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 72.
a. 2, King Island Bay, 17th Feb. 1882. 6. ¢, Elphinstone
Island, 5th; c. 2, 9th; d. §, 138th March, 1882.

PELARGOPSIS AMAUROPTERA (Pears.), Oates, op. cit. vol.ii. p. 78.
a. 3d, Elphinstone Island, 13th March, 1882. 6. ¢, Yimiki,
King Island, 24th Feb. 1882.

Haucyon piteata (Bodd.), Oates, op. cit. vol. i. p. 83.
a. Thaing, King Island, 31st Jan. 1882.

Ha.cyron cHuoris (Bodd.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 85.

a. 2, Elphinstone Island, lst; 6. 9, 9th March, 1882. ¢. ¢,
d. 9, King Island Bay, 17th Feb. 1882. e. 36, f. 2,9. 9, Crow
Islet, 27th Feb. 1882.

This is the most prevalent Kingfisher among the northerm
islands. In February it was found breeding on Crow Islet.

DIcHOCEROS BICORNIS (Linn.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 87.

a. Thaing, King Island, 31st Jan. 1882. 6. Elphinstone Island,
13th March, 1882.

This species is doubtless distributed thoughout the Archipelago,
but is relatively rare compared with Rhytidoceros subruficollis.

ANTHRACOCEROS ALBIROSTRIS (Shaw), Oates, op.cit. vol. ii. p. 90.

a. Thaing, King Island, 30th Jan. 1882. 6, ¢. 6 9, King
Island, 8th Feb. 1882. d. $, Elphinstone Island, 7th; e. 2,
13th March, 1882.

RHYTIDOCEROS SUBRUFICOLLIS (B1.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 91.
a. d,b. g,c¢. 6,d. S, King Island, 29th Jan. 1882. e. 9,

FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 149

6th; f. 2, 8th Feb. 1882. g. 9, Yimiki, King Island, 24th
Feb. 1882.

This Hornbill occurs in great numbers in islands of the Archi-
pelago, especially in those towards the north. On the mainland,
however, south of Tavoy, Davison records that he only obtained
a single straggler, while to the north of Tavoy as far as Moul-
mein the species was common.

In the morning and evening large flocks were being constantly
seen at great heights flying long distances, and crossing the sea
from island to island, their approach being heralded by the loud
croaking noise so characteristic of their flight generally, associated
with a peculiar harsh call, which, when the birds hustled each
other, whether in sport or anger I knew not, became converted
into a noise resembling the bark of a dog. It isa very wary
bird, and keeps to the tops of the highest trees.

A Karen brought to me at King Island, on the 8th March, a
female bird and her egg, both of which be had removed from a
hole in a large tree which he had recklessly felled, with the assist-
ance of some other Karens, for the sole purpose of obtaining
these objects, in the hope that I would purchase them. Along
with the bird and egg he also brought a part of the nest itself,
which was made up of a resin which is common in these islands
and of a substance which he described asa gum. The pure white
egg had a somewhat leathery shell deficient in lime.

Harvpactes oresxtos (Zemm.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 100.

a. Thaing, King Island, Ist Feb. 1882. 6. ¢, Zimiki, King
Island, 24th Feb. 1882.

In clearings surrounded by forest.

Cucuus striatus, Drap., Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 105.
a. 2, Elphinstone Island, 9th March, 1882.

HIEROCOCCYX SPARVERIOIDES (Vig.), Oates, op. cit. vol. il.
p. 108.

a. 6, Elphinstone Island, 9th March, 1882.

Mr. Davison met with this Cuckoo only as far south as Amherst.

Hinrococorx nanus, Hume, Oates, op. cit. vol. 11. p. 110.

a. 2, Elphinstone Island, 5th; 6. 6th March, 1882.

Mr. Davison discovered this species at Bankasoon in the extreme
south of the province of Tenasserim, but afterwards found it “in

150 DR. JOHN ANDERSON ON BIRDS

. April in the forests at the base of Nwalabo, and between that
place and Tavoy ” *.

CAcoMANTIS THRENODES, Owb. et Hein., Oates, op. cit. vol. ii.
pe:
a. 6, Mergui, 23rd March, 1882.

SuRNICULUS LUGUBRIS (Horsf.), Oates, op. cit. vol. uu. p. 112.
a. Thaing, King Island, 24th Jan. 1882. 6. 3, Elphinstone
Island, 9th March, 1882.

RuorvopytTeEs Tristrs (Less.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 121.

a. 3, 6. 9, Yimiki, King Island, 24th Feb. 1882. ec. 2,
Elphinstone Island, Ist; d. ¢, 14th March, 1882. e. Minthan-
toung, Mergui, 22nd Dee. 1881.

CENTROCOCCYX INTERMEDIUS, Hume, Oates, op. cit. vol. u.
p. 126.

a. 2, Yimiki, King Island, 24th Feb. 1882. 0. 2, Elphinstone
Island, 9th; ¢. 2, 14th March, 1882.

XANTHOLEMA H#MACEPHALA (Muill.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii.
p. 1386.
a. 3, Yimiki, King Island, 24th Feb. 1882.

PaLHorNIS Fascratus (Mill.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 11. p. 143.
a. Thaing, King Island, 31st Jan. 1882. 6. 3, King Island
Bay, 19th Feb. 1882.

LorIcULUS VERNALIS (Sparrm.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 146.
a. 6,6. 6, Thaing, King Island, 2nd Feb. 1882.

KETUPA JAVANENSIS, Less., Oates, op. cit. vol. 11. p. 149.
a. 2, Elphinstone Island, 138th March, 1882. 6. King Island,
19th Feb. 1882.

Scors pennatus, Hodgs., Oates, op. cit. vol. 11. p. 154.

a. &, Nga Islet, King Island Bay, 18th Feb. 1882.

“ This belongs to the race named S. stictonotus by Sharpe, Cat.
Birds Brit. Mus. vol. 1. p. 54." (Wardlaw Ramsay.)

Scors Lempist (Horsf.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 11. p. 156.
A young bird, probably of this species.

Ninox scututata (Raffi.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 11. p. 159.
a. 9, Elphinstone Island, 7th March, 1882.

* «Stray Feathers,’ vol. vi. pp. 157, 502.

FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. Sst

ASTUR TRIvIRGATUS (Temm.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 177.
a. Thaing, King Island, 1st Feb. 1882.

Burastur inpicus (Gm.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 197.
a. 3, Mergui, 23rd March, 1882.

Hattastur rnpus (Bodd.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 201.
a. 6, King Island, 24th Feb. 1882. 6. Q juv., King Island
Bay, 11th Feb. 1882.

PeRNIS PTILORHYNCHUS (Zemm.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 207.

a. 3, Elphinstone Island, 14th March, 1882.

This rare bird was recorded many years ago by Blyth * from
Mergui, and more recently by Hume and Davison from Moulmein
and Amherst.

Baza LoPHOTES (Cwwv.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 208.
a. 3, Elphinstone Island, Ist March, 1882.

ARDEA SUMATRANA, Raffl., Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 244.

a. 2, King Island Bay, 19th Feb. 1882.

I only observed this large Heron on one occasion, when the
extensive mud-flats in King Island Bay were exposed at spring-
tide, on which occasion they were visited by about half a dozen
of these birds.

Heropias Garzerra (Linn.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 248.
a. Nga Islet, King Island Bay, 18th Feb. 1882.

DEMIEGRETTA SACRA (Gin.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 250.

a. 3, Sullivan Island, 6th Jan.1882. 6. 3, King Island, 17th
Feb. 1882. c. ¢, King Island Bay, 20th; d,e. ¢ 2, 26th Feb.
1882.

Common throughout the islands and much frequenting the
mud-flats at King Island Bay.

BuroriDEs JAVANICA (Horsf.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 254.

a. 2, 6. Imm., Elphinstone Island, lst; ¢. g, 7th March,
1882.

Atsocomus Punicets, Tick., Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 289.

a,b. 35, Nga Islet, King Island Bay, 18th Feb. 1882.

Nea Islet is a small well-wooded island about a quarter of a
mile long and 80 feet high, situated at the head of King Island
Bay, with some other and similar islands close beside it. These

* Trans. As. Soc. Beng. yol. xxi. p. 436,

152 DR. JOHN ANDERSON ON BIRDS

islands, besides supporting a small population of their own, were
visited by many birds from the main island (King Island) during
their daily wanderings in search of food, and this Pigeon was
among those visitors. It ranges from Tonghov through Pegu to
Tenasserim, and in the latter province Davison observed it near
Mergui.

Turtur TIGRINUS (Lemm.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 11. p. 290.
a. Juv., Thapo, King Island, 23rd Jan. 1882. 6. Thaing, King
Island, 31st Jan. 1882. e¢. 3g, Yimiki, 24th Feb. 1882.

CHALCOPHAPS INDICA (Linn.), Oates, op. cit. vol. il. p. 297.
a. 3, Elphinstone Island, 4th; 6. ¢, 5th March, 1882.

CarpoPHaGa ZNEA (Linn.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 11. p. 301.

a. Thaing, King Island, 31st Jan. 1882. 6. 9, Elphinstone
Island, 9th; ¢, d. ¢, 18th March, 1882.

I observed a large Imperial Pigeon in Sullivan Island, but as
it was extremely wary, and frequented only the tops of the highest
trees in the densest parts of the forest, I did not sueceed in
obtaining any examples. It may probably be C. inswlaris from
the Nicobar Islands, a species which Oates has suggested may
oceur in the Archipelago.

TRERON NIPALENSIS (Hodgs.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 1. p. 306.
a. 3, Elphinstone Island, 5th March, 1882.

OsMOTRERON BIctINcTA (Jerd.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 11. p. 808.
a. 6, Elphinstone Island, 9th; 6. ¢, 13th March, 1882.

OsMOTRERON VERNANS (Linn.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 11. p. 809.

a. Yimiki, King Island, 24th Feb. 1882. 6. 3, Elphinstone
Island, 9th March, 1882.

This Pigeon has been found on the mainland from Mergui
south to Malewoon.

Burreron Cappretri1.—Treron Cappelli (Lemm.), Salvad. Ann.
Mus. Civ. Genov. vol. v. p. 285 (1874).

a. 6, Elphinstone Island, 138th March, 1882.

“The occurrence of this species is interesting. So far as I
know, there is no record of its having been obtained so far north
before.” (Wardlaw Ramsay.)

TURNIX PLUMBIPES (Hodgs.), Oates, op. cit. vol. 11. p. 337.
a. 9, Mergui, 23rd March, 1882.

4

FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 153

GALLICREX CINEREUS (G'm.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 849.

a. 3, Mergui, 19th March, 1882.

Davison only observed this species as far south as the mouth
of the Tavoy estuary.

Popica PERSONATA (Gray), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 353.

a. 3, Elphinstone Island, 13th March, 1882.

This rare bird, which was originally described from a Malacca
specimen, has been found by Davison at Bankasoon, Mergui, and
Amherst.

AieraLitis GEorFroyi (Wagl.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 366.

a. 9, Elphinstone Island, 5th March, 1882.

Mr. Davison never met with this bird in Tenasserim, but Mr.
Hume’s collectors obtained it 52 miles N.W. of Moulmein, and
Dr. Armstrong at Amherst.

ANGIALITIS MONGOLICUS (Pall.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 368.
a,b. 9, Elphinstone Island, 5th March, 1882.

ANGIALITIS CANTIANA (Lath.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 368.

a. 2, Elphinstone Island, 8th March 1882. 6*.

LoBIVANELLUS ATRONUCHALIS (Bl.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii.
p. 374.

a. 3,6. 2, Yimiki, King Island, 24th Feb. 1882,

STREPSILAS INTERPRES (Linn.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 376.

a. 3, Guna or Fish Islet, King Island Bay, 4th; 6. ¢, 9th Feb.
1882.

This bird does not appear in Hume and Davison’s list.

GALLINAGO C@LESTIS (Frenzel), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 381.
ay:

Trinea Minvra (Leisl.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 389.

a,b. 9, Mergui, 23rd March, 1882.

TRINGOIDES HYPOLEUCUS (Linn.), Oates, op. cit. vol. ii. p. 899.
a. 9, King Island, 17th Feb. 1882.

* Label lost. + With no information.

LINN. JOURN.—-ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI. 13

154: DR. P. P. C. HOEK ON DICHELASPIS PELLUCIDA.

On Dichelaspis pellucida, Darwin, from the scales of an Hydro-
phid obtained at Mergui. By Dr. P. P. C. Horx, Member
Royal Academy of Science of the Netherlands, Leiden.
(Communicated by Dr. J. AnpERson, F.R.S., F.L.S.)

[Read 17th February, 1887. |
(Prats XIII.)

Dr. ANDERSON collected many specimens of this species from an
Hydrophid obtained among the fishing-stakes at Mergui. They
were attached to the scales of the snake, and were so numerous
as to give a rough appearance to the entire body. On an average
the Cirriped measured about 9 millim. in length,

So far as my knowledge goes, this species has not been observed
since Darwin published his description * from specimens obtained
in the Indian Ocean, which were also attached to a sea-snake,
and for which he was indebted to the kindness of Mr. Busk.

Although I believe there can be no question as to the identity
of Darwin’s D. pellucida and the specimens from the Mergui
Archipelago, I may be permitted to point out such small differ-
ences as I have been able to observe.

The shape of the valves closely resembles Darwin’s description
and figures. The basal segment of the scutum is much narrower
than the occludent segment, and about half as long. The tergum
(fig. 2) has the form of a battle-axe ; its handle, however, is not
narrower than the occludent segment of the scuta (as Darwin
says it is), but considerably thicker, or about as thick. The
oecludent segment of the scutum forms with the handle of the
battle-axe an angle (fig. 2, a, b,c) of more than 45°. The carina
agrees perfectly with Darwin’s description, and so does the
peduncle, of which Darwin says, “its narrowness and trans-
parency are its only remarkable characters.”

The size of the specimens from Mergui considerably exceeds the
dimensions given by Darwin. In the specimens he studied the
capitulum measured 0°15 of an inch in length, which is about
3°8 millim. The Mergui specimen figured (fig. 1) has a capitulum
5°3 millim. long, while another measures even 6°2 millim. On
the contrary, the peduncle is only about once and a half as long
as the capitulum. Most probably these differences in size, as
well as those very inconsiderable ones in the valves which I have

* Monograph of the Cirripedia, vol. i. p. 125, pl. ii. fig. 7.

DR. P. P. GC. HOFK ON DICHELASPIS PELLUCIDA. 155

pointed out as existing between Darwin’s specimens and those
from Mergui, are due to difference inage. A specimen I dissected
was furnished with ovigerous lamelle.

In figure 3 I have given a representation of the penis of this
species. Whereas the probosciformed organ, except in certain
species of Scalpellum, is very long, the present species has a
very thick and short penis, its tip being pointed and somewhat
hooked. Darwin does not describe the penis of this nor of any
other species of the genus.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XIII.

Fig. 1. Dichelaspis pellucida, Darwin, side view: x 14 diam.

2. View of a part of the capitulum, to show A & B, the terga, C & D, the
occludent segments of the scuta, and a, 0, c, the angle the occludent
segment of the scutum forms with the handle of the battle-axe-shaped
tergum: X30 diam.

3. Representation of the penis: x30 diam.

is ed ee DO

Pitigle:

aie

SHELLS OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 155

pointed out as existing between Darwin’s specimens and those
from Mergui, are due to difference inage. A specimen I dissected
was furnished with ovigerous lamelle.

In figure 3 I have given a representation of the penis of this
species. Whereas the probosciformed organ, except in certain
species of Scalpellum, is very long, the present species has a
very thick and short penis, its tip being pointed and somewhat
hooked. Darwin does not describe the penis of this nor of any
other species of the genus.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XIII.

Fig. 1. Dichelaspis pellucida, Darwin, side view: x 14 diam.

Fig. 2. View of a pari of the capitulum, to show A & B, the terga, C & D, the
occludent segments of the scuta, and a, 0, c, the angle the oceludent
segment of the scutum forms with the handle of the battle-axe-shaped
tergum: X 30 diam.

Fig. 3. Representation of the penis: x 30 diam.

List of the Shells of Mergui and its Archipelago, collected for
the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John
Anderson, F.R.S., Superintendent of the Museum. By
Prof. Epvuarp von Martens, M.D., C.M.Z.S8.; of the
University of Berlin. (Communicated by Dr. Joun
Anpersoy, F.R.S., F.L.S.)

[Read 17th June, 1886.]
(Pirates XIV.-XVI.)
IntTRoDUCTORY REMARKS.

Tur following is a list of the species of Mollusca collected by
Dr. John Anderson at Mergui and some of the islands of the
Tenasserim coast. The species have been determined chiefly by
comparison with the shells in the Zoological Museum of the Uni-
versity of Berlin, and by consulting the leading illustrative works
of this department of science, the figures of which are here cited,
so far as they have been compared with the objects themselves, and
may help to secure the determination. Concerning the land and
freshwater Mollusca, I have derived very valuable information
from Hanley and Theobald’s ‘Conchologia Indica,’ and from
G. Nevill’s ‘Hand-list of the Mollusca of the Indian Museum,’
vols. i. (1878) and ii. (1884); also from the paper by A. Gould in
LINN. JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI. 14

156 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

the ‘Boston Journal of Natural History,’ vol. iv. 1844, which is the
first treatise on the land-shells of that country. Besides Reeve’s
‘ Conchologia Iconica,’ several conchological publications by R. A.
Philippi have been very useful to me in determining the marine
shells, as this author mentions and describes various shells col-
lected by his brother, Theodor Philippi, at Mergui, about the
year 1846. Descriptions and figures are only given in the few
cases of new or very little-known species. In several other cases
some remarks are added concerning the more striking and easily
observable differences of the species, chiefly if several nearly
allied species are mentioned; they are not intended, however, to
give a sufficient description, but only to help the memory of
the conchologist in the discrimination of those species.

Dr. Anderson noted on the spot the conditions under which
many of the species occurred ; and his notes I have given verbatim.
These are very valuable, as they afford an idea of the circumstances
under which the animals live, which are of great importance
owing to the influence the surroundings of a species exercise in
modifying the general external appearance of the shell, a consi-
sideration which is as yet not sufficiently known and appreciated
in foreign shells. Many of Dr. Anderson’s statements, contained
in his notes, coimcide with my own observations made during a
stay of about two years in the Malayan Archipelago. Chiefly
on this account, I have arranged the list into several parts, sepa-
rating the land-, freshwater-, and sea-shells, and have even
attempted to make a peculiar division for those which live in
manegrove-swamps and at the mouths of rivers, as we there find
intermingled at the same spot air- and water-breathing mollusca
and species of genera which are generally admitted as marine
with others of a more fluviatile character. I am well aware that
this division of submarine Mollusca cannot be strictly limited
either from the marine or from the fluviatile forms ; but it may,
nevertheless, be useful to emphasize them in this way, as,
otherwise, even the distinction between marine and fluviatile
occurrence remains doubtful and arbitrary for some species.

I have also tried to add, for distinction’s sake zm italies, a
sketch of the geographical distribution of the single species, by
naming the chief localities in which they have hitherto been
found; many of these statements are taken from the collec-
tions in the Berlin Museum, the rest from the more reliable
conchological authors. If hitherto the “habitat” of the species

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 157

was unknown (or at least not stated in the standard conchological
works), the sign f is added. By this the reader will arrive easily
at the following conclusions :—

A. Terrestrial Mollusca: the greater number of the species are
either confined to the Tenasserim coast or range only into the
next adjacent countries, as Pegu, Arakan, or the Malayan Penin-
sula. Only the small-sized Stenogyra gracilis is spread through-
out continental India and the Malayan Archipelago.

B, C. Fluviatile and Submarine Mollusca: most of them are
wider spread, chiefly in the direction of Siam and the Malayan
Archipelago, and are also found in Bengal; but only few range
much further to the west.

D. Marine Mollusca: a very considerable number of species
range westwards to the shores of Eastern Africa, even into the
Red Sea, and eastwards to the Polynesian islands, several south-
wards to Natal and to the subtropical parts of Australia, and
northwards to China and Southern Japan. Only one (Natica
unifasciata) is stated with tolerable certainty to live also on the
west coast of America; and very few (Octopus rugosus, Lima
squamosa, and Pholas striata) are known also as inhabitants of
the Atlantic ; among these are some which are liable to be spread
by currents and drift-wood. Several Oriental species, however,
are represented in the West Indies by species so nearly allied,
that even the specific discrimimation remains doubtful (Littorina
scabra, L. intermedia, and L. angulifera, Planaxis pyramidalis
and P. sulcatus, and Asaphis deflorata).

List of Shells collected at Mergui and its Archipelago.

A. TERRESTRIAL MOLLUSCA.
OPERCULATA.

1. CycnopHorts avRantiacus, Schumacher. (Plate XIV.
figs. 1-6, and Plate XV. figs. 1-6.)

A number of rather large-sized specimens of Cyclophorus have
been collected, which are very near to one another, but exhibit
some differences in the elevation of the spire, the width of
the umbilicus, and the colours of the peristome. They form
a nearly continuous chain from the flat widely-umbilicated C.
pernobilis, Gould, to the more turbinated narrowly-umbilicated
C. malayanus, Reeve; so much so that I dare not venture to

14*

158 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

break up this chain into several distinct species, but shall enume-
rate the different forms as varieties, and quote for each the corre-
sponding figures in published conchological works. The following
characters are common to all these forms :—

(1) A prominent, somewhat mammillate apex with moderately
deep sutures and moderately vaulted, worn, reddish-brown surface
of the upper whorls.

(2) Faint spiral strie, sometimes almost imperceptible, and
rather coarse, often wrinkle-like lines of growth on the last two
whorls.

(8) The periphery of the shell is slightly keeled at the beginning
of the last whorl; this angularity either remains throughout to
the aperture, or vanishes altogether in the larger part of the last
whorl.

(4) The upper surface of the last two whorls is densely marked
with chestnut-brown, more or less dark, only there is a very
narrow pale or whitish bandlet just above the periphery; the
lower surface of the last whorl is nearly continuously dark brown
near the periphery, then the brown is broken up into several
narrow bandlets separated by a whitish underground, and the
sides of the umbilicus are whitish, with or without brown
bandlets.

(5) The peristome thickened, reflected, and in most of the»
specimens distinctly double; its colour varies from pure yellow

to pale scarlet. The aperture is somewhat more broad than
high.

(a) typicus: depressus, umbilico perlato, subangulato; sub-
carinatus, subtus maxima ex parte albus, peristomate intense
aurantiaco. Diameter major teste 55-60, altitudo 33-86,
aperture (incluso peristomate) diameter 28-31, altitudo
27-30 millim. (PI. XIV. figs. 1, 2.)
Chemnitz, Conchylien- Cabinet, vol. ix. figs. 1064, 1065, copied in the
new edition by Kiister and Pfeiffer, Cyclostoma, pl. 4. figs. 8,9. Type
of Annularia aurantiaca, Schumacher, 1817.

The figures are drawn from a specimen found on Salang Island
by Capt. John Weber, and preserved in the Zoological Museum
of Berlin, for comparison’s sake, as specimens of this extreme
form have not been found in the localities explored by Dr. Ander-
son. The locality of the original specimen, described by Chem-
nitz, cannot be ascertained. Nevill, Hand-list, i. p. 266, mentions
it from Moulmein and Pequ.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 159

(6) pernobilis : maximus, subdepressus, umbilico paulum arctiore,
subangulato ; subcarinatus, peristomate rufo-aurantiaco.
Diam. maj. 69, alt. 47; apert. diam. 39, alt. 35 millim.
(Pl. XIV. figs. 3, 4.)

Cyclostoma pernobile, Gould, Boston Journ. of Nat. Hist. 1844, iv.
p- 458, pl. 24. fig. 11, copied in Pfeiffer & Kiister, Cyclost. pl. 3. fig. 15.
—Cyclophorus aurantiacus, Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. xii. pl. i. fig. 3.

King Island. Gould’s specimens are from Tavoy.

(4b) Paulo minor. Diam. maj. 60, alt. 40; apert. diam. 31-34,
alt. 80 millim. (Pl. XIV. figs. 5, 6.)

King Island.

Numerous distinct dark spiral bandlets on the lower face, and
even within the umbilicus, are to be seen in the figure given by
Gould and in the smaller specimens from King Island; they are
scarcely perceptible in the larger specimens from King Island.

(ec) Nevilli: magnus, subturbinatus, umbilico arctiore, rotun-
datus, periomphalio fusco-fasciolato, peristomate aurantio.
Diam. maj. 55-58, alt. 37-41; apert. diam. 30-833, alt. 29-31
millim. (Pl. XV. figs. 1, 2.)

Cyclostoma aurantiacum, Pfeiffer & Kiister,Cyclostoma, pl. 23. figs. 4, 5.
—Cyclophorus pernobilis, Nevill, Hand-list, i. p. 266 (specimens given
to the Berlin Museum); Theobald § Hanley, Conchologia Indica,
pl. 1. fig. 7.

Sullivan Island. Salang Island (Weber).

(d) Reever: mediocris, subturbinatus, umbilico multo arctiore,
infra fasciolatus, apertura subcirculari, peristomate aurantio.
Diam. maj. 52, alt. 37; apert. diam. 28, alt. 27 millim.
(Pl. XV. figs. 3, 4.)

Cyclophorus speciosus (Philippi), Reeve, Conch. Icon. xiii. pl. i. fig. 4.—
C. malayanus (Benson), Theobald & Hanley, Conch. Ind. pl. 28. fig. 4.

Mergui; King Island, Sullivan Island.

(dd) minor.

Elphinstone Island.

(e) Andersoni: minor, subturbinatus, umbilico sat arcto, sub-
angulatus, apertura subcirculari, peristomate rubescente.
Diam. maj. 44-48, alt. 31-86; apert. diam. 24-27, alt. 23-25
millim. (Pl. XV. figs. 5, 6.)

Cyclophorus malayanus (Benson), Reeve, Conch. Icon. xiii. pl. i. fig. 2.

Much like C. sublevigatus, Blanford, in the ‘ Conchologia

Indica,’ pl. 37. fig. 4.

Owen Island.

160 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

N.B.—Cyclophorus speciosus, Philippi, Zeitschr. f. Malacozoo-
logie, 1847, p. 123 (Cyclostoma), figured by Pfeiffer & Kuster,
Cyclost. pl. 25. figs. 1-3; Pfeiffer, Mon. Pneum. 1. p. 56, locality
unknown, appears to be a species distinct from all these forms,
and perhaps the same as that figured in the ‘ Conchologia
Indica,’ pl. 33. fig. 4, under the name of awrantiacus; the figure
called ©. speciosus in this last work, pl. 104. figs. 4 & 7, is again
different. The true C. malayanus, Bens., from Penang Island,
is, according to the figure given by F. Stoliczka in Journ. As.
Soc. Bengal, vol. xli. pt. 2, pl. 10. fig. 5, remarkably more conical
and elevated than any of the varieties of aurantiacus here
described.

2. CycnopHorus opHts, Benson; Theob. § Hanl. Conchol. Ind.
pl. 144. fig. 6.

Allied to OC. aguila, Sow., but the peristome very broad.

Elphinstone Island.

3. CycropHorus ExPANsus, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1851,
p. 242; Mon. Pnewm.i. p. 65; Pfeiffer § Kuster, Cyclostoma,
pl. 89. figs. 20, 21; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xiii. pl. v. fig. 18; Conchol.
Indica, pl. 2. figs. 3, 4, (Pl. XV. figs. 7, 8.)

Mergui. (Seems confined to the Tenasserim coast.)

In the specimens collected by Dr. Anderson the expansion of
the peristome is still broader than in the figures given by Reeve
and the Conchol. Ind.

4. CYCLOPHORUS ZEBRINUS, Benson.

(a) typicus: acute angulatus, peristomate albo.— Benson, Asiat.
Journ. v. 1886, p. 855; Pfeiffer & Kiister, Cyclost. pl. 34,
figs. 21-23 ; Mon. Pnewm. 1. p.71; Conchol. Ind. pl. 2. fig. 2;
Nevill, Hand-lisé, i. p. 268.

King Island. I cannot distinguish the specimens collected

on that island from the normal zebrinus, which is stated to live
on the Khasi hills. Khasi hills, Bhamo (Anderson).

(6) aureolabris.—Nevill, Hand-list Moll. Ind. Mus. i. p. 268.

Peristome intensely yellow.

Mereui. Sibsagar (Peale).

(c) ambiguus: minor, obtuse angulatus, costulis spiralibus
obsolescentibus, fulvus, infra suturam maculis fuscis et albidis
ornatus, subtus fasciolatus, umbilico sat angusto, peristo-
mate albido. Diam. maj. 28, alt. 21; apert. diam. et alt.
15 millim. (Pl. XV. fig. 9.)

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 161

Mereui, Owen and Sullivan Islands. Allied to C. Cantori,
Bens., from Penang Island, in which, however, the last whorl is
distinctly more inflated ‘above and below; also C. Cantori varies
considerably in size at the same locality, for instance, between
diam. maj. 21 and 27.

5, Lacocuitus scisstmarGo, Benson; Blanford, Ann. § Maq.
Nat. Hist. (8) xiii. p. 452; Conchol. Ind. pl. 6. fig. 7.
Sullivan Island.

6. LEPTOPOMA VITREUM, Chemnitz; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xiii.
pl. iii. fig. 15.

Uniformly white variety. Diam. 16, alt. 16, apert. 10 millim.

Sullivan Island. Micobars, Salang, most islands of Maalyan
Archipelago.

7. LepropoMa ASPIRANS, Benson, Conchol. Ind. pl. 6. fig. 4.

Sullivan Island ; only a young specimen. Tenasserim and Pequ.

8. MrcaLtomastoma (CoProcHILUS) SECTILABRE, Gould, Bost.
Journ. Nat. Hist. 1844, vol. iv. p. 459, pl. 24. fig. 10; Conchol. Ind.
pl. 7. fig. 3.

King Island. Penang, Perak.

9. Henicina ARAKANENSIS, Blanford, Contributions to Indian
Malacology, v. 1865, p. 21; Conchol. Ind. pl. 6. fig. 9; Pfeiffer,
Mon. Pneum. iv. p. 283.

Sullivan Island. Arakan, Pegu, Andaman Islands.

STYLOMMATOPHORA.

10. Nantna (Hemipnecta) rerrorsa, Gould, Bost. Journ.
Nat. Hist. 1844, iv. p. 455, pl. 24. fig. 5; Pfeiffer, Monogr. Helv-
ceorum, i. p. 77, Helix, pl. 110. figs. 4-6; Conchologia Indica,
pl. 25. fig. 6.

Sinistral, distinctly perforate, the keel blunt in full-grown
specimens. Young specimens are comparatively higher than
adult ones.

Pataw, Mergui; Elphinstone, Sullivan, King, and Owen Islands.
Also collected previously by Rev. Fr. Mason at Tavoy, and by
Theod. Philippi at Merguz.

11. Nanya (Rorunarra) anceps, Gould, loc. cit. iv. p. 454,
pl. 24. fig. 4; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. i. p.80, Helix, pl. 88. figs. 8-10;
Stoliczka, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xl. pt. 2, p. 231, pl. 17.
figs. 1-3; Conchol. Ind. pl. 80. fig. 1.

Sharply carinated, nearly imperforate.

Mergui and Sullivan Island. Zuvoy, Moulmein.

162 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

12. Naniwa (DurGELEA?) HonESTA, Gould; Pfeiffer, Mon.
Hel. i. p. 57; Stoliceka, loc. cit. p. 248, pl. 17. figs. 6-14;
Conchol. Ind. pl. 90. fig. 10.

Sullivan Island, Owen Island. Moulmein, Arakan.

13. MacRocHLAMYS RESPLENDENS, Philippi, Zeitschr. f. Mala-
kozool. 1846, p. 192; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. i. p. 56, Helix, pl. 110.
figs. 7-9; Conchol. Ind. pl. 51. fig. 4; Godwin-Austen, Land-
Moll. of India, iv. pl. 26. fig. 1.

Zediwon, near Mereui, Sullivan Island, King Island. Hoge
(Th. Philippi), Salang (Weber), Bhamo (Anderson).

14. MacrocHiamMys acerRRA, Benson; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. v.
p- 100; Conchol. Ind. pl. 51. fig. 2.

Meregui, King Island, Owen Island. Hitherto only known
from Mereui.

15. MacrocHLamys convaLtata, Benson; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel.
iv. p. 46; Wovitat. Conchol. pl. 36. figs. 14-16; Conchol. Ind.
pl. 88. figs. 2, 3.

Recognizable by the very narrow whorls.

Mereui, Sullivan and Owen Islands. Tenasserim and Pegu.

16. Macrocutamys PANSA, Benson; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. iv.
p- 28; Novitat. Conch. pl. 36. figs. 11-18 ; Conchol. Ind. pl. 56.
Hay, Ih

Upper surface rather flat and somewhat costulated.

Sullivan Island. Ava, Prome.

17. Herix (Purrmora*) GaBata, Gould, loc, cit. iv. p. 454,
pl. 24. fig. 9 (1844) ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. vii. Helix, pl. 127. fig. 766;
Conchol. Ind. pl. 14. fig. 4: (net good).

Helix merguiensis, Philippi, Zeitschr. f. Malakozool. 1846, p. 192;
Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. i. p. 397, Helix, pl. 106. figs. 7-9; Reeve, Conch. Icon.
vii. pl. 176. fig. 1205; Conchol. Ind. pl. 14. fig. 7.

Mereui, King Island. TZuvoy.

A very similar species lives on the northern and eastern part
of the island of Celebes; it bas been identified with A. gabata
by H. Adams (Proce. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 408); but by comparing
the specimens collected by Dr. Anderson with those collected by
Mr. Staudinger, and named H. pilisparsa by me (Sitzungsberichte
d. Gesellsch. naturf. Freunde in Berlin, 1885, p. 192), I find the
following differences :-—

* J. de Morgan, “Moll. terr. et fluv. de Perak,” in Bull. Soc. Zool. de
France, 1885, x. p. 384, a paper with which the author became acquainted whilst
this list was in the press.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO.

HI. gabata.
Mergui.
Diam. maj. 18-202, alt. 9-10
millim.

The upper whorls rising each a
little above the following.
Pale horn-colour, the keel some-
what darker brown, also in
the last whorl; no peculiar

coloration of the suture.

Reflected part of the peristome
narrow, about 1 millim.

Umbilicus with nearly perpen-
dicular walls.

163

Hi. pilisparsa.
Minahassa.
Diam. maj. 28, alt. 10.

The three upper whorls not
rising one above the other.
Pale greenish grey, the suture
marked with a chestnut-
brown band, the keel of the
last whorl of the same colour
as the rest of the shell.

Reflected part of the peristome
broad, about 2 millim.

Umbilicus with more sloping
walls.

Helix pilisparsa is beset with short hairlets on its upper
and lower face. Gould mentions no hairs in his description
of H. gabata; and Anderson’s specimens have no hairs, but
they are all somewhat worn, and they show some roughness,
which may be due to the presence of hairs in the fresh state.
Philippi describes his H. merguiensis as “ pilis sparsis brevibus
obsita.”

18. Butrmus (AMPHIDROMUS) ATRICALLOSUS, Glowld, loc. cit.
(1844) vol. iv. p. 457, pl. 24. fig.3; Reeve, Conch. Icon. v. Bul.
pl. 31. fig. 188; v. Martens, Ostasiat. Landschnecken, p. 77.

Bulimus perversus, var., Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. iii. p. 309, Bulimus and
Achatina, pl. 40. figs. 10, 11.

Mergui forest and King Island. 17 dextral and 4 sinistral
specimens have been collected. Tavoy, Salang (Weber), Penang.

19. Srenogyra GRacttis, Hutton, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal,
i. p. 84 (Bulimus) ; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel.ii. p.157; Reeve, Conch.
Icon. v. Bulimus, pl. 69. fig. 495; ». Martens, Ostasiat. Land-
schnecken, p. 375, pl. 22. fig. 18, pl. 19. fig.5; Conchol. Ind.
pl. 238. fig. 4.

Mergui.

Widely distributed from Oisgangetic India to Amboina and
Timor, probably sometimes transported by human agency with
vegetables, earth, &e.

20. Crausin1a (Oosprra) Purtipprana, Pfeiffer, Zeitschr. f.

164 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

Malakazool. 1846, p. 69 ; Mon. Hel. ii. p. 423; Kiister, Monogr.
of Clausilia, pl. 11. figs. 7-9; Conchol. Ind. pl. 118. fig. 10.
Sullivan Island. Mergui (Th. Philippi).

20 4. Cravstt1a ANDERSoNTANA, Mollendorff, Journ. As. Soe.
Beng. vol. li. pt. 2, p. 12, pl. 1. fig. 12.

“Nearly related to Cl. insignis, Gould, of the same province.”

Mergui (Nevill § Méllendorf’).

21. SrREPTAxis sonipuLus, Stoliezka, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal,
xl. pt. 2, p.166, pl. 7. fig. 10; Pfeiffer, Mon. Hel. vii. p. 493 ;
Conchol. Ind. pl. 98. fig. 7.

Sullivan Island. Moul mein.

22. SUCCINEA SEMISERICA, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. ii.
1846, p. 100; Pfeifer, Mon. Hel. ii. p.10; Conchol. Ind. pl. 67.
figs. 2, 3.

Mergui. Zavoy, Moulmein, Rangoon, Arakan, Bengal.

B. FRESH ATER MOLLUSCA.

23. Panupina pigona, Blanford, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 445 ;
Conchol. Ind. pl. 115. fig. 7.

Perhaps only a variety of P. bengalensis, Lam. (see Nevill, Hand-
list, vol. 11. p. 22), from which it is only distinguished by smaller
size and by the two blunt keels continued also on the last
whorl.

Rangoon. Zuavoy, Moulmein, Pe gu.

24, AMPULLARIA CONICA, Gray, var. EXPANSA, Nevill, Hand-list
Moll. Indian Mus. ui. p. 5.

Ampullaria paludinoides (Cristofori Philippi from Mangalore), Conchol.
Ind. pl. 114. fig. 5.

Rangoon, with the preceding. Pegu.

25. Nerrrrna (NERIPTERON) AURICULATA, Lamarck in Eneycl.
Meéthodique, Vers, pl. 455. fig. 6; Hist. Nat. Anim. s. Vert.
ed. 1, vi. p. 106, ed. 2, viii. p. 572; Quoy 5 Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astro-
labe,’ Atlas Zool. pl. 65. figs. 6-8; v. Martens, Neritina, p. 30, pl. 6.
figs. 138-15.

Sullivan Island, in fresh water. Fresh specimens marked with
dark radiating bandlets. The species is widely distributed from
Ceylon to the Philippines, Moluccas, and New Ireland; and lives
elsewhere also in brackish water.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 165

26. Neritmya (CritHon) BREVisPINA, Lamarck, Hist. Nat.
Anim. s. Vert. ed. 1, vol. vi. p. 185, ed. 2, vol. viii. p. 572 ; Sowerby,
Thesaur. Conch. vol. ii. pl. 110. figs. 45, 51,52; Reeve, Conch. Icon.
vol. ix. Weritina, pl. vi. fig. 28; v. Martens, loc. cit. p. 156, pl. 17.
figs. 1-4.

King Island Bay, rocks in fresh water. Widely distributed
from the Nicobar Islands to New Caledonia.

» Var. mutica (without spines), Sowerby, Thes. Conch. ii. pl. 110.
fig. 48; v. Martens, loc. cit. figs. 2, 3.

tai subgranosa, Sowerby, Conchol. Illustr. no. 41, fig. 14 ; Thesaur.
Conch. ii. p. 524, pl. 110. fig. 35; Reeve, Conch. Icon. ix. Ner. pl. v. fig. 24.

On rocks, freshwater, Sullivan and King Island, with the
preceding.

27. Neririna (CLITHON) AVELLANA, Récluz, Revue zoologique,
1842, p. 76; Sowerby, Thesaur. Conch. ii. p. 527, pl. 109. figs. 9,
10; Reeve, Conch. Icon. ix. Ner. pl. xiv. fig. 64; v. Wartens,
Monogr. Neritina, p. 174, pl. 18. figs. 5-9, & 11, 12.

Sullivan Island, with WV. auriculata and N. brevispina, var.
mutica.

The coloration is somewhat variable, yellowish or reddish or
greenish, with scattered pale spots; some specimens also with
interrupted dark bands.

Borneo, Philippines, Formosa.

Some other species of Veritina, see below nos. 56-59.

28. Unto mararinaris, Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. s. Vert. ;
Reeve, Conch. Icon. xvi. Unio, fig. 297; Conchol. Ind. pl. 48,
fig. 2.

Rangoon. Bengal.

29. CyRENA PROXIMA, Prime, Annals of the Lyceum of Nat.
Hist. of New York, vii. 1864, p. 85, with woodcut.
Sullivan Island, fresh water. Salang (Weber), Siam.

C. SUBMARINE MOLLUSCA.

The estuaries of the rivers and the mangrove-swamps nourish
a certain number of peculiar species of Mollusca, some of which
are air-breathing, others truly aquatic; but all may be found at
the same spot and are quasi-intermediate between the freshwater.
and truly marine fauna.

166 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

a. PULMONATA.
AURICULIDA.

30. Pyrura pLicata, Férussac, Prodrome Tabl. Moll. Terr.
p- 101, no.2 (Scarabus); Kiister, Monogr. Auriculacea, p. 9, pl.1.
figs. 3,4; Pfeiffer, Mon. Auricul. p. 76; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xii.
Scarabus, fig. 23.

Rangoon, Zediwon near Mergui in mangrove-swamps. Among
decaying vegetation flooded at spring-tides, King Island; on
trunks of mangrove-trees, King Island. Found also in Bengal,
the coast of Coromandel, Rangoon, Moulmein, Pulo Penang, and
Stam.

31. Pyrnia tricona, Lroschel, Archiv f. Naturgeschichte,
1838, p. 207, pl. 4. fig. 3; Reeve, Annals 5 Mag. Nat. Hist.
1st ser. vol. ix. 1842, p. 219, pl. 4. fig. 2; Kister, Auricul-
pl. 1. fig. 6; Pfeiffer, Mon. Auricul. p.'75 ; A. Adams and Reeve,
Voy. of the ‘Samarang, Moll. p. 56, pl. 14. fig. 12; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. xu. Scarabus, fig. 22.

Still more compressed and comparatively shorter than the
preceding.

Thapo, King Island; Sullivan Island. Ceylon, Rangoon, Bin-
tang, Borneo, Luzon.

32. CASSIDULA AURIS-FELIS, Brugquiére, Pfeiffer, Mon. Auricul.
p-118; Kuster, Auricul. p. 13, pl. 4. figs. 9,10, copied from Chemnitz,
Conch.-Cab. ix. pl. 121. figs. 1043, 1044.

Auricula fusca, Hombron et Jacquinot, Voy. au Pole Sud, Moil. pl. 9.
figs. 7-0; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xx. Auricula, pl. iv. fig. 25.

Mergui, on mud-flats; King Island, mangrove-swamps; Kis-
seraing Island. Widely distributed in the Malayan Archipelago
(Java, Moluccas, Philippines).

33. CasstpuLA Brnsont, Pfeiffer, Novitat. Conchol. i. pl. 12.
figs. 17,18; Mon. Auricul. p. 111.

Recognizable in fresh state by vertical rows of stout hairs.

Elphinstone Bay. Port Canning, Singapore, Amboina,
Luzon.

34. Auricuta Jupa, L., Pfeiffer, Monogr. Auricul. p. 180;
Woodward, Man. Moll. pl. 12. fig. 85; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xx.
pl. ii. fig. 16, &c.; Sowleyet, Zool. of the Voy. of Bonite, ii. p. 515,
pl. 29. figs. 19, 20 (living animal).

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 167

Very variable in form and size; largest specimen 60 millim.
long.

King Island and Kisseraing Island, Mergui. Port Canning,
Arakan, Penang, Andamans, Singapore. Widely distributed in
the Malayan Archipelago, extending to the Philippines and
Northern Australia.

35. AURICULA (AURICULASTRA) sUBULA, Quoy and Gaimard,
Voy. ‘Astrolabe, Moll. ii. p. 171, .pl. 18. figs. 89, 40; Adams
and Reeve, Voy. ‘Samarang, Zool. pl. 14. fig. 15, copied Adams,
Gen. pl. 82. fig. 1; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xx. pl. ii. fig. 12; v. Mar-
tens, Moll. Mauritius, p. 207.

Mergui, on mud-flats. Port Canning. Throughout the Wa-
layan Archipelago to New Ireland.

36. Metameus orrmonicus, Petit, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1842,
p: 202; Pfeiffer, Mon. Auricul. p. 31.

King and Elphinstone Islands. Nearly one-coloured speci-
mens. Ceylon, Bombay.

ONCHIDIID”.

37. ONCHIDIUM VERRUCULATUM, Cuvier, Semper, Reisen im
Archipel der Philippinen, vol. iti. 1877, p. 255, pl. 21. fig. 1, pl. 22.
figs. 3,4; Bergh, Zool. Challenger, vol. x. p. 148, pl. 8. fig. 14.

Dorsal tubercles rounded, rather large, nearly equal, some on
the hinder part compound, brush-like ; eye-spots in small groups
on retractile tubercles. Colour above grey or greyish brown,
with few scattered black spots ; below pale, one-coloured.

Owen Island, littoral. Red Sea, Nicobars, Moluccas, Timor,
Australia, Japan.

38. ONCHIDIUM TIGRINUM, Stoliczka, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal,
vol, xxxvill. pt. 2, 1869, p. 105, pl. 15. fig. 2.

Dorsal tubercles very small and numerous, not crowded, inter-
mixed with some larger ones, which are sometimes very long and
soft; some with eye-spots. Colour above brown, marbled with
large black spots, which are often confluent in a longitudinal
direction ; below pale yellow; only the head grey or nearly black.
Also in this species the dorsal eye-spots are grouped to 2-3
on large retractile tubercles, as in the preceding and the
following species.

Sullivan Island. Port Canning.

168 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

39. OncHIDIUM corracEuM, Semper, loc. cit.

Dorsal tubercles small, unequal; eye-spots in small groups.
Colour above brown, with very large black patches, one longi-
tudinal in the median line; under surface of the mantle blackish.
Mantle cather rigid. |

Sullivan Island, highest “level of beach.” Nicobars, Singa-
pore, Siam, Philippines, Moluccas, Austraha.

AMPHIBOLID &.

40. AMPULLARINA BURMANA, Nevill, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal,
1867, pl. 2. figs. 7-10.
Mergui, on mud-flats. Mouth of the Irawaddi, Pegu, Bombay.

6. PECTINIBRANCHIA anv SCUTIBRANCHIA.

CoLUMBELLID2.

41. CoLuMBELLA (Pustostoma) Ductostana, Sow., Heeve,
Conch. Icon. xi. pl. xv. fig. 76.

Mergui, mud-flats, in society with Neritina crepidularia. King
and Elphinstone Islands.

This is the only species of Rhachiglossate proboscidiferous
Gastropods ; its dull-brown colour differs remarkably from that
of other Columbelle, and agrees more with that of the inhabitants
of brackish water. Malacca, Singapore.

CERITHIIDA.

42, CERITHIUM PATULUM, Sow. Thes. Conch. vol. ii. p. s71,
pl. 179. fig. 74; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xv. pl. v. fig. 38.

Cerithium gibberosum, Dunker, Moll. d. Novara Exped. pl. 1. fig. 7.

Recognizable by a strong rough varix on the back of the last
whorl opposite to the aperture.

Mergui, King Island Bay, littoral. Elphinstone Island Bay,
on trunks of mangrove-trees; Kisseraing Island. Singapore,
Celebes, Moluccas, Philippines, Carolines.

43. PoTaMIpEs (CERITHIDEA) oBrusus, Sow., Kiener, Species
d. Cog., Cerithium, pl. 29. fig. 2; Hombron 5 Jacquinot, Voy.
Podle Sud, Moll. pl. 23. fig. 3; Reeve, 1.c. xv. Cerithidea, pl. i. fig. 4.

Mergui, King Island Bay, on mangroves. NVécobars ?, Salang,
Singapore, Celebes, Caroline Islands.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 169

44, PotamrpEs (CERITHIDEA) QUADRATUS, Sow., Reeve, Conch.
Icon. xv. Cerithidea, pl. i. fig. 5.
King Island. Salang, Malacca, Singapore.

45. PoramMIpES (CERITHIDEA) FLUVIATILIS, Potiez and Mi-
chaud, Galérie d. Moll. pl. 31. figs. 19, 20; Kiener, Cerithium,
pl. 29. fig.3; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xv. Tympanotonos, pl. ii. fig. 9.

Murex cingulatus, Gmelin, Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. vol. iv.
fig. 1492, is probably the same species.

Mergui, King Island Bay, littoral; Elphinstone Island, on
trunks of mangrove-trees and on sand below them, immediately
below high-water mark; Sullivan Island, 4 fathoms; Sullivan,
high-water mark. Salang, Singapore.

46. PotamMIpEs (CERITHIDEA) ALATUS, Philippi, Abbildungen,
Cerithium, pl. 1. fig. 11.

Very near Cerithiwm micropterum, Kiener.

Mergui, mud-flats; Kisseraing Island; Laloon Bay, Elphin-
stone Island. Madras.

47. PLANAXIS PYRAMIDALIS, Gmelin, Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab.
vol. iv. figs. 1170, 1171; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xx. pl.i. fig. 4;
Quoy J Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astrolabe, Moll. pl. 33. figs. 25-29.

Nga Islet in King Island Bay, in grass at the spring-tide level ;
Owen and Sullivan Islands. Red Sea, Zanzibar, Mauritius,
Seychelles, Tranquebar, Ceylon, Salang, Penang, Singapore,
Celebes, Philippines, Vanikoro, New Caledonia.

Very near P. sulcatus, Born, from the West Indies.

LirroRInipa.

48. Lirrorina scaBra, L., Rumph. Amboinsche Rariteitkamer,
p: 98, pl. 29. fig. Y (Buccinum foliorum); Philippi, Abbild., Lit.
pl. 5. figs. 3-5 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. x. Littorina, pl. v. fig. 21.

Mergui, King Island, mangrove-swamps; Cruro islet, between
King Island and Hayes Island, on mangrove-trees flooded at
spring-tides; Elphinstone Island, on stems of mangrove-trees at
high-water level; Sullivan Island. Zanzibar, Mauritius, Sey-
chelles, Ceylon, Salang, Singapore, Moluccas, New Guinea, Tonga.

49. Lirrorina InTeRMEDIA, Philippi, Abbildungen, Lit. pl. 5.
figs. 8, 9 (not Reeve, Conch. Icon. x. pl. xvii. fig. 101).

Near to the preceding ; but the last whorl quite round, without
keel, and of smaller size.

Mergui, mud-flats; King Island; Elphinstone Island Bay, on

170 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS ~

mangrove-trunks ; Kisseraing. Red Sea, Natal, Madagascar,
Maldives, Ceylon, Nicobars, Merqui, Philippines, Samoa Islands,
Tahiti. :

50. Lirrortna MELANOstoma, Gray, Philippi, Abbild., Lit.
pl. 5. fig. 16; Reeve, Conch. Icon. x. pl. ix. fig. 45.

Mergui, King Island Bay, in grass and on mangrove-trees at
spring-tide level. Ceylon, Singapore, Borneo.

51. Lirrorina RUBROPICTA,n. sp. (PI. XVI. fig.2,af) Testa
elato-conica, solida, anfractibus plano-declivihus, spiratim sul-
catis, ultimo ad basin carina crassiuscula prominula cincto ; pal-
lide flava, strigis sanguineis rectis vel obliquis, interdum inter-
ruptis picta ; apertura parviuscula, margine columellari sat
dilatato. Long. 18, diam. 11; aperture long. 92, diam. 6 millim.

Number of the spiral furrows on the last whorl between the
suture and the keel 7-9, on the base 10-12; keel in some speci-
mens subnodulose.

King Island Bay, in grass and on mangrove-trees flooded at
spring-tides.

DL. conica, Philippi, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 9, pl. 6. figs. 1, 2, and
Reeve, J. ¢. x. pl. vill. fig. 36, Nevill, Hand-list, ii. p. 149, found by
Th. Philippi at Mergui, appears to be very near to this variety ;
but is described as being a thin shell, and its colours are different.
The variety of ZL. carinifera figured by Philippi, loc. eit. pl. 5.
fig. 24, agrees very much with our specimens. JZ. arboricola,
Reeve, /.¢. x. pl. vi. fig. 27, is quasi-intermediate between this
species and L. scabra.

PALUDINIDA.

52. SYENOTHYRA MONILIFERA, Benson, Annals & Mag. Nat.
Hist. (2) xvii. 1856, p. 497; Conchol. Indica, pl. 87. fig. 4;
Nevill, Hand-list, 1. p. 44.

Mergui, on mud-flats in society with Assiminea and Ampulla-
rina. Tavoy.

ASSIMINEID A.

53. ASSIMINEA BREVICULA, Pfeiffer (Hydrocena), Mon. Pneum.
ii. Suppl. p. 156; Nevill, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. 1. pt. 2, 1881,
p- 159, pl. 7. figs. 6, 6a; Hand-list, ii. p. 67.

Assiminea miniata, v. Martens, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1866, 3rd ser.
voi. xvii. p. 204.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. — 171

Recognizable by its bright red colour and an impressed line
below the suture.

Mergui, on mud-flats, with the preceding. Irawady delta,
Arakan, Andamans, Malacca, Singapore, Borneo, Philippines,
Amoy.

NERITIDZ.

54, NERITA LINEATA, Chemnitz, Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. ix.
Nerita, pl. ii. fig. 13 ; Hombron & Jacquinot, Voy. Péle Sud, Moil.
pl. 17. figs. 23-25; Tenison-Woods, Proc. Linn. Soc. of N. 8.
Wales, vol. v. 1880, p. 120; v. Martens, Monogr. of Nerita, p. 15,
pl. 4. figs. 12-15.

Mergui, mud-flats ; King Island; Elphinstone Island, on sands
immediately below high-water mark, on mangrove-trees ; Crow
Islet between King and Hayes Islands, high-water level ; Kis-
seraing Island.

Ranges from Mergui and the Nicobars to North-eastern Aus-
tralia and Viti Islands. Merguz, Nicobars, Penang, Singapore,
Stam, Philippines, Northern Australia, Samoa and Viti Islands.

55. Nerira PLaNnosPira, Anton, Verzeichniss der Conchylien,
1839, p. 80; Philippi, Abbildungen, Nerita, fig. 1; v. Martens,
Nerita, p. 28, pl. 4. figs. 4-7.

Nerita atropurpurea, Récluz, Revue Zool. 1841, p. 107; Journal de
Conchyliologie, i. pl. 11. fig. 3; Reeve, 1. c. ix. pl. viii. fig. 38.

Elphinstone Island Bay, on mangrove-trunks. Nicobars,
Singapore, Java, Celebes, Moluccas, West Australia, Philippines,
Samoa Islands, Carolines.

56. Neritina (Dostra) creprputarta, Lam. Hist. Nat. Anim.
s. Vert. ed. 1, vi. p. 185, ed. 2, viii. p. 572; Sowerby, Conchol.
Illustr. Neritina, fig. 25 ; Thes. Conch. ii. pl. 118. figs. 189-144;
Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. ix. Neritina, pl. viii. fig. 88; v. Martens,
Monogr. Neritina, p. 37, pl. 7. figs. 1-14.

Rangoon ; Mergui, mud-flats; Elphinstone Island Bay, sand-
flats ; Sullivan Island, highest tide-level, and tidal stream;
Kisseraing Island.

The variety with blackish-coloured aperture (VV. cornu-copie,
Benson, IV. melanostoma, Troschel) has been found intermingled
with typical red-coloured specimens at three of these localities:
Mergui, Elphinstone Island Bay, and Kisseraing Island. At

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI. 15

172 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

Mergui this species lives associated with Nerita lineata and
Columbella Duclosiana. Bengal, Tranquebar, Mergui, Singapore,
Bangkok, Java, Borneo, Celebes, Philippines, Japan.

57. Neririna (Dostta) GueErintit, Récluz, Revue Zool. 1841,
p. 814; Sowerby, Thesaur. Conch. ui. pl. 111. fig. 272.

A pretty little shell, shining blackish with white spots.

Mergui, mud-flats, associated with Assiminea brevicula ; King
Island. Swmatra.

58. Nerirrya (Crituon) SowErsyana, fécluz, Proc. Zool. Soc.
1842, p. 174; Sowerby, Thes. Conch. u. pl. 109. figs. 5-8;
Reeve, Conch. my ix. pl. xx. fig. 89, a-d; v. Martens, Monogr
Neritina, p. 172, pl. 18. figs. 1-4. ;

King Island, littoral; and Elphinstone Island Bay.

This species was hitherto not known so far westward, its
geographical distribution ranging from Southern Japan and
China to the Gulf of Siam and the Philippines. At Hongkong
T have found it also in sea-water, in company with Littorina.

59. Nerrriva (CuitHon) Uananensis, Lesson, Voy. de la
‘Coquille, Zool. p. 379; Reeve, l. c. ix. pl. xxxvi. fig. 168; v. Mar-
tens, Monogr. Neritina, p. 193, pl. 20. figs. 1-24.

Neritina Mertoniana, Récluz, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1843, p. 71; Sowerby,
Thes. ii. figs. 242-246.

A handsome little species, resembling somewhat WV. virginea, L.,
from the West Indies, but essentially distinct in the operculum ;
extremely variable in colours, usually ornamented with very fine
dark lines on a shining greenish ground.

Elphinstone Island, immediately below high-water mark, on
sand; King Island ; Sullivan Island, highest water-mark.

Widely distributed, extending from Madras and Ceylon to
Southern Japan, the Carolines, Viti Islands, and Northern
Australia. Commonly found in brackish water.

ce. BIVALVIA.

OstTREID 2.

60. OsTREA cucULLATA, Born, Testacea Muse: Ces. Vindob.
1780, pl. 6. figs. 11, 12; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xvii. pl. xvi. fig. 34.
Shape of the shell very variable, often wrinkled and angular ;
size ordinarily rather small ; substance solid, white ; edges blackish

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 173

blue. Fixed on shells, stones, &c.; encrusting the rocks below
nigh- and low-water levels.

Elphinstone Island Bay, and on sand below mangrove-trees.
Widely distributed in the Indian seas. Red Sea, Mozambique,
Ceylon, Siam, Sumatra, Timor, Moluccas, Philippines.

61. Ostrea mytinorEs, Lam., Rumph. Amboin. Rariteit-
Kamer, pl. 46. fig. 0; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xvii. pl. i. fig. 3.

Of oblong flat shape. Ordinarily fixed on wood.

Elphinstone Island Bay, on stems of mangrove-trees. Ceylon,
Moluccas.

62. OsTREA NIGROMARGINATA, Sowerby, Reeve, l. c. xviii. pl. 38.
fig. 85.

Very flat and thin, inside white in the centre, dark violet
at the periphery.

Elphinstone Island Bay, on the trunks of mangrove-trees.
Arakan.

63. OsTREA ECHINATA, Quoy and Glaimard, Voy. ‘Astrolabe,
Zool. ili. p. 155, pl. 76. figs. 13, 14.

Ostrea spinosa (by mistake from the French name “ épineuse”’ in the
volume cited above), Reeve, Conch. Icon. xviii. pl. xxx. fig. 79.

Small, rather flat, beset with blunt blackish spines.

Elphinstone Island Bay, with the preceding on mangrove-
trunks. <Amboina.

64. Osrrea (ALEcTRyYONIA) FoLIuM, L., Rumph. Amboinsche
Rariteit-Kamer, pl. 47. fig. A; Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. vol. viii.
figs. 662-666; Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. s. Vert. ed. 2, vii. p. 232 ;
Reeve, Conch. Icon. xviii. pl. xviii. fig. 40.

Elongated, sharply plaited, yellowish brown or reddish; one
valve fixed by peculiar brackets to mangrove-branches.

King Island Bay. Moluccas.

LuUcINIDz.

65. Luctna (ANopontTrIA) EDENTULA, L. (Venus), Philippi,
Zeitschr. f. Malak. 1845, p. 180; Abbildungen, vol. ii. Lucina,
plio ns, 1.

? Lucina Philippiana, Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. vi. pl. v. fig. 23 (not good).

Shell thin, convex, rounded before and behind, with unequal:
strong lines of growth; in fresh state covered with a distinct
pale grey-brown periostracum; hinge-line rather thin. No

distinct impression at the hinder area.
15*

174 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

Elphinstone and Sullivan Islands. Moluccas.

The peculiar periostracum, not before noticed in this species
as far as I know, proves it to be also an inhabitant of brackish
water.

66. Lucrna (Anopont1A) Puitrprrinarum, Hanley, Catal. Rec.
Bivalv. p. 348; Reeve, Conch. Icon. vi. pl. iv. fig. 18.

Shell rather square, abruptly truncated before, somewhat solid,
compressed, encircled with regular concentric ribs at about equal
distances ; also covered with a distinct brown periostracum. The
impression of the hinder area often rather faint, but always
existing. Hinge-line rather solid ; ligamentvery thick. Largest
specimen 72 millim. high, 70 millim. long.

Elphinstone Island, Sullivan Island in brackish water, in
company with Cyrena. Kaisseraing, on mud-flats. Stngapore,
Philippines.

Lucina induta, Stoliczka, from Port Canning, is, according to
specimens received by the author, a dwarf variety of this species.
Cycladichama luciniformis, Valenciennes, Voy. au Pole Sud, Moll.
p- 116, pl. 26. fig. 3, from the Philippines, resembles also these
two species, but is provided with distinct teeth in the hinge,
which are wanting in both; and differs also somewhat in its
outlines.

TELLINID 2.

67. Tenuiva (Macoma) srrmanica, Philippi, Abbildungen,Tell.
pl. 5. fig. 1; Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. xvi. pl. xxxii. fig. 177,
Mergui, mud-flats. Mergut.

Macrripz.

68. Lurrarta ELoNGATA, Gray, Reeve, l. c. viii. pl. 1. fig. 2.

More elongated, thinner, and more convex than most other
sepcies of this genus; periostracum pale yellowish grey; rather
small, 40 millim. long, 164 millim. high.

Minthautoung, near Mergui.

Burrows on the banks of tidal estuary of Tenasserim river.

PHOLADIDZ.

69. TerEpo (CALOBATES) THORACITES, Gould, Proc. Boston
Soc. Nat. Hist. vi. p.15; Wright, Trans. Linn. Soe. xxv. 1866,
pl. 64. figs. 6-12.

Elphinstone Island, from trunks of old mangrove. Tavoy.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 175

D. TRULY MARINE MOLLUSCA,

a. CHPHALOPODA.

70. Octopus RuUGosUS, Bose, d’Orbigny, Céphalopod. acétab.
viv. et foss. pl. 6.

Mergui, common. Mauritius, Java, Philippines, also in the
tropical part of the Atlantic.

71. Lorieéo sumatTRENsts, @ Orbigny, loc. cit. pl. 18. figs. 1-38.
Mergui, common. Sumatra, Philippines.

72. Supra acuLeata, Hasselt, d’ Orbigny, loc. cit. pl. 5 bis.
Mergui, common. Banka, Java, Macassar, Philippines,
Japan.

b. GASTROPODA PROSOBRANCHIA.
Conrp2.

73. CONUS SURATENSIS, Hwass, Kiener, Spec. Coq. PE 37. fig. 4
Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. i. pl. iv. fig. 18.
King Island Bay. Philippines.

74, Conus acHatinus, Hwass, Kiener, pl. 40. fig. 1, a-c;
Reeve, Conch. Icon. i. pl. xxxv. fig. 191.

Elphinstone Island and King Island Bay. Tranquebar, Singa-
pore, Java, New Caledonia.

75. Conus MILIARIS, Hwass, Kiener, pl. 13. fig. 1; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. i. pl. xxxvi. fig. 198.

Owen Island. Mauritius, Java, Moluccas, China Sea, Pau-
motu Islands.

76. Conus (HERMES) TEREBRA, Born, Kiener, pl. 36. fig. 2
Reeve, Conch. Icon. i. pl. vii. fig. 38.

Elphinstone Island Bay. Mauritius, Ceylon, Java, Timor,
Philippines, New Caledonia.

77. Conus (CytinpER) TExtiLE, L., Kiener, pl. 90; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. i. pl. xxxviii. fig. 209.

Elphinstone Island. Red Sea, Mauritius, Ceylon, Andamans,
Nicobars, Salang, Java, Moluccas, Timor, Society Islands, New
Guinea, Philippines.

78. Conus (Cyiinprer) auratus, Hwass, Kiener, pl. 86.
fig. 2; Reeve, Conch. Icon. i. pl. xxv. fig. 141.

Owen Island. Mauritius, Ceylon, Chain Island (Pacific).

176 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

PLEUROTOMID2.

79. Prusvrotoma (Turris) ARminnaTA, Reeve, Conch. Icon. 1.
Pleurotoma, pl. xxi. fig. 176.
Sullivan Island, 7 fathoms. Phalippines.

80. Puevrotoma (Dritiia) crenuLaRis, Lam., Reeve, Conch.
Icon. i. Pleurotoma, pl. vu. fig. 54.

Mergui, King Island and Sullivan Island, 4 and 7-10 fathoms.
Tranquebar, Singapore.

81. Prevrotoma (Surcuta) savana, L., Reeve, Conch. Icon.1.
pl. iv. fig. 28.

Pleurotoma nodifera, Lam., Kiener, Icon. pl. 12. fig. 1.

Sullivan Island, 7-10 fathoms; young specimens. Madras,
Tranquebar, Singapore, Java.

82. CuavaTuLta nivens, Hinds, Voy. of the ‘Sulphur, Zool.
pl. 6. fig. 17; Reeve, 1. c. i. Pleurotoma, pl. xxu. fig. 189.
Mergui. Malacca, Macassar, New Guinea.

83. Maneerrra (?) potrra, Hinds, P. Z. S. 1843; Reeve, Conch.
Icon. i. Pleurotoma, pl. xvii. fig. 150.

With only vertical stout ribs.

Sullivan Island, 7-10 fathoms. Macassar.

84. Manennia(?) Fairpanxi, Nevill, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal,
vol. xliv. pt. 2, 1875, pl. 7. fig. 2.

Sharply cancellated, sexangular.

Sullivan Island, 7-10 fathoms. Bombay, Ceylon?, Andamans ?

TEREBRIDA.

85. TEREBRA sTRIGILATA, L., Kiener, fig. 18: Reeve, Conch.
Icon. xii. pl. xvii. fig. 85.

Owen Island, 7 fathoms. Mauritius, Singapore, New Guinea,
Hawaiian Islands.

86. TrREBRa (ABRETIA) TRICOLOR, Sow.

Terebra tzniolata, Quoy § Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astrolabe,’ Moll. pl. 36.
figs. 25, 26; Kiener, fig. 33.

Owen Island, 7 fathoms. ongatabu.

87. TEREBRA (ABRETIA) Swatnsont, Deshayes, Reeve, Conch.
Icon. xu. pl. xxii. fig. 118.

King Island, mud-bank, exposed at low water (dead specimens).
Sandwich Islands.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. M7

88. TerEBRA (ABRETIA) SEROTINA, Adams and Reeve, Zool.
Voy. ‘Samarang, pl. 10. fig. 20 ; Reeve, 1. ¢. xii. pl. xv. fig. 66.
Mergui, mud-flats ; Sullivan Island, 7 fathoms. Japan.

89. Myuretna tonatsoata, Deshayes, Reeve, Conch. Icon.
xii. Terebra, pl. xxi. fig. 103.
Sullivan Island, 7 fathoms. Philippines.

CANCELLARIIDA.

90. CANCELLARIA COSTIFERA, Sow., Reeve, 1. c. x. pl. xii. fig. 57.
Mergui and King Island, littoral; small-sized specimens.
Mauritius, Philippines.

Moricrps (cluding Purpurip 2).

91. Murex ternispina, Lam., Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. pl. xix.
figs. 73.& 76.

King Island Bay, mud-banks exposed at spring-tides, and at a
depth of 7 fathoms; Laloon Bay, Elphinstone Island; Owen
- Island; Sullivan Island ; 6-7 fathoms. Madras, Salang, Singapore,
Celebes.

92. Murex (Cutcorevs) apvustus, Lam., Kiener, pl. 33. fig.1 ,
Reeve, Conch. Icon. iii. pl. vii. fig. 29.

King Island and Sullivan Island. Mauritius, Ceylon, Anda-
mans, Salang, Singapore, Java, Celebes, Philippines.

93. Murex (CHICOREUS) RUBIGINOSUS, Reeve, J. c. iii. pl. viii.
fig. 32.
Owen Island. Philippines.

94. Murex (CHIcornUS) TorREFAcTUS, Sow., Reeve, Conch.
Icon. iii. pl. x. fig. 41.
Elphinstone Island Bay; King Island. Philippines.

95. Murex (Cuicorrvs) micropuyiuus, Lam., Reeve, Conch.
Icon. iii. pl. x. fig. 40.
Elphinstone Island. Ceylon, Singapore.

96. Murex (Ocryepra) caructnus, Chemnitz, Kiener, pl. 45.
fig. 2; Reeve, Conch. Icon. iii. pl. ii. fig. 10.

Kisseraing and Owen Islands. Small specimens of Ostrea
eucullata are fixed on several of them. Coromandel, Ceylon,
Salang, Celebes.

1785 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

97. Rictnuta MuRIcINA, Blainville, Monogr. Gen. Poupre,
Now. Annales du Muséum @ Hist. Nat. i. 1882, pl. 10. figs. 2-4;
Kiener, Purpura, figs. 13 & 15.

King Island ; Elphinstone Island ; Sullivan and Owen Islands.
Very common, and variable in size and form. Hed Sea, Mauritius,
Nicobars, Singapore, Celebes, Philippines, Hawaiian Islands.

98. RIcINULA TRITONIFORMIS, Blainville, loc. cit. p. 33, pl. 10.
fig. 10; Kéener, Purpura, fig. 18.
King and Elphinstone Islands, littoral.

99. RictInvuLA MusIvA, Kiener, Purpura, fig. 22; Reeve, Conch.
Jcon. vol. iii. Purpura, pl. xi. fig. 52.

Black and red tubercles in alternating spiral rows.

King Island Bay. Célebes.

100. RrotnuLa Parva, Meeve, Conch. Icon. iii. pl. vi. fig. 43.
Allied to the preceding.
King Island. Philippines.

101. Ricrwuna (MorvnA) TUBERCULATA, Blainville, loc. cit.;
Kiener, Purp. fig. 10; Reeve, l. c. ui. Ricinula, pl. i. fig. 11.

Purpura granulata, Duclos, Ann. Set. Nat. t. xxvi. 1832, pl. 2. fig. 9.

Sullivan and Owen Islands. Med Sea, Zanzibar, Natal, Mau-
ritius, Vizagapatam, Nicobars, Celebes, Polynesian Islands.

102. Ricrnuta (Morvra) Awaxarus, Duclos, loc. cit.; Kiener,
Purp. fig. 17; Reeve, Conch. Icon. iii. Purpura, pl. xii. fig. 17.

Sullivan Island. Red Sea, Zanzibar, Mauritius, Polynesian
Islands.

108. Enzina MEnpicarRiA, Z., Avener, Columbella, pl. 6. fig. 1 ;
Reeve, Conch. Icon. iii. Ricinula, pl. 1. fig. 8.

King and Owen Islands, littoral. Red Sea, Zanzibar, Natal,
Mauritius, Ceylon, Andamans, Java, Philippines, New Zealand.

104. Enzina zonatts, Lam. Hist. Nat. Anim. s. Vert. ed. 2,
vii. p. 274 (Columbella) ; Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. vol. ii. fig. 459.
Ricinula lineata, Reeve, Conch. Icon, ii. pl. vi. fig. 51.

Owen Island. Philippines.

105. Enzina concryna, Reeve, J. ¢. ii. Ricinula, pl. v. fig. 35.
King and Owen Islands. Philippines.

106. Purpura persica, Gmelin, Kiener, fig.67 ; Reeve, Conch.
Icon. iii. pl. i. fig.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 179

Sullivan Island, littoral. A specimen of 105 millim. in length
and 72 millim. breadth ; Ostrea cucullata fixed toit. Mauritius,
Marquesas.

107. Purpura (STRAMONITA) MANCINELLA, L., Kiener, fig. 46 ;
Reeve, Conch. Icon. iii. pl. i. fig. 2; Quoy & Gaimard, Voy.
‘Astrolabe,’ Zool. pl. 38. figs. 14-16.

Elphinstone Island. Madagascar, Ceylon, Amboina.

108. Purpura (THALESSA) HIPPOCASTANUM, LD,

Var. P. isterMeEpta, Avener, fig. 34.—P. distinguenda, Dunker,
Moll. d. Novara Exped. pl. 1. fig. 3.

Mereui, Elphinstone Island; Crow Islet, between King
Island and Hayes Island ; Sullivan and Owen Islands. Mauritius,
Zanzibar, Nicobars.

Var. PURPURA BITUBERCULARIS, Avener, fig. 32.—P. Kieneri,
Deshayes.

Elphinstone Island; King Island. Mozambique, Zanzibar,
Moluccas, Australia.

109. Purpura (CumMA) IMPERIALIS (Blainville?), Kiener,
fig. 89; Reeve, Conch. Icon. iui. pl. vii. fig. 30.

Mergui f.

The original figure of Blainville, doc. cit. pl. 11. fig. 6, is rather
different.

110. Purpura (Cuma) TraRELLA, Lam., Kiener, fig. 41; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. ii. pl. ix. fig. 39.

Nearly allied to the preceding.

Mergui, mud-flats. Port Canning.

The shell from Vanikoro, figured by Quoy and Gaimard, Voy.
‘Astrolabe,’ seems also very different, and resembles rather Rici-
nula turbinella.

111. Purpura (Cuma) sacentum, Chemnitz, Conch.-Ca inet,
vol. x. figs. 1561, 1562 ; Kiener, Purpura, pl. 14. fig. 39a; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. iu. pl. xi. fig. 58.

King Island. Zranquebar, Nicobars.

112. Purpura (Cuma?) costara, Blainville, Nouv. Annales
Mus. Hist. Nat. i. 1832, pl. 11. fig. 8; Kiener, fig. 51.

Purpura gradata, Jonas, Philippi, Abbildungen, Purp. jig. 2.

Purpura trigona, Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. pl. xi. fig. 53.

Recognizable by its biconical form.

180 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

Meregui, Kisseraing, and Owen Islands, common. Port Can-
ning, Malacca, Singapore, Banka, North Australia.

BUccINID =z.

118. Hemrrusus Ternatanus, Gmelin, Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab.
vol. iv. figs. 1804, 1305; Kiener, Fusus, fig. 27; Reeve, Conch.
Icon. iv. Pyrula, pl. u. fig. 6.

King Island. Singapore, Moluccas, Philippines.

114. Hemirusvus (Pueinina) pueininus, Born, Reeve, Conch.
Icon. iv. Pyrula, pl. 1. fig. 1.

Pyrula vespertilio, Lam., Kiener, Pyr. pl. 12. fig. 1; Eydoux & Souleyet,
Voy. ‘Bonite,’ Zool. pl. 42. figs. 7-12.

Mergui, Elphinstone Island Bay, sand-flat ; Kisseraing Island.
Negapatam, Ceylon, Singapore, Borneo, Cochin China.

115. PoLLiaA TRANQUEBARICA, Gmelin, Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab.
vol. iv. figs. 1146, 1147 ; Avener, Buccinum, fig. 92; Reeve, Conch.
Icon. iii. Buccinum, pl. iti. fig. 17.

Sullivan Island, 5 fathoms. Tranquebar.

116. PHos roszatus, Hinds, Zool. Voy. ‘Sulphur, pl. 10.
figs. 9,10; Sowerby, Thesaur. Conch. ii. pl. 221. figs. 1-3.
Owen Island, 7 fathoms. Swmatra, Amboina, Philippines.

117. EBurNA CANALICULATA, Schumacher.

Eburna spirata, Lam. (not Linné), Kiener, pl. 1. fig. 1; Reeve, 1. c. v.
pl. i. fig. 7.

Periostracum distinct, somewhat velvety, pale brown.

Sullivan Island, 4 fathoms. Ceylon.

118. Nassa TmHnta, Gmelin.

Buccinum olivaceum, Bruguiére, Kiener, Buce. fig. 53; Reeve, 1. c. vill.
Nassa, pl. ili. fig. 19; Hydoux & Souleyet, Voy. “Bonite,’ Zool. pl. 41.
figs. 14-16.

The largest species of this genus, very variable in size; upper
whorls ribbed; the ribs disappear sooner or later towards the last
whorl.

King and Kisseraing Islands. Mauritius, Andamans, Ceylon,
Singapore, Moluccas.

119. Nassa stomata, Gmelin, Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. iv.
figs. 1167, 1168.

Buccinum ornatum, Kiener, Buce. fig. 83; Reeve, Conch. Icon. viii.
Nassa, pl. v. fig. 33.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 181

Last whorl very inflated; nearly smooth, white, with large
chestnut bands.
Mergui. Ceylon, Singapore, Java, Borneo.

120. Nassa Mararnutata, Lam., Kiener, Buce. fig. 117; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. viii. pl. vii. fig. 43.

Buccinum arcularia papillosa, Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. vol. x. fig. 1474.

Vertical ribs ; whorls angulated above.

Mergui, mud-flats ; King Island, littoral; Elphinstone Island
Bay and Sullivan Island, 7-10 fathoms. Celebes.

Var. nEpaTicA, Pulteney, Montagu, Testacea Britannica, pl. 8.
fig. 1; Reeve, Conch. Icon. viii. pl. viii. figs. 50, 51.

More elongated.

King Island. Moluccas.

121. Nass, sp. indetermined.

Mergui, mud-flats; King Island, littoral.

Only young specimens, resembling WV. planicostata, Reeve,
Conch. Icon. vii. pl. xii. fig. 76.

122. Nassa Ravipa, Adams, Reeve, l. c. vi. pl. xi. figs. 68 & 74.
Sullivan Island, 7 fathoms. Malacca, Philippines, Hawaiian
Islands.

Also only young specimens.

123. Nassa atBescens, Dunker, Philippt, Abbildungen, Buc-
cinum, pl. 2. fig. 15; Reeve, J. c. viii. Nassa, pl. xv. fig. 100.

Nassa bicolor, Hombr. & Jacq. Voy. au Péle Sud, Moll. pl. 21.
figs. 41, 42.

White, regularly granulated, angulated near the suture.
Owen Island. Red Sea, Mauritius, Timor, New Guinea, Samoa
and Viti Islands, Carolines.

124. Nassa mMurRIcAtTa, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astrolabe,’
Zool. pl. 32. figs. 32, 33; Reeve, 1. ¢. vill. pl. xi. fig. 73.

Distinctly cancellated; the interstices broad, square, about
four rows on the last whorls.

King Island. Mauritius, New Ireland.

Var. norripa, Dunker, Philippi, Abbildungen, Buce. pl. 2.
fig. 8; Reeve, Conch. Icon. viii. pl. xi. fig. 69.

Verticai ribs prevailing, the spiral lire more numerous.

King Island. Mauritius.

125. Nassa nopara, Hinds, Zool. Voy. ‘Sulphur, pl. 9. figs.
14,15; Reeve, Conch. Icon. vii. pl. vii. fig. 41.

182 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

Strongly cancellated, somewhat similar to the Huropean
NV. inerassata. Last whorl angulated above.
King and Elphinstone Islands. Malacca.

126. Nassa trata, Marrat, On the Varieties of Nassa, Liver-
pool, 1880, pl. 1. figs. 18, 19.

Last whorl angulated above; dark brown, with a pale orange
band.

King Island. Phclippines.

127. Nassa FoveouaTa, Dunker, Zeitschr. f. Malak. 1847,
p: 63; Meeve, Conch. Icon. vii. pl. xii. fig. 83.
King Island f.

128. Nassa punctata, Adams, Reeve, 1. c. viii. pl. viii. fig. 54.

Smooth, variegated with grey, yellowish and blackish; spire
elongated, pointed.

Mergui; King Island and Owen Island. Mauritius, Phi-
lippines.

129. Nassa TuersirEes, Bruguiere, Rumph. Amb. Rar. pl. 27.
fig. N; Kiener, Buce. fig. 118; Reeve, J. c. vui. pl. x. fig. 65.

Buccinum pullus, Linné.

Recognizable by the oblique hump-like smooth gibbosity on
the back of the last whorl opposite to the aperture.

Elphinstone Island, on sand, plentiful; King Island. Salang,
Singapore, Philippines, New Guinea.

Var. acypHa,n. (PI. XVI. fig. 1, a, 8, c.)

The whole of the last whorl regularly vertically ribbed, with
only faint indication of the characteristic hump.

Mergui.

180. Nassa canceLLata, Adams, Reeve, 1. c. viii. \pl. xxii.
fig. 155.
Mergui, mud-flats. Mauritius, Philippines.

131. Nassa LaBEcuLa, Adams, Reeve, l. c. viii. pl. xxv. fig. 166.
King Island and Pilai Bay, living a little below high-water
mark. Celebes, Timor, Philippines.

132. Nassa DELIcATA, Adams, Reeve, 1. c. (viii. pl. xxviii.
fie. 180?
Owen Island, 7 fathoms. Philippines.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 183

133. Nassa a@Loposa, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astrolabe,’
Zool. pl. 82. figs. 25-27 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. viii. pl. x. fig. 62.
Buccinum clathratum, Kiener, fig. 108.

Owen Island. Celebes, Moluccas, Timor, New Zealand.

Fusipz.
134, Fasctonarta FInamENTOSA, Lam., Kiener, pl. 8. fig. 1;
Reeve, Conch. Icon. iv. pl. i. fig. 4.
Mergui; SullivanIsland. Red Sea, Zanzibar, Seychelles, Ceylon,
Andamans, Java, Vanikoro, New Hebrides.

CoLUMBELLIDE.

135. CoLUMBELLA VERSICOLOR, Sow. Thesaur. Conch. 1. figs. 41
& 46; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xi. pl. xi. fig. 51.

Columbella scripta, Lam., Kiener, pl. 6. fig. 3 (not scripta of Linné).

Pale yellow, finely spotted ; upper part of the last whorl white,
gibbous, with orange patches.

King and Owen Islands. Ceylon, Philippines, Chain Island
(Pacific).

136. CoLuMBELLA PaRDALINa, Lam., Kiener, pl. 4. fig. 3;
Sowerby, Thesaur. i. figs. 90-92; Reeve, l. c. xi. pl. xv. fig. 75.

Smooth, white, with round black or dark-brown patches.

King Island and Owen Island, littoral. Singapore, Timor,
Philippines.

137. Conumprtta (Anacuts) TuRpsicHore, Sow. Thesaur. i.
figs. 98,99; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xi. pl. xii. fig. 58.

Columbella lineolata, Kiener, pl. 13. fig. 3.

Vertically ribbed.

Sullivan Island, 7-10 fathoms. Ceylon, Sumatra, Java,
Amboina.

CotuMBELLA Ductostana. See above, no. 41.

Mirrip 2.

138. Mirra (Nepunanra) apusta, Lam., Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab.
vol. iv. fig. 1864; Kzener, fig. 15; Reeve, l. ¢. ii. pl. iv. fig. 25,

Laloon Bay, Elphinstone Island. Moluccas, Timor, Philip-
pines, New Guinea, Polynesian Islands.

189. Mirra (Cancinna) crrcuLtata, Kiener, fig. 18; Reeve,
1. ¢. ii. pl. xi. fig. 77; Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. vol. iv. fig. 1891.

King Island. Mauritius, Singapore, Philippines.

184 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

140. Mirra (Cancrnta) INTERLIRATA, Reeve, 1. c. u. pl. x.
fig. 70.

Sullivan Island, 6 fathoms. Mauritius, Philippines, Samoa,
Viti, Hawaiian Islands.

141. Mirra (CorysaMe) cucumeERrina, Lam., Kiener, fig. 24;
Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. pl. xxv. fig. 201; Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. iv.
figs. 1898, 1399.

King Island Bay, littoral; Owen Island. Mauritius, Ceylon.

142. STRIGATELLA COLUMBELLEFORMIS, Kiener, Mitra, fig. 46 ;
Reeve, Conch. Icon. 11. Mitra, pl. xviii. fig. 188.
King Island Bay. Samoa and Pawmotu Islands.

1438. STRIGATELLA SCUTULATA, Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. vol. x.
figs. 1428, 1429; Kzener, Mitra, fig. 57 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii.
Mitra, pl. xu. fig. 82.

Sullivan Island. Timor, Philippines.

144. STRIGATELLA PAUPERCULA, Z., var. VIRGATA, Reeve,

Conch. Icon. u. Mitra, pl. xxv. fig. 197.
Owen Island. Zanzibar, Kingsmill Island.

145. STRIGATELLA AMPHORELLA, Lam., Kiener, fig. 56; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. ii. Mitra, pl. xii. fig. 85.
Elphinstone Island Bay. Borneo, Philippines.

MARGINELLID#.

146. MarcGinELLA (GLABELLA) ELEGANS, Kiener, fig. 35;
Reeve, Conch. Icon. xv. pl. 1. fig. 4; Martini-Chemnitz, Conch.-
Cab. ii. figs. 426, 427.

King Island Bay, littoral; Elphinstone Island Bay, mud-flat.
Nicobars, Salang, Malacea.

147. MarcineLnaA (CRYPTOSPIRA) QUINQUEPLICATA, Lam.,
Kiener, pl. 2. fig. 3; Reeve, 1. c. xv, pl. x. fig. 40.

Laloon Bay, Elphinstone Island, and Elphinstone Island,
sand-flat. Penang, Malacca, Singapore.

OLIVIDZ.
148. Orrva Maura, Lam., Martini-Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. i.
fies. 472, 473; Reeve, Conch. Icon. vi. pl. vu. fig. 10d.
Elphinstone Island Bay. Red Sea, Mauritius, Ceylon, Anda-
mans, Java, Borneo, Moluccas.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 185

149. Oxrva scrreta, Lam. Encycl. Méth., Vers, pl. 362. fig. 4;
Chenu, Illustrations Conch. pl. 11. figs. 18, 14; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. vi. pl. xiv. fig. 27.

Oliva mauritiana, var., Sowerby, Thes. fig. 140.

Elphinstone Island. Mauritius, Seychelles.

150. Ortva Macteayt, Duclos, Chenu, [llustr. Conch. pl. 238.
fig. 13-16.
Oliva maura, var., Reeve, Conch. Icon. vi. pl. vii. fig. 10g.

Sullivan Island. Seychelles, Ceylon.

151. OntvancrnLARIA GIBBosa, Born, Martini-Chemnitz,
Conch.-Cab. ui. figs. 5389, 540, 565, 566.

Oliva utriculus, Lam., Chenu, Illustr. Conch. pl. 18. figs. 1-3; Reeve,
Oliva, pl. viii. fig. 12.

Elphinstone Island Bay. Madras, Ceylon.

152. ANCILLARIA AMPLA, Ginelin.

Ancillaria candida, Lam., Kvener, pl. 5. fig. 4; Sowerby, Thesaur.
fig. 29; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xv. pl. vii. fig. 27.

Owen Island; Sullivan Island, 4 fathoms. Red Sea, Madras,
Ceylon.

CAssIDIDZ.

153. Cassis (SEMICASSIS) PILA, Reeve, /. c. v. pl. ix. fig. 21.
King Island Bay. Salang, China Sea.

154. Dotium FasciatuM, Bruguiére, Kiener, pl. 5; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. Vv. pl. vii. fig. 11.
King Island. Madras, Ceylon, Philippines.

155. RANELLA ALBIVARICOSa, Feeve, J. ¢. 1. pl. i. fig. 2.
Murex rana, L., Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. iv. figs. 1268, 1269.
King Island Bay, mud-banks exposed at spring-tides. Ceylon.

156. RANELLA TUBERCULATA, Broderip, Kiener, pl. 12. fig. 2;
Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. pl. vii. fig. 86; Hydoux & Souleyet, Voy.
‘Bonite, Zool. pl. 44. figs. 24, 25.

Mergui, King Island, littoral. Vizagapatam, Andamans, Salang,
Malacca.

CYPREIDS.

157. Cyprma tieris, L., Kiener, pl. 1, pl. 45, & pl. 46. fig. 1;

Reeve, Conch. Icon. iii. pl. iv. fig. 12; Quoy et Gaimard, Voy.

‘Astrolabe, Zool. pl. 47. fig. 1.
Locality not stated. Zanzibar; Mauritius, Ceylon, Andamans,

Singapore, Java, Tonga.

186 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

158. Cyprma onyx, Z., Kiener, pl. 44. fig. 1; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. iii. pl. x. fig. 39a.
King Island Bay. Seychelles, Andamans.

159. Cyprma VITELLUS, L., Kiener, pl. 19. fig.1; Reeve, 1. ¢. m1.
pl. v. fig. 14; Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. ‘ Astrolabe, Zool. pl. 48.
figs. 8, 9.

King Island Bay. Red Sea, Natal, Seychelles, Ceylon, Anda-
mans, Singapore, Java, Moluccas, Tonga.

160. Cyprma turpus, Lam., Kiener, pl. 11. fig. 2; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. ii. pl. ix. fig. 31.
Forbes Island; Sullivan Island. Red Sea, Persian Gulf.

161. Cypra#a Lamarcxt, Gray, Reeve, I. c. ii. pl. x. fig. 37.

Cyprea miliaris (non Gmelin), Kiener, pl. 30. fig. 2.

King Island Bay, littoral; Laloon Bay, Elphinstone Island.
Zanzibar, Salang.

162. Cyprma caurica, L., Kiener, pl. 10. fig. 2; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. iii. pl. xi. fig. 46; A. Adams and Reeve, Zool. Voy.
‘Samarang, Moll. pl. 5. fig. 5.

King Island Bay. Red Sea, Zanzibar, Natal, Mauritius,
Andamans, Singapore, Java, Timor, Moluccas.

168. Cyrprma ERronEa, L., Sowerby, Conchol. Lllustr. fig. 124.

Cyprea spurea, Born, Test. Mus. Ces. Vindob. pl. 8. fig. 14.

Cyprea olivacea, Lam., Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astrolabe,’ Zool.
pl. 48. fig. 13.

King Island; Elphinstone Island; Owen Island. ed Sea,
Mauritius, Ceylon, Andamans, Singapore, New Guinea.

164. Cyprma Erosa, L., Kiener, pl. 9. fig. 2; Reeve, 1. c. ii.
pl. xi. fig. 48; Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astrolabe,’ Zool. pl. 47.
fios. 112; 13. .

Laloon Bay, Elphinstone Island. Red Sea, Natal, Mauritius,
Ceylon, Andamans, Singapore, Moluccas, Java.

165. Cyprma xantTHopon, Gray, Sowerby, Conchol. Lllustr.
fig. 18; Kiener, pl. 57. fig. 3; Heeve, l. ¢. i. pl. xin. fig, 55.
King Island.

166. Cyprma maunRiniana, L., Kiener, pls. 39, 40; Reeve,
l. c. iti. pl. i. fig. 1; Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astrolabe, Zool.
pl. 48. figs. 2-4.

Casuarina Bay, Sullivan Island, littoral. Mauritius, Ceylon,
Andamans, Moluccas, New Zealand.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 187

167. Cyprma arapioa, Z., Kiener, pl. 17. fig.1; Reeve, Conch.
Icon. iii. pl. i. fig. 2; Quoy § Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astrolabe,’ pl. 48.
fig. 5.

King Island, on rocks at spring-tide; Elphinstone Island;
Sullivan Island; Owen Island. Mergui (W. Jameson). Red
Sea, Zanzibar, Natal, Mauritius, Andamans, Penang, Java,
New Guinea.

168. Cyprma monera, L., Kiener, pl. 34. fig.1; Reeve, 1. ¢. il.
pl. xv. fig. 74; Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astrolabe, pl. 48. fig. 7.

Great Western Torres Island. Red Sea, Mauritius, Seychelles,
Madras, Salang, Singapore, Tonga.

169. Cyprma uirunvo, L., Kiener, pl. 32. fig. 1; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. iii. pl. xix. fig. 104.
Elphinstone Island. Mauritius, Ceylon, Java.

170. Cyprma neatnota, Sow. Conch. Lllustr. fig. 12*; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. iii. pl. xix. fig. 100.
Sullivan Island, littoral. Mauritius?

171. Cypraa SauLm, Gaskoin, Reeve, I. ¢. ili. pl. xiv. fig. 62.
Elphinstone Island. - Manila.

172. Ovuza ovum, L.

Ovula oviformis, Lam., Kiener, pl. 1; Reeve, J. c. xv. pl. i. fig. 33
Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astrolabe,’ pl. 47. fig. 7.

Little Torres Island. Seychelles, Ceylon, Andamans, Java,

Celebes, Timor, Moluccas, New Guinea, Friendly and Society
Islands.

173. Ovuna BrrostrA, Lam., Kiener, pl. 5. fig. 1; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. xv. pl. x. fig. 45.

King Island Bay, littoral. Java (Lamarck).

174. Ovuta DEnTATA, Adams § Reeve, Zool. Voy. ‘Samarang,’
pl. 6. fig. 4; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xv. pl. viii. fig. 36.
King Island. Singapore, Borneo, Japan.

175. Ovuta Tratiu1, Adams, Reeve, l. c. xv. pl. viii. fig. 38.
King Island Bay, littoral. Malacca.

176. Ovuta FRUTICUM, Adamsy Reeve, |. c. xv. pl. iv. fig. 16.
King Island Bay, mud-bank exposed at low water. Malacca.

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI. 16

188 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

VELUTINIDA.

177. Narica nreaTa, Récluz, Monogr. Narica, Mag. Zool. 1845,
pl. 121. fig. 2. (Not Reeve, Conch. Icon.-xx. Vanikoro, pl. 1.
fiz. 6, which is much stronger cancellated.)

Islet in King Island Bay, littoral. Philippines.

NAvIcipz&.

178. Narica MacuLosa, Lam.

Natica pellis-tigrina, Chemnitz, Reeve, Conch. Icon. ix. pl. xiii. fig. 57;
Eydoux & Souleyet, Voy. ‘Bonite,’ pl. 35. fig. 18.

Mergui, mud-flats; Elphinstone Isiand, sand-flat. Ceylon,
Salang, Singapore, Java, Siam, Philippines, Swan River.

179. Navica puuicaRis, Philippi, Kuster, Monogr. Natica,
pl. 13. fig. 9.

Columellar lip reddish yellow. Allied to WV. tincturata, Reeve,
Conch. Icon. ix. pl. xv. fig. 63.

Sullivan Island, 7-10 fathoms f.

180. Navica HELVACEA, Lam.

Natica pallens, Philippi, Zeitschr. Mal. 1848, p. 157.

Natica globosa, Deshayes, Reeve, J. c. ix. pl. xi. fig. 46.

King Island Bay. Mergum, Singapore, Java.

181. Narrea unrrascrata, Lam., Delessert, Recueil Coq. pl. 32.
fig. 18; Reeve, 1. c. ix. pl. xii. fig. 49.

Elphinstone Island and Owen Island. Red Sea, Mauritius,
Salang, ? west coast of Central America.

182. Natica Contest, Récluz, Reeve, l. c. ix. pl. xxiv. fig. 112.

Owen Island. West Australia. .

1838. Navtca (Neverita) Curmnirai, Récluz, Chenu, Illustr.
Conch. pl. 3. fig.4; Hydoux § Souleyet, Voy. ‘Bonite,’ Zool. pl. 35.
fies. 4,5; Reeve, J. c. ix. pl. ii. fig. 7.

Natica didyma, Philippi, Monogr. pl. 1. figs. 1-4.

Owen Island. Persian Gulf, Tranquebar, Mergui, Penang
(Byd. & Soul. p. 575), Singapore.

184, Natica (NEVERITA) ALBUMEN, Gmelin, Reeve, 1. c. 1%.
pl. viii. fig. 31.

Owen Island, 7 fathoms. Moluccas, Philippines.

185. Narica (Potinicrs) MamMItiA, L., Hydoux & Souleyet,
Voy. ‘Bonite, Zool. pl. 35. figs. 16,17; Reeve, 1. ¢. ix. pl. vil.
fig. 27.

King Island Bay; Laloon Bay, Elphinstone Island. Red Sea,
Zanzibar, Mauritius, Ceylon, Singapore, Celebes, Timor, Philippines.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 189

STROMBIDZ.

186. Strompus tunuaNus, L., Kiener, pl. 27. fig. 1; Reeve,
l. c. vi. pl. ix. fig. 19; Quoy § Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astrolabe, pl. 31.
figs. 3, 4.

Owen Island. Reunion, Singapore, Java, Celebes, Timor,
Moluccas, New Guinea.

187. Srrompus Mavzitianus, Lam., Kiener, pl. 27. fig. 2;
Reeve, l. c. vi. pl. ix. fig. 20.

Mergui; King Island; Elphinstone Island Bay ; Owen Island,
7 fathoms. Hed Sea, Mauritius, Ceylon.

188. SrromBus urcEus, L., Kiener, pl. 80. figs. 2, 3; Reeve,
l.c. vi. pl. xi. fig. 24:

Elphinstone Island and Owen Island. Red Sea, Ceylon,
Salang, Singapore, Celebes.

Var. puicatus, Lam., Kiener, pl. 31. fig. 1; Reeve, 1. ¢. vi.
pl. ix. fig.17 ; Quoy § Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astrolabe, pl. 51. figs. 6, 7.

Owen Island. Mauritius, Salang, Singapore, Java, Timor,
Moluccas, New Guinea, Philippines.

189. SrromBus FLoRIpus, Lam., Kiener, pl. 32. fig. 1; Reeve,
l. c. vi. pl. vi. fig. 11; Quoy d Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astrolabe,’ pl. 11.
fies. 12, 18.

Mereui. Red Sea, Zanzibar, Mauritius, Samoa, Viti, and
Society Islands.

190. Strompus cawanium, L., Kiener, pl. 29. fig.1; Reeve,
l. c. vi. pl. 18. fig. 46; Quoy § Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astrolabe,’ pl. 51.
figs. 10, 11.

King Island, below low-water mark, in mud; Elphinstone
Island ; Sullivan and Kisseraing Islands. Ceylon, Java, Borneo,
Celebes, Moluccas, New Guinea.

191. SrromBus Mareinatus, L., Keener, pl. 16. fig. 2; Reeve,
Oonch. Icon. vi. pl. xviii. fig. 49.

King Island, littoral, in pools on mud-banks exposed at spring-
tides; Sullivan Island, 4 fathoms. Tranquebar, Ceylon, Phi-
lippines.

192. StromBus succrnotts, L., Kiener, pl. 10. fig. 2; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. vi. pl. xvii. fig. 43.
Sullivan Island Bay. Ceylon, Java, Moluccas, Philippines.
16°

190 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

193. Przrocrra tamBis, L., Kiener, plsy.3 & 4; Reeve, Conch.
Icon. vi. pl. v. fig. 8; Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astrolabe,’ pl. 49.
figs. 18-20, pl. 50. figs. 6-18.

Elphinstone Island Bay. Red Sea, Zanzibar, Madagascar,
Ceylon, Nicobars, Singapore, Java, Celebes, Timor, Moluccas.

194. Riwetita Tytert, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863,
p- 428.

Sullivan Island, 7 fathoms. China Sea.

195. TEREBELLUM suBULATUM, Lam., Kiener, fig. 1; Adams
and Reeve, Voy. ‘Samarang, Moll. pl. 9. fig. 6; Reeve, Conch.
Icon. xiv. pl. i. fig. 1.

King Island; Sullivan Island, 4 and 7-10 fathoms. Mauritius,
Ceylon, Philippines, China Sea.

CERITHIID#.

196. Cerirnivum (VERTAGUS) AsprRUM, L., Reeve, Conch. Icon.
xv. Vertagus, pl. v. fig. 21.

Cerithium lineatum, Lam., Kiener, pl. 21. fig. 1; Quoy § Gaimard,
Voy. ‘Astrolabe,’ pl. 54. figs. 7, 8.

Locality not indicated. Red Sea, Zanzibar, Mauritius, Tran-
quebar, Ceylon, Andamans, Singapore, Moluccas, New Caledonia,
Tonga.

197. Currraium (ALUCO) oBELISCUS, Brugquiére, Kiener, pl. 5.
fig. 1; Reeve, 1. c. xv. Vertagus, pl. u. fig. 7.

Murex sinensis, Gmelin, Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. iv. fig. 1489.

Mergui and Owen Island. Red Sea, Natal, Seychelles, Ceylon,
Salang, Singapore, Sumatra, Java, Timor, Moluccas, Southern
China, Western Australia.

198. CrritHium corattium, Défrance; Kiener, pl. 8. fig. 3;
Reeve, loc. cit. xv. pl. v. fig. 29.

King Island and Elphinstone Island. Ceylon, Singapore,
Oelebes, Moluccas, Philippines, Solomon Islands.

199. CrrITHIUM RUBUS, Reeve, Conch. Icon. xv. pl. xi. fig. 75
(not rubus, Martyn, Univ. Conch. pl. 75).

King Island, littoral; Laloon Bay, Elphinstone Island.
Ceylon.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 191

200. CERITHIUM RUGOSUM, Wood, Index Test. Suppl. pl. 4,
Strombus, fig. 10; Kéener, pl. 15. fig. 3; (Reeve, J. ¢. xv. pl. vii.
fig. 45 ?).

Regularly granulated. Variable in colour: blackish, reddish
brown, grey, sometimes banded.

King Island Bay ; Elphinstone Island Bay, sand-flats; Owen
Island. Common. Red Sea, Zanzibar, Seychelles, Java, Moluccas,
Philippines, Islands of the Pacific.

201. CERITHIUM VARIEGATUM, Quoy § Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astro-
labe, Zool. pl. 55. fig. 17; Kiener, pl. 15. fig. 2; Reeve, Conch.
Icon. xv. pl. vu. fig. 41.

White, chequered with black and white.

King Island, littoral ; Laloon Bay, Elphinstone Island ; Owen
Island. Timor, Philippines, Tonga and Kingsmill Islands.

202. CeRITHIUM LEMNIScaTUM, Quoy $ Gaimard, Voy.‘Astro-
labe, Zool. pl. 54. figs. 16-18; Kiener, pl. 16. fig. 1; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. xv. pl. v. fig. 27.

Rather finely granulated ; whitish, with broad yellow or reddish
bands.

Rangoon; sand-flats, Elphinstone Island; Owen Island.
Bintang, Moluccas, Philippines, Vanikoro.

203. CERITHIUM MoRUM, Lam., Kiener, pl. 15. fig. 1.

With rather large black tubercles.

King Island, littoral ; Laloon Bay, Elphinstone Island ; Owen
Island. ed Sea, Mauritius, Persian Gulf, Bengal, Singapore;
Java, Philippines, Vanikoro, Hongkong.

All comparatively very small specimens, but full grown.

204, CERITHIUM OBESUM, Sow., Reeve, 1. c. xv. pl. ix. fig. 62.

Nearly smooth; in other respects near the former species.

King Island, mud-bank exposed at low tide; Owen Island.
Timor, Philippines.

205. CERITHIUM FUSIFORME, Sow., Reeve, 1.c. xv. pl. viii. fig. 47.
King Island. Philippines.

CERITHIUM pees Sow. See above, pp. 168, 169,
PoTaMIDEs, several species. nos. 42-47.

PLANAXIS PYRAMIDALIS.

192 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

TURRITELLID&.

206. TURRITELLA conUMNARIS, Kener, pl. 7. fig. 1; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. v. pl. iv. fig. 14.

Rangoon ; Sullivan Island, littoral, young specimens from 7-10
fathoms. Ceylon.

207. TuRRITELLA TRISULCATA, Lam., Kiener, pl. 11. fig. 1;
Reeve, loc. cit. v. pl. v. fig. 17.
Elphinstone Island Bay. Red Sea, Ceylon.|

208. TURRITELLA FastTriaIata, Adams and Reeve, Zool. Voy.
‘Samarang, pl. 12. fig. 9; Reeve, l. c. v. pl. x. fig. 48.

Very slender and elongated, each whorl narrowed above.

Sullivan Island, 4 fathoms; young specimens. China Sea.

209. TURRITELLA CINGULIFERA, Sow. Cat. of Shells Collect.
Tankerville, 1825, Append. p. xiv; Reeve, 1. c. v. pl. x1. fig. 64.

Turritella fragilis, Kiener, pl. 8. fig. 3.

Small-sized, white, with chestnut spiral bands.

Sullivan Island, 4-6 fathoms. Port Essington.

LIvTToRINID 2.

210. LirrorINa PYRAMIDALIs, Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astro-
labe, Zool. pl. 33. figs. 12-15 ; Philippi, Oe Lit. pl. 2.
figs. 19, 20; Reeve, U. c. x. pl. ii. fig. 14.

With two rows of rather stout tubercles on the last whorl.

Elphinstone Island Bay, on rocks at highest water-level; Owen
Island, 4 fathoms; Sullivan Island. Hongkong, Australia,
Marquesas, New Zealand.

211. LivrorIna GRANULARIS, Gray, Zoology of Beechey’s
Voyage, p. 140; Reeve, 1. c. x. pl. xiii. fig. 68.

Whitish, more finely granulated.

King Island; Laloon Bay, Elphinstone Island ; Sullivan Island.
Flores, Hongkong.

For other species of Littorina see above, pp. 169, 170, nos.
48-51.

RIssorpz.

212. Rissotna (PHOSINELLA) CLATHRATA, A. Adams, Proe.
Zool, Soc, 1851, p. 265; Schwartz von Mohrenstern, Monogr.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 193

Rissoina (Denkschr. Akad. Wien, 1860), p. 169, fig. 49; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. xx. Rissoa, fig. 76; Nevill, Hand-list, ii. p. 86.

King Island. ed Sea, Andamans, Singapore, Philippines,
Australia.

CALYPTREIDA.

213. Catyprrma Nepruni, Schumacher (Mitrula) ; Martini-
Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. vol. i. figs. 119, 120.

Calyptrzea dormitoria, Reeve, Conch. Icon. xi. pl. ii. fig. 5.

Elphinstone Island Bay. Mauritius, Philippines.

214. TROCHITAEXTINCTORIUM, Lam., Martini-Ohemnitz, Conch.-
Cab. vol. i. figs. 123, 124; Reeve, 1. c. xi. Crucibulum, pl. v. fig. 14.

Resembling the European 7. sinensis, L., but more pointed and
marked with obliquely radiating pale-brown bands.

Sullivan Island, 4-5 and 7-10 fathoms. Walacea.

215. CrEpipuLa (SIPHOPATELLA) Watcut, Hermannsen
(named in memory of Prof. J. E. Walch of Jena, died 1778).

Crepidula excisa, Philippi, Zeitschr. Mal. 1849, p. 24.

Crepidula Walshi (err. typ.), Reeve, 7. c. xi. pl. iil. fig. 17.

Crepidula plana, Adams and Reeve, Zool. Voy. ‘Samarang,’ pl. 11.
fig. 3.

Elphinstone Island Bay; Sullivan Island, 4-5 and 7-10 fathoms ;
Owen Island. Mergui, Ceylon, Singapore, China Sea.

SOLARIID &. |

216. SoLARIUM PERSPECTIVUM, L., Kiener, pl. 1; Reeve, Conch.

Icon. xv. pl. ii. fig. 11.
Laloon Bay, Elphinstone Island; Sullivan Island, 4 fathoms.

fied Sea, Madagascar, Zanzibar, Moluccas, Salang, Singapore,
Java.

EULIMID2.

217. Hutima Marini, Adams, Sowerby, Thes. fig. 8; Reeve,

Conch. Icon. xv. pl. i. fig. 6.
King Island Bay, littoral. Ceylon.

218. Eunima (Lerostraca) BrvitTatTa, Reeve, 1. c. xv. Lei-

ostraca, pl. i. fig. 6.

Eulima bilineata, Adams and Reeve, Zool. Voy. ‘Samarang,’ Moil.
p. 52, pl. 11. fig. 24. (Not bilineata, Alder.)

Sullivan Island, 7-10 fathoms. Sooloo Sea.

194 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

219. SriniFER, sp. indet.

Elphinstone Island Bay, in the ambulacral groove of a Starfish
(Gonzaster).

NERITID A.

220. Nerira costata, Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. vol. v. figs. 1966,
1967; Reeve, Conch. Icon. ix. pl. ii. fig. 6; Martens-Kister,
Monogr. Nerita, pl. 4. figs. 8-11.

Crow Islet west of King Island; Sullivan Island, littoral.
Nicobars, Singapore, Java, east and west coast of Australia, Phi-
lippines, Carolines.

921. Nerrra cHAMBLEO, L., Hanley, Ipsa Linn. Conch. pl. iv.
fig. 8; Hombron &§ Jacquinot, Voy. Pole Sud, Moll. pl. 16.
figs. 1-6; Sowerby, Thes. ii. figs. 98-99 ; Martens- Kuster, Nerita,
pl. 5. figs. 5-15.

Nerita stella, Chemnitz, Reeve, 1. c. ix. pl. xui. fig. 60.

Very variable in colour.

King Island Bay, littoral ; Crow Islet, between King Island
and Hayes Island, at high-water level; Elphinstone Island;
Owen Island. Vizagapatam, Nicobars, Singapore, Gulf of Siam,
Java, Celebes, Moluccas, Philippines, Hongkong, Samoa Islands.

992. NeERITA ALBICILLA, L., Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. vol. v.
fig. 2000 a-h; Quoy § Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astrolabe,’ pl. 65. figs. 17,
18; Reeve, 1. c. ix. pl. xv. fig. 64.

King Island, littoral; Crow Islet, between King Island
and Hayes Island, at high water; Elphinstone, Sullivan, and
Owen Islands. Watal, Mozambique, Mauritius, Seychelles,
Persian Gulf, Ceylon, Nicobars, Singapore, Java, Celebes,
Philippines, China, Japan, New Guinea, Samoa, Tonga, Tahite.

223. Nerira pourra, L., Chemn. Conch.-Cab. v. figs. 2002-
2012; Reeve, l. c. ix. pl. i. fig. 2.

King Island Bay, littoral; Crow Islet, between King Island
and Hayes Island, at high water; Elphinstone Island Bay;
Malcolm Island, littoral; Sullivan Island, high water; Owen
Island. Mauritius, Natal, Ormuz Island, Ceylon, Nicobars, Java,

Moluccas, Timor, Philippines, Aru and Solomon Islands, Hong-
kong.

NERITA LINEATA and PLANOSPIRA. See above, nos. 54, 55.

en

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 195

TROCHID2.

224. TurBo MaRMorRaTUS, L., Kiener, pls. 1, 2; Quoy &
Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astrolabe, pl. 59. figs. 10-16 ; Reeve, 1. c. iv. pl. i.
fig. 2.

North of Elphinstone Island. Seychelles, Moulmein, Celebes,
Moluccas, New Guinea.

225. TurBo MARGARITACEUS, L., Chemnitz, Conch.-COab. v.
fig. 1762.

Turbo crassus, Gray, Reeve, J. c. iv. pl. iii. fig. 10.

Rangoon; Crow Islet, between King Island and Hayes Island,
at high water; Elphinstone Island Bay; Owen Island. Mau-
ritius, Seychelles, Moluccas.

226. TurBo arcrrostomus, L., Kiener, pls. 37, 38.
Turbo margaritaceus, Reeve, J. c. iv. pl. vii. fig. 29.

Owen Island. Ceylon.

227. TurBo concinnus, Philippi-Kuster, Monogr. Turbo,
pl. 11. fig. 6.

Turbo articulatus, Reeve, /. c. iv. pl. ix. fig. 39.

Elphinstone Island; Sullivan and Owen Islands. Siam, Zan-
zibar, Ceylon.

228. Turso (LUNELLA) PORPHYRITES, Martyn, Universal Con-
chologist, pl. 72; Reeve, 1. c. iv. pl. xi. fig. 53.

Turbo versicolor, Chemnitz, Kiener, pl. 7. fig. 2.

Mereui; King Island ; Crow Islet, between King Island and
Hayes Island; Elphinstone Island Bay ; Sullivan Island, littoral ;
Owen Island. Ceylon, Nicobars, Java, Timor, Moluccas, Philip-
pines, New Ireland.

229. DELPHINULA LACINIATA, Lam., Kiener, pl. 1. fig.1; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. i. pl. i. fig. 9.

Forbes Island. Ceylon, Java, Celebes, New Ireland, Philippines,
Moluccas.

230. DELPHINULA ATRATA, Chemnitz, Kiener, pl. 2. fig. la;
Reeve, l. c. i. pl. 1. fig. 4.

Mergui; Elphinstone Island Bay. Ceylon, Salang, Singapore,
Bintang, Philippines, Moluccas.

231. CrctostreMa Reeveanum, Hinds, Voy. ‘Sulphur,’ pl. 16.
fig. 17; Reeve, l. c. i. Delphinula, pl. iv. fig. 87, and xix. pl. ii.
fig. 18.

King Island Bay, littoral. Malacca.

196 PROF, E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

232. Trocuus nitoticus, L., Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. v. figs.
1605 & 1614; Kiener, pl. 10; Quoy & Gaimard, Voy.‘ Astrolabe,’
pl. 62. fig. 12. (Not Reeve, J. ¢. xi. pl. 1. fig. 3a, which repre-
sents 7’. maximus, Koch. See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xx.
1867, p. 97.

Largest specimen 110 millim. high, 126 millim. broad at the
base.

Elphinstone Island Bay and Sullivan Island. Ceylon, Nicobars,
Singapore, Celebes, New Ireland.

233. TRrocuus (OBELISCUS) PYRAMIS, Born.

Trochus obeliscus, Gmelin, Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. v. fig. 1510; Quoy &
Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astrolabe,’ pl. 61. figs. 19, 20; Kiener, pl. 19. fig. 1;
Reeve, t. c. xiii. pl. ii. fig. 8. /

Mergui; Elphinstone Island Bay and Sullivan Island. Ceylon,
Singapore, Celebes, Philippines, New Ireland, Tonga.

234. Trocuus (PotypontTa) macunatus, L., Chemnitz, Conch.-
Cab. v. figs. 1615-1624; Kiener, pl. 29. fig. 1; Reeve, 1. c. xii.
pl. i. fig. 4.

Mergui, Sullivan Island, and Owen Island. Singapore, Ceylon,
Moluccas, Mozambique, Philippines, Timor, Port Essington.

235. Trocuus (Potyponta) costatus, Gmelin, Chemnitz,
Conch.-Cab. v. figs. 1643, 1644.

Trochus maculatus, var., Kiener, pl. 29. fig. 1 a.

Trochus tentorium, Reeve, loc. cit. xii. pl. ui. fig. 14.

Granules confluent in vertical rows.

Elphinstone Island. Ceylon, Nicobars.

236. Trocuus (Potyponta) concinnus, Philippi, Zeitschr.
Mal. 1846, p. 105; Kiister, Monogr. Trochus, pl. 16. fig. 1;
Reeve, 1. c. xiii. pl. mi. fig. 15.

Trochus tubiferus, Kiener, pl. 37. fig. 3 (1852).

The granules of the lowest row above the suture increasing to
large tubercles.

Owen Island. Mauritius.

237. Trocuus (PotyponTa) RADIATUS, Gmelin, Chemnitz,
Conch.-Cab. v. fig. 1642 ; Reeve, 1. c. xii. pl. xiv. fig. 80; Keener,
Fischer, pl. 97. fig. 1.

Owen Island. Madagascar, Ceylon, Java, Philippines.

238. CLANCULUS ATROPURPUREUS, Gould, U. S. Exploring
Exped., Moll. fig. 224, p. 189.

King Island; Owen Island; Sullivan Island. Samoa Islands.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 197

239. Monoponra LaBio, L., Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. v. figs. 1579,
1580 ; Philippi-Kuster, Trochus, pl. 27. figs. 1-3; Woodward,
Man. Moil. pl. 10. fig. 11.

King Island, littoral; Crow Islet, between King and Hayes
Islands, at high water; Elphinstone Island; Sullivan Island.
Singapore, Madagascar, Seychelles, Ceylon, Nicobars, Celebes,
Moluccas, Philippines, Hongkong, North Australia.

240. Monoponta cananirera, Lam. Encycl. Méth., Vers, pl.
447. fic.5; Quoy § Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astrolabe,’ pl. 64. figs. 26-29.

Mergui; Owen Island. Philippines, Moluccas, Timor, New
Treland.

241. Monoponta (HucHEtus) scapra, Philippi-Kister, Mo-
nogr. Trochus, p. 262, pl. 39. fig. 2.
King Island, 7 fathoms f+.

242. Monoponta (EUcHELUS) QUADRICARINATA, Chemnitz,
Conch.-Cab. vol. xi. figs. 1892, 1893.
King Island, littoral. Hongkong.

243. Monoponta (EUCHELUS) TRICARINATA, Lam., Delessert,
Recueil Cog. pl. 36. fig. 8; Philippi, pl. 27. fig. 8.

Monodonta multicarinata, Quoy § Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astrolabe, pl. 63.
figs. 25-27.

Sullivan Island. <Awstralia.

244. GippuLa (Mrnorta) pranaunosa, Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc.
1856, p. 49.
Margarita triangulosa, Reeve, Conch. Icon. vol. xx. pl. iii. fig. 26.

Sullivan Island, 7-10 fathoms. Stam.

245. CHRYSOSTOMA NICOBARICUM, Gmelin, Chemnitz, Conch.-
Cab. v. figs. 1822-1825 ; Reeve, 1. c. iv. Turbo, pl. xi. fig. 48.

Owen Island. Singapore, Banka, Celebes, Moluccas, Phi-
lippines.

246. Roretia vestTraria, L., Reeve, 1. c. xx. pl. iii. fig. 12.

Rotella lineolata, Lam., Kiener.

Rocky islet, King Teal Bay. Madras, Ceyion, Se ae
Java, Philippines, New Ireland.

247. IsanDA PULCHELLA, A. Adams, P. Z. S. 1858, p. 190.
(Pl. XVI. fig. 8,'a-e.) Testa sublenticularis, obtuse angulata,
umbilicata, levis, nitida, griseo-straminea, supra lineolis pallide

198 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

viridi-fuscis angulosis, sepius in strigas latiores confiuentibus,
infra maculis albis picta; spira prominula, apice acutiuscula,
albida ; basi prope umbilicum latiusculum perspectivum radiatim
corrugata et angulata; apertura subrhombea, valde obliqua, fauce
margaritacea; peristomate recto, obtuso, albido, margine basali
arcuato, margine columellari in callum linguiformem roseum
umbilici partem obtegentem expanso. Diam. maj. 7 millim.,
min. 54, alt. 4; apert. diam. 3 millim., alt. 2.

Owen Island, 7 fathoms. Jindoro.

A pretty little shell which, so far as I know, has not been
figured hitherto. At first sight it appears to be a young Rotella
vestiaria, Li. (lineolata, Lam.); but even in the smallest speci-
mens of Rotella which I have at my disposal, which are of the
same size as this Zsanda, the umbilicus is completely filled up by
the callosity, whereas in the largest specimens of the present
species the umbilicus is only covered halfway, and in smaller ones
gradually less, or even not at all. The general aspect of the shell,
however, is much more that of Rotella than that of the species
of Isanda hitherto figured (Adams, Gen. Moll. pl. 46. fig. 2;

Chenu, Manuel de Conchylologie, i. p. 354, I. coronata; Reeve, .

Conch. Icon. vol. xix. Cyclostrema, pl. ii. fig. 28, C. erenulifera).

FIssuRELLID 2.

248. FissurELLA Rurprewy1, Sowerby, Conch. Illustr. fig. 75 ;
Reeve, Conch. Icon. vi. fig. 54.
King Island, littoral. Hed Sea, Mauritius.

249. Scurum uneuis, L., Hanley, Ipsa Linn. Conch. p. 425,
pl. ui. fig. 4

Scutus Sane, Reeve, Conch. Icon. xvi. pl. ii. fig. ae

King Island, sublittoral. Mauritius, Singapore, Australia.

PATELLID 2.

250. PavrELLA VARTEGATA, Reeve, Conchologia Systematica,
pl. 186. fig. 1; Conch. Icon. viii. pl. xvi. fig. 36.

SullivanIsland. Red Sea, Mauritius, Nicobars, Java, Moluceas,
Australia.

251. PATELLA STELLHFORMIS, Meeve, Conch. Syst. pl. 186.
fig. 3.
Patella pentagona (non Born), Reeve, Conch. Icon, vii. pl. xx. fig. 48 a-c.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 199

Chalky white, with very unequal ribs and scattered black spots
between them.
Sullivan Island, littoral. Philippines, Polynesian Islands.

PoOLYPLACOPHORA.

252." Curron (ACANTHOPLEURA) SPINIGER, Sowerby, Conch.
Illustr. fig. 68; Reeve, Conch. Icon. iv. pl. xiv. fig. 75.

King Island and Crow Islet between King Island and Hayes
Island; Sullivan Island; Owen Island. Red Sea, Zanzibar,
Nicobars, Java, Timor, Philippines, New Guinea, Northern
Australia.

253. CHITONELLUS FasctaTus, Lam., Quoy § Gaimard, Voy.
‘Astrolabe, pl. 73. figs. 21-29; Reeve, 1. c. iv. pl. i. fig. 2.

Sullivan Island. Celebes, Moluccas, Timor, Australia, Tonga,
New Ireland.

c. GASTEROPODA OPISTHOBRANCHIA.

SIPHONARIID 2.

254. SIPHONARIA STELLATA, Helbling in Abhandl. bohm. Priv.
Gesellsch. iv. 1779, pl. 1. fig. 11 ; Martini-Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab.
i. figs. 88, 89 (Lepas exigua aurantia &c.).

Siphonaria exigua, Sow. Gen. of Shells, fig. 4.

Siphonaria luzonica, Reeve, 1. ¢. ix. pl. vi. fig. 29.

King Island, littoral; Owen Island; Sullivan Island. Neco-
bars, Singapore, Java, Celebes, Moluccas, Philippines, Vanikoro.

ToRNATELLIDA.

255. ToRNATELLA sotipuLA, L., Kener, fig. 2; Reeve, Conch.
Icon. xv. pl. i. fig. 3.

Laloon Bay, Elphinstone Island; Owen Island, 7 fathoms.
Mauritius, Seychelles, Ceylon, Singapore.

BULLIDz.

256. BuLLA AMPULLA, Reeve, Conch. Icon. xvi. pl. i. fig. 3.

Laloon Bay, Elphinstone Island; Owen Island. Mauritius,
Seychelles, Oeylon, Salang, Singapore, Java, Timor, Philip-
pines.

200 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

257. Purine aperta, L., Reeve, Conch. Icon. xvii. pl. 1. fig. 2.
Sullivan Island, 4 to 7 fathoms. Cape of Good Hope.

Doripipz&.

258. Puatyporis scaBra, Cuvier, Mém. Doris (Ann. Mus.
Hist. Nat. iv. 1804), p. 20; Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. ‘Astrolabe,
Zool. ti. p. 258, pl. 18. figs. 1, 2.

King Island. Celebes, New Guinea.

259. Doripopsis aTromacuLata, Alder and Hancock, Trans.
Zool. Soc. v. p. 129, pl. 31. figs. 20-24.
King Island, sublittoral. Madras.

260. Doniporsts nieRra, Stimpson, Alder and Hancock, loc. cit.
p- 128, pl. 31. figs. 13-16.
King Island. Madras, Ceylon, Loochoo Islands.

261. CASELLA ATROMARGINATA, Cuvier, loc. cit. pl. 2. fig. 6.

Casella philippinensis, Bergh in Semper Reis. Archip. Philipp. vol. ii.
pl. 33. fig. 1; Abraham, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 229.

Elphinstone Island. Philippines, Timor (v. Martens, 1863),
New Guinea, Friendly Islands.

TRITONIIDA.

262. Trrronta, sp. indet.
Elphinstone Island.

d. SCAPHOPODA.

263. DENTALIUM EBURNEUM, L.

Dentalium politum (L.), Deshayes, Monogr. in Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. de
Paris, ii. 1825, p. 361, pl. 16. fig. 17 ; Reeve, J. c. xviii. pl. ii. fig. 16.

Dentalium annulatum, Sow.

Smooth, pale yellow, very elongated.

Sullivan Island, 7 fathoms. Siam, Philippines.

264. DENTALIUM VARIABILE, Deshayes, loc. cit. p. 352, pl. 16.
fig. 830; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xvii. pl. iv. fig. 26.

White, solid, 5-9-angulated.

Mergui, mud-flats; Sullivan Island, 7-10 fathoms. Ph-
lippines.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 201

e BIVALVIA.
ANOMIIDE.

265. ANOMIA PLENILUNIUM, Reeve, Conch. Icon. xi. pl.i. fig. 2.
King Island. Borneo.

266. Puacuna sELLA, L., Rumph. Amb. Rar. pl. 47. fig. B;
Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. viii. fig. 714; Reeve, 1. c. xviii. pl. i. fig. 1.

Dark purple, twisted.

King Island, in mud at low water at spring-tide. Sin-
gupore.

267. Puacuna PAPYRACEA, Lam., Chemnitz, viii. fig. 715 ; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. xvii. pl. i. figs. 28, e.

Placenta quadrangularis, Retz.

Purple-rayed, flat.

King Island. Philippines, Australia.

268. Puacuna PLACENTA, L., Chemnitz, viii. fig. 716; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. xvii. pl. i. fig. 3d.

Placenta orbicularis, Retz.

Orbicular, flat, white.

King Island; Elphinstone Island; Sullivan Island. Ceylon,
Singapore, Philippines, China, North Australia.

OstREIDz.
269. OsTREA SINENSIS, Gmelin, Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. viii.
fig. 668; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xviii. pl. iii. fig. 5.
A large dark-coloured specimen, 200 millim. long, 150 millim.
broad.
Elphinstone Island; King Island. China Sea.

270. OstREA PERMOLLIS, Sow., Reeve, 1. c. xviii. pl. x. fig. 18?

King Island Bay; specimen fixed on Pinna vexillum.

271. OstREA (ALECTRYONIA) TURBINATA, Lam., Reeve, 1. c.
xviii. pl. xiv. fig. 29.

King Island ; Sullivan Island. Red Sea, Mozambique.

272. OSTREA CRENULIFERA, Sow., Reeve, 1. c. xviii. pl. xxvii.
fig. 67.

Mergui. ed Sea.

The species nos. 60-64, pp. 172-173, may be referred to here;
and also Ostrea cucullata, Born, may be mentioned, as it occurs
in the collection from truly marine localities, attached to the
shells of a number of different species.

202 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

SPONDYLIDZ.

273. SPONDYLUS PLURISPINOSUS, Feeve, I. c. ix. pl. v. fig. 18.
Elphinstone Island. Philippines.

274. PLIcATULA DEPRESSA, Lam., Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. viii.
fig. 482; Sowerby, Thesaur. 1. pl. 90. fig. 7; Reeve, 1. c. xix. pl. ii.
mee Ths

King Island. Singapore.

PECTINIDA.

275. PECTEN PoRPHYREUS, Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. viii. fig. 632.

Pecten senatorius, Reeve, J. ¢. viii. pl. xxi. fig. 81.

The ribs are tripartite; whereas they are simple in the true
P. senatorius, Chemn.

King Island. ed Sea, Mauritius, Salang, Moluccas.

276. PrctEN uHisTRIoNIcUS, L., Chemnitz, viii. fig. 614;
Sowerby, Thes. fig. 240; Reeve, 1. c. vill. pl. xxix. fig. 180.
King Island. Ceylon.

277. Proren (Vous) pyxipatus, Born, Test. Mus. Ces. Vindob.
pl. 6. figs. 5,6; Philippi, Abbild. Pecten, pl. 1. fig. 2; Sowerby,
Thes. figs. 34, 35; Reeve, 1. c. viii. pl. xxiv. fig. 96.

Upper valve brown, spotted with white.

King Island, mud-banks exposed at spring-tide; Sullivan
Island, 6 fathoms. Tranquebar, Philippines, China, Australia.

278. Lima squamosa, Lam., Chemnitz, vii. fig. 650; Sowerby,
Thes. figs.1 & 18; Reeve, J. ¢. xviii. pl. uu. fig. 10.

Number of ribs somewhat variable.

Mergui; King Island; Elphinstone Island. Tranquebar,
Ceylon, Singapore.

279. Lima (ManrettumM) FRaaqinis, Gmel., Chemnitz, viii.
fie. 650; Sow. Thes. figs. 34-386; Reeve, l. c. xviii. pl. iv. fig. 18.

Lima linguatula, Lam.
King Island; Elphinstone Island; Owen Island, littoral.
Nicobars, Singapore, Timor, New Guinea, Kingsmill Islands.

AVICULID2.

280. AvicuLta (MELEAGRINA) MaRGARITIFERA, JL. (Pearl
Oyster); Chemnitz, vii. fig. 718; Reeve, 1. c. x. pl. vill. fig. 21.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 203

Large specimens 25 centim. broad, 19 millim. high. Edges
yellowish, not blackish as in Australian specimens (Reeve, °
ie. x. pl. i. fig. 1):

Elphinstone Island; Owen Island. Red Sea, Mauritius,
Madras, Ceylon, Andamans.

281. Avicuna aTropuRPUREA, Dunker, Monogr. Avicula in
Kiuster’s Conch.-Cab. pl. 38. fig. 3.

Shell rather square, dark-coloured.

Elphinstone Island f+.

282. AvicuLa CuEmnitzil, Philippi, Zeitschr. f. Malak. Zool.
1849, p. 20; Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. vii. fig. 720; Dunker,
Monogr. pl. 8. fig. 5.

Avicula preetexta, Reeve, Conch. Icon. x. pl. vii. fig. 15,

Shell orbicular, hinder wing very prominent.

Elphinstone Island. China Sea.

283. AVICULA SCABRIUSCULA, Reeve, I. c. x. pl. xiv. fig. 54.
Obliquely elongated, covered with a net-like fibrous pale-brown
periostracum, the scale-like prominences of which are compara-
tively much longer in young than in full-grown specimens.
King Island; Elphinstone Island. Australia.

284, Perna EPHIPPIUM, L., Chemnitz, vil. fig.576. (Not Reeve,
l.c. xi. pl. 1. fig. 8, which is a species from the West Indies.)

Mergui; King Island, on rocks; Crow Islet between King
and Hayes Islands, beneath stones; Kisseraing Island. Mozam-
bique, Mauritius, Nicobars, Singapore, Celebes, Philippines, West
Australia.

285. Perna isoenomon, L., Chemnitz, vil. figs. 582-584;
Reeve, Conch, Icon. xi. pl. v. fig. 24.

The relative length of the arm-like prolongation of the shell is
very variable. 3

King Island; Elphinstone Island; Owen Island; Sullivan
Island, coral bottom; Lampee. Mozambique, Singapore, Phi-
lippines.

286. PERNA SPATULATA, Heeve, Conch. Icon. xi. pl. vi. fig. 28.
Oblong-oval.
King Island ; Elphinstone Island. Philippines.

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XXI. liz

204: PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

287. Perna LEGUMEN, Gmelin, Chemnitz, vii. fig. 578 ; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. xi. pl. v. fig. 22.

Shell narrow, elongate, whitish.

Owen Island, coral-burrows. WVicobars, Polynesia.

288. Perna cosTennata, Conrad, Reeve, l. c. xi. pl. iv. fig. 16.
With the preceding.
Owen Island. Society Islands.

289. Mateus DzaMoniacus, Feeve, l.c. xi. pl. 11. fig. 6.
With the two preceding.
Owen Island. Singapore.

290. VULSELLA LINGUA-FELIS, Reeve, l.c. xi. pl. 11. fig. 18.
King Island; Elphinstone Island }.

PINNIDZ.

291. Prvwa FumMaATA, Hanley, Reeve, 1. c. xi. pl. xv. fig. 27.
Locality not stated. Philippines.

292. PINNA ATROPURPUREA, Sow., Reeve, 1. c. xi. pl. xxii. fig. 41.
King Island. Moluccas.

293. Pinna (Arriva) nieriIna, Lam., Chemnitz, viii. fig. 714;
Reeve, l.c. xi. pl. ui. fig. 4.

King Island and Owen Island. Mozambique, Philippines,
New Guinea, New Caledonia.

294. Pinna (ATRINA) VEXILLUM, Born, Test. Mus. Ces. Vindob.
pl. 7. fig. 3; Chemnitz, vill. fig. 783; Reeve, l. c. xi. pl. xix. fig. 36.

The limits between this and the preceding species are not quite
definite.

King Island and Elphinstone Island. Singapore, Philippines.

295. Pinna (Pennaria) Haney, Reeve, J. ¢. xi. pl. vii. fig. 15.
Pinna pectinata (L.), Chemnitz, vii. fig. 770.
Elphinstone Island. Moluccas.

296. Pinwa (CYRTOPINNA) INCURVATA, Chemnitz, vill. fig. 778;
Reeve, 1. c. xi. pl. v. fig. 8.

King Island; Elphinstone Island. Wicobars, Banka, Mo-
luccas.

297. Pinna (CYRTOPINNA) BICOLOR, Chemnitz, viii. fig. 780;
Reeve, tc. xi. pl. 1x. fig. 17.
Pinna dolabrata, Zam.

King Island. Red Sea, Malacca, Moluccas.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 205

298. Prywa (CyrToPiInna) MapipA, Reeve, J.c. xi. pl. xvii. fig. 31.
Elphinstone Island. Port Pssington.
The last three species are very near to one another.

Myrinipz.

299. Myvitus viripis, LZ.

Mytilus smaragdinus, Chemnitz, vii. figs. 745, 746 ; Reeve, . c. x. fig. 28.

Mereui; King Island; Sullivan Island. Tranquebar, Ceylon,
Singapore, Siam, Borneo.

300. Myvitus (AvLacomya) curvatus, Dunker, Reeve, l. c. x.
pl. xi. fig.53. (Pl. XVI. fig. 4, a—d.)

Varies considerably in outline in the same locality, some spe-
cimens being rather straight, others distinctly curved in different
degrees. The curvature is probably caused by the position of
the individual shell between its neighbours or other objects.

Crow Islet between King Island and Hayes Island, beneath
stones at highest water-level; Elphinstone Island. Phi-
lippines.

301. Myrinus (Seprirer) Brnocunaris, L., Chemnitz, viii.
figs. 736, 737.

Mytilus nicobaricus, Reeve, J. c. x. pl. ix. fig. 42.

Bluish green inside.

King Island; Elphinstone Island; Owen Island, coral-bur-
rows. ed Sea, Mauritius, Ceylon, Nicobars, Salang, Singapore,
Australia, Japan.

302. Myrrnus (SreprirEer) excisus, Wiegmann, Archiv f. Natur-
geschichte, 1837, p. 49 (Tichogonia) ; Reeve, 1. c. x. pl. iv. fig. 18.

Septifer fuscus, Récluz, Revue Zool. 1848.

Inside dark purple and white.

Owen Island. Mauritius, Mozambique.

303. Myrinus (?Srprirer) ANDERSONI, sp.n. (PI. XVI. fig. 5.)
Testa rhombeo-trigona, preter strias incrementi levis, nitida,
olivacea; intus olivacea; marginis dorsalis pars tertia anterior
valde ascendens, fere rectilinea, reliquum rotundatum, sensim
descendeus ; margo ventralis fere horizontalis rectilineus; facies
ventralis paulum concava, angulo tumido sat distincto circum-
scripta ; septum simplex, margine libero leviter concavo, appen-
dice nulla. Long. 16, alt. 9, crass. 8. millim.

The locality of this apparently new species is distinctly stated

17*

206 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

as marine by the label “ Lampee, 7 fathoms, 14.1. 82.” Never-
theless the whole appearance of the shell is that of the genus
Dreissena, which lives in fresh and brackish water. The marine
subgenus Septifer, which agrees with Dreissena in the presence of
a septum on the inside of the umbones, is further distinguished by
radial furrows at the outside, which are wanting in our species.
But the essential difference between both genera is in the soft
parts, the edges of the mantle being united for some extent on
the basal part in Dreissena, whereas in Septifer they are quite free
in that region. In one of Dr. Anderson’s specimens portions of
the mantle in the dry state are present and show no trace of
coalescence at the lower side. For this reason, and also from its
habitat, this species is to be referred to Septifer until further
evidence is forthcoming.

D. carinata, Dunker, Dissert. de Septiferis et Dreissenis, 1885,
p. 15, seems, according to the description, rather near to this
species; but on comparing the type in Dunker’s collection it is
found to be a much smaller shell, of much narrower shape, and
different coloration.

304. Moptota eLaBERRIMA, Dunker, P. Z. S. 1856, p. 363;
Reeve, Conch. Icon. x. pl. viii. fig. 48.
Elphinstone Island. Canton, Australia.

305. Mopronarta aRcuATULA, Hanley, Reeve, 1. c. x. Modiola,
pl. vi. figs. 27 & 28.
Elphinstone Island. Stngapore.

306. Moprorarta nana, Dunker, Reeve, l.c. x. Modiola, pl. x.
fig. 69.

Sullivan Island, 6 fathoms. Port Lincoln (Australia).

307. LirHopomus eRactiis, Philipp, Abbild. Modiola, pl. 2,
fig. 1; Reeve, l.c. x. pl. i. fig. 4.

Elphinstone Island. Malacca, China Sea.

308. LirHopomus TERES, Philippi, loc. cit. pl. 1. fig. 3.
Elphinstone Island; Sullivan Island; Owen Island, in coral.
Mauritius, Seychelles, Pacific.

309. LirHopomus nasuta, Philippi, loc. cit. pl. 1. fig. 2;
Reeve, l.c. x. pl. ii. fig. 10.

Owen Island, coral-burrows. Zanzibar, Japan; also in the
Atlantic.

310. LirnopomuUs MALACCANA, Hanley, Reeve, l.c.x.pl.iv. fig. 20.
Sullivan Island and Owen Island, in coral. Malacca.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 207

311. Lirgopomus (Botuta) cinnaMomzEa, Lam., Ohemnitz, viii.
fig. 731; Reeve, I.c. x. pl. i. fig. 5.

Owen Island, coral-burrows. Red Sea, Mauritius, Nicobars,
Philippines.

ARCID.

312. Anca Kraussi, Philippi, Abbild. pl. 5. figs. 8-10; Krauss,
Stidafr. Moll. pl. 1. fig. 18.

Allied to A. maculata, Sow., Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. pl. xi. fig. 71.

King Island. Natal.

313. ARCA SYMMETRICA, Reeve, l. c. ii. pl. xvii. fig. 117.
King Island, beneath stones at highest water-mark; Elphin
stone Island; Kisseraing. Singapore, Philippines.

314. Arca (BaRBaTtIA) FuscA, Bruguiere, Chemnitz, vii. fig. 535;
Reeve, 1. ¢. ii. pl. xii. fig. 82.

Elphinstone Island; Owen Island, among old corals. Bed
Sea, Seychelles, Singapore, Celebes, North Australia.

315. Arca (BarBaTiA) seTicERA, Reeve, l. c. ii. pl. xiv. fig. 94
Sullivan Island, 6 fathoms. Zanzibar.

316. Arca (Barsatia) venaTA, Sow., Reeve, l.c. uu. pl. xii.
fig. 79; Dunker, Novitates, pl. 41.

King Island, littoral; Laloon Bay, Elphinstone Island.
Madras.

317. Anca (Barpatra) pecussatTa, Sow., Reeve, I. c. i. fig. 81.

Very variable in outline, according to the individual position.

Elphinstone Island; Sullivan Island; Owen Island, burrows
in old corals; AllenIsland. Red Sea, Mauritius, Ceylon, Salang,
Singapore, Celebes, Philippines, New Zealand, Viti and Paumotu
Islands.

318. Arca (Barsatia) stanata, Dunker, Novitates, pl. 38.
figs. 3-5. :
King Island f.

319. Anca (AnapaRa) aranosa, Z., Rumph. Amb. Rar. pl. 44.
fig. K ; Chemnitz, vii. fig. 557; Reeve, l.c. ii. pl. ii. fig. 15.

Meregui, mud-flats; Crow Islet, between King Island and
Hayes Island, at high-water level; Kisseraing. Zranquebar,
Nicobars, Singapore, Java, Celebes.

208 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

320. Anca (ANADARA) RBHOMBEA, Born, Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab.
Vii. fig. 553a; Reeve, l.c. ii. pl. ii. fig. 12.
Elphinstone Island. Madras, Ceylon, Salang, China Sea.

321. Arca (ANADARA) PILULA, Reeve, J. c. i. pl. ti. fig. 8.
The height almost exceeds the length of the shell.
Sullivan Island, 7-10 fathoms. Java, Philippines.

822. Arca (SCAPHARCA) INEQUIVALVIS, Bruguitre, Chemnitz,
vil. fig. 552; Reeve, J. c. i. pl. viii. fig. 54.

Area hispida, Philippi, Abbild. pl. 5. fig. 2.

The number of ribs varies from 28 to 32; where the perio-
stracum (younger state) is preserved, the interstices between the
ribs seem narrower than the ribs; if the former is removed, ribs
and interstices are about equally broad.

King Island, Elphinstone Island, and Sullivan Island. Salang,
Timor, Philippines.

323. CUCULLHA CONCAMERATA, Chemnitz, vil. figs. 526-528 ;
Reeve, l. c. xvii. pl. i. fig. 1.

King Island, mud-banks exposed at spring-tide. Tranquebar,

Ceylon, Nicobars, China.

324. PecruNcULUS PECTINIFoRMIS, Lam., Reeve, 1. ¢.1. pl. il.
ite: 1,

Area pectunculus, Linné, Chemnitz, vii. figs. 568-569.

King Island. Zanzibar, Ceylon, Philippines.

NUcULID2.

325. Lepa MauritIana, Sow., Reeve, lc. xviii. pl. vi. fig. 33.
Sullivan Island, 7-10 fathoms. Mauritius, Ceylon, China Sea.

ASTARTID®.

326. CaRDITA VARIEGATA, Bruguiére, Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. xi.
figs. 1999-2002; Reeve, J. ¢. i. pl. i. fig. 3.

Cardita calyculata, Lam., not L.

Owen Island, coral-burrows. ed Sea, Seychelles, Zanzibar,
Ceylon, Nicobars, Singapore.

327. CRASSATELLA RADIATA, Sow., Reeve, J. c. i. pl. ii. fig. 12.

King Island ; Elphinstone Island, sand-flats; Sullivan Island,
4 and 7-10 fathoms. Singapore.

The rays are very faint or scarcely discernible in these
specimens

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 209

Lucrnipz.

328. Lucrna (LENTILLARIA) DIVERGENS, Philippi, Abbild.
vol. ii. Lue. pl. 2. fig. 4, April 1850.

Lucina fibula, Reeve, 1. c. vol. vi. pl. vii. figs. 33, 37, & 38, June 1850.

Owen Island, sand. ed Sea, Persian Gulf, Philippines,
Samoa and Viti Islands, Japan.

329. Luctrna (subg. s. str.) prsuM, Reeve, l.c. vi. pl. xi. fig. 66.
Small, subglobular, densely cancellated, white.
Sullivan Island, 7-10 fathoms. Stngapore, Port Essington.

330. Luciwa (subg. s. str.) cemMA, Reeve, J. c. vi. pl. xi. fig. 64.
Small, compressed, concentrically laminated, white.
Associated with the preceding. Sullivan Island. Philippines.

Luctya (ANODONTIA) EDENTULA and L. PHInIppInarum. See
before, pp. 173, 174, nos. 65, 66.

CHAMIDZ.

331. Cuama Lazarvs, L., Chemnitz, vi. figs. 507, 509; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. iv. pl. ii. fig. 4.

Chama damzcornis, Lam.

Elphinstone Island; Owen Island. Mauritius, Bintang,
Philippines.

332. Cuama Brassica, Peeve, l.c. iv. pl. vi. fig. 31; Chemnitz,
vii. figs. 510, 514.

King Island; Elphinstone Island; Owen Island; Pilai Bay.
Nicobars, Moluccas, Philippines.

333. CHama cRISTELLA, Lam., Reeve, l.c. iv. pl. vi. fig. 42.
Broadly affixed by about half the surface of one valve.
Owen Island, burrows in old corals. Java, Celebes.

TRIDACNIDA.

334. Tripacna squamosa, Lam., Reeve, 1. c. xiv. pl. i. fig. 3.
King Island, on rocks. Red Sea, Nicobars, Singapore, Timor,
Vantkoro.

335. TrRipacna crocea, Lam., var. Cumineit, Reeve, 1. c. xiv.
pl. vii. fig. 7.
Owen Island. Singapore, Philippines, Moluccas, New Ireland.

210 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

CARDIID#.

336. Carpium (TRACHYCARDIUM) RUGOSUM, Lam., Chemnitz,
y. fig. 191.

Cardium flavum (L.?), Reeve, Conch. Icon. ii. pl. xiv. fig. 68.

King Island; Elphinstone Island; Owen Island. Red Sea,
Mozambique, Ceylon, Nicobars, Salang, Singapore, Moluccas, Phi-
lippines. |

337. Carpium (HEmicaRDIum) uNnxEDO, L., Chemnitz, vi. figs.
168, 169; Reeve, J. ¢. ii. pl. ii. fig. 18.

Elphinstone Island. Mauritius, Madras, Ceylon, Nicobars,
Singapore, Bintang, Java, Moluccas, Philippines.

338. Carpium (HEMICARDIUM) SUBRETUSUM, Sow.

Cardium retusum (Z.?), Reeve, l.c. ii. pl. xix. fig. 103.

Elphinstone Island, mud-flats. Seychelles, Tranquebar, Singa-
pore, China Sea.

339. Carpium (subgen. nov.?) tatum (Born ?), Chemnitz, vi.
figs. 192, 193; Reeve, l.c. ii. pl. iv. fig. 21.

King Island. Tranquebar, Nicobars, Ceylon, Java, Phi-
lippines.

340. Carprum (Bucarpium) coronatum, Spengler, 1786;
_ Schroeter, Hinleitung Conch. iii. pl. 7. fig. 18.

Cardium fimbriatum, Wood, Reeve, J. c. i. pl. xvii. fig. 91.
Elphinstone Island; Sullivan Island, 2-7 fathoms. Chana Sea.

341. Carpium (PapyRrIDEA) RUGATUM, Gronov., Reeve, Conch.
Icon. ii. pl. xi. fig. 63.

Cardium apertum, Chemnitz, vi. figs. 181-183.

Elphinstone Island. Singapore, Philippines, New Britain.

342, Carpium (PapyRipeA) PULCHRUM, Sow., Reeve, l.¢. i.
pl. xix. fig. 98.

Sullivan Island. Seychelles, Mauritius, Salang, China Sea,
Zanzibar.

VENERIDZ.

343. Crrce sortpta, Z., Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. vii. fig. 316;
Sowerby, Thes, vol. ii. Veneride, pl. 189. figs. 41, 43; Reeve, 1. c.
xiv. pl. i. fig. 1; Roemer, Monogr. Cytherea, pl. 52. figs. la-1z.

Sullivan Island. Red Sea, Seychelles, Coromandel, Ceylon, Nico-
bars, Singapore, Moluccas.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. OTL

344. Crrce suncata, Gray, Reeve, Conch. Icon. xiv. pl. iv.
fig. 166; Roemer, Cyth. pl. 57. fig. 2.

Circe plebeia, Hanley, Sow. Thes. Ven. figs. 33-37 ; Reeve, loc. cit. fig. 17.

Sullivan Island, 4 fathoms. Java, Philippines.

345. Crrce (Crista) pivaRicata, Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. vii.
fig. 8316 ; Sowerby, Thes. fig. 12; Reeve, 1.c. xiv. pl. vi. fig. 23;
toemer, loc. cit. pl. 49. fig. 1, pl. 51. fig. 5.

- King Island, in pools on mud-banks exposed at spring-tides ;
Elphinstone Island. Red Sea, Zanzibar, Bombay, Salang, Sin-

gupore.

346. Crrcz (Crista) atppa, Lam., Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. vii.
figs. 415, 416; Sow. Thes. pl. 187. figs. 4-7; Reeve, 1. c. xiv. pl. v.
fig. 21, c, d; Roemer, loc. cit. pl. 47. fig. 2.

Elphinstone Island. Seychelles, Ceylon, Nicobars, Singapore,
Philippines, New Caledonia.

347. CyrHEREA (CALLISTE) FESTIVA, Sow. Thes. fig. 72; Reeve,
l.c. xiv. Dione, pl. i. fig. 2; Roemer, loc. cit. pl. 17. fig. 3.
Mergui, only very young specimens. Moluccas.

348. CyTHeREa (CARYATIS) RUFESCENS, Gray, Reeve, l. c. xiv.
Dione, pl. vii. fig. 26; Roemer, loc. cit. pl. 31. fig. 1.
Mergui, mud-flats. Philippines.

349. CrTHEREA (CARYATIS) ALABASTRUM, Leeve, J. c. xiv.Dione,
pl. x. fig.42 ; Roemer, loc. cit. pl. 25. fig. 2.
King Island +.

350. CyrHerra (Caryatis) INDECORA, Philippi, Abdild. .
Cyth. pl. 9. fig. 7; Roemer, loc. cit. pl. 24. fig. 1.
Sullivan Island, 2-7 fathoms. Merguz (Philippi).

351. CyrHprEa (CaRyatis) mintta, Koch, Philippi, Abbild.
Cyth. pl. 3. fig. 8; Roemer, loc. cit. pl. 33. fig. 1.
Sullivan Island, 2-7 and 7-10 fathoms; Kisseraing fT.

352. ArrEMIs Excisa, Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. vii. figs. 400, 401 ;
Sow. Thes. Ven. fig. 69; Reeve, l.c. vi. pl. vil. fig. 48 ; Roemer,
Monogr. Dosinia, pl. 4. figs. 2-4.

Sullivan Island, 7 fathoms. WVicobars.

J19 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

353. Venus (ANAITIS) CALOPHYLLA, Jonas, Archiv f. Natur-
geschichte, 1836, pl.8. fig. 2; Sowerby, Thes. Ven. fig. 176; Reeve,
l. c. xiv. pl. xxiii. fig. 114.

Laloon Bay, Elphinstone Island. China Sea.

354. Venus (Anvicona) ReticuLATA, L., Lister, Hist. Conch.
pl. 335. fig. 172, “ cardine croceo ;” Chemnitz, vi. figs. 382, 383 ;
Sow. Thes. figs. 11-18; Reeve, J. c. xiv. pl. x. fig. 34.

Venus corbis, Lam.

Recognizable by the orange-coloured hinge-teeth.

Mergui; Owen Island. Red Sea, Moluccas, Philippines, Viti
Islands.

355. Venus (Anvigona) orispata, Desh., Reeve, l.c. xiv.
pl. ix. fig. 31.

Venus cancellata, Chemnitz, vi. figs. 304, 305.

Venus Listeri, var., Sowerby, Thes. fig. 7.

King Island. Mauritius, Zanzibar.

356. Venus (TIMOCLEA) ARAKANENSIS, Vevill, Journ. As. Soc.
Bengal, 1871, vol. xl. p. 10, pl. 1. fig. 16.

Sullivan Island, 6 fathoms. <Arakan.

357. Venus (TimocnEa) ImBRIcATA, Sow. Thes. pl. 156. figs.
81, 82; Reeve, J. c. xiv. pl. xxiv. fig. 118.
King Island; Elphinstone Island. China Sea.

358. Venus (Trmoctza) scaBra, Hanley, Catal. Rec. Bivalv.
pl. 16. fig. 24; Sow. Thes. figs. 101, 102; Heeve, 1. ¢. xiv. fig. 97.

Elphinstone Island, sand-flat ; Sullivan Island, 7-10 fathoms.
Philippines, Australia (Reeve).

These three species are all nearly allied to one another, and are
of small size, and with knotty ribs: in V. ambricata the radial
ribs are rather few and of a rusty yellow colour, with large smooth
interstices ; in V. scabra the ribs are more crowded, unequal,
and crossed by narrow, thin, rather distant concentric lamine ;
in V. arakanensis densely granulated concentric ribs prevail in
the midst of the shell, and only on both extremities are radial
ribs distinctly expressed. |

Also V. cochinchinensis, Sow. Thes. figs. 79, 80, is very
nearly allied to this species.

359. Venus (CRYPTOGRAMMA) squamosa, L., Rumph. Am-
boinsche Rariteit-Kamer, pl. xliv. fig. M.
Elphinstone Island. Singapore.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 213

360. Tapus TextRIx, Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. vii. fig. 442.

Venus textile, Gmelin, Sow. Thes. Ven. fig. 26; Reeve, Conch. Icon.
xiv. Tapes, pl. ii. fig. 3.

Nearly smooth, shining.

Sullivan Island, 4 fathoms, large specimen. Malabar, Ceylon,
Malacca, Moluceas.

361. Tapes unpDuLATUS, Born, Reeve, I.c. xiv. pl. ii. fig. 8;
Roemer, loc. cit. pl. 5. fig. 2.

Venus rimosa, Philippi, Abbild. pl. 7. fig. 7.

Surface of the shell marked with narrow deep lines some-
what oblique to the lines of growth. General outlines like
D. textrin.

Sullivan Island, 7 fathoms. Philippines, Hongkong, Japan.

362. Tapes amapitis, Philippi, Abbild. Venus, pl. 7. fig. 2 ;
Reeve, l. c. xiv. pl. v. fig. 21; Roemer, Monogr. Venus, pl. 7. fig. 1.

Deep concentric furrows.

Sullivan Island, 2-7 fathoms. China Sea.

363. Tapus Exaratus, Philippi, Abbild. pl. 5. fig. 6; Roemer,
loc. cit. pl. 8. fig. 2.

Very near the preceding; the furrows more crowded.

Sullivan Island, 4 fathoms. Red Sea?, Canton.

364. Tapus LIvERATUS, D., var. NoctuRNUS, Chemnitz, Conch.-
Cab. vii. figs. 434, 435; Sow. Thes. fig. 45; Reeve, 1. c. xiv. pl. i.
fig. 2¢; Roemer, loc. cit. pl. 12. figs. 1b, 1d, Le.

Elphinstone Island. Moluccas.

365. Tapes quapRIRADIATUS, Desh., Reeve, loc. cit. pl. u.
fig. 6; Roemer, loc. cit. pl. 18. fig. 2.

King Island; Laloon Bay, Elphinstone Island. Salang,
Singapore, Moluccas.

366. Tapes vaRregatus, Sow. Thes. figs. 1383, 136, 187, 188 ;
Reeve, l. c. xiv. pl. xii. fig. 64; Roemer, loc. cit. pl. 26. fig. 2.

Very near to the European 7. decussatus, L.; but generally
smaller, of a more reddish hue, and inside bright red.

Owen Island. Salang.

367. TAPES MALABARICUs, Chemnitz, vi. figs. 324, 325; Sow.
Thes. figs. 6-8; Reeve, J.¢. xiv. pl. vi. fig. 27; Hoemer, loc. cit.
pl. 10. fig. 3.

Venus gailus, Spengler, Gmelin.

214 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

Mergui; King Island; Sullivan Island, 6 fathoms. Malabar,
Ceylon, Bintang, Hongkong.

Var. stnuosus, Lam. (Venus), Sow. fig. 10; Reeve, l.c. xiv.
Tapes, pl. v. fig. 18 ; Roemer, pl. 11. fig. 1.

The hinder part of the shell abbreviated and somewhat
distorted. Rather large, 77 millim. in length, 53 high, 43 in
diameter.

King Island Bay. Salang.

368. Tapes (HEMITAPES) sTRIATUS, Chemnitz, vi. figs. 365, 366 ;
Sow. Thes. Ven. figs. 207 & 213; Reeve, 1. c. xiv. Tapes, pl. ix.
fig. 45.

Elphinstone Island. Micobars, Singapore, Philippines, China
Sea.

369. Tapes (HEMITAPES) LATERISULCUS, Lam. Nat. Hist. Anim.
s. Vert. ed. 2, vi. p. 861; Sow. Thes. figs. 67-76.

Tapes marmoratus (Lam. ?), Reeve, J. c. xiv. pl. vi. fig. 26.

Venus intuspunctata, Anton Philippi, Abbild. pl. 5. fig. 7.

In younger specimens both the anterior and the posterior ex-
tremities of the shell are marked with deeply-cut lines; the middle
part, on the contrary, is nearly smooth; in larger shells, of a
length of about 133 centim. and upwards, the hinder extremity is
smooth and the deep lines are limited to the anterior end.

King Island and Elphinstone Island. Bombay, Ceylon, Mergui,
Salang, Philippines.

370. Tapes (HEMITaPEs) cEYLONENSIS, Sow. Thes. figs. 24, 25 ;
Reeve, Conch. Icon. xiv. pl. vii. fig. 30.

Smooth, shining, very convex.

King Island; Elphinstone Island. Hed Sea, Ceylon, Salang.

371. CYPRICARDIA VELIcATA, Reeve, 1. c. 1. pl. ui. fig. 7.
King Island, littoral ; Crow Islet, between Padaw and Hayes
Islands; Elphinstone Island Bay ; Sullivan Island. Philippines.

372. LitHOPHAGELLA CORALLIOPHAGA, Chemnitz, x. figs. 1673,
1674; Reeve, J. c. i. Cypricardia, pl. u. fig. 12.
King Island. Red Sea, Mauritius, Polynesia.

TELLINIDZ.

373. SEMELE (AMPHIDESMA) SINENSIS, Gray, Reeve, l.¢. viii.
Amphidesma, pl. v. fig. 28.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. ~ 215

King Island, mud-banks exposed at spring-tide; Laloon Bay,
Elphinstone Island. China.

374. SzemeLe (AMPHIDESMA) VESTALIS, Adams, Reeve, Conch.
Icon. viii. Amphidesma, pl. vi. fig. 38.
King Island. China Sea.

375. Mesopesma (Papura) GuaBratum, Lam. Encycl. Meth.
pl. 257. fig. 3; Reeve, l. ec. vill. pl. ii. fig. 20.

King Island and Owen Island, sand. Red Sea, Mauritius,
Mozambique, Seychelles, Salang, Singapore, Philippines, Aus-
tralia.

376. MrsopEsMA mQuiILaTERUM, HL. Roemer, Malakozoologische
Blatter, 1862, p. 186. (Pl. XVI. fig. 6a, b.) Testa transverse
oblonga, subzequilatera, concentrice striatula, periostraco fulvo
tecta, extremitate utraque rotundata, margine ventrali recto,
antico paulum magis ascendente, verticibus in 24+ longitudinis
sitis, sinu palliari usque in mediam fere testam elongato. Long.
38, alt. 203, crass. 12 millim.

King Island, beneath stones at highest water-mark; Elphin-
stone Island; Allen Island. Salang.

377. MesopEesMA (Davita) pranum, Hanley, Reeve, Tre fig. 16.
Elphinstone Island; Owen Island, sand. Philippines.

378. MesopEsMa (Davina) crassuLuM, Desh., Reeve, l.c. fig. 26.
Very near the preceding, of about the same triangular out-
line, but not so very flat, and marked with a pale reddish median
ray in white; whereas WZ. planwm is uniformly horn-coloured.
Elphinstone Island f.

379. Trtina PERPLEXA, Hanley, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1844, p. 149 ;
Roemer, Monogr. Tellina in Kiister’s Conch.-Cab. pl. 14. figs. 4-6.

T. ostracea (Lam.?), Hanley, Reeve, Conch. Icon. xvii. fig. 124,
is scarcely different, but comparatively a little shorter behind.
Also T. stamensis, Martens, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 20, is
nearly allied, but larger, with more horizontal dorsal margins.

King Island; Sullivan Island, 4 fathoms. Seychelles, Ceylon,
(Stam), Philippines, Moluccas.

380. Tentina (Ancopacia ?) casta, Hanley, Reeve, loc. cit.

xvii. pl. xlvi. fig. 269.

Allied to the European 7. balaustina, L., but purely white.
Sullivan Island, 7 fathoms. Singapore.

216 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

381. Terri~a(Macatta)BRUGUIEREL, Hanley,Sowerby, Thesaur.
fig. 193; Reeve, 1. c. xvii. pl. xxx. fig. 165; Roemer, pl. 50. figs. 6-9.
King Island. Singapore.

382. TELLiIna (ANGULUS) LANCEOLATA, Chemnitz, vi. fig. 103 ;
Sow. Thes. figs. 86, 87; Reeve, l. e. xvii. pl. iv. fig. 18.

Psammobia pellucida, Lam., Delessert, Recueil, pl. 5. fig. 10.

Kisseraing Island. Moluccas.

383. Tr~tina (TELLINIDES) EMaRGINATA, Sow. Thes. fig. 70;
Reeve, 1. c. pl. xx. fig. 99; Roemer, pl. 36. fig. 1.
Sullivan Island, 7-10 fathoms. Singapore.

Trennina (Macoma) Brrmantca. See above, p. 174, no. 67.

384. Psammosia BIpaRTITA, Philippi, Zeitschr. f. Malakoz.
1848, p. 166; Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. vi. fig. 92 (Tellina truncata,
Linné?).

Psammobia czrulescens, Reeve, J. c. x. pl. viii. fig. 60 (not P. cerulescens
of Lamarck, which is identical with P. tripartita, Desh., Reeve, /.¢. pl. ii.
fig. 20).

Sullivan Island, 4 fathoms. Ceylon, Moluccas, Philippines.

385. ASAPHIS DEFLORATA, L., Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. vi. fig. 83.

Capsa rugosa, Lam., Reeve, /.c. x. pl. 1. fig. 1.

A very large specimen from Elphinstone Island measures 5d
millim. in length, 42 millim. in height, and 29 millim. in diameter.

King Island; Elphinstone and Owen Islands. Red Sea,
Zanzibar, Mauritius, Seychelles, Salang, Singapore, Java, Timor,
Moluceas, Tahiti.

386. SoLETELLINA AcuMINATA, Desh., Reeve, l.c. x. pl. ii.
fig. 12.

Hinder part of the sheil long, produced.

King Island. Phalippines.

387. SoLETELLINA TUMENS, Desh., Reeve, 1. c. x. pl. iv. fig. 20.

Outlines oval, hinder part rounded.

King Island, sand; Elphinstone Island; Allen Island. Phd-
lippines.

Macrripz.

388. Mactra pEcoRA, Desh., Reeve, 1. c. vill. pl. xvi. fig. 80.
With purple-violet rays.
Sullivan Island f.

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 7

389. Macrra arrenvata, Desh., Reeve, l.c. viii. pl. xviii. fig. 97.
Very inequilateral ; outline like that of some species of Venus.
Elphinstone Island. Madras.

390. Mactra (Mactrinvuta) an@unirera, Desh., Reeve, l.c.
vi. pl. xvi. fig. 83.

Sullivan Island, 2-7 fathoms; Owen Island, sand. Phi-
lippines.

391. Lurrarta (MrRopr) nicoparioa, Gmelin. (Pl. XVI.
fig. 7 a, 6.)

Mactra rugosa Indiz orientalis, Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. vol. vi. p. 238,
pl. 24. fig. 237.

Mya nicobarica, Gmelin, Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. 13, p. 3221.

Mactra reticulata, Spengler, Skrivter af Naturhist. Selskab. Copenhagen,
vol. v. pt. 2, 1802, p. 119.

Lutraria Chemnitzii, Philippi, Zeitschrift fiir Malakozoologie, v. 1849,
p- 26.

Testa ovato-oblonga, tenui, stramineo-albida, costulis radianti-
bus numerosis, interstitia non «quantibus excavata, extremitate
utraque rotundata, antica altiore, costulis ohsolescentibus, postica
striis capillaribus obliquis sculpta; verticibus ad 2 longitudinis
sitis. Long. 27 millim., alt. 18, crass. 10.

Very near L. egyptiaca (Chemnitz ?), Hanley, Reeve, Conch.
Icon. viii. Mactra, fig. 112, and L. capillacea, Desh., Reeve, J. c.
Mactra, fig. 117; but distinctly less inequilateral. This species
attains a larger size than above indicated, a specimen in the Berlin
Museum, locality unknown, being 44 millim. long and 29 high.

King Island, mud-bank exposed at spring-tide. Micobars.

LurTragia ELONGATA, Gray. See before, p. 174, no. 68.

CoRBULIDZ.

392. CorBuLa TuNIcATA, Hinds, Voy. of the ‘Sulphur, Zool.
pl. 20. fig. 45; Reeve, l. c. ii. pl. i. fig. 5.

Hinder part produced into a narrow beak.

Sullivan Island, 7-10 fathoms. <Agulhas Bank, Macassar,
Philippines.

393. Corpuna crassa, Hinds, loc. cit. pl. 20. figs.1-3; Reeve,
Conch. Icon. ii. pl. i. fig. 8.

Very near the preceding, but the hinder extremity more
rounded.

Owen Island. Malacca, Philippines.

218 PROF. E. VON MARTENS ON THE SHELLS

SOLENIDZ.

394. Autus Winrertanus, Dunker, Zeitschr. f. Malakozool.
1852, p. 57, Novitates, pl. 39. figs. 8, 9; Reeve, J. c. xix. Cultellus,
pl. 5. fig. 106.

Leguminaria alba, Valenc. in Hombron & Jacquinot, Voy. au Péle Sud,
Moll. pl. 26. fig. 6. (This name may be older, but the date of the
publication of the plate is not ascertained ; the letterpress is later, 1854.)

Sullivan Island, 7-10 fathoms; and King Island. Java,
Borneo.

395. CULTELLUS SUBELLIPTICUS, Dunker, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1861,
p. 421; Reeve, 1. c. xix. pl. ii. fig. 9.
King Island. Salang, Malacca, Java, Singapore.

PHOLADID.

396. Puonas (Marresta) striata, L., Chemnitz, vii. figs. 867—
871; Sowerby, Thes. figs. 40-42; Reeve, 1. c. xviii. pl. viii. fig. 32.

King Island, on drift-timber. Singapore, China Sea, also in
the Atlantic.

397. Puouas (ParaPHonas) quaprizonata, Spengler, Skrivter
af Naturhist. Selskab. Copenhagen, vol. i. 1792, pl. 1. figs. 1-4;
Reeve, 1. c. xviii. pl. ix. fig. 38.

Sullivan Island, a single valve. Torres Strait.

TEREDO THORACITES. See above, p. 174, no. 69.

The Tenasserim coast having been explored for shells by the
naturalists Philippi and Gculd, no striking novelties in this
department could be expected. Nevertheless, the present col-
lection is one of considerable interest. The occurrence of several
species known hitherto only from the Philippines, from Java, or
from Ceylon, tends to prove that very few marine species are
confined to only one locality ; and that the large number of such
species in our systematic catalogues is due only to the want of
careful researches in other places. Some species, for which no
exact locality was hitherto known, are here for the first time found _
to be inhabitants of the Indian Ocean. Generally, most of the
gea-shells are widely distributed throughout the Indian Ocean,
many species extending from the east coast of Africa to the

OF MERGUI AND ITS ARCHIPELAGO. 219

Moluccas, and even to Polynesia, many of which were well known
to the early conchologists of the ante-Linnean period ; and of these
we find a large number also on the Tenasserim coast. Others
appear to be confined to that part of the Indian Ocean which
includes the Andamans, Nicobars, and the Tenasserim coast ;
some of them were known to the older Danish conchologists
(Chemnitz, Spengler; the Nicobars being a Danish possession at
the close of the last century), but are still rare in collections, e. ¢g.
Pholas quadrizonalis.

The statements concerning the occurrence at low-water, on
mud-flats, on mangrove-trunks, &c., yield many hints concerning
the relations of the shapes and colours of the shells to their
peculiar habitats, which will be very acceptable to most concho-
logists. It is also very remarkable that some species, unani-
mously considered as marine, e. g. Nerita lineata and Columbella
Duclosiana, have been found associated in brackish water with
others generally regarded as freshwater shells, e. g. Neritina
crepidularia ; and that some species of Meritina, such as WV. uala-
nensis, have been found alike in fresh and in brackish waters.
This proves that the distinction between freshwater and marine
species is in some families not so well defined as has been generally
surmised.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
Puatse XIV.

Figs. 1-6. Cyclophorus auwrantiacus. 1, 2, var. a, typicus; 3, 4, var. 6, per-
nobilis; 5, 6, subvar. 6 (paulo minor).

Puate XV.

Figs. 1-6. Cyclophorus aurantiacus. 1, 2, var. c, Nevilli; 3, 4, var. d, Reevet ;
5, 6, var. e, Andersont.

Figs. 7, 8. Cyclophorus expansus.

Fig. 9. Cyclophorus zebrinus, var. c, ambiguus.

Pratr XVI.

Fig. 1, a, 6, ce» Nassa Thersites, var. acypha.

Fig. 2. a—f. Inttorina rubropicta, n. sp.

Fig. 3, a-e. Isanda pulchella.

Fig. 4, a-d. Mytilus (Aulacoma) curvatus.

Fig. 5, a, 0, c. Mytilus (? Septifer) Andersoni, un. sp.
Fig. 6, a, 6. Mesodesma equilaterum.

Fig. 7, a, 6. Lutraria (Merope) nicobariea.

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI. 18

220 PROF. E. SELENKA ON THE GEPHYREANS

Onthe Gephyreans of the Mergui Archipelago, collected for the
Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John
Anderson, F.R.S., Superintendent of the Museum. By
Professor Emit Srnenxa, Erlangen. (Communicated by
Dr. Joun Anperson, F.R.S., F.L.S.)

[Read 21st April, 1887.]
Genus PrascoLosoma (sensu stricto),

Selenka, De Man, and Bulow.

Longitudinal musculature continuous. Numerous finger-shaped
tentacles, surrounding the mouth in rings or clusters. A pair of
ciliated tubercles over the cerebral ganglion. Intestinal canal
consisting of many spiral convolutions, not attached at the hmder
extremity. Hooklets present or absent. Two free nephridia.
Eggs round. Retractors four, two, or one.

In all seas.

1. PHascoLosoma PELLUCIDUM, Kef.

Phkascolosoma pellucidum, Keferstein, Beitrdge zur anatom. und systema-
tischen Kenntniss der Sipunculiden, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zoologie, Bd. xv.
1865, p. 433, Taf. xxx. figs. 26, 27.

Phascolosoma pellucidum, Selenka, De Man, and Biilow, Die Sipuncu-
liden, eine systematische Monographie, in Semper’s Reisen tm Archipel der
Philippinen, ii. 4ter Bd. Erste Abtheilung, 1883, pp. 32-34, Taf. iv. figs.
44-49,

Three large specimens, measuring 8-11 centim.

Genus PHymosomMa,

Selenka, De Man, and Bulow.

Longitudinal musculature separated into bands. Tentacles
numerous, not arranged round the mouth but placed beyond it on
the dorsal side ina single series forming three quarters of a circle.
Body covered with papilla. Hooklets generally present on the
introvert. Eggs elliptical, flattened. Four retractors. Two eye-
spots.

Mostly tropical forms.

2. PHymMosoMa JAPONICUM, Grube.

Phascolosoma japonicum, Grube, 54. Jahresb. der schlesischen Gesell-
schaft fiir vateridndische Cultur, Breslau 1877, p. 73.

Phymosoma japonicum, Selenka, De Man, and Bulow, Die Sipunculiden,
eine systematische Monographie, in Semper’s Reisen 1m Archipel der Philip-
pinen, ii. 4ter Bd. Erste Abth. 1883, pp. 76-78, Taf. ii. figs. 18-19, Taf. x.
fies. 145-146.

Seven specimens, from 44 to 74 centim. in length.

COLLECTED IN THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 221

Genus SIPUNCULUS.

Longitudinal musculature divided into 17 to 42 bands. Four
retractors. Body without papille. Tentacles finger-shaped, ora
lobed membrane surrounding the mouth. One or several ceca
on the rectum. Hooklets wanting. One or two contractile sacs
accompany the cesophagus.

Species large. In all seas.

3. SIPUNCULUS RoBUSTUS, Keferstein.

Sipunculus robustus, Keferstein, Beitrdge zur anatom. und system.
Kenntniss der Sipunculiden, Zeitschr.f. wiss. Zoologie, Bd. xv. 1865, p. 421.

Sipunculus robustus, Selenka, De Man, and Bulow, Die Sipunculiden, eine
systematische Monographie, in Semper’s Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen,
ii. 4ter Bd. Erste Abth. 1883, pp. 97-99, Taf. xii. fig. 170.

Two specimens, of 17 and 30 centim. in length, and nearly
13 centim. broad.

4, SIPUNCULUS PORRECTUS, sp. n.

Two yellowish-brown specimens of 28 and 82 centim. in length
and 13 centim. broad.

The internal organs were partially macerated.

On examining the exterior the most obvious peculiarities were
the distinct transverse rings, whereas the longitudinal furrows
are only faintly indicated. Sclerorhynchus about 1 centim.
broad and thick ; thickly set with papille as far as a narrow smooth
ring in front. Tentacles very numerous (about 120), about 3-4
millim. long and } millim. broad, flattened or fluted. These ten-
tacles are arranged in 2 half-circles on the right and left of the
border of the mouth, so that there is a small free space on the
dorsal and ventral median lines.

Body musculature strong. The number of longitudinal muscles
running from before to behind is 32; anastomoses rarely and
feebly occur.

Four retractors of the introvert are of the usual length;
the two ventral retractors a few millimetres shorter than
the dorsal. Each retractor rises from 3, 4, or 5 longitudinal
muscles. The retractors are free for their whole length, and
coalesce just before their insertion into the introvert. From
20-25 longitudinal muscles are found in the greater portion of
the anterior half of the body, and freely traverse its cavity. Their
thickness corresponds to that of the longitudinal muscles of the
body, or perhaps less; some are asslender as threads. These free
“ accessory muscles” apparently originate from the longitudinal

222 ON GEPHYREANS OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.

muscles of the body by subdivision, for each is inserted in front to
the same body-muscle as that from which it originates further back.
There is no regularity of arrangement in these accessory muscles ;
in some their hinder insertion extends back to the hinder third
of the body; in others, only just beyond the insertion of the
retractors of the introvert ; but the majority originate just before,
or beyond, the middle of the body. Their insertion is equally
variable, as 8 or 4. are inserted at the base of the retractors, and
perhaps a single one about the middle of the retractor, while
others extend to the body-wall from 5-8 centim. beyond the
sclerorhynchus ; but one or two extend as far forward as the
sclerorhynchus. In general the dorsal accessory muscles have a
greater length, and extend further back than the ventral muscles.
Sometimes two adjacent longitudinal muscles each throw off one
accessory muscle; then follow several undivided longitudinal
muscles in succession. The tendency to such subdivision of the
longitudinal body-muscies, however, exhibits itself at several other
points, as, for instance, when an accessory muscle rises from the
longitudinal muscle only to reunite with it one or a few centims.
further on.

Only a portion of the intestinal canal was in good preservation—
the cesophagus, the spiral at the end of the body, and the rectum.
Two contractile sacs were visible on the cesophagus, without
constrictions ; the intestinal coil was not fixed at the hinder end
of the body, but free, and consisted here of a double spiral, the
convolutions of which were fixed further forward by many delicate
fibres to the body-wall. The rectum was attached to the inner
body-wall by a mesentery for a length of 5 centim.; the anus is
placed unusually far forward, being only 5 millim. beyond the
sclerorhynchus. Where the rectum separates from the body-wall
and the intestinal coil passes into it, the slightly developed spindle-
muscle also arises.

I can give no positive information respecting the nephridia, as
they were macerated. In one of the two specimens I thought I
recognized two fragments of nephridia; their external openings
appeared to lie a little in front of the four retractors of the intro-
vert ; but I am not positive on this point.

Among the other Gephyrea sent to me for examination I found
a specimen of a Bonellia; but unfortunately so imperfect that I
was not in a position to determine the species.

ALCYONARIA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 223

Report on the Alcyoniid and Gorgoniid Aleyonaria of the
Mergui Archipelago, collected for the Trustees of the
Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S.
By Sruarr O. Rrvey, M.A., F.LS., late Assistant in the
Zoological Department, British Museum.

[Read 5th May, 1887.]

(Puates XVII. & XVIII.)

Tur collection of the above groups of Alcyonaria put into my
hands for description by Dr. Anderson did not at first sight
exhibit indications of any great importance. On the contrary,
the dry specimens, which formed the great bulk of the collec-
tion, seemed, as regards their specific characters, as well as their
condition of preservation, of a very ordinary character; and the
impression left on my mind was that of a small series of typical
and common Indian Ocean species, with possibly a few excep-
tions in the shape of new species. Among the spirit-specimens
I observed one form apparently of considerable interest. In
the latter case I was not altogether misled (see below, Lobophy-
tum madreporoides), it being a representative of a group which
has been distinguished generically from its allies since the time
when I last had a collection of Alcyonaria in my hands for
description. But in my judgment on the collection as a whole
I was entirely in the wrong; for not only is the number of
new species greater than I had estimated, and this to the
extent of nearly 50 per cent. beyond my original opinion, but the
quality of the new forms, if the term is admissible, is remarkably
high. Among the Gorgoniide one form occurs which may
perhaps ultimately prove an addition to the comparatively small
number of genera in that family so rich in species, besides two
other novelties (see Psammogorgia? plexauroides, infra). We
have a new addition to the small family Melitheide in the form
of a Mopsella, characterized by a fine spiculation and by external
beauty. Finally the Spongodes seem to be all new and of a type
hitherto but little known. Of the whole collection, more than 50
per cent. of the species are described here for the first time.
This large percentage of novelties is no doubt greatly due to the
comparatively slight amount of work which has been done among
the Alcyonaria of the Indian Ocean area, those of the Red Sea,
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI. 19

224 MR. S. O. REDLEY ON ALCYONARIA

the Mascarene and Seychelles Islands having alone, so far ay
my knowledge goes, been at all adequately described. Possibly
a species or two here set down as new may have been referred to
by one or other of the older writers, but, if so, my researches
have at any rate failed to detect them.

Looking at the Alcyonarian Fauna of the Burmese coast
generally, we see that it is in no way behind that of any other
part of the Indian Ocean, so far as known to us, and in some
ways it is decidedly superior to that of other districts. Thus
it produces a considerable contingent of the soft and fleshy
Alcyoniid section of the Order, Spongodes and Lobophytum being
well represented ; I myself described a novel type of an allied
genus, Wephthya, from this coast (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 5th ser.

vol. ix. p. 184); and thus all the members of this group known.

to us from this coast seem to be peculiar to it. In its richness
in species of the family, however, it only agrees with what we
know of the other northern parts of the Indian Ocean area, the
Red Sea, and Ceylon; hereby, however, differing somewhat, so
far as our information extends, from the more southern parts of
that ocean (Australia and the Cape) in the proportion of species
of this family to the total number of species collected. Thus
the Red Sea is rich in Aleyoniwm, Sarcophytum, and Lobo-
phytum (see Klunzinger, Korall. Roth. Meeres), and exhibits a
very fair muster of the more elegant Spongodes and Nephthya.
Ceylon, again, as shown by collections (as yet undescribed)
deposited in the British Museum by Dr. Ondaatje, and made by
himself and elucidated by drawings, is rich in Aleyoniuwm, Sar-
cophytum, or allied forms. Spongodes, on the other hand, seems
scarce. Gorgoniids, well represented here and in Ceylon, are
comparatively scarce in the Red Sea, even typical Indian Ocean
forms being absent there but present here. The Burmese fauna,
then, may be shortly characterized as distinctly of Indian Ocean
facies, but with a large proportion of species peculiar to it, so
far as is known at present *.

* T should perhaps except Kurrachee from those northern districts of the
Indian Ocean with a good Alcyonarian fauna. Among the numerous Celen-
terata received at the British Museum from that locality through the energetic
Curator of the Kurrachee Museum, Mr. A. Murray, but as yet, from laek of
time and opportunity, unworked out, there are, so far as my memory serves me,
hardly any Alcyonaria of these groups. There are, however, some Gorgoniids
among them.

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 225

Dr. Anderson tells me that these Aleyonaria grow just below
low-water mark, appearing at the surface at low tide. With
regard to the condition of the collection, most of the species are
represented by specimens in spirit, but the condition of some of
the dry specimens was decidedly unfavourable for study.

List of Species.
Family ALcyonrip#.

. Lobophytum madreporoides, n. sp.
. Spongodes aurora, n. sp.
boletiformis, n. sp.

—— nigrotincta, n. sp.

hoo ho

Family Gorgonip#.

5. Plexaura indica, n. sp.

6. Psammogorgia ? plexauroides, n. sp.

7. Gorgonia oppositipinna, n. sp.

8. Gorgonella umbella, Esper.

9. Juncella gemmacea, Milne-Edwards § Haime, var.
fragilis, Ridley ?, var.

11. Ctenocella pectinata, Pallas.

12. Suberogorgia suberosa, Pallas.

Family Meir x1p 2.

13. Mopsella planiloca, n. sp.

Family ALCYONIID.

Lozoprytum, Von Marenzeller.

Guided by Von Marenzeller’s recent important paper on this
and allied forms (Zool. Jahrbiicher, i. p. 341, pl. ix.), I distinguish
the following species as new to science.

LoBOPHYTUM MADREPOROIDES; n. sp. (Plate XVII. figs. 7-11.)

Corallum stipitate, with distinct pileus; height of stalk in
young specimens about the same as its diameter immediately
under the pileus, irregularly shaped (angular), marked with
numerous shallow longitudinal grooves. Pileus extending be-
yond stalk to the extent of more than half the diameter of the
latter, incised at margin almost to stalk; margin much contorted ;
the centre occupied by erect digitate or palmate lobes. Upper
surface of pileus of shagreen-like appearance to the naked eye,

19*

226 MR. 8S. O. RIDLEY ON ALCYONARIA

besprinkled with the autozooids at intervals of about ‘5 to 3 mil-
lim. on the edges, of about 2 to 7 millim. (usually about 4 millm.)
on the faces of the lobes and folds of the pileus. Siphonozooids
depressed, about two in number to a millimetre; the autozooids
on margins of folds of pileus, and on parts of their faces, having
their margins flush with the surface ; those on the upright lobes
and to some extent on the faces of the folds (and more so in older
than younger colonies) prominent, rising gradually, like truncate
hillocks, up to about 1°5 millim. high, a bare 1 millim. in width
at opening. Texture in spirit stiff but very brittle.

Colour in spirit cream-colour, or dirty white, or with a very
slight reddish or brownish tint.

Spicules (measurements including tubercles) :—

A. Zooid-bearing portion.—I. In walls of siphonozooid tubes,
fusiform; those near outside of colony more cylindrical. (1)
Broader; both ends tapering to sharp points or blunted ; tubercles
in 6-8 distinct whorls, size about 25 to °29 by -088 to ‘09 millim. ;
tubercles generally low, broad, flattened, with numerous but slight
secondary tubercles. (2) Similar to (1), but rather slenderer,
and with only a few median tubercular whorls well pronounced,
the tubercles narrower, more punctiform, size about ‘29 to °35 by
‘05 millim.—II. (8) On surface of corallum, subclavate, similar
to (2), but with one end blunted, the other fairly sharp; beset
with small simple tubercles, and with about four rather irregular
whorls of medium-sized, not very broad or rough tubercles, size
about ‘21-25 by -053 millim.

B. Stem (special spicules).—1. Deep :—Subcylindrical, 7. e.
tapering to more or less rudely blunted, much tubercled ends,
often showing a more or less distinct subterminal whorl of
tubercles ; shaft with broad bare, median space, and two very
pronounced whorls of broad flattened tubercles covered by
minute secondary ones, with distinct spaces between these whorls
themselres and between the whorls and the ends; size about
21 to -25 by (09 to 1 millim. Also large whorled fusiform
spicules (? belonging to siphonozooid tubes). 2. Superficial :—
Chessman-like, z. e. clavate, with blunt outer end, covered with
rather prominent simple, or almost simple, rounded or nearly
pointed tubercles ; the shaft rather slender, bearing two median,
very definite wheel-like whorls of rather prominent roughened
or filigreed tubercles, with a distinct intermediate bare space ;
the inner end more or less pointed, with tubercles resembling those

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 2277.

of the outer end scattered up and down it without regular order.
Set vertically to the surface, about one layer deep; size up to
about ‘14 by ‘052 to ‘06 millim. Spicules all colourless and
transparent.

Hab. Sullivan Island, sublittoral.

Two specimens of this species came under my notice for
description. The largest, when perfect, must have been about
3 inches in height and greatest diameter respectively, stem just
below pileus about 2 by ¢ inch in diameter and 12 in height, erect
lobes up to about 1 inch high, marginal folds about 3 to 6 mm.
thick. A younger and less perfect specimen differs in the in-
ferior prominence of the autozooids and in the dirty white
colour. A slight colour ring indicated on the lower part of the
stem in both specimens is perhaps due to staining by immersion
of this partin mud. The species, from its prominent autozooids,
has a considerable resemblance to a low-calicled Madrepora. I
see no hint of such a character in either of the two described
forms obviously not distantly related to it—L. (Sarcophytum,
Klunzinger) pauciflorum, Ehrb. (Red Sea), and its var. valzdum,
Von Marenzeller (Andaman Islands, Tonga Islands). It differs
from the typical form of this species, but agrees with the variety,
in its projecting superior lobes and in the general form of the
colony. From var. valida it differs in the greater definiteness
of the form of the spicules, 7. e. in the arrangement of their
tubercles in whorls; the deep-lying spicule of the stem is par-
ticularly characteristic, with its wide median space, well-defined
ends, and heavy compact tubercular whorls; the proportions,
generally speaking, of the spicules closely resemble those of var.
valida.

SponeovEs, Milne-Edwards § Haime.

Distinct as species of Spongodes commonly look at first sight,
it is not so easy to feel positive about specific distinctions.
Colour, however, appears to furnish fairly constant characters.
Of spicular characters, those of the characteristic “ projecting ”’
spicules (as I have below designated those peculiar to the genus),
and of the spicules of the stem, seem to give the best promise,
especially the condition of the outer end of the former and the
shape and the tubercles of the latter. Dr. Gray’s character of
the arrangement of the zooids on the lobules separates the genus
very conveniently into groups. With regard to distribution,

928 MR. 8S. O. RIDLEY ON ALCYONARIA

we have not many data. The genus does not appear to have been
recorded from the Atlantic and its outlying waters; it seems to
be exclusively, or almost exclusively, tropical.

All the species here to be described belong practically to that
cymosely-pinnate section of the genus in which the zooids are
closely aggregated near the ends of the branches, the first of the
groups or subgenera (distinguished as Spoggodes) into which Dr.
Gray, in his useful paper in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1862, p. 27, divided
those species which were in the National Collection at the time at
which he wrote. The two species placed by him in that group are
S. florida (Esper), and S. spinosa, described for the first time. Of
these two species the latter is the most closely related to the
three species to be described below, from the cymose arrangement
of the terminal lobules. It is, however, readily distinguished
from all of them by the very large terminal spicules and their
grouping into very evident spine-like processes. A specimen in
the Museum identified (but probably wrongly) by Dr. Gray him-
self with his species, wants these processes, and has the terminal
lobules much more closely aggregated than in the type of the
species. It is probably closely related to one of the species
here described.

S. Studeri, mihi (Report Zool. Coll. H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’ p. 333),
belongs to the same circle of species, uniting the smaller spicules
of our species with that more scattered condition of the terminal
lobules which characterizes S. spinosa. Of other authors’ species,
S. capitata, Verrill, evidently belongs to the same group. It is,
however, very difficult to identify species with authors’ deserip-
tions, as they mostly show a great want of minute detail.

Judging by the condition of their rooting-filaments, the Mergui
species prefer a sandy or gravelly bottom. The specimens in this
collection are commonly inhabited by Crustaceans, apparently
shrimps of one or more species, which are found wedged in
between the branches of the head.

SpoNGODES AURORA *, n.sp. (Plate XVII. figs. 20-24.)

Capitate, with very short stalk; rather compressed from
back to front. Stem expanding immediately below head into
a large fleshy mass, which gives off towards the surface short
broad-surfaced lobes which rapidly divide and subdivide, forming
outwardly-flattened (sometimes slightly convex) lobules of angular

* “ Rosy fingered morn,” from the delicate rosy tint which characterizes it.

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 229

outline as seen from outside, and of very various size, up to half
an inch in diameter, which may either form a continuous surface
to the head, or may be set at wide intervals (especially in young
specimens). Zooids crowded at about the same level on surface
of lobules; diameter in closed state °35 to 65 millim. “ Projecting
spicules ” just visible, viz. rising about ‘6 millim. beyond level of
exterior zooids, but scarcely beyond general surface of the head ;
single, any accompanying ones not rising above general surface
of the lobule. Fleshy axis under lobules smooth; stem longi-
tudinally wrinkled (? from action of the spirit). Colour of
stalk and axis of head in spirit usually white, of surface of head
rosy pink, the zooids being white and their supporting spicules
crimson.

Spicules (the measurements include tubercles) :—(1) “ Pro-
jecting spicule” of external zooids of lobule fusiform, slightly
flexuous, normally sharply pointed exteriorly, but often blunted,
more or less blunted at inner extremity, thickly covered with
low sharp or almost sharp tubercles, erect or almost erect,
size about 14 to 1:8 by ‘12 millim. Median portion deep
crimson, inner end usually colourless, tip of outer end often very
pale. la. Shorter spicule of exterior zooids accompanying the
projecting spicules ; similar, but generally rather blunted at both
ends, tubercles fewer than in (1), and those at inner end abundant,
prominent, and directed towards that end ; very variable in size ;
colour much as (1); about five or six to each projecting spicule.
(2) Cortical spicules of axis below zooids, except in colour much
as la, which apparently represent the uppermost members of
the cortical spicules; flexuous, rather blunted fusiform, with
slender, smooth, blunted tubercles, not crowded in middle, but
crowded and prominent at both ends of spicules; size about
2-1 to 2°5 by ‘1 to ‘14 and (occasionally) *21 miJlim; colourless
(occasionally with faint pink tinge near end of lobule); mainly
longitudinally directed on lobule or the chief and subjacent divi-
sions of axis. (3) Spzcules of stem. Arenaceous-looking in the
mass, sufficiently far apart to show theirform. Typically globular
stellate to slightly elongated, limaciform (slug-like), thickly
covered with prominent conical, almost sharp tubercles; shorter
diameter about ‘12 millim.; colourless.

Hab. King Island Bay.

Ten specimens in spirit, of various ages, ranging from about
1; inch in height upwards. The rootlets are narrow and very

230 MR. S. O. RIDLEY ON ALCYONARIA

numerous. Judging by mountings made from a representative
of each of the two apparent varieties in external form, viz. (a) that
with closely aggregated lobules, and (6) that with wide spaces
visible on the surface, there are small corresponding differences in
the spiculation, e. g. the cortical spicules (no. 2) in (6) are rather
shorter and stouter than in (a).

S. spinosa, Gray, is the nearest described species, judging
by the external characters, with which I am acquainted ;
but the probable type (pink var.) is brown with white pro-
jecting spicules. The latter are very much larger than in
our form, constituting conspicuous objects to the naked eye;
whereas, were it not for their strong coloration, they would
scarcely be noticed in S. awrora. In 8. Studeri, mihi, the zooids
are decidedly scattered, and do not conceal the cortex, as
here. Its coloration and short stalk readily distinguish 1t from
the other two forms described below. The difference between
those specimens (var. a, above) in which the lobules form a close,
continuous covering to the head and those (var. 6) in which they
are separated by wide gaps, in which the bulky white axis is
well seen (producing a resemblance to S. florida), is instructive,
but leaves the arrangement of the zooids on the lobule unaffected
as a specific character; it appears, though commonly obtaining
in young specimens, to be independent of age, as two or three
large specimens exhibit it.

SPONGODES BOLETIFORMIS, sp. n. (Plate XVII. figs. 17-19.)

Erect, distinctly capitate. Stem long (that of the single ex-
ample about 2 diameters high). Head distinct, sublobate, much
compressed, of rounded even outlines. From the stem arise
rapidly short broad fungiform lobes which break up, without
much intermediate division, into the very variously shaped, ex-
teriorly flattened, and closely appressed terminal lobules, which
cover evenly the entire surface in a tessellated manner ; diameter
of lobules at surface about 2-3 millim.

Zooids arising by short distinct stalks (apparently about -18-
3 millim. long) from the lobule; crowded at surface, almost
all attaining the same level, about ‘7 millim. in horizontal
diameter in closed state. Lobule surrounded by the “ projecting
spicules” of the peripheral zooids, which accompany the latter to
the number of 1 to3 each; they rise but slightly (about °3 millim.)
above the surface of the lobule.

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 231

Colour in spirit: surface, head pale orange to yellowish white ;
stem pink, upper part opaque white ; axis of head (below lobules)
whitish, subtransparent.

Spicules (the measurements including tubercles):—(1) Pro-
Jjecting spicule of external zooids : long, slender, fusiform, slightly
flexuous, tapering to fairly sharp points; tubercles of median
portion small, rounded, rather crowded, erect; those of interior
end similar, but outwardly directed (towards apex of spicules), up
to about ‘02 millim. long; exterior end of spicule bare, or with
slight indications of tubercles, and with a scraped (? substriated)
appearance ; largest about 2°5 by -14 to -16 millim. (smaller pro-
jecting spicules measure about 15 by -1 millim.). (2) Large
spicules of cortex of axis below lobules as (1), but larger and with
both ends armed with tubercles projecting towards their own end
of the spicule ; size about 3:0 by ‘14 millim. ; chiefly longitudinally
arranged on the axis and its divisions. (3) Spicules of stem:
arenaceous-looking in the mass (up to about ‘1 millim. in the
shorter diameter), too crowded to show their forms well, but
apparently short thick forms, with abundant smooth rounded
tubercles. Colours of spicules the same as those of the parts of
the colony at which they are found.

Hab. King Island Bay.

The single specimen is preserved in spirit ; it bears three lobes,
more or less distinct, one median and superior, two lateral and
inferior. Total height 32 inches. The head measures about
22 inches in greatest (lateral) diameter, 2 inches in vertical
diameter, mean thickness about $ inch; stem about 2 inches high
(by 1 inch in lateral, and $ inch in antero-posterior diameter),
but proportions perhaps affected by distortion (shown by its very
wrinkled condition). A number of thin ribbon-like flat roots,
1:5-3'0 millim. wide, proceed from the lower surface of the
stem, and have much shelly sand attached.

This species resembles, in outward form, the species described
by Dr. Gray as Morchellana, which seems, however, to be only
a damaged Spongodes; but in that species the zooids are scattered
and not closely grouped.

SPONGODES NIGROTINCTA, D. sp. (Plate XVII. figs. 138-16.)

Erect, distinctly capitate. Stem long (its length in the single
example about 3 times the maximum diameter), rather compressed
from front to back (the lateral diameter being twice the antero-

232 MR. 8S. O. RIDLEY ON ALCYONARIA

posterior), strongly wrinkled longitudinally in spirit, except just
below head, where it is wrinkled horizontally, as also are most of
the divisions of the axis. Head of rounded, even outlines, slightly
antero-posteriorly compressed, incipiently lobate. Stem giving
rise above to a small number of short broad lobes, which break
up almost directly and with very few intermediate divisions into
the exteriorly more or less convex terminal lobules, which are
almost in contact laterally, and give a racemose appearance to ~
the head; lobules at surface about 2-8 millim. in diameter.
Zooids crowded at one level all over the rounded end of the lobule,
about ‘6 millim. across when closed. “ Projecting spicules”
sometimes just visible above lateral border of lobule, but not
rising to general level of the head ; the cortical spicules of the
axis are chiefly horizontally arranged in the larger divisions of
the axis, tending to become longitudinal towards the zooids.

Colour in spirit dirty white, with the exception of the upper
part of stem, which is opaque white, and of the zooids, which
appear normally to be black, but to be commonly bleached by
spirit.

Spicules (measurements including tubercles) :—(1) Prajecting
spicule of external zooids, fusiform, slightly flexous, with sharp
inner extremity, thickly covered throughout with rather promi-
nent but slender, bluntly pointed, smooth tubercles; those of
inner end backwardly directed (towards apex of spicule) ; size
about 1:0 by 09 millim.; colourless. (2) Spicules of cortex of
axis below lobules fusiform, rather flexuous, fairly sharp at both
ends, closely covered by slender, prominent, but blunted and
often roughened tubercles, those of ends relatively larger and
commonly more or less directed towards their respective ends;
size of largest about 2,1 by 14 millim. (8) Scantily scattered
in the cortex, very stout and blunted forms, similar to (2), but
measuring about 2°6 by -18 millim.; colourless. (4) Spicules
of lower part of stem fantastically and variously branched
forms, apparently modifications of a cylindrical or fusiform type ;
short diameter of axis commonly about -07 millim. ; with broad
black axial band or almost entirely black.

Hab. King Island Bay.

Total height of single specimen (in spirit) 3 inches, lateral
diameter of head and diameter from stalk to top, both about 3
inches; head, back to front about 2 inches. The stem ends
below in thin ribbon-like rootlets about 1-2 millim. wide. The

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 233

colour of the zooids appears to reside wholly in the soft parts
(the tentacles P), which appear dark brown to black under the
microscope.

This form appears markedly distinct from all species of which
satisfactory information can be obtained; but in its colour
S. capitata of Verrill possibly resembles it; this is described
(Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l. Harvard, i. p. 40) as yellowish grey, and
the spicules as white, not very conspicuous, the large ones not
very numerous. From its neighbours, 8. aurora and boletiformis,
it is well separated by its colour, by the transverse wrinkling
of the axis and upper part of the stem, and (connected with
this last point) the horizontal position of some large spicules
in the cortex of the axis; the much branched condition of the
proper spicules of the stem is another point distinguishing it
from these two species.

Family GorGoNIIDS.

PLEXAURA INDICA, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. figs. 1-5.)

*Ramose, flabellate, with decided tendency to unilateral pin-
nation; after the first one or two divisions the branches assume a
suberect position + ; origins of lower branches about ? to 1 inch
apart, those of upper ones very distant; terminal pinne very
long (may attain a length of 6 inches), bluntly rounded or slightly
clavate. Lower branches subcylindrical or flattened, flattening
especially marked just below origin of branches ; terminal pinne
cylindrical, commonly somewhat clavate. Base spreading widely.
Cortex in dry state about ‘3 to ‘5 millim. thick near base, about
°6 millim. thick near periphery of colony; colour strong scarlet.
Verruce small, depressed below the general level of the cortex,
oval in outline, with the long diameter parallel to that of the
branches, and about ‘5 millim. in this dimension ; thickly distri-
buted over every part of the branches, viz. about ‘5 to 1:0 millim.
apart.

Axis of stem subcylindrical, with distinct though irregular (in
the single dry specimen) longitudinal grooves, black; that of .

* Description taken, except where otherwise stated, from the large dry
specimen.

t In both the specimens, one or more of the lower branches are given off
almost horizontally, and their pinnz originate almost at right angles from their
upper sides.

234 MR. S. O. RIDLEY ON ALCYONARIA

the base strongly ridged in a radiating manner, dull brown ; that
of main branches near their origins cylindrical or subcylindrieal ;
of rest elk-horn-like, viz. strongly flattened *, and near points
of division much expanded and hollowed out in the middle, and
reduced to a thin sheet, hard, subelastic; the ends of terminal
branches very flexible, commonly shading off from black to yellow-
ochre, with very large central cavity, occupying about # of the
thickness of the twig in the dry state, about 2 the thickness in
spirit. Shape, in spirit, cylindrical; in dry state flat.

Spicules (measurements excluding tubercles):—I. Cortical.
(1) Foliate (“ Blattkeule,” Kolliker), very variable in form, blade
very thick, either single, subcircular, margin slightly undulating
to strongly toothed, and either smooth or with one or more strong
ridges or elongate tubercles on the face, or with several tooth-
like processes in the place ofthe blade; handle of two to four or
more prongs or more or less amorphous, with good-sized tubercles.
Adult spicule about ‘23 to ‘27 long by ‘16 to ‘18 millim. broad ;
those with toothed blade about -21 by +12 millim. Colour
ochreous yellow. (2) Fusiform, commonly sharply bent at middle,
tapering from centre to fairly sharp points, strongly tuberculate ;
median tubercles up to ‘03 millim. long, rounded, the rest shorter,
tending to become pointed; size about ‘21 by -035 millim. ;
‘colour pink.

Also (?) radiate forms of similar character ; also some perhaps
subcortical, small, very variable in shape, bacillar to scale-like
or subglobular (?), thickly covered with large tubercles ; size about
‘1 to 18 by :028 to °035 millim. ; colour pale brown.

II. Spicuies of Verruee—(1) Triradiate &c., two of the
arms supporting the body-walls of the zooid, about ‘25 millim.
across, greatest thickness about °035 to ‘048 millim. (2) Stout
linear forms, shaft subcylindrical, tending to fork at one end,
pointed at the other, arranged radiately around (?) verruce ;
tubercles rather blunt and minutely roughened ; size up to about
35 by -062 millim.; colour pale pink. (These are the leading
types; the range of variation is, however, very great.)

Hab. King Island Bay.

Distribution. Ceylon ? (fide drawing in coll. Dr. Ondaatje).

This is a fine showy species. It is represented in the series
before me by two specimens. Of these one is dry ; it measures

* In spirit-specimen nearly cylindrical, being filled with a soft material.
Cf. Kolliker, Icon. Histiol.

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 235

about 12 inches in height, by about the same in its probable
original lateral extent; it has about 80 or 90 terminal branches ;
the stem is about 13 inches high, and it gives off its next
branches in rapid succession. The second specimen is in spirit, and
from its size and slightly branched condition is pretty obviously
young ; it is 44 inches high by about 23 in greatest width, the
stem is 13 inches long; it gives off four branches alternately, and
ends in the middle of its brauches in a cluster of Cirrhipede galls ;
the most branched of the axes to which it gives rise sends off
one horizontal shoot, from which arise at almost right angies three
secondary twigs, so that this rectangular mode of branching is
probably specific; the stem and branches are approximately
cylindrical, the places of bifurcation being slightly flattened ;
the tips of the pinne are slightly clavate ; colour in spirit dark
vermilion.

This species is mainly characterized by its colour.

Lamouroux, the first to distinguish the genus, says, in 1816
(‘ Hist. Polypiers Coralligénes flexibles,’ p. 428), that the Plex-
auras show none of the light tints of the Gorgonias, so he could
not have known of this form. No similar species seems to have
been since described.

There is some superficial resemblance between Pleraura indica
and Echinomuricea indomalaccensis, Ridley (Rep. Zool. Coll.
H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’ p. 336, see pl. xxxvi. figs. B, B’), and Echino-
gorgia pseudosappo, Kolliker (Icon. Histiol. p. 136), also from the
East Indies ; EH. sasappo, Esper, is another scarlet species from
the East Indies. We very possibly have here some mimicry ;
the Echinomuricea, being well protected by its projecting
verruca-spicules, may perhaps be imitated by its smoother
companion.

Judging from some well-executed drawings of spicules in the
collection of Dr. Ondaatje, and lent by him to the Museum, this
species appears to occur on the Ceylon coast.

PsaMMOGORGIA ? PLEXAUROIDES,n.sp. (Plate XVII. figs. 1-6.)

Corallum erect, ramose, typically flabelliform, of straggling
growth. Stem (in the single example) short, apparently typically
alternately pinnate, varied by unilateral pinnation in crowded
parts; branches given off at intervals of about + to 1 inch, at
about right angles, the angle tending to become acute towards
periphery of corallum ; terminal pinne commonly about 6 inches

236 MR. S. O. RIDLEY ON ALCYONARIA

long, slightly clavate at ends. Anastomosis exceptional. Base
spreading (about ? inch across in the single specimen). Stem
and branches cylindrical. Stem about 4 millim. thick, terminal -
pinne about 1°75 to 2:25 millim. thick below their terminal
enlargement. Cortex firm, pale umber-brown, sprinkled with
the black verruce ; minutely granular, of thickness of tissue-paper
on stem, about *5 millim. thick on terminal pinne. Verruce
strongly elongate in the direction of the axis of the branch,
opening flush with the surface on the terminal pinne, on main
branches often forming slightly elevated rings, about 1 diameter
apart in the terminal pinne, increasingly scattered towards the
stem (about 2-4 diameters apart); long diameter about ‘5 to ‘75
millim.; equally distriouted all round the axes.

Horny axis very dark brown, hard and wiry, imperfectly
flexible ; near the ends of the pinnex provided with wide central
cavity.

Spicules (the measurements here include the tubercles).—
Exact distribution in corallum not certainly made out*; the
following chief types oceur:—(1) Short, thick, cylindrical, with
rounded ends, densely covered with rather small, low, blunt, broad
tubercles, much roughened minutely ; size about ‘14 to ‘18 by ‘07
tol millim. (2) Cylindrical, with two more or less distinctly
marked whorls of tubercles, each whorl made up of about 5
tubercles ; it terminates in one or two tubercles, or an expansion
resembling a large tubercle, at each end; shaft cylindrical, about
026 millim. thick, with slight median bare space; tubereles
about :026 millim. high and broad, fungiform, proliferating imto
a number of secondary rounded tubercles, giving a beautifully
filigreed appearance to the spicule; total size of spicule about
‘12 by 007 millim. (8) Cylindrical, with two whorls of rough-
hewn, broad, simple, and angular or knobbed tubercles, more or
less definitely arranged in two whorls of about 4 each, and
terminal ones; no distinct median bare space, and often no distinct
terminal tubercles, or these, if present, low and crowded up
against those of the whorls; proportions of spicule and its parts
about same as those of (2). (4) Cylindrical, almost truncate at
the ends, hence with suboblong or irregular, slightly constricted
outline, either bare, with an irregular roughly-hewn look, or beset

* The coloration of the imterstitial soft matter, combined with the absence’

of colour in the spicules, rendered it impossible in the time at my disposal to
ascertain this point as usual from rough sections and teased specimens:

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 237

with low angular facets, about ‘026 millim. in greatest width,
rather than tubercles; the spicule in any case looks as if it had
been shaped with a blunt knife; there is no indication of whorls
except the median constriction; size about ‘12 by ‘052 to ‘07
millim. ; abundant.

Quadruple forms of stellate appearance, with surface present-
ing the character, now of (3), now of (4), and measuring about
‘09 to *12 millim. across, are common. All the spicules are
colourless and transparent.

Hab. King Island Bay.

I have given the specific name on account of the great super-
ficial resemblance to a Plexaura which is exhibited. This fine
and interesting species is represented by a single dry specimen
rooted to a rock; when spread out in life it may have stood about
12 inches high by 16 in greatest width. The agreement in pro-
portions between the different kinds of spicules, though not a
novel phenomenon in the Aleyonaria, is yet remarkable from its
closeness, and perhaps indicates a common origin of, at any rate,
spicules Nos. 2 and 3; perhaps the strange form No. 4 may
be regarded as of independent origin. Nos. 1 and 2 differ
markedly both from the latter and from each other (1) by the
size, (2) by the character of their tubercles. No. 2 resembles
in character the fusiform spicules of Leptogorgia; No. 1, some
(?) in Muricea umbraticodes, Studer ; No. 4 is peculiar, so far as
I am aware, to this species, it being only distantly approached by
the fusiform spicules of Suberogorgia (Sclerogorgia) verriculata,
as figured by Kolliker (Icon. Histiol.). The angular character of
the tubercles is found also in the (however, much more constant
and regularly formed) spicules of Isis and Corallium. It should
be noted, as bearing upon the question of affinity, that all the
spicules are symmetrically equal-ended and symmetrically tuber-
culate, which points rather to Leptogorgian than Plexaurid or
Primnoid affinities, if such should be suggested for it. It is not
unlikely that the species ought to form the type of a new genus,
but I am not sufficiently confident of being able rightly to lay
down the characters of the genera in this section of the Alcyonaria,
and, in my ignoranee of the distribution in the corallum of the
different forms of spicules, 1 have thought it best to place
it with Psammogorgia (Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad. i. p. 414)
for the present, as it has many points of resemblance to that
genus, as defined by its author (Joc. cit.), although no “ clubs”

238 MR. S. O. RIDLEY ON ALCYONARIA

are present here, and spicule No. 4 is not represented in Psam-
mogorgia. On the other hand, it resembles Leptogorgia in the
form and tubercles of the elegant spicule No. 2.

Gorgonta*, sens. strict.

(Gorgonia, sens. mod., Verrill, Amer. Journ. Science, (2) xlvin.
p- 424.)

The “ Klammer” type of spicule (“bracket- or crescent-shaped,”
Verrill, 7. ¢.; “scaphoid,” Kent, Monthly Microsc. Journ. iii.
1870, p. 90), by which this section of Gorgonaceans is charac-
terized by Kolliker and Verrill, is developed in various degrees
of definiteness, and besides being pretty obviously only a
modification of the regular fusiform type prevailing in this and
the allied genera, differs but slightly from it in some species, as
in the one now to be described ; hence the difference between
Gorgonia and Leptogorgia (Verrill) becomes but a slight one.
Still the genera should perhaps be maintained distinct, if only to
preserve order among the numerous species composing the
group. Gorgonia, however, unites types characterized by very
diverse external forms (e. g. Hymenogorgia, Xiphigorgia, Ptero-
gorgia, Rhipidigorgia); but there is at any rate one probably
natural group among them, viz. the pinnately branched form
(Pterogorgia).

GORGONIA OPPOSITIPINNA, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. figs. 7-11.)

Corallum erect, ramose, typically flabelliform. Base very
narrow. Stem (in single specimen) very short. Mode of
branching after the first division almost wholly oppositely
pinnate, tending to become alternately pinnate towards the
periphery ; pinne in lower part of colony about 4 inch apart,
towards periphery up to about 2 inches; terminal pinnz up to
3 inches in length. Pinne given off at angles of about 65° in

* Note.—I take this opportunity of correcting an error into which I fell
in the description of the Alcyonaria brought home by H.MLS. ‘ Alert’ (Report
Zool. Coll. H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’ London, 1884). Leptogorgia australiensis, mihi (loc.
cit. p. 342, pl. xxxvi. figs. c, c’, ¢,¢'), should stand as Gorgonia australiensis, for
the following reason. It occurred to me, on considering the pinnate arrange-
ment of the branches, to re-examine the spicules to see whether I had possibly
overlooked, from its resemblance to the fusiform, the occurrence of a scaphoid |
spicule here; I found it to be so. The scaphoids of G. australiensis are closely
similar to those here figured for G. oppositipinna, indeed the long ones are
practically identical with those of that species.

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 239

lower part, to about 50° near outside of colony. Stem and
branches very slender; the stem and the branches immediately
succeeding subcylindrical, the rest gradually clavate, strongly
flattened, of undulating outline owing to the slight uniserial mar-
ginal projections which carry the verruce ; terminal pinne sharply
pointed ; greatest diameter ranging from 1:5 millim. in the stem
and chief branches to about 1 millim. in the terminal pinne.
Cortex firm, harsh to touch, minutely rough, dull crimson in
spirit, of about tissue-paper thickness in stem and base, but
rapidly acquiring a thickness (on the margins of the branches) of
about ‘8 to ‘5 millim. Verruce apparently very minute, uni-
serially arranged along margins of branches, flush with surface,
Axis very tough and wiry, flexible, near base almost black, but
throughout most of the colony brown to amber-yellow.

Spicules (measurements including tubercles) : — Fusiform,
of two sizes, tapering gracefully from the centre to fairly
sharp points, and with the ends commonly gently bent to oppo-
site sides, and, as usual with the “ bracket” spicule, moderately
curved from front to back, with two very distinct median whorls
of tubercles, and generally one whor! besides at each end beyond
these, indicated by aggregation of low tubercles, the termi-
nations of the spicule being clothed with similar tubercles
not distinetly grouped. The median tubercles exfoliating elabo-
rately into bushes of secondary tubercles, which are, however,
absent at the “back” of the spicule; the remaining tubercles
low, broken up into bead-like secondary tubercles. Spicules
respectively about "18 by ‘052 to -06 and ‘14 by ‘048 to -052
millim. Colour bright crimson-scarlet.

Hab. King Island Bay, sublittoral.

Represented by a single spirit-specimen about 7 inches high
by about 6 inches in greatest lateral extent. Owing to luxu-
riant branching at short intervals, it appears to consist of several
parallel fronds; but these are really only the several branches
with their offshoots, lymg in front of one another, probably
from want of lateral space and owing to the angles at which
they are given off.

There are several known species closely allied to this form,
especially the species above referred to (footnote, p. 238). Gor-
gonia (Leptogorgia) australiensis, Ridley, from Torres Straits,
is chiefly distinguished from this species by its stout stem and
its more acute angle of branching—the pinne are, however,

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI. 20

240 MR. 8S. O. RIDLEY ON ALCYONARIA

subopposite, as here, and should have been so described (the
figure of the corallum brings out this point)—perhaps by the
double series of verruce at the margins of the older axes, by
the colour (yellow, orange, or dull red); but especially by the
very different and less graceful form of the smaller spicule, which
is commonly only about 12 millim. long, and, having a large sub-
terminal whorl of tubercles, looks almost blunt (fig. ¢’, loc. cit.).

GoRGONELLA UMBELLA, Esper.

Gorgonia umbella, Esper, Pflanzenth. Fortsetz. ui. p. 30, pl. lin.
—Gorgonia umbella (probably), Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Zooph.
p. 657.—_Rhipidigorgia umbella, Wine-Hdwards & Haime, Hist.
Nat. Coralliaires, i. p. 175.—? Gorgonia umbella, Kolliker, Icon.
Histiol.

From Esper’s description and figure I refer to his species a
form which has stood under the above name for some time
in the Collection at the Museum. It presents both “ double-
head” and fusiform spicules. Kolliker, however, places Esper’s
species in that section of the genus Gorgonia which is charac-
terized by spindles only, and not in his genus Grorgonella, into
which our species (by virtue of its spiculation at any rate)
naturally falls. Unfortunately neither Kolliker, Verrill, Studer,
nor Klunzinger appear to have described the spicules of Esper’s
species, although Verrill (Amer. Journ. Sci. xlviil. p. 422), pro-
bably following Kollker’s initiative, thinks it may probably belong
to his genus Leptogorgia as remodelled, loc. cit. However, the
spicules of this species coincide well with those described and
figured by Kolliker for Gorgonella (see especially Gorgonella
granulata, l. c. p. 140, pl. xviii. fig. 43).

Hab. King Island Bay.

Distribution. Probably Bengal Seas (sper).

A small dry specimen, and one in spirit probably belonging
to the same species, were the material tu be examined.

JUNCELLA, Valenciennes.

This is a most difficult genus. Looking at the variations in
the external form and in the spicules of the specimens here
referred to this genus, and comparing them with facts previously
known about it, one is struck by the extremely slight nature of the
points separating some of the species. Had not J. yuncea and
J. fragilis been simple, while the present specimens of J. gem-

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO: 241

macea are branched, it would have been difficult to distinguish
the three species, as iu spiculation every fresh specimen appears
to present some slight difference, while the total differences of
spiculation in these species are slight, and thus admit of little
specific distinction. Then, again, J. gemmacea, though commonly
branched, may be simple. Colour, too, appears to afford equally
little help in the determination of species. The form, size, and
distribution of the zooid-verruce and the proportions of the
corallum as a whole, seem to be the best points to rely upon.
J. elongata, however, seems to be distinct in spiculation.

JUNCELLA GEMMACEA, Var.

Verrucella gemmacea, MWtlne-EHdwards § Haime, Hist, Nat.
Coralliaires, i. p. 185, pl. B. 2. fig. 7—Ellisella gemmacea, Gray,
Catalogue Lithophytes or Stony Corals, Se. p. 26.—Juncella
gemmacea, Kélliker, Icon. Histiologice, p. 140, fig. 191.—
Juncella gemmacea, Studer, Monatsbericht k. Akad. Wiss
Berlin, 1878, p. 659.—Juncella gemmacea, Klunzinger, Korall.
Roth. Meeres, pt. 1. p. 55.—Juncella gemmacea, Ridley, Report
Zool. Coll. H.MS. ‘ Alert, Brit. Mus. pp. 346, 580.—Juncella
elongata, var., op. cit. p. 346,

In the ‘ Alert’ Report I applied the above name to some very
slender unbranched specimens with very prominent calicles, and
varying in colour from orange to scarlet. The present collection
contains two specimens which probably should also be reterred
here. Of these one is dirty white or cream-colour, branched very
frequently, forming quite a dense head of short branches (about
3 to 2 inches between bifurcations); the other is a fragment
of a deep red colour, with very few and long branches (probable
original length fully 6 inches) ; the maximum diameter of the axes
(without the verruce) is about 33 millim. in both cases; a slight
bare line is constantly present on one face of the red specimen, and
on both faces, in parts at any rate, of the white specimen ; verruce
small, crowded ; branching dichotomous. The club-spicules are
elongate, and the double stars are equally or almost equally
ended, and have few and prominent blunt tubercles.

The specimen described in the ‘ Alert’ Report from the N.E.
coast of Australia, and probably also that possibly from Formosa,
referred to (p. 3847) as Juncella elongata, Pallas, var., appear to be
nothing more than the present species, it having been apparently
overlooked that Pallas’s species has no club-spicules (Kolliker,,

242 MR. 8S. O. RIDLEY ON ALCYONARIA

Icon. Histiol. p. 140)—perhaps owing to my being misled by
two wrongly identified specimens in the Museum Collection. A
specimen from Malacca, recently received at the Museum, seems
to be identical with this species ; it agrees essentially with the
red specimen from Mergui. The original specimen figured by
Milne-Edwards and Haime is cream-coloured, the branches have
their longer diameter (exclusive of verruce) 5 millim.; the stem
apparently attains a thickness of 7 millim.; itis distantly branched.

From these facts it will be seen that we probably have a
very variable species before us, colour, form, and size being
alike not to be depended on by themselves; the spiculation
is fairly constant, but differs so little from that of allied forms
(J. juncea and J. fragilis) as to be scarcely a sufficient guide
per se to the recognition of the species.

Hab. King Island Bay.

Distribution of Species—Red Sea (Milne-Edwards § Haime,
Klunzinger); Mascarene Islands (‘Alert’ Coll.); N.W. Austraiia
(Studer); N.E. Australia (‘Alert’ Coll.); Malacca (Coll. Brit.
Mus.); Burmah coast (Coll. Mus. Calcutta); Singapore (Klun-
zinger). .

lt may be of interest to note that in the pale specimen occur
two cases of anastomosis between branches, but this is pretty
obviously due to the crowded condition of the branches having
caused mutual apposition; at any rate, in the case of the two
shorter branches thus united the horny axes themselves are
thoroughly fused together.

JUNCELLA FRAGILIS ?, var.

Juncellajuncea (EHsper), Kolliker, Icon. Histiol. p. 140, pl. xviii.
figs. 45, 46.—? Juncella fragilis, Ridley, Report Zool. Coll. H. MLS.
‘ Alert, Brit. Mus. p. 347, pl. xxxvi. fig. D.

Under the above species I place with doubt two forms which
occur in this collection, viz.:—(1) White or cream-coloured. The
ouly specimen of this which was placed before me has the apex
gone. It is 14 inches long, and probably when perfect was quite
four if not six inches longer; maximum diameter about 4 millim.
A group of four specimens, probably all referable to this variety,
occurs among the Sponges, overgrown by the sponge Hsperia
plumosa (Carter, supra, p. 72). One of these has a greatest
thickness of 5°5 millim. near its broken distal extremity. (2) A
much decorticated pale brick-red specimen, now about 15 inches

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 243

(originally perhaps 16 to 18 inches) long, maximum present
diameter 5 millim.

The spicules differ slightly from those of the type as repre-
sented by the original mounting, viz. in the greater prominence
of the tubercles of the double stars ; they are, as a rule, decidedly
unequally ended in the white, and about as often as not in the red,
specimen ; but this point is much more strongly marked in the
original specimen than in that from Mergui. In fact, both in
this particular and in the larger growth of the corallum the latter
makes a considerable approach to J. juncea, that species being now
mainly distinguished from J. fragilis by its greater size, its red
colour, its equal-ended double stars, and its larger and more distant
polype-verruce, and the space bare of verruce just above the base.

As regards colour, pale varieties of red species are already
known in the genus, also in the case of J. gemmacea (see above).

Thus these specimens seem to stand midway between J. juncea
and J. fragilis, and may prove to be merely young forms of the
former species. The original specimen of the species has a very.
flexible axis, while these specimens are comparatively stiff.

Hab. King Island Bay.

Distribution. N.E. coast of Australia (‘ Alert’ Coll.).

CrEeNOCELLA PECTINATA, Pallas.

Gorgonia pectinata, Pallas, Elench. Zoophytorum, p. 179.—
Gorgonella pectinata, Kolliker, Icon. Histiol. p. 140, pl. xviii.
fig. 41.

A fine specimen, 30 inches or upwards in height (now broken) ;
branching luxuriant ; spiculation normal.

Hab. Elphinstone Island.

Distribution. Indian Ocean (Pallas); seas of Moluccas
(Lamarck); Torres Straits (‘ Alert’ Coll.); North-west coast of
Australia (Studer) ; Cuba (Brit. Mus.) ; “ India, China” (Gray).

By the absence of this familiar species, as by that of Sub-
erogorgia suberosa, the Red Sea fauna shows its distinctness from
that of the Indian Ocean.

SUBEROGORGIA SUBEROSA, Pallas.

Gorgonia suberosa, Pallas, Elench. Zooph. p. 191.—Subero-
gorgia suberosa, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1857, p. 159.—Sclero-
gorgia suberosa, Kolliker, Icon. Histiol. p. 142, pl. xix. fig. 18 (2).
—Sclerogorgia suberosa, Studer, Monatsber. k. Akad. Wiss. Berlin,
1878, p. 666.

24,4 MR. S. O. RIDLEY ON ALCYONARIA

A dry specimen about 14 inches in height (if it ever stood
upright), firmly rooted to a piece of quartz, over which the base
spreads as a thin lamina nearly 5 inches by 3 inches in breadth.

The longer spicule of this species appears to be confined to
the deeper parts of the cortex, hence is liable to be overlooked.

Hab. King Island Bay.

Distribution. “Sea which washes South Africa, and Indian
Ocean” (Pallas); N.W. coast of Australia (Studer); Port
Denison, Queensland, and Torres Straits (¢ Alert’ Coll.); Mau-
ritius (Coll. Brit. Mus.).

This species, so abundant in the Indian Ocean, is, like the
preceding one, apparently not found in the Red Sea (ef Klun-
zinger, Korall. Roth. Meeres, pt. 1. p. 57).

Family MeLiru zips.
MopseLLA PLANILOCA*,n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 6.)

Corallum strong, flabellate, reticulate. Basal portion massive,
‘unjointed, dividing into several short, imperfectly joimed axes,
which proceed to break up, by branching at very acute angles, into
fronds composed of very narrow elongate meshes, in which
comparatively little distinction between the stoutness or length
of the internodes (hard joints) and little difference in the thick-
ness of the branches can be made out from top to bottom of the
frond; nodes (soft joints) diminishing in stoutness from below
upwards; meshes 3 millim. in average short diameter; long
(vertical) diameter very variable (3 to 45 millim. observed), owing
to the great variation in the completeness to which the anasto-
mosis of the branches is carried, and the difference in length
between the short lower and the longer distal internodes (the latter
forming the greater number of the whole); distal internodes
slightly tortuous, round to oval in transverse section, but generally
somewhat antero-posteriorly compressed, fairly constant in length,
viz.9 millim.; thickness (in median to subtermiual branches) about
22 by 2 millim. Wodes rugged, subglobular, rather compressed
laterally, commonly with an angular margin below, ranging in
diameter from about 7 millim. in the proximal to 2 millim. in the
distal or subterminal nodes. Colour of the axis of the nodes and
of the spongy proximal internodes pale brick-red, that of distal
internodes rather deep pink. Cortex thin (equal to rather thick

* From the level character of the ceenenchyma.

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 245

paper), even and smooth, ground-colour pale vermilion. Polype-
verruce, whether closed or open, flush with surface, lemon-yellow
in colour, very small (about 3 of a millim. when closed), closely
aggregated on the cortex (a very narrow bare posterior line
being sometimes left).

Spicules exhibiting a great range of form. The following
are the chief types distinguishable :—I. Cortical. 1. Foliate
spicule (“ Blattkeule,” Kolliker), of subquadrangular outline, with
several sharp, slender tooth-like leaves, often jagged, but with
margins otherwise usually entire, and a low mass of small
tubercles representing the “handle” of the usual form of this
spicule, which may therefore be described in this case as “ very
high-shouldered”’; size about -07 to ‘088 long by ‘052 to ‘07
millim. broad. Colour crimson, ends of the leaves colourless, or
almost so. 2. Fusiform, subclavate or irregular spicules of very
various proportions, but usually with a slender body and long,
rugged, rather distant tubercles; size up to about ‘18 by -018 to
‘03 millim., excluding tubercles. Colour pale crimson. Perhaps
confined to the neighbourhood of the verruce.

Il. Verruea-spicules.—1. Long-handled foliate spicules (Blatt-
keulen), with short, usually few, rather wide, jagged leaves, and
thick, strongly tuberculate handles ; size up to about *14 by ‘055
millim. (Placed with the leaves fringing the opening of the
verruce.) Colour yellow. 2. Long, graceful fusiform, with
moderately-sized rounded tubercles on the convex side; size up
to about 2 by ‘012 millim. Colour yellow. Forming a ring,
overlapping slightly at their ends, round the zooid cavity.
3. Cylindrical or flattened, of various shapes, fusiform to irregu-
lar, may be curved; tubercles variable in size, mostly rather
simple and rounded; size up to about ‘14 to 16 by ‘018 to 035
millim. Arranged so as to form triangular segments, forming
valves over the zooids. Colourless or (?) faint lemon-yellow.

Hab. Elphinstone Island.

The specimen, which has suffered damage at its margins and
extremities, measures about 7 inches high and 8 inches wide
and ? inch in thickness at base. The originally flat frond has
proliferated somewhat, forming two subparallel series of secon-
dary fronds.

In coloration the species resembles that form of MV. aurantia
which is figured by Esper (Pflanzenth.) as Isis coccinea, and may
be termed var. coccinea; but the distal internodes in that species

246 ALCYONARIA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.

are generally stouter, shorter, and curved, and the verruce
prominent, even in the closed condition. By its long, straight,
and slender distal internodes and the distribution of its colours,
it has more the appearance of Melitodes virgata, Verrill, or of
purple varieties of IZ. ochracea ; but a specimen of the latter in
the Museum differs in its very wide posterior bare area in both
ultimate and middle branches and its very squarely-cut nodes
(perhaps the colour and resemblance is largely due to fading, &c.,
of both specimens). The ground-colour of MZ. virgata is (as im-
plied by Gray’s synonymie appellation, atrorwbens) a very dark
red.

An undescribed species in the British Museum has rather
stouter terminal twigs and more or less prominent verruce, 1s
non-reticulate and non-flabellate, and is further at once dis-
tinguished trom JZ. planiloca by the evenly-rounded foliar lobes
of the “ Blattkeule” spicule, and by the apparent absence of the
graceful fusiform spicule, and its replacement (?) by an irregular
nodular form. Perhaps, however, this is the most closely allied
known species. As positive characters of the new species may
be indicated the ‘‘ high-shouldered ” form of the foliate spicule,
the very slender cortical fusiform spicule, the very thin, smooth
cortex, and very small unprojecting verruce. The spiculation
strikes me as being more varied than that of any Melitheid known
to me, but this may be due to defective observation as regards the
remaining species.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

Pruate XVII.

Fig. 1. Psammogorgia? plexauroides, n. sp. Portion of colony (dry). Nat. size.
2. The same. Tip of pmna. X2 diam.
3. The same. Spicule No. 2 of description. 250 diam.
4. The same. Spicule No. 3 of description. 250 diam.
5 & 6. The same. Spicule No. 4 of description, varieties. 250 diam.
7. Lobophytum madreporoides, n. sp. Portion of colony, showing stem &e.
(spirit). Nat. size.
8. The same. Small portion from surface of pileus to show an autozooid
and siphonozooids. 6 diam.
9. The same. Deep spicule of stem, No. 1 of description. 250 diam.
10 & 11. The same. Spicules of zooid-bearing portion. 250 diam.
12. The same. Superficial spicule of zooid-bearing portion. 250 diam.
13. Spongodes nigrotincta, n. sp. Portion of head (spirit), Nat. size.
14. The same. A lobule. X6 diam.
15. The same. Projecting spicule. X55 diam.
16. The same. Spicule of general cortex. 55 diam.

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 247

Fig. 17. Spongodes boletiformis, n. sp. Portion of head (spirit). Nat. size.
18. The same. Lobule. 6 diam.
19. Thesame. Projecting spicule. 55 diam.
20. Spongodes aurora, n. sp. Portion of head (spirit). Nat. size.
21. The same. Small portion of head. 6 diam.
22. The same. Large spicule of cortex of head. 85 diam.
23. The same. Projecting spicule. X85 diam.
24, The same. Spicules of stem. 250 diam.

Prats XVIII.

. Plexaura indica, n. sp. Small specimen in spirit. Nat. size.

. The same. Portion of larger (dry) specimen. 2 diam.

The same. Foliate spicules of cortex. 250 diam.

The same. Radiate spicule of verruce. 250 diam.

. The same. Fusiform cortical spicule (No. 2 of description). 250 diam.

. Mopsella planiloca, n. sp. Foliate spicule. 3800 diam.

. Gorgonia oppositipinna, n.sp. Portion of type specimen (spirit). Nat.
size.

8. The same. Portion of branch. 4 diam.

9&10. Thesame. Larger scaphoid spicule. 250 diam.

11. The same. Smaller scaphoid spicule. 250 diam.

Nore

I> OP oO

On two Species of Actiniz from the Mergui Archipelago, collected
for the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr.
John Anderson, F.R.S., Superintendent of the Museum.
By Professor ALFRED C. Happon, M.A., M.R.I.A. (Com-
municated by Dr. Joun AnvErson, F.R.S., F.L.8.)

[Read 16th June, 1887.]
(Puates XIX. & XX.)

Two species of Actinie from the Mergui Archipelago were sub-
mitted to me by Dr. John Anderson, both of which have proved
to be undescribed.

The more interesting form, which is the type of a new genus,
was unfortunately in such a bad state of preservation that most
of the epithelial tissues had entirely disappeared. Although this
specimen was partially dissected and a portion removed for
microscopic examination, care was taken not to destroy its value
as a Museum specimen.

The other species was represented by three specimens, one
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XXI. 21

“248 PROF. A. C. HADDON ON TWO SPECIES OF

of which was devoted to the microtome, the other two are
uninjured.

Except where otherwise stated, the following descriptions
‘apply to the specimens as they appear after preservation in
alcohol, and in a very contracted condition. In my definitions I

have largely followed the method of procedure advocated by
Professor R. Hertwig.

Myrtacris*, n. gen.

Hexactiniz [as defined by R. Hertwig] with slightly developed
endodermal muscles in the upper portion of the body-wall, and
strong mesenteric retractor muscles ; a large number of mode-
rately long, slightly contractile, subequal, polycyclic tefitacles,
the marginal row being papilliform ; numerous complete mesen-
teries [“septa’’ of Hertwig]; reproductive organs present on

all the mesenteries; wall, smooth below, provided with suckers
above.

Myrractis TuBrcona +, n. sp. (Plate XIX.)

Horm. Cylindrical; base not.expanded, thrown into a number
of radiating ridges, with concentric rugosities, thus giving it a
reticulate appearance ; scapus thin-walled, with the mesenteries
shining through in the less contracted portions, transversely
wrinkled; the closeness of the folds in the most contracted
portion of the body it gives a satin-like lustre; capitulum
non-retractile, transversely folded, but not nearly to the same
extent as the scapus, provided with numerous suckers; the
latter are most developed above, and become less prominent
below; at the region where the capitulum imperceptibly passes
into the scapus the suckers are very irregular in size and dispo-
sition, and give a perforated appearance to the body-wall. Margin
of disk thrown into folds. Tentacles moderately long, conical,
fairly uniform in size in eight or nine rows, over four hundred in
number, not counting the marginal row. Gonidial furrows
prominent.

Colour. “Disk and tentacles pale green. My impression is
that they were barred or spotted.” [J. A., IZS.] Uniform grey,
in spirit. The green colour in the living animal is almost cer-
tainly due to the presence of zooxanthelle, which occur in enor-

* Muvpios innumerable, axris a ray. tT So named from its habit.

AOTINIE FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 249

mous numbers in the endoderm of the upper portion of the body,
and but sparsely in the rest of the column.

Dimensions. Contracted specimen in spirit—height 40 millim. ;
diameter of column 22 millim. below, 25 millim. Oe: Length
of tube (in spirit) about 260 millim.

Habitat. Deeply burrowing in mud-flats, low spring-tide,
French Bay, King Island, Mergui Archipelago (February 1882).
The animal inhabits a thick slimy tube formed by the threads of
cast-off cnide and foreign matter.

I have received the following memorandum from Dr. An-
derson :—

“The large Actinia I found burrowing in the extensive mud-
flats exposed at spring-tides in French Bay, King Island. There
was a small depression in the mud around the disk and tentacles,
and as they were filled with water, the tentacles were more or
less expanded, of considerable size, and prominent. The disk
was large, but whether it expanded much beyond the column, or
at all, I cannot say. The upper stratum of mud was so soft that
I sank halfway up to my knees-in it; but the burrow of the
Actinia extended deep below this; and I consequently expe-
rienced considerable difficulty in digging it out. When removed
from its burrow, it was very flaccid, but had contracted to about
9 inches in length.”

From the foregoing account we may conclude that the fully
extended animal measures some 18 inches (460 millim.) in
length. It is probable that when fully distended the disk
extends beyond the diameter of the column, making it somewhat
salver-shaped. As in Cerianthus, the tube is composed of innu-
merable cnide felted together; entangled amongst these are
large numbers of unexploded nematocysts and foreign bodies,
such as grains of sand, spicules of sponges and alcyonaria, diatoms,
and the hyphe of afungus. The possession of symbiotic alge
must be very advantageous to this tubicolous actinian ; and it is
not surprising that they are mainly massed in the only portion of
the animal which is exposed to the light.

The figures on Plate XIX. sufficiently explain themselves. It
must be remembered that the greater portion of the epithelial
tissues are lost by maceration. The ectoderm is entirely lost,
most of the endoderm has separated from the lower portion of
the body and from the mesenteries; enough, however, is present

21*

250 PROF. A. C. HADDON ON TWO SPECIES OF

in patches to prove that the zooxanthelle occurred sparsely.
The endoderm coating the generative region of the mesenteries
(Pl. XIX. fig. 6) appears to be ofa slightly different character from
that of the more distal portion; in the latter granular gland-cells
are very abundant; the mesenterial filaments (craspeda), as
usual, contain a large number of granular unicellular glands, but
I cannot discover any nematocysts.

In the capitular region of the body the endoderm is much
better preserved, as will be seen from fig. 7; it is crowded with
symbiotic alge. At this region of the body the muscular folds
of the endoderm, which usually remain simple, are very slightly
branched (Pl. XIX. fig. 7). The mesogloea or “mesoderm ”’
appears to be entirely fibrous, the wavy appearance being due to
contraction (figs. 6 and 7).

The mesenteries are ninety-six in number, the formula being
12+12424448; all of them are perfect, that is reach the
cesophagus ; lower down the mesenteries of different orders can
be recognized by their length and relative size of the longi-
tudinal muscles, the latter being very well developed (Pl. XIX.
fig. 5). All the mesenteries bear reproductive organs. The
specimen under examination possessed only ova (fig. 6).

The gonidial grooves are very well developed (Pl. XIX. fig. 4) ;
above they have thick swollen margins, but lower down the latter
are flattened bands. The cesophageal wall is thin, and can be
divided into an upper folded portion and into a lower more
diaphanous moiety.

The nematocysts (figs. 8 and 9) vary in size from about ‘00225
to ‘0035 of an inch, and in breadth from about ‘00075 to ‘0013 of
an inch. No barbs are to be seen on the proximal portion of the
thread.

There is a certain amount of external resemblance between
this species and Cereus pedunculatus (Penn.) (Sagartia bellis, EH.
& S.), at least in such characters as the warty capitulum, smooth
scapus, numerous somewhat short tentacles in several rows, of
which the outermost is papilliform ; but the latter is a typical
member of the Sagartide in having acontia and in the six pairs
of primary mesenteries being sterile although others reach the
cesophagus. It is possible that the <Actinia paumotensis of
Couthouy is allied to our species; but H. Milne-Edwards and
Andres both agree in placing that species close to the above-

ACTINIZ FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 251

mentioned Sagartid. It is now recognized that determinations
of Actiniz made from purely superficial characters are apt to be
erroneous ; so that a minute anatomical investigation of many of
the previously described forms is now necessary before they can
be confidently relegated to any group of the Actinie.

Dr. R. Hertwig divides the Actiniaria or Malacodermata, in
his ‘ Challenger’ Report, into six tribes. From the arrangement
of its mesenteries, Wyriactis tubicola belongs to the first tribe,
the Hexactiniz. Nine families are enumerated as belonging to
this tribe. The first (Corallimorphide) has accessory tentacles,
the last (Ilyanthide) has a vesicular physa. The Tealide have a
very strong endodermal circular muscle; while the Paractide,
Liponemide, Sagartide, and Amphianthide have a mesodermal
circular muscle. The Antheomorphide are characterized by
possessing a “slightly developed muscular system, long, slightly
contractile tentacles, without any circular muscles (tentacles con-
sequently non-retractile); reproductive organs present on all
the septa [mesenteries]; accessory tentacles wanting.” Lastly,
the Antheade are defined as “ Hexactinize with long marginal
tentacles and slightly developed endodermal circular muscle (so
that the oral disk cannot be covered at all, or only incompletely);
numerous septa, reaching for the most part up to the esophagus,
distinguished only by their size, and all (?) furnished with
reproductive organs.”

On comparing the above descriptions with the definition of the
genus Myriactis, it will be seen that the latter cannot be placed
in any of these families unless one or more of their characters
are amended. Its exact systematic position must be left until
we have a more accurate knowledge of the tropical Sea-

Anemones.

HorMatu1a ANDERSONI, n. sp. (Plate XX.)

Form. Base expanded; scapus leathery, with transverse
furrows, terminating above in twelve fairly regular bosses, which
are prolonged along the inverted capitulum as twelve prominent
ridges. Tentacles moderately long, pointed, arranged in four (?)
eycles, about 100 in number.

Colour. Cuticle burnt sienna, speckled with grains of sand ;
where the cuticle is rubbed off, the supporting tissue (mesoglea
or “mesoderm ’’) of the scapus is yellowish ; terminal prominences

252 PROF, A. C. HADDON ON TWO SPEOIES OF

of scapus white. Tentacles with a row of small madder-brown
spots on their oral aspect. Disk with madder pigment,

Dimensions. Specimen a: Diameter of base 20 millim,, dia-
meter of lower portion of scapus 15 millim., height 7 millim.
Specimen 6: Diameter of central portion of scapus 9 millim,,
height 8 millim.

Habitat. Sullivan Island, Mergui Archipelago; 6 fathoms.
January 13, 1882.

This species is so closely allied to the “Phellia pectinata” of
R. Hertwig, as described in his ‘Challenger’ Report, that there
can be no doubt that they must be placed within the same
genus.

The genus Phellia as defined by Gosse (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
(3) ii. 1858, p. 192, and ‘Actinologia Britannica,’ p. 184) and
accepted by Verrill (Trans. Connect. Acad. i. 1868, p. 489) and
Andres (Le Attinie, 1884, p. 117) is well characterized; the
scapus may be rugose or wrinkled, but distinct nodules are
absent.

While apparently agreeing in many respects with this genus,
in Hertwig’s form the scapus terminates “above in twelve
knobs, which are prolonged on to the inverted soft-membraned
section [capitulum] as twelve longitudinal combs.” The new
species just described also possesses twelve nodules. I am
indebted to my friend Canon A. M. Norman for an Actinian
which closely resembles the form depicted on Plate XX. fig. 1,
which he dredged twenty years ago at Shetland, and which I am
elsewhere describing (Trans. Roy. Irish Acad.). Lastly, Gosse
described in 1859 a new British Sea-Anemone which he named
Hormathia Margarite (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) i. 1859,
p- 47, also Actin. Brit. p. 219, pl. viii. fig. 1), the new genus
being thus diagnosed :—‘‘ Base adherent, greatly expanded.
Column pillar-like, much corrugated, surrounded by a single
horizontal row of warts. Disk slightly concave, scarcely ex-
ceeding the column. ‘Tentacles moderately long and slender,
perfectly retractile. There is but a single known species, A.
Margarite.” This species has only once been recognized since ;
F. E. Schulze records it from 96 fathoms off N.E. Scotland (log.
no. 79) on Fusus antiquus (Jahresb. d. Com. z. wiss. Untersuch.
d. deutschen Meere (Exped. 1872), 1875, p. 140).

Anatomical details are wanting for the type species of both of
Gosse’s genera Phellia and Hormathia; but it appears pretty

————— -

ACTINIZ FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 253

evident that Hertwig should have referred his species to the
former rather than to the latter of the two genera. In which
case the following would constitute the recognized species of the
genus Hormathia, viz. H. Margarite, Gosse, H. pectinata (R.
Hert.), H. Andersont, Hadd. I shall shortly in another place
discuss the systematic relationships of this genus.

Of the three specimens collected by Dr. Anderson, one (a),
Pl. XX. fig. 1, is attached to a piece of broken shell, the base being
greatly expanded and partially enwrapping the fragment of shell.
In the other two specimens (6 and c), Pl. XX. figs. 2 & 3, the base
is dome-shaped and constricted off from the upper portion of the
column ; possibly these were free forms, as the arrangement of the
base would form an efficient sand-anchor.

As was previously mentioned, one specimen was sacrificed for
anatomical purposes. First, I bisected it vertically, and then
devoted one half to transverse sections; a portion of the other
was utilized for vertical sections. This specimen was in a good
state of preservation.

Professor Hertwig has in his ‘ Challenger’ Report, pp. 80-83,
given a good account of the genus Hormathia, as represented by
his P. pectinata. Our form is so closely allied to this, that little
need here be added. Fig. 3 (Pl. XX.)is a slightly diagrammatized
view of a vertical section through the entire animal. The
powerful mesodermal circular muscle, the folded cesophagus,
and absence of gonidial grooves alone call for remark. The ecto-
derm is figured as extending entirely round the body; asa matter
of fact in the specimen in question it only occurred in the more
protected portions, as, for instance, in the slight hollow round
the central boss, at the basal constriction on the pedal disk, and
on all the invaginated surfaces.

Two figures of transverse sections are given : one (PI.XX. fig. 4)
is taken through the circular muscle, and shows that the sphincter
forms an uninterrupted circular muscle, the apparent terminations
in the section being due to the section passing out of the plane
of the muscle ; the second section passes through the esophagus,
and illustrates a characteristic feature of the Chondractinine, that
only the primary pairs of mesenteries reach the wsophagus. This
section is slightly oblique, the left-hand side being at a somewhat
lower level than the right. At the latter the tips of three
tentacles are cut across.

The mesenteries have no features worthy of special note.

254: PROF. A. C. HADDON ON TWO SPECIES OF

Fig. 6 represents a section through the tertiary mesentery
indicated by an asterisk (*) in fig. 5. The secondary and ter-
tiary mesenteries alone are fertile. The total number of me-
senteries is 96 (12+12+4 24+ 48).

The invaginated ectoderm consists of a ciliated columnar epi-
thelium, that on the tentacles is crowded with curved nematocysts
(fig. 7); granular gland-cells are common in the epithelium of
the cesophagus. Where it is preserved, the ectoderm of the
column is coated with an investment of grains of sand appa-
rently imbedded in a mucous matrix often with shreds of
cuticle; on the pedal disk, however, the cuticle is strongly de-
veloped between the arenaceous investment and the epithelium.

The character of the mesogloea (mesoderm) is sufficiently indi-
cated in fig. 10. This figure also illustrates the structure of the
circular muscle in vertical section.

The concrements observed by Professor Hertwig in the super-
ficial layer of mesoderm in his specimen are here absent ; but oval
foreign bodies occur in the mesogloea mainly towards the apex of
the invaginated section of the body-wall, either within or outside
the circular muscle. They appear to be the ova and embryos
of some parasite, possibly of a Nematode worm.

The endoderm consists of the usual histological elements. The
madder-coloured pigment of the tentacles and oral disk is con-
fined to the endoderm. In those mesenterial filaments (craspeda)
which have a trilobed section, the central lobe only possesses
unicellular glands which are of the granular type.

The acontia (Pl. XX. fig. 9), in addition to granular gland-
cells, are crowded with nematocysts (fig. 8); these are rather
longer and more slender than those of the tentacles, the former
being about ‘0083 of an inch, and the latter about 0015 of an
inch in length.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
Prats XTX.
Myriactis tubicola, gen. & sp. nov.

b. Craspeda (mesenteric filaments). d. Unicellular glands. en. Hndoderm.
g. Reproductive organs (gonads). 4, Mesenteries; I-IV. indicate the rank of
the pairs of mesenteries. 7. Oral disk. %. Body-wall. 7. Pedal disk. me. Me-
sogleea (mesoderm). 2. Longitudinal muscles of mesenteries. mp. Parieto-
basilar muscle. ms. Circular muscle. 0. Ova. s. Cisophagus. sc. Suckers.
sr. Cisophageal groove. 7. Tentacles. z. Zooxanthellz.

ee oe ON

ACTINIZ FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 255

The combinations of lenses mentioned below refer to Zeiss’s system.

Fig: 1. Side view of a preserved specimen. Natural size.
2. Portion of same. X 2 diameters.
. Portion of base, seen from below. x 2 diameters.
. Inner view of part of the body, showing one gonidial groove (csopha-
geal groove) and a secondary septum. Natural size.
. Transverse section through one twelfth of the body below the cesophagus.
9

“eo
6. Transverse section through a mesentery. a*10°

ee OO b

on

7. Portion of a longitudinal section through the capitulum, showing the
endoderm crowded with zooxanthellx, the feeble endodermal circular
9
muscle, and the nature of the mesoglea. xX
8. Portion of teased tube, with an alcyonarian and a sponge-spicule.
2
7
9. Isolated nematocyst, partially exploded.

Ol be

PuatE XX.
Hormathia Andersoni, sp. n.

a. Acontia. 6. Mesenteric filaments (craspeda). d. Unicellular glands.
ek. Ectoderm. ex. Endoderm. g. Reproductive organs (gonads). h. Me-
senteries; I-IV. indicate the rank of the pairs of mesenteries. 7. Oral disk,
k. Body-wall. 1. Pedal disk. lp. Lip of mouth. m. Muscles. me. Me-
sogloea (mesoderm). ml. Longitudinal muscles of mesenteries. mr. Radial
muscles of oral disk. ms. Circular muscle. m. Nematocysts. 7h. Directive
mesenteries. s. Gisophagus. sg. Grains of sand forming investment to the
ectoderm. 7¢. Tentacles; 1 primary, 2 secondary.

The combinations of lenses mentioned below refer to Zeiss’s system.

Fig. 1. View from above of specimen a. X 2 diameters.

2. Side view of specimen 0. X 2 diameters.

3. Vertical section through specimen c. x 4 diameters,

4, Transverse section through upper portion of Lovee =

5. Transverse section through the esophagus. a

6. Horizontal section through the tertiary mesentery indicated by an
asterisk (x) in fig. 5. »

2
7. Nematocysts from a tentacle. =

8. Nematoeysts from an acontium. A

2

9. Transverse section through an acontium. D

Ql wo

10. Vertical section through horizontal portion of circular muscle.

256 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON ANNELIDS

Report on Annelids from the Mergui Archipelago, collected. for
the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Caleutta, by Dr. John
Anderson, F.R.S., Superintendent of the Museum. By
Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., F.Z.S. (Communicated by Dr.
Joun ANDERSON, F.R.S., F.L.S.)

[Read 16th June, 1887. ]
(PuatEe XXT.)

EUPOMPE INDICA, n. sp. (Plate XXI. figs. 1 & 3.)

A single specimen of an Annelid contained in the collection
appears to belong to an undescribed species, which I would refer
to the genus Hupompe.

It presents numerous points of agreement with Panthalis mela-
nonotus and with P. nigromaculata, already known through
Grube’s researches* to inhabit the shores of the Philippine
Islands; it agrees, in fact, with those two species rather more
closely than with Hupompe Grubei, the only describedt species of
its own genus.

A careful study of this species and of the description of other
species published by Kinberg{ and Grube§$ has convinced me
that there are no grounds for distinguishing the genera Hupompe
and Panthalis; and as the former name appears first in his
descriptions, I retain it as having the priority.

In comparing Kinberg’s diagnoses of the genera Hupompe and
Panthalis (which I need not quote in full), I find that the only
points of difference concern the protrusible pharynx and the ar-
rangement of the elytra. The diagnosis of Panthalis contains a
statement with respect to the ventral cirri which is not found in
the diagnosis of Hwpompe. A comparison of the figures of these
structures, however (loc. cit. pl. vil. figs. 34F, 35 F, and 34 F’,
35 FE’), shows that there is hardly sufficient difference in their
shape and position whereon to found a specific, let alone a generic,
distinction. The elytra in Hupompe are flat, not meeting in the
dorsal middle line anteriorly, but covering the dorsal surface
posteriorly ; the elytra in Panthalis are deseribed as being nu-
merous, the anterior series flat, the posterior bell-shaped ; the first

* “ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Annelidenfauna der Philippinen,” Mém. d.
lAcad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersbourg, t. xxv. (sér. 7), 1878, p. 48.

t Kinberg, ‘Kongl. Svensk, Fregatten Hugenies Resa,’ Annulata, p. 24.
t Loe. cit. § Loe. cit,

FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 257

few anterior elytra meet in the middle dorsal line, the rest leave
the dorsal surface uncovered in the middle line.

With regard to the shape of the elytra, Grube finds that in
P. melanonotus some are bell-shaped*; and that therefore this
generic distinction must fall to the ground.

This species (P. melanonotus) agrees with Kinberg’s definition
of the genus in so far that a few of the anterior pairs of elytra
meet in the middle dorsal line, while the remainder do not. Not
so, however, P. nigromaculata. In this species the anterior
elytra do not meet in the middle dorsal line, while the posterior
do, as in Hupompe. The Mergui species is a connecting-link be-
tween the extremes; the three anterior pairs of elytra, as wellasa
large number of the posterior pairs, do meet in the middle dorsal
line, while the elytra of intermediate position do not. It is clear,
therefore, that the arrangement of the elytra is only of value as
a specific distinction.

The only remaining generic distinctiontT is the pharynx.
Grube says nothing about this, probably for the same reason
as myself, being unwilling to injure the only example of the
species contained in Dr. Anderson’s collection.

Even if the differences in the pharynx of the type species of
the genera described by Kinberg are found also in other species,
it appears to be largely a question of opinion and of authority
whether the difference is sufficient to constitute a generic dis-
tinction. In my own opinion the comparatively slight modifi-
cations in an organ, which often undergoes such variations in
closely allied species, as in the case of Nereis, cannot be con-
sidered of sufficient importance to warrant a generic separation.

The specimen measures about 110 millim. in height ; itis ofan
elongated form, only slightly narrowed towards the posterior
extremity. The colour is of a yellowish brown; the elytra are
coloured of a rich brown, which is rather more conspicuous on
the inner side. The dorsal side of the body, as in other species,
is covered with closely-set wrinkles, which render it impossible
to map the segments in this region; on the ventral side the
intersegmental furrows are obvious.

The dorsal surface is marked by a median longitudinal dark

* Loe. cit. p. 49.
+ The difference between the set is not referred to in the generic definition,
and can hardly be regarded as of generic importance,

258 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON ANNELIDS

stripe, which corresponds to the dorsal blood-vessel ; posteriorly
this lies in a groove; on each side of the groove the integument
is thickened, and of the yellowish-brown colour which produces
the distinctive appearance of the worm; beyond this the body is
translucent and colourless, the thickened area is wider anteriorly
and is somewhat diminished in width posteriorly ; where the
elytra do not meet in the middle line, it corresponds more or less
accurately to the bare space left by the elytra.

The ventral side of the body is also marked by a conspicuous
longitudinal groove; this commences at the 8th segment, where
it is considerably wider and occupied by a median elevation, which
reaches back about as far as the 30th segment, and gradually
dies away.

The disposition of the elytra has been already referred to ;
they alternate regularly with cirri throughout the body, except
on the fourth and fifth segments, which are both provided with
elytra and not cirri.

The dorsal cirri are attached, as in other species, by a swollen
base; both dorsal and ventral cirri are short.

The setz appear to me to differ but little from those of Hupompe
Gruber (Kinberg, Joe. cit. pl. vu. fig. 35 G).

The head is illustrated in Pl. X XI. figs. 1 and 3, and is entirely
characteristic. It may be noted that the cephaliclobe bears two
eye-spots (e’) in addition to the two large eyes (e).

CHLOEIA MERGUIENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XXI. figs. 2,8,&9.)

The largest specimen of this Annelid measured 54 millim. in
length, the greatest breadth being 10 millim.

The shape of the body is not ovoid, but elongate; this appear-
ance is at any rate presented by the worm when the sete have
been for the most part removed.

The dorsal side of the body is covered with innumerable grooves,
and presents a tessellated appearance; the areas bounded by the
grooves are of an elongated rhomboidal shape, their long axis
coinciding with the long axis of the body; the skin covering the
parapodial outgrowths is for the most part smooth. Tach seg-
ment is divided by two rather more conspicuous grooves into
three divisions; the middle one is wider anteriorly than posteriorly,
since the grooves fall obliquely and tend to approximate poste-
riorly ; the lateral divisions bear the parapodia and the branchiz
which are just outside the grooves; the median area is marked

FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. © 259

by a transverse zigzag groove, which is caused by the regular
arrangement in this region of the rhomboidal areas of the
skin.

The dorsal surface of the body is also marked by patches of
pigment which have a regular and characteristic arrangement ;
each segment has a median stripe which widens out anteriorly
into a trianeular patch ; the transverse furrow marks the junction
between the triangular patch and the narrow stripe; posteriorly
two curved pigment-bands pass one on each side along the
furrow separating the dorsal from the lateral portions of the
segment. The whole pigmented area has, as Horst has remarked
in the case of Chloeia parva*, a marked resemblance in shape to
an anchor. Each segment has also a broad pigmented band on
the anterior side of the parapodial outgrowth; in the anterior
segments of the body this latter band is continuous with the
curved lateral pigmented bands; in these segments also there is
a short pigmented streak behind the parapodial outgrowths ; in
the posterior segments this streak gradually dies away.

The ventral surface of the body is comparatively smooth, with
the exception. of a few of the anterior segments which bound the
mouth ; these are much wrinkled by longitudinal furrows; the
third and fourth segments of the body are fused in the middle
ventral line into a rounded projection which bounds the mouth
posteriorly ; this process is greatly furrowed; the middle ventral
line of the body is marked by a distinct and rather transparent
line which corresponds to the nerve-cord.

The caruncle extends back as far as the fourth segment,
but its posterior end is free, and it is not attached to this
segment nor to much of the third; the caruncle bears a longi-
tudinal pigmented stripe.

The setz are much more abundant in the neuropodium than
in the notopodium ; they are of considerable length in the former,
and have everywhere a white silky appearance.

The dorsal sete (fig. 2) are all of one kind; they are stout,
and serrated at the free extremity. The general aspect of these
sete is in fact closely similar to that of other species. The
extreme tip of the seta is often of a yellow colour, and slightly
serrated on the margin which bears the lateral teeth before the
commencement of the latter ; below the lateral serrations and on

* Notes from the Leyden Museum,’ vol. viii. p. 168.

260 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON ANNELIDS

the opposite side of the seta there is a short slender tooth-like
process directed forwards; this is only found in the set of
the anterior segments; in the sete of the posterior segments its
place is indicated by a swelling. The imbedded extremity of
these setx is sharply pointed. A large portion of the shaft is
marked by faint constrictions, which give it a transversely striate
appearance in the posterior sete.

The ventral sete are long and slender, and bifid at their ex-
tremity, one limb of the bifurcation being shorter than the other.

The branchiz commence at the fourth segment, and gradually
increase in size in the posterior segments. Their shape is pre-
cisely as described by Prof. M‘Intosh in Chlocia flava*. To
describe the branchiz of C. merguiensis would be merely to re-
capitulate Prof. M‘Intosh’s description. The colour of the
branchiz is the same as that of the general body-surface; the
main stem is slightly pigmented.

The first pair of branchie, 7. e. those borne by the fourth seg-
ment, were in a rudimentary condition as compared with those
which follow; the main branchey of the stem were either devoid
of secondary branches, or were furnished with only one or two at
the base. The complexity of these organs appears to increase
in the first few segments.

The dorsal cirri are deeply pigmented and of considerable
length, especially on the middle and posterior segments ; the
anterior segments appear to bear an additional minute cirrus in
place of the missing branchie, as is mentioned by Prof. M‘Intosh
in C. flava; this second cirrus is not pigmented.

The ventral cirri are not so long as the dorsal and are
unpigmented.

The anal cirri are short and thick, unpigmented.

The anus is dorsal in position.

This species is plainly distinguishable from Chloeia flava by the
colour and shape of the sete, the spur of the dorsal sete being
much more evident than in the present species. Furthermore,
the pigmentation of the body in the two species is quite
different.

It is not so easy, however, to distinguish the present species from
C. parva, and accordingly I distinguish it from that species with
a certain amount of doubt.

* Report on the Aunelids collected during the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger,’
Zool, Chall. Exp. vol. xii. (part xxxiv.).

FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 261

The distribution of pigment on the body agrees very closely
with Baird’s, and particularly with Horst’s, description. On the
other hand, Baird’s description of the branchie as being “ small,
simply branched, and ... of a dark colour,” hardly confirms what
has been said above respecting the exact resemblance between
the branchiz of my species and of C. flava.

The character of the dorsal sete as described by Horst is the
chief obstacle to my definitely regarding the Mergui specimens as
belonging to the species C. parva. In the first place, I could
observe no such difference between the shaft and the tip of the seta
as he describes. It is true that the shaft has usually a somewhat
fibrous appearance, while the tip is more transparent; but I
could observe no abrupt line of demarcation. In the second place,
the presence of a small spur does not coincide, in the anterior
bristles, with the want of serration.

EurytHok& anLcyonia, Savigny.

Pleione alcyonia, Savigny, Systeme des Annelides, p. 62.

This species has been carefully described in Horst’s memoir
already quoted. I have examined a large number of specimens,
which agree closely with Horst’s description except as regards
the colour of the sete.

I find in my specimens the great variety in the characters of
the sete of the dorsal and ventral parapodia as described by
Horst. The second kind of set described by him, those with
a “slichtly bifid tip, one of the divisions being a mere spur, while
the other is extremely elongated and tapering,” are of a horny-
yellow colour throughout the whole of the distal region. The
other sete have a colourless extremity. Horst’s description
states the exact converse. If this is not an accidental error in
his description, the variation in the colour is curious and worth
noticing.

I did not observe any “ hastate ” sete in the notopodium ; but
they are present in the neuropodium in my specimens: I could
not find more than one in each segment, and they were deeply
imbedded in the soft tissue, the spear-like extremity alone pro-
truding. These sete are stout.

BRAaNCHIOMMA INTERMEDIUM, n. sp. (Plate XXI. figs. 4-7.)
The collection contained two specimens of this species, one of
which only was perfect, and measured about 100 millim. in length,
including the branchiz. There were also a number of fragments,

262 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON ANNELIDS

of various sizes, of the tubes of the worm ; these are of consider-
able thickness, the greater portion being formed by a coating of
fine mud and sand, in which is imbedded a quantity of entire and
broken shells of various kinds; the part of the tube fabricated by
the animal itself is thin, and of a tough, somewhat cartilaginous
consistency. The colour of both specimens is a pale brown, the
branchiz being somewhat darker, but still of a uniform brown
tint. The anterior region of the buccal segment (fig. 4) is
marked by a broad black band, and the two halves of the collar
where they meet in the median ventral line (fig. 5) are similarly
pigmented.

The collar, instead of being confined to the first segment,
passes obliquely downwards, and terminates on the third seta-
bearing segment; on all the segments the collar is situated on
the dorsal side of the parapodia and close to them. The relations
of the collar can be seen by an inspection of figs. 4 and 5.

The “thorax ” contains eight segments, which are distinguished
from the abdominal segments by the much larger size of the tore
uncinigert. The middle ventral line of each of the thoracic seg-
ments is marked by a thickened lighter-coloured area, which
extends over the greater part of the ventral surface; this area
gets smaller in the posterior segments, and in the abdominal
region is bisected by the ventral groove. The latter occupies the
median ventral line up to the eleventh segment; on the tenth
segment it is bent towards the right side, and, after crossing
between the eighth and ninth, reaches the dorsal median line at
the sixth segment. On the dorsal side of the body this groove
runs at the bottom of a rather deep depression which marks
these segments. -

The sete of the dorsal tori wneinigert are of two kinds, as in
other species of this genus, and show no peculiarities in their
shape. They are stout sete with a double curvature at the
extremity, which becomes gradually attenuated towards the tip.
These parapodia also bear rounded mamillary processes, possibly
of a sensory nature, which appear to resemble those figured by
Claparéde in Trophonia eruca*. I do not find any such process
on the corresponding region of the parapodium in the abdo-
men, although the surface is irregularly divided into rounded
prominences.

* “Annélides chétopodes du Golfe de Naples, Mém. Soc. Phys. Gen. t. xx.
pl. xxv. fig. 2.

FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 263

The branchial filaments are furnished at their tips with well-
developed eyes, a single eye to each branchial filament.

In the relation of these eyes to the extremity of the branchial
filament, the present species is particularly like Branchiomma
vigilans*; that is to say, that the terminal region of the branchial
filament is prolonged for a considerable distance beyond the eye,
which is attached to its under surface.

The eye of B. intermedium, however, appears to differ a little
in shape from the last-named species as well as from the others ;
it is somewhat mushroom-shaped (Pl. XXI. fig. 6); the stalk of
attachment to the branchial filament is pigmented.

An interesting point about the branchie of this species is illus-
trated in the same figure; towards the extremity is a double fold
just overlying the eye; the two halves of this fold appear to
coalesce (figs. 6 and 7) posteriorly, and gradually to die away
towards the base of the branchial filament. It seems to me per-
missible to compare this structure to the dorsal filaments on the
branchie of Dasychone, and on that account I have named this
species “ intermedium.”’ This character does not seem to occur
in other species—it has not, at any rate, been figured or referred
to—and therefore will serve to distinguish the present species.

Another species which, coming from the same quarter of the
globe, will be confounded with this, is Sabella acrophthalmos of
Grubet. Grube, however, says nothing about the dorsal lamin
upon the branchial filaments, and compares the species generally
with Branchiomma vesiculosum. I apprehend, therefore, that
the relation of the eyes to the gill-filaments is more like that of
B. vesiculosum than B. vigilans.

There are two tentacles about one third of the length of the
branchial filaments; each tentacle is slightly curved, and tapers
eradually towards its free extremity, which bears a certain
amount of pigment on the inner side ; the inner (curved) edge of
the tentacle bears a number of extremely delicate hair-like
filaments.

DASYCHONE SERRATIBRANCHIS, Grube.

Dasychone serratibranchis, Grube, Beitrige fur Annelidenfauna ete.
p- 262.

The collection contains several specimens of a Dasychone which
I refer to this species.

* Loe. cit. p. 501. T Loe. cit. p. 258.

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI. 22

264 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON ANNELIDS

On the Structure of the Eyes in Chloeia merguiensis.

So far as I am aware, there is no description of the minute
structure of the eyes in Chloeva, or, indeed, in any of the Amphi-
nomide. The excellent state of preservation of the specimens
of Chlocia merguiensis has enabled me to contribute some obser-
vations on the eyes of this species to what. is already known
of the structure of the Annelid eye. This worm possesses, in
common with other Amphinomide, two pairs of eyes situated
one in front of the other; these are recognizable to the naked
eye as four black spots upon the procephalic lobe.

The first point to which I directed my attention was to ascer-
tain whether or not there was any difference in structure between
the anterior and posterior pairs, as there is, for example, between
the eyes of Nereis cultrifera*. I did not, however, detect any
differences of a similar nature, or of any kind whatsoever between
the eyes of either pair Tf.

The following description, with the reservation stated in the
footnote, applies to both pairs.

The retina (fig. 8, 7) consists of a single row of tall narrow cells,
asin other Annelids, which terminate in long rods (2), the struc-
ture of which, owing to their excessive slenderness, I am unable to
describe. The retinal cells are for the most part rather longer
than their rods; and appear to be all deeply pigmented, the colour
of the pigment being black. Curiously enough, a small region of
the retina on one side of the eye has an orange-coloured pigment
deposited in the retinal ceils; this is evidently not an accidental
variation, as I found that in all four eyes of the single specimen,
which I examined microscopically, the same region of the eye
presented an exactly similar condition of the retinal pigment.

The cells of the retinal layer are not, however, equally pig-
mented throughout. ‘The pigmented area is about half the extent
of the retinal area, the lower half of these cells being entirely free
from pigment; the pigment also appeared to be largely extrinsic,
though a portion of it is certainly intrinsic, 7. e. within the
substance of the retinal cells. It is therefore probable that there
is in Chloeia a resemblance to Nereis, in which Annelid Carriére

* Carriére, ‘Die Sehorgane der Thiere,’ Minchen u. Leipzig, 1885, p. 31.
t I should state, however, that I did not observe very clearly the relations of
the lens in the first pair.

FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 265

has figured* and described two kinds of retinal cells: (1) pig-
meuted cells pigmented throughout their whole length, and (2)
clear cells entirely free from pigment. The very small size of
the pigmented cells causes the eye of Chloeta to resemble more
nearly that of the Alciopide (presuming that the pigment-layer
is really contained in separate cells in the Alciopide); Chloeia is,
in fact, in this particular intermediate between Wereis and the
Alciopide.

Carri¢re did not find, or at least does not figure, any rods
attached to the extremity of the retinal cells in Nereis; the
whole of the interior of the eye is filled with a plug of tissue
termed by him the vitreous body (Gallertkérper). Patten +
suggests, with apparent reason, that part of this, at any rate, is
in all probability composed of a layer of rods. If this is not
the case, the eye of Merezs differs in a very striking fashion
from the eye of Chloeta and the Alciopide {. The retinal layer
is continuous anteriorly with a delicate layer of cells, the eye
being therefore, as in other Annelids, a closed sac. There is
not, however, a space left in the eye between the retinal layer
and the vitreous layer; the whole of the available space is
occupied by a lens which has rather a peculiar shape, as shown
in fig. 8 of Plate XXI.; this lens is deeply stained by borax
carmine. In that particular, and in its laminated structure, it
agrees exactly with the cuticle which covers the eye externally ;
the structure of the lens, in fact, appears to be closely similar to
that of the Alciopide §, and to differ from that of Nereis. In
the Alciopidz a considerable space is left between the lens and
the extremities of the rods; there is no such space in Chloeia,
the lens being nearly in contact with the rods (Pl. XXI. fig. 6);
in this particular, therefore, it resembles the lens of Nereis.

An important feature in the eye of Chloeia is the continuity of
the cuticle and the lens. A careful examination of consecutive
sections showed plainly that there is no break whatever between
the cuticle, which covers the eye externally, and the lens; the
latter appears to be simply a thickening of the former. I am
not disposed to deny that the connection between the lens and

* Loe. cit. p. 31 et seq.

+ Greeff, ‘Untersuchungen wber die Alciopiden,” Nov. Act. Acad. Leopold.-
Carol. Bd. xxxix. (1876).

; Mitth. a. d. Zool. Stat, zu Neapel, Bd. vi. (1886), p. 701.

§ Greeff, loc. cit. |

266 ON ANNELIDS FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.

the. outer cuticle may not bea secondary fusion, analogous, there-
fore, to the fusion of cuticle and vitreous body in Hlater, Lam-
pyris, &c. described by Grenacher*. The condition of the eye
in certain Alciopids, for example in Nauphanta celox +}, where the
hypodermis and vitreous layer intervening between the cuticle
and lens has become extremely rudimentary, suggests that this
is the case. On the other hand, the resemblance to what Profs.
Lankester and Bourne { would term (if it were an Arthropod eye)
a monomeniscous diplostichous non-retinulate eye is not a little
striking.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXTI.

Fig. 1. Hupompe indica, n. sp. Anterior segments. ¢, eye; ¢’, eye-spots.
2. Dorsal seta of Chloeia mergquiensis, n. sp.
3. Side view of head of Eupompe indica, n. sp.; é, eye.
4,5. Branchiomma intermedium, n. sp. :
6. Tentacle of ditto, viewed laterally.
7. Transverse section of ditto.
8. Hye of Chloeia merquiensis, n. sp. 1, retina; 7, rods; ¢, hypodermis ;
J, vitreous body (?).
9. Base of retinal rods, viewed in transverse section.

* Grenacher, ‘ Untersuchungen tiber das Sehorgan der Arthropoden.’
t Greeff, loc. cit. p. 69, pl. v. fig. 43.
~ Q. J. M.S. vol. xxiii. (1883), p. 210.

PENNATULIDA OF THE MERGUL ARCHIPELAGO. 267

Report on the Pennatulida of the Mergui Archipelago, collected
for the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr.
John Anderson, F.R.S., Superintendent of the Museum.
By Prof. A. Mitnes Marsnart, M.A., M.D., F.RS., and
G. Herserr Fowrer, B.A., Ph.D. (Communicated by
Dr. Jouyn Anperson, F.RS., F.L.S8.)

[Read 3rd November, 1887.]
(Puates XXII. & XXIII.)

Tue collection of Pennatulida entrusted to us for examination
and report is an interesting one, for though it only includes
representatives of five genera and ten species, of these latter two
are new, of two others only single specimens have hitherto been
described, and three others are as yet very imperfectly known.

The zoological position of the genera and species is shown in
the following Table, abridged from the classification proposed by
Kolliker in his Report on the Pennatulida collected by H.MLS.
‘Challenger’ *. The genera and species represented in the
Mergui collection are alone mentioned :—

Order PENNATULIDA.

Section I. PENNATULES.
Subsection 1. Penniformes.

Family i. Prrrozmims.
Pteroeides elegans, Herklots.
Pteroeides Lacazii, Kolliker.
Pteroeides chinense, Herklots.
Pterveides Esperi, Herklots.

Family ii. Pennarunipa.
Subsection 2. Virgulariee.

Family i. Vireuarip2.
Virgularia Rumphii, Kéd/iker.
Virgularia prolifera, sp. nov.

Family ii. Sryzarunip2.

Section II. Sprcatva.
Section III. Renruues.

* Kolliker, Report on the Pennatulida, Zool. Chall. Exp. part ii. (1880),
pp. 33-35.

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI. 23

268 "PROF. MARSHALL AND MR. G. H. FOWLER ON THE

Section TV. VERETILLES,
Family i. CAVERNULARIID&.
Cavernularia obesa, Valenciennes .
Family ii. Lirvariip2.

Lituaria phalloides, Pallas.
Policella manillensis, Kol/iker.
Policella tenuis, sp. nov,

The specimens, which are in excellent condition, were obtained
in shallow water; and a large proportion of them from mud-flats
exposed at spring-tides.

In the following descriptions we have employed the term “ ray,”
as the equivalent of the German “Strahlen,” to indicate the bars
of calcareous spicules which traverse the leaves of many Penna-
tulida ; and have used the word “ spine” to designate the ends of
the rays which project freely beyond the margin of the leaf.

In describing the leaves, we have used the term ‘‘ ventral
border” to indicate the free ventral edge of the leaf, from the
attachment to the rachis to the tip of the leaf. By the “ height ”
of a leaf we mean the greatest measurement across the leaf at
right angles to the ventral border. All measurements are given
in millimetres.

Description of the Specimens.

Section I. PENNATULEA.
Subsection 1. Penniformes.
Family i. PrERoEIDIDs&.
Genus PrerorrpEs, Herklots. -

PTEROEIDES ELEGANS, Herklots. (Plate XXII. figs. 1 & 2.)

A single specimen of this species was obtained from the
Andaman Islands.

The species was established by Herklots*, in 1858, on a single
specimen in the Leyden Museum, believed to come from the
Indian Ocean. <A fuller description of this specimen, the only
one recorded as yet, was given by Kolliker + in 1872.

The colony (fig. 1) is long and slender; the feather longer
than the stalk, and the rachis and stalk of nearly equal and

* Herklots, ‘ Notices pour servir a l’étude des Polypiers Nageurs ou Pennatu-
lides’ (Amsterdam, 1858), pp. 21, 22, and pl. vi. fig. 2.

t+ Kolliker, Anatomisch-systematische Beschreibung der Alcyonarien: I. Die
Pennatuliden (Frankfurt a. M., 1872), pp. 57, 58.

PENNATULIDA OF THE MERGUL ARCHIPELAGO. 269

uniform diameter. The general colour is brownish yellow
mottled with purplish spots, especially near the edge of the
leaves. The axis extends the whole length of the colony, is mode-
rately flexible, and hooked at both ends.

The top of the rachis projects about 4 millim. beyond the
uppermost leaf, and bears on its dorsal surface a longitudinal row
of four small rudimentary polypes, which probably represent the
dorsal zooid stripe of other species.

The leaves are small, and directed upwards, overlapping one
another like tiles. The largest ones area little above the middle
of the rachis: the uppermost two or three pairs are small and
very stiff: in the lower half of the rachis the leaves gradually
diminish in size, but retain their lateral position. The leaves are
fan-shaped, the free dorsal border sometimes nearly straight as
though truncated, sometimes irregularly notched. The rays are
broad, 11 in number as a rule, and very conspicuous on the
under surfaces of the leaves; their distal ends project as short
irregularly placed spines. The polypes or autozooids are small,
and arranged in 4 or 5 rows along the edge of each leaf and on
both surfaces. There isa prominent, sharply defined basal zooid
plate, which does not touch the zone of the autozooids, and is
yellow in colour. There is no ventral zooid stripe. Small calea-
reous needles are present in considerable numbers in the leaves,
round the bases of the autozooids, but there are no spicules in
the cutis of either the rachis or stalk.

The principal dimensions of the specimen are given below; for
the sake of comparison the measurements as recorded by
Kolliker of the specimen in the Leyden Museum are also given.

Andaman Island Specimen in
specimen. Leyden Museum.
men othe ot coloniyarrensceeacseeesee-saeeee: 165 203
benerthy Of statlictecascaversecss sear < actos BY / 38
en ath Of teagheris -ceeasesuccndecsse.scvee 108 154
Whcltihn on feather weeseneetenscncses dese 10 10-12
Diam. of rachis, greatest ............... 5 65
Diam. of stalk, average .............6.... , 23 opp 8
, right side 34 +8 | right side 40 +6
INiwasnl owe Gre WGERLES Grocsocoecennooogsobecs- | ee side 39 +13 ie sie aan
iHeihtrotlanpest) leaders esse sesso eee 8
Ventral border of largest leaf ............ 8 11
Base of attachment of largest leaf ...... 4 5
iNfamniberroGmay sucess saeeeacieeslesecesces 11-12
Menugthiok spines) <o2..c0s-.nsasedeou seas. Oto °5

23*

270 PROF. MARSHALL AND MR. G. H. FOWLER ON THE

Prerortpes Lacazit, Kolliker. (Plate XXII. figs. 3-6.)

Of this extremely variable species there are 34 specimens in
the collection; 22 from the Andaman Islands, 12 from the
Mergui Archipelago. These differ a good deal among themselves,
but fall into two well-marked divisions, which we propose to
describe as varieties a and 3 respectively.

Pr. Lacazit, var. a. (Plate XXII. fig. 3.)

This group, which includes 21 of the specimens from the
Andaman Islands, is characterized by the following points :—

The feather is narrower than in variety @, and is of nearly
uniform width along the greater part of its length. The leaves
are more falciform in shape; the rays are less numorous, but
stronger and more regularly arranged; the spines are longer,
and the margin of the leaf more deeply notched.

The principal dimensions of this variety are as follows :—

a. b. e. d.
Henetlokcolony ees. seeee eee sees 150 237 174 163
Wenethuo ty stall aren seeeeeeteeeeeeeerer 75 97 78 87
Length of feather .................006 75 140 96 76
Wiidithvof tteather as-cesacssseeeceees 48 47 37 33
Width of rachis, ventral surface... 17:5 16 10:5 11
Diam. of stalk, average ............ 12 12 10 9
Number of leaves ..............0c0000s 40 +4 rud. |47 +4 rud. |39 +7 rud. |41 +7 rud.
Height of largest leaf ............... 13 20 11 10
Ventral border of largest leaf ...... 19 18 17 14
Base of attachment of largest leaf 9 9 4 4
INDIA YEE OI} WE Sacooosascancaoacoscoce7 15 16 13 11-12
IDeraye{ell OHV sosnoncssonasacadoate 2-2'5 15-3 0-7-2 1-5-3

Pr. Lacazit, var. 3.

(Plate XXII. figs. 4-6.)

The second variety includes the 12 specimens from the Mergui
Archipelago, and one from the Andaman Islands.

In these the feather is oval in shape, being widest at or slightly
The leaves are fan-shaped, and softer than in

above its middle.
variety a.

The rays are rather more numerous, but hardly pro-

ject beyond the margin of the leaf, which is almost entire, and
The stalk is markedly thicker than

fringed with short spicules.

In variety a.

The principal dimensions of this variety are as follows :—

PENNATULIDA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 271

en sthvor colonyreesescasescsss ses 215 160 245
eseth: off. stalks “2s: seueteesetenss~ canis 83 73 105
Length of feather ..............-c0+.s- 132 87 140
Width of feather! sorcs-tsecc-scee sac. 60 52 65
Width of rachis, ventral surface... 14 14 20
Diam. of stalk, average............... 13 12 17
WNumber of leaves -22..2.-ssccceesc--: 41 +rud. { mena } 39 +5 rud.
Height of largest leaf ............... 20 19 24
Ventral border of largest leaf...... 28°5 21 26
Base of attachment of largest leaf 5 9 6
INtam her Of rays scsesceseare rec sees- =e 20 18-20 18-20
Teen ethvOr spines! fecscc-ecasnersess cee 0°5-1:5 05-1 0-3—

Several of the specimens are mutilated, apparently by the
leaves being eaten off. This occurs far more commonly in the
lower than in the upper half of the feather, the lower leaves
being in some cases stripped off almost to their bases. This may
perhaps point to the injury being inflicted by some animal
crawling on the sea-bottom.

In three specimens of variety a and one of ( the lower end of
the axis, ensheathed in a membranous covering, projects freely,
for a distance of 9 to 24 millim. in different forms, from an
aperture at the lower end of the stalk.

Inasmuch as the axis extends to the extreme top of the
rachis in some of these specimens, the projection of its lower
end must be due to shrinking upwards of the stalk, not to
shiftmg downwards of the axis; and has probably been caused
by contraction, due to the spirit in which the specimens are
preserved. The terminal aperture has smooth rounded lips, and
is formed by enlargement of the small pore which is present
during life.

One specimen of variety (6 (fig. 5) is noteworthy, on account
of the formation of additional leaves on the ventral surface of
the rachis. Along the right side there is an incomplete longi-
tudinal row of single polypes, about 3-4 millim. to the inner
side of the bases of the leaves; the largest polypes having a
length of 10 millim.

On the left side there are, about the middle of the rachis, two
large, irregular leaves with well-developed zooid plates; the
larger of the leaves being 27 millim. long and 12 wide at the
base. Other smaller leaves, or single polypes, occur distributed

2, PROF. MARSHALL AND MR. G. H. FOWLER ON THE

in imperfect longitudinal rows along the middle third of the
rachis.

In most specimens of both varieties, small crabs are found
lying between the leaves; these have no uniformity of position,
are quite unattached, and cause no modification in either the
leaves or rachis. Small Copepoda also occur in considerable
numbers in the same situation.

PreROEIDES CHINENSE, Herklots. (Plates XXII. & XXIII.
figs. 7-11.)

We have referred to this species ten specimens from the
Andaman Islands. ‘

The species was established by Herklots in 1863*, and de-
scribed more fully by Kolliker in 1872+, but, so far as we can
ascertain, has not been noticed by other authors.

Kolliker’s account is based on four specimens; one in the
Leyden Museum from Amoy, in China, two in the Hamburg
Museum from the Indian Ocean, and one in the Copenhagen
Museum from Japan. He includes also in the species, as a
variety macracantha, a single specimen in the Copenhagen
Museum, from Japan, in which the feather is much wider pro-
portionately to its length, the leaves larger, the rays less nume-
rous and stronger, and the spines longer.

All our specimens agree in the following points :—The colonies
are of medium size, averaging about 100 millim. in length; the
rachis is longer than the stalk, but never twice its length; the
feather is about as wide as it is long, in some cases wider, and its
greatest width is below its middle; the stalk is thick, straight
and firm, and there is a slight swelling at its junction with the
rachis; the axis is slender and flexible, extending almost to the
top of the rachis, and rather more than halfway down the stalk.
The colour is very variable ; the ground-colour both of feather
and stalk is usually an orange-yellow, mottled with purplish
spots. The autozooids are always purplish in colour.

The leaves vary in thickness, and are about 30 in number on
each side ; in the upper half of the feather they overlap and conceal
the dorsal surface of the rachis. The lowermost 4 to 6 leaves on
both sides are irregular in shape, usually spatulate, and approach
one another on the ventral surface of the rachis; sometimes they

* Herklots, Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde, 1863, i. pp. 31-34.

| Kolliker, Anatomisch-systematische Beschreibung der Alcyonarien: I. Die
Pennatuliden (Frankfurt, 1872), pp. 87-88, and Taf. v. figs 40, 41.

PENNATULIDA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 273

are directed across the ventral surface, and they may overlap
(fig. 8). In the mature leaves the rays are well developed, from
16 to 22 in number, and project as very obvious spines. The
autozooids are arranged in 3 or 4 rows along the margins of both
surfaces of the leaf, and the mouths of the cells are pigmented.
There is a well-developed marginal zooid plate present in all
cases, usually markedly dentate along its distal margin, and con-
sisting of small, usually colourless siphonozooids. Larger siphu-
nozooids, usually pigmented, are irregularly distributed over the
basal portion of the zooid plate, and also over the upper surface
of the leaf; a well-marked ventral zooid stripe is present at the
base of each leaf (fig. 8). The dorsal zooid stripe of the rachis
is short, does not extend below the 3rd or 4th ‘pair of leaves,
and consists of 2 or 3 rows of siphenozooids.

Our specimens fall into two well-marked groups, which we
propose to describe as varieties.

Pr. CHINENSE, var.a. (Plate XXII. figs. 7-9.)

Of this form there are nine specimens, all from the Andaman
Islands.

The general ground-colour is brownish yellow; the stalk is
mottled with purplish spots; the leaves are yellow, with the
polype-mouths and the larger siphonozooids purple. This general
yellow colour dotted with purple spots is very characteristic of
all ten specimens.

The feather is oviform to triangular in outline, and widest close
to its lower end. The rachis is wide, especially near its lower
end ; the stalk is shorter than the rachis, and thick. The lower-
most leaves are markedly spatulate, and those of the two sides may
overlap one another on the ventral surface of the rachis (fig. 8).

The mature leaves (fig. 9) are of moderate thickness, and are fan-
shaped, the ventral border being nearly straight and the tip very
slightly hooked. The rays are 16 to 22 in number; they are
not very conspicuous on the under surface of the leaf, but project
beyond its edge as stout marginal spines arranged somewhat
irregularly, and obviously consisting of bundles of smaller
spicules.

The zooid plate (fig. 9) is large ; it extends along two thirds of
the length of the ventral border of the leaf, and is continued
along the rays so as to present a strongly toothed margin. The
ventral zooid stripe is well developed, and present in all the

274 PROF. MARSHALL AND MR. G. H. FOWLER ON THE

leaves (fig. 8). The dorsal zooid stripe of the rachis is short,
consisting of 2 to 4 rows of stphonozooids placed opposite the
uppermost 3 pairs of leaves.

The following table gives the principal dimensions of three
specimens of this variety. Of these, the first one (a) is the most
typical one, 6 and ¢ being more divergent forms, which in some
respects approximate to the second variety (3).

a b. Co
Length of colony .................-... 108 107 93
Benpth (ofistallke se csceessene-2 asec 40 51 40
Length of feather ..................... 68 56 53
Width of feather ....................- 65 89 51
Width of rachis, ventral surface... 93 3l 18
Distance apart of lowest leaves ... 11 10 12
Diam. of stalk, average ............ 15 15 17
Number of leaves ...........0...20-00- 29 +4 rud. |27 +5 rud. |27 +4 rud.
Height of largest leaf ............... 14 22 13
Ventral border of largest leaf...... 22 28 21
Base of attachment of largest leaf U 11 8
Number Of ray8.......sec0.-+-ss0r----- 20 18-22 16-20
Length of spines .................-+-- 2-25 2-3 2-2°5

Pr. CHINENSE, var. 3. (Plate XXIII. figs. 10 & 11.)

A single specimen of this form was obtained from the Mergui
Archipelago. In general appearance it agrees fairly closely with
var. a, from which it differs in the following points :—

The colony is almost uniformly purple in colour; the leaves
brown at the base, with a broad purple marginal band corre-
sponding to the zone of autozooids. The feather is markedly
wider than it is long. The leaves are thick and fleshy, especially
at their margins, and are only slightly notched between the
spines, and the spines are shorter.

It is quite possible that these differences may be due to local
circumstances.

The principal dimensions of this variety are as follows :—

Wen ethOreolomyeu.: eee ierne cee 98 mm.
Meneth vob staller st sie ch eater errr: 44
henethyortieat hens: meer mnerr rial: 54
Wiidthroffeather sae eer see eee 72
Width of rachis, ventral surface ...... 21

Distance apart of lowest leaves ...... 9°5

PENNATULIDA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 275

Diam. of stalk, average ...........-.. 16 mm.
INumberiot leavesimaesdac ssc saa 21 +6rud.
Height of largest leaf .............- 17

Ventral border of largest leaf ........ 26

Base of attachment of largest leaf .... 95

Naina bers cerierehylen ates « oho slee! <tc <r 19-21
Wenethy ofa pitesiegie 4 ss a0 <0 oe 5 ata 2

PreroereEs Esreri, Herklots. (Plate XXIII. figs. 12-15.)

To this form we refer eleven specimens, all from the Mergui
Archipelago. They differ a good deal among themselves in colour,
and in general appearance and proportions, but we have found it
impossible to separate them.

The general characters agree with those given by Kolliker *, so
that there is no need to describe them in detail. Some of the
specimens agree in many points with Pteroeides chinense, and it
is not easy to find reliable differences between the two species.
In Pt. Esperi, however, the length of the rachis is greater rela-
tively to its width, and the feather is longer relatively to the
stalk. The lowermost leaves do not approach so closely on the
ventral surface of the rachis, and are not spatulate in form. The
leaves are more sickle-shaped, the rays fewer in number, 13-16,
and more conspicuous ; the spines are more pointed and slender,
and the margins of the leaves more deeply notched between
them.

Our specimens fall into two groups, which we propose to
speak of as varieties a and (.

Pr. Esperi, var.a. (Plate XXIII. figs. 12, 13.)

In this variety, of which there are eight specimens, the leaves
are markedly sickle-shaped, and the rays very conspicuous on
their under surface ; the zooid plate is smaller than in P. chinense,
does not extend so far along the ventral border of the leaf, is very
slightly dentate at its margin, and is very often brown in colour.
The principal measurements of these specimens are as follows,
a being a typical one, 6 and ¢ more extreme forms :—

* Kolliker, Aleyonarien, pp. 108-113.

276 PROF. MARSHALL AND MR. G. H. FOWLER ON THE

a b. ¢

Length of colony......... Ee Abamonasaonee “ 188 90 82
Meno thy ot/etalikiee en seeeetrssmecna cee 26 34 29
Length of feather ................0-00s 62 56 53
Width of feather ...............:....000 53 53 45
Width of rachis, ventral surface ...| , 15 14 10
Distance apart of lowest leaves ...... 10 9 9
Diam. of stalk, average ..............: » 13 10 12
iNuimiber ofsleavesseeeeeceeeeteeeeceee 21+5 rud. | 24+-7 rud. | 21+4 rud.
Height of largest leaf .................- | 13 14 10
Ventral border of largest leaf ...... 24 28 21
Base of attachment of largest leaf... 5 5 45
INfOvaM| IE OME TANS Gooassonaddcobaecdoaante 16 16 13
ene thro spines\ a scsdesecesse se see ses: 25-4 2-2°5 25

Pr. Espert, var. 6. (Plate XXIII. figs. 14, 15.)

The three specimens of this form are chiefly characterized by the
soft flabby condition of the rachis and leaves, the latter being thin,
almost membranous, and twisted about in a very irregular fashion,
as shown in fig. 14. It is very possible, however, that this flabbiness
may be, at least in part, an accidental or temporary condition,
and it would be well not to attach much weight to it. In other
respects these specimens are in many ways intermediate between
the preceding variety and Pt. chinense. In relative proportions
of feather and stalk, and of length and width of the feather, as
also in the number of rays in the leaves, and the marked notching
of their margin, they closely resemble Pt. Esperi, var. a ; while,
on the other hand, they differ from this, and approach Pteroeides
chinense, in the shape of the leaves, and in the size, shape, and
other characters of the zooid plate. They differ from both these
forms in the much greater extent to which the dorsal surface of
the rachis is exposed, but this is very possibly to be associated
with the generally flabby condition of the specimens. The prin-
cipal measurements of variety 6 are as follows :—

Meng thor colony yee-esqsdeencre tees 120 mm.
Memechyotistalles ta. Javea. se. access 38
Penethyoigtea cher sey sees a ae see Oe
Whidthvot feather = pers eeeaee ye 2 Oe!
Width of rachis, ventral surface ...... 13
Distance apart of lowest leaves........ 5
Diam. of stalk, average .................. 15

INuimibercotuleaycsm aerate eae eee 23+5 rud.

PENNATULIDA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 277

Height of largest leaf ............. Aa 13 mm.
Ventral border of largest leaf ......... 25

Base of attachment of largest leaf ... 5
INtmimIbery ai ery Sip ete 2i nalldine sda) sate 13
Bengt OF Spimess yetenis seats. scicesdeoeen 2°5-3°5

Subsection 2. Virgulariee.

Family i. ViravLarips.
Genus Vireunaria, Lamarck.

Vireunarta Rumpaur, Kolliker.

Of this fine species there are three specimens, two of which are
entire, while the third has been cut off, apparently by the dredge,
at the junction of stalk and rachis. In consequence of their
ereat length, all three have been broken in order to allow of
their preservation in tubes of ordinary size.

Kolliker named the species from a single specimen, from Am-
boina, in the Berlin Museum*; we have met with no other
account of it, and have therefore thought it well to describe our
specimens in some detail.

The colonies, which are very long, up to 900 millim., are slender,
rod-like, and of nearly uniform diameter along their entire length.
The stalk is long and cylindrical, and ends below in a dilated
vesicle, which is fairly obvious in the largest specimen, though
contracted and inconspicuous in the other. In this, as in other
species of Pennatulida, the presence or absence of a terminal
vesicle to the stalk depends very largely on the degree of con-
traction of the specimen, and is a character of no practical value
in classification.

The axis is stout, brittle, and oval in transverse section. Its
upper end is abruptly truncated, and projects freely for some
millimetres above the fleshy part of the rachis. This projection
occurs during life, as in one specimen a couple of barnacles were
adherent to the exposed part of the axis. At the lower end of
the rachis the axis tapers rapidly ; it enters the stalk, but only
extends a short distance along it, ending in a slender hooked
extremity. The surface of the axis along the whole length of
the rachis is sculptured by irregularly arranged and intercrossing
@rooves.

The fleshy part of the rachis along the greater part of its

* Kolliker, Aleyonarien, pp. 202-205, and pl. xiii. figs. 1238-124.

278 PROF. MARSHALL AND MR. G. H. FOWLER ON THE

length is very thin, forming little more than a membranous sheath
to the axis, from which the leaves arise. At the lower end of the
rachis there is on either side a longitudinal row of single small
zooids, about 50 millim. in length (cf: fig. 16), above which the
leaves commence. These are, for some distance, very small and
very close together, but as they pass upwards become gradually
larger and further apart. Even in the lowest leaves the com-
ponent polypes are indicated by slight notchings of the margins.
The largest leaves occur about the junction of the middle and
upper thirds of the rachis, above which point they diminish
slightly in size. At the upper end the leaves are small, shrivelled,
and closely approximated to one another, appearing as mere
wrinklings of the surface.

The leaves, even the largest ones, are of small size, and along
the lower half of the rachis are little more than transverse ridges.
Each leaf consists of 40 to 42 polypes arranged in a single row,
but slightly alternating in the largest leaves, owing to dis-
placement from mutual pressure. The ventral border of the leaf
is concave, and is continued as a ridge on to the ventral surface
of the rachis; in this ridge and the adjacent part of the rachis
there is a very obvious network of branching canals, as described
and figured by Kolliker*. The siphonozooids are arranged in
transverse rows at the bases of the leaves, the number of zooids
in each row being about the same as that of the polypes in the
corresponding leaf.

As in other species of Virgularia, the genital products are
contained in the lower immature leaves. Of the three specimens,
two are female and one male.

Considerable quantities of sand occur between the leaves
closely adherent to the rachis, especially in its lower half. This
derives some interest in consequence of the statement made by
Rumphius +, that the allied species, V. gwncea, which lives in
very shallow water, has the habit of retracting almost completely
into the sand at low water or when disturbed.

The principal measurements of the three specimens are as
follows, the corresponding dimensions as given by Kolhkert of the
specimen in the Berlin Museum being added for comparison :—-

* Kolliker, op. cit. pl. xiii. fig.123 ~
+ Rumphius, D’Amboinsche Rariteitkamer (Amsterdam, 1705), pp. 43-44.
+ Kolliker, op. cit. p. 205.

PENNATULIDA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 279
aT RIL UR | a I SE

Specimen from
a. b. Cc. Amboina, in
Berlin Museum.

Total length of colony............ 598 775 BEI) 523
Wength of stalk ..........00...0- Absent. 200 290 101
Length of rachis ..........-.....+ 585 568 635 422
Length of axis exposed above

upper end of rachis............ 13 7 DOM AANA WARE NEE
Length of lateral zooid stripe... 42 65 42 24.
Length of rachis with immature

MEMES Hea 2» aclucisavenas satelcsetae ceves 280 260 330 215
Length of rachis with developed

FEAIVOS Gs 6 cf acicrinwe'saacin uatoetars ae e ie 283 183

> -_ { lower half ... 3) yA aaa re Boece
et acs { upper half...) 4 35 35:75 5 eee
Wiameor stalk ..2..dscsccvashesua Absent. 7 5 8
Diam. of terminal vesicle ...... Absent. 8:5 | Inconspicuous. 14
Number of immature leaves ...| 450 circa. | 450 cirea. 500 circa. 439 circa.
Number of developed leaves ...! 110 circa, | 85cirea. 100 cirea.
Number of small leaves at top

Olerachis ..62.,ccvausescseasae eee: 35 18 26 8
Number of polypes per leaf ... 40 42 42 40-44.
HMierzht of leaf 2... .cscsesc.ceeeco- 2:5 2 15 3-3°5
Greatest distance apart of leaves 35 3 a (sce
AIM OMARIS ccseceecerecees acece 37X3 3X2°5 4x3 8x27

VIRGULARIA PROLIFERA, sp. nov. (Plate XXIII. figs. 16, 17.)

Colony slender, rod-like, dark brown or black in colour *.
Stalk short, with a very obvious terminal vesicle, often incon-
spicuous from contraction, separated by a constriction from the
rachis. A well-marked lateral zooid stripe at each side of lower
end of rachis ; the lowermost leaves placed laterally, and forming
small transverse ridges very closely packed together. Fully
developed leaves in upper third of rachis alternating with one
another, and slightly overlapping along dorsal surface of rachis;
not more than 2 millim. apart. Polypes 22 to 80 in number; the
full number present in the immature leaves. Siphonozooids in
single trausverse rows at bases of leaves. Axis thick and rigid
in rachis ; upper end truncated and projecting beyond soft parts,
or merely covered by thin skin; lower end tapering rapidly,
entering the stalk, but not reaching the vesicle; axis oval in
transverse section, and with the surface corrugated.

We have established this species for 15 specimens from the
Mergui Archipelago. Nearly all these are perfect at their lower

* Dr. Anderson informs us that this dark colour, amounting to blackness
in some cases, is due entirely to the action of the spirit in which the specimens
‘were preserved.

280 PROF. MARSHALL AND MR. G. H. FOWLER ON THE
ends, but all show the truncation of the upper end of the rachis
that is so characteristic a feature of the genus Virgularia.

The species approaches most closely to V. Lovenii, Kolliker,
of which only a single fragment, from Port Jackson, Australia,
has as yet been described *.

In V. Lovenii the leaves are, however, much further apart (8-4
millim.) than in V. prolifera (1-2 millim.), and of smaller size; the
autozooids also are less distinct from one another, and the siphono-
zooids are described and figured as arranged in irregular trans-
verse rows, while in V. prolifera the rows are very regular.
Kolliker’s figures} of V. Lovenit are even more unlike our spe-
cimens than is his description, so that we feel fairly confident
that the new species will prove to be a good one.

The principal measurements of four of our specimens, including
the most divergent examples, are given in the following table :—

SS SS ee a aa, Sra | ii a iin ian Ps habe mbar eels
a b @. d

Length of colony.........sseeeersseeeees 243 165 170 263
Length of stalk.....-....eeseeeereterecees 25 3l AD 43
Length of rachis .........:0s:eseseee00 218 13 125 920
Length of lateral zooid stripe of

lower end of rachis .........+-----++: a7 10 15 99
Length of rachis with immature

IGRI ees onepecoseoconooaseboogosHupdedode 110 63 65 116
Length of rachis with developed

LOAVES. ......0ceceeececet este recsereeeeees 76 58 30 80
Length of upper end of rachis with

small leaves ........-.-.seeceeeese etre 5 B 15 2
Greatest width of feather ..........-. 65 a 5 12
Diam. of rachis in middle of length. 3 2:2 25 4-5
IDrayan, OH SHAM j4c6seoseononccooncoscoodes 4:7 4 +5) 6:5
Diam. of terminal vesicle ...........- 5 9 5 17
Diam. of axis, upper end.............-. 2x18 13x11 2x17 2x17
Number of immature leaves in lower

part of rachis ..........--seseessen 200 circa. | 150 circa. | 150 cirea. | 220 circa
Number of developed leaves ......... 44 2 14 4D
Number of small leaves at top of

TYEE sco ancogeognosconepaqqe2b0005400. 098 3 3 15 3
Greatest distance apart of leaves ... 2 2 15 2
Number of polypes per leaf ..... ... 24 22 26 30
Height of largest leaf ...... ........... 2°5 3 13 4
Veutral border of largest leaf......... 2:2 3 1:2 5

* Kolliker, op. cit. p. 201, and pl. xiii. figs. 121, 122.
+ Kolliker, op. cit. pl. xiii. figs. 121, 122.

PENNATULIDA OF THE MERGUL ARCHIPELAGO. 281

Section IV. VeRETILLER.
Family i. CAVERNULARIIDE.

Genus CAVERNULARIA, Valenciennes.

CAVERNULARIA OBESA, Val. (Plate XXIII. fig. 18.)

Of this variable species there are twelve specimens in the col-
lection, all from the Andaman Islands.

The majority of these agree in all respects with the descrip-
tion given by Koélliker * ; two specimens, however, present special
characters, and may be described as a distinct variety.

Cav. OBESA, var. a. »

The two specimens in question, while agreeing in all essen-
tial respects with the typical form, are characterized by their
very irregular shape. In one the stalk is absent, apparently
cut off by the dredge. The rachis is cylindrical and of nearly
uniform diameter in its lower three-fourths; the upper fourth
is much narrower, and is separated by a marked constriction
from the lower part, from which it projects somewhat obliquely
as an irregular finger-like process.

The second specimen, which is drawn the natural size in fig. 18,
is complete. The stalk is very shor§; the rachis, which is rather
flabby in texture, expands from below upwards, and is produced
at one side into a rounded terminal knob or bud. This knob
appears to be the seat of most active growth, inasmuch as on
it the polypes are smaller and much closer together than in
other parts. The whole of the surface of the rachis between the
polypes is covered, as usual in this species, with minute siphono-
zooids.

This irregular mode of growth, curiously like the budding of
Alcyonium, is probably to be associated with the absence, in
Cavernularia obesa, of the calcareous axis usually found in
Pennatulida.

For the sake of comparison we give the principal measurements
of some of the specimens, including those of the second example
of var. a.

* Kolliker, op. cit. pp. 388-843, and pl. xxii. figs. 199-201.

282 PROF. MARSHALL AND MR. G. H. FOWLER ON THE

a b ¢ d ée. |Var. a
Length of colony...........2....02+0 232 | 172 | 120 69 41 79
Meng thvot stale cen. scnees cesses sect 44 39 27 19 9 13
Length of rachis ..............-.0.++- 188 | 1383 93 50 32 66
Diam. of rachis, greatest............ 38 35 40 20 13. | 25
Diam. of rachis, in middle......... 32 27 30 20 13 22
Diam. at junction of rachis and
Blalie ac capeneaoceinre Memrecanmectucee 27 25 27 12 10 8
Average distance apart of polypes} 15) 15] 115} 18) 16) 25
Diam. of polype-mouths............ OF) 0-5) O57 |), 0:8) See O ah en

Family u. Lirvarrmp 2.

Genus Litvarta, Valenciennes.

LITUARIA PHALLOIDES, Pallas. (Plate XXIII. figs. 19-21.)

Of this species Kolliker* notes that though it is probably
widely distributed in the Indian Ocean, yet the actual number
of recorded specimens is very small. Klliker’s description is
drawn up from a single specimen in the Paris Museum from
Sumatra, and during the voyage of the ‘Challenger’ a single
example only was obtained, from Japan +.

In Dr. Anderson’s collection there are eleven adult specimens,
ten from the Andaman Islands, and one from the Mergui Archi-
pelago, and nine young specimens from the Mergui Archipelago.

The adult specimens are all much alike; the majority are
truncated at the upper end of the rachis, but two others are
perfect, and bear small polypes at the extreme end. The speci-
mens agree closely with the description given by Kolliker, the
only points of difference of any moment that we have noted
being the following :—

There is no line of boundary between the rachis and the stalk.
The autozooids (polypes) extend lower down the rachis than the
siphonozooids, but these lower ones are of very small size. There
is in many specimens a very obvious plane of symmetry, the au-
tozooids gradually increasing in size from the dorsal to the
ventral surface. The siphonozooids do not cover the whole
surface of the rachis between the autozooids, but are very
distinctly arranged in rings around the latter. The cups

* Kolliker, op. cit. pp. 313-816.
t Zool. Chal]. Exp., Report on the Pennatulida, p. 32.

PENNATULIDA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 283

lodging the autozooids when retracted are black or dark brown.
Finally the stalk is shorter relatively to the rachis than in
Kolliker’s specimen.

The single specimen from Mergui is rather paler in colour
than the Andaman Islands examples, but agrees with these in
other respects.

The axis in Lztuaria (fig. 20) extends the whole length of the
colony. In the stalk it is slender, and ends below in a flexible
hocked extremity. Passing up into the rachis it gradually
increases in size, being thickest at its upper end. Along the
greater part of its length it is quadrilateral; wider from side to
side than dorso-ventrally, and grooved longitudinally on all four
faces. Its upper part presents laterally a number of cup-like
depressions, lodging the deeper parts of the polype-cavities.
These depressions, which increase in size and depth towards the
top of the axis, are separated from one another by thin sharp-
edged partitions, produced at places into prominent teeth (fig.
20), which during life come very close to the surface of the
rachis.

In the young specimens (fig. 21), which vary in length from
13 to 19 millim., the fleshy coenenchym of the rachis is very
scanty, and the polypes few in number. The axis is very well
developed, and its surface is deeply excavated to form cups for
the lodgment of the polypes, the partitions between the cups
coming quite to the surface, and forming a conspicuous mosaic
pattern. The top of the rachis and axis is pointed, and the
polypes are largest some little distance below it. In the
smallest specimen there are 10 well-developed polypes, but no
siphonozooids; in the largest of the nine there are about 20
polypes and a few siphonozooids in addition.

The principal dimensions of one of the adult specimens are
as follows :—

Thenpthyotcolomye ox. cs. ses neccecs sees 145 mm.
hen gbliom Shallletgesces seer vt salsh.ce een) GZ
Whenpthvottacitneyedtsrts.c. fee. seveeecee tye 83
Dian: of bopyOl LACHISy g.2.6-)c-2t2-2s8es
Diam. at junction of stalk and ane) Jepe
WDictma./om shallciee sepeee cia. eat esos ee Saas. 3°5
Diam. of terminal vesicle ....:.............. 5

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI. 24

284 PROF. MARSHALL AND MR. G. H. FOWLER ON THE

Genus Poricenta, Gray.

POLICELLA MANILLENSIS, KOlliker.

Of this species there are two specimens ; one from the Andaman
Islands, the other from the Mergui Archipelago. The two differ
a good deal in comparative firmness or flaccidity, in the varying
degree of protrusion of the polypes, in colour, and in other
secondary points. The figure given by Kolliker * is, in many
respects, intermediate between the two.

In the Andaman Islands specimen the whole coenenchym is
compact and firm; the axis is about three fourths the length of
the colony ; the autozooids are mostly in a state of complete
retraction, and when expanded are smaller than in the other
specimen. Along the lower 20 millim. of the rachis the auto-
zooids are smaller, almost colourless, and arranged in longitudinal
rows, separated by longitudinal folds of the cutis. The siphono-
zooids are exceedingly numerous, occupying the whole of the
surface of the rachis between the autozooids, except in the
lowest 20 millim., where they are absent. There are no calcareous
spicules in the rachis, but small otolith-like bodies, 0-008 x 0:004
millim., occur in considerable numbers in the deeper layers of the
stalk.

The general colour of the rachis and stalk is yellow-ochre; the
bodies of the autozooids are dark brown, paler at the base, and
with yellowish-white tentacles.

In the specimen from the Mergui Archipelago the coonenchym
is much less firm, the rachis being soft and fleshy, and the stalk
only slightly denser. The axis is shorter, hardly more than half
the length of the colony, and more slender. The autozooids are
larger, and are in a great many cases fully expanded; the tran-
sition from the fully-formed ones of the upper half of the rachis
to the immature ones at its lower end is much more gradual
than in the Andaman Islands specimen. ‘The siphonozooids
are smaller and less numerous, and are arranged in longi-
tudinal rows between the autozooids. There are a few calcareous
spicules in the cutis of the rachis, and numerous otolith-like
bodies in the stalk.

The rachis and stalk are almost colourless; the autozooids are
a dark purplish brown in their distal third, transparent at their
bases, and have white tentacles.

* Kolliker, op. cit. pl. xxii. fig. 189.

PENNATULIDA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 285

The principal dimensions of the two specimens are as follows :—

Andaman Islands . .
specimen. Mergui specimen.

ength) Of ColOmyierss dase. asciacuee ene 168 175
Hien ethos Stalllkeweneeesereeeme acer acer: 48 37
Wena thvok rachisieemestssesesceere sc 120 138
Mengsthi ot axis’ seas eeerasecsneree sare: 120 92
Mirae. of shally. sevcnutetieestec asec ses: 17 us
IDENT OUETPYESVE): “cconccaosadcocdeaonaasee 19 11
Diam. Of axis’ s-teeisecsssuseses sents 3°09 X2°5 2x18
Length of largest autozooid ......... 8-10 11
Diam. of largest autozooid ............ 11 14
Tentacles of largest autozooid ...... 26 4
Diam. of immature autozooid ...... 0°64-0°5 0:54-0-4
Diam. of siphonozooids ............... 0-4 0:16

POLICELLA TENUIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXIII. figs. 22, 23.)

Colony slender and of somewhat flabby consistency ; nearly
uniform in width along its whole length, tapering slightly at both
ends. Stalk slhghtly firmer than rachis, but not separated from
it by a sharp line of demarcation. Axis rigid, less than half the
length of the colony, quadrangular with rounded angles and
slightly grooved sides. Polypes very long and slender, completely
retractile, largest about the middle of the rachis, rudimentary
at lower end of rachis. Siphonozooids covering whole surface of
rachis between the polypes. A few small calcareous bodies in
the rachis, and small otolith-like bodies in the stalk.

Of this form a single specimen was obtained from the Mergui
Archipelago. The whole colony, including the polypes, is of an
ashen-grey colour; the rachis is soft, wrinkled, and its surface
markedly slimy.

The axis extends about halfway down the stalk, and not quite
halfway along the rachis.

The great length and slenderness of the polypes, the absence
ot any line of demarcation between rachis and stalk, the shortness
of the axis, and the general flabby condition of the whole colony
serve to distinguish the species at once from P. manillense.

The principal measurements of the specimen are as follows :—

dhenpth Ob colony 328 e oe. ace seen ce yenencs 252 mm,
Nene the ote siablea remiss 3. 5.5 .5525) csenes 68
hens thy ot rachis). 2.Ap-.. .5.-.08sc002 184.
enebhy of amivan sense ss 02 0...000susen ns 110

‘286 PENNATULIDA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.

Dram: Or stale Wee se cere eee earn 12 mm.
Diana. Obtachis Aen. seen eee eee nana 13

Tat. \OL aS es eee ee ee eee eee 45 x 4:
Length of largest autozooid ............ 12-14
Diam. of largest autozooid ............... 08
Tentacles of largest autozooid............ 3°5
Diam. of immature autozooid ............ 0:48
Diamjoh siphenozoolds:ssenee esse. ees ~ 0°16-0°24
Length of calcareous bodies of nace. 06

Diam. of otolith-like bodies of stalk ... 0:006

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

In Figs. 5, 16, 20, and 22 the lower ends of the specimens have been drawn
by the lithographer as bent up in an unnatural manner, in order to accom-
modate the figures to the size of the Plate. The specimens are naturally straight.

Fig.

Fig.

PiatTe XXII.

1. Pteroeides elegans, latero-dorsal view, x 1.

2. P. elegans, leaf, under surface, <3.

3. P. Lacazii, var. a, leaf, under surface, <1.

4. P. Lacazti, var. 8, dorsal surface, <1.

5. P. Lacazii, var. 8 with supernumerary leaves, ventral surface, x1.
6. P. Lacaztt, var. B, leaf, under surface, x1.

7. P. chinense, var. a, dorsal surface, x 1.

8. P. chinense, var. a, ventral surface, x1.

9. P. chinense, vay. a, leaf, under surface, x 1.

Prats XXIII.
10. P. chinense, var. 8, dorsal surface, x 4.
11. P. chinense, var. B, leaf, under surface, x 4.
12. P. Hsperi, var. a, dorsal surface, x 4.
13. P. Hsperi, var. a, leaf, under surface, x #.
14. P. Espert, var. B, dorsal surface, x 4.
15. P. Esperi, var. B, leaf, under surface, x4.
16. Virgularia prolifera, sp. nov., dorsal surface, x 1.
7. V. prolifera, sp. nov., leaf, X3.
18. Cavernularia obesa, var. a, X #.
19. Lituaria phalloides, x1.
20. L. phalloides, axis, <1.
21. L. phalloides, young specimen, x4.
22. Policella tenuis, sp. nov., X1.
23. P. tenuis, sp. nov. -@ Caleareous bodies from rachis, x 210; (0)
Otolith-like Dodie from stalk, x 210.

——_

MYRIOPODA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 287

Report on the Myriopoda of the Mergui Archipelago, collected
for the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr.
John Anderson, F.R.S., Superintendent of the Museum.
By R. I. Pococr, Assistant in the Zoological Department,
British Museum. (Communicated by Dr. Jonn ANDERSON,
E.B.S., F.L.S8.)

[Read 1st December, 1887. ]
(Puates XXIV. & XXV.)

No species of Myriopoda have hitherto, so far as I am aware,

been recorded from the Mergui Archipelago, but considering the

proximity of this group of islands to the mainland of the Malay

Peninsula, it is not surprising that most of the large and con-

spicuous forms obtained are referable to species which have been

from time to time described from various parts of the Oriental

Region.

Those that are new are, with one exception, small and incon-
spicuous individuals, which would in all probability have been
overlooked or ignored by any but a scientific collector.

Very little need here be said about the Chilopoda. One specimen
only, a species of Himantarium,is new. ‘The rest are well known
Oriental forms. With regard to these I have deemed it sufficient
to give references to the excellent descriptive papers of Dr.
Meinert and Dr. Haase.

The Diplopoda are in some respects of greater interest, and
have been treated in consequence at greater length. Knowing
from experience the immense difficulties to be encountered in
the endeavour to identify merely from descriptions species of
this group, I have thought it advisable to describe and figure,
whether old or new, every specimen occurring 1 the collection.
Fortunately, in most cases, individuals of each sex were taken;
it has been possible, therefore, to examine the male copulatory
apparatus, and to point out the specific distinctions presented by
this organ. I have described as new one species of Glomeris,
two of Paradesmus, two of Spirostreptus, and one of Spirobolus.

It is with great pleasure that I take this opportunity of ex-
pressing my obligations to Dr. Meinert and to Dr. Karsch for
kindly comparing most of the specimens here enumerated with
the types of species preserved in the Museums at Copenhagen
and at Berlin, to which I had no access.

With the object of assisting fellow-workers, by affording them
some means of ascertaining what has already been done with
regard to this group of animals in the Hast, I have added at the

288 MR. BR. I. POCOCK ON THE

end of my paper a list of the principal publications which treat
in any way of the Myriopoda of the Oriental Region. Of these
special mention may be made of the excellent monograph of the
Chilopoda published by Dr. Erich Haase (“ Die Indisch-Austra-
lischen Chilopoden,” Abh. Ber. zool. Mus. Dresden, 1887).

I. CHILOPODA.
Family ScoLOPENDRIDS.
Genus Scotoprenpra, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 1062, ex parte ;
Newport, Trans. Linn. Soc. xix. p. 377.

ScOLOPENDRA sSUBSPINIPES, Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. xi. p. 383.

Var. DE Haantr, Brandt, Recueil ete. p. 59.

This variety, characterized by the absence of spines from the
under surface of the anal femora, is very commonly met with in
the Oriental Region.

Specimens were taken in Sullivan Island, King Island, and
Kisseraing.

Genus Orostiema, Porath, Bih. Sv. Vet.-Akad.
Handi. B. iv. p. 18.
Syn. Branchiotrema, Kohlrausch, Arch. f. Naturgq.
Jahrg. 47, p. 70.

OTOSTIGMA CARINATUM, Porath, op. cit. p. 20.

Var. INSULARE, Haase, op. cit. p. 69.

Four specimens, one from Sullivan Island and three from
King Island.

This southern variety of the Chinese species has been recorded
from Java and Ceylon.

Family GEOPHILID#.
Genus Mzcistoceruatus, Newp. Proc. Zool. Soc. x. p.178.

MECISTOCEPHALUS PUNCTIFRONS, Wewp. t. c. p. 179, 1842.

Syn. M. heros, Meinert, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. xxiii. p. 214,
1886.

One adult specimen from Mergui, one adult and one young
from Sullivan Island, and one young from King Island.

A widely distributed Oriental species.

Dr. Meinert, by whom these specimens were examined, identified
them with his Mecistocephalus heros, a species recorded from the
Island of Mauritius. After carefully comparing them with the
type specimen of Mecistocephalus punctifrons (Newport), and
finding that they differ from it in no constant character, I have

MYRIOPODA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 289

been obliged to add heros to the list of synonyms appertaining
to M. punctifrons. For these synonyms, see Haase, op. cit. p. 104.

Genus Onpunaus, Meinert, Nat. Tidsskr. 8. vii. p. 17.

ORPHNHZUS BREVILABIATUS, Newport, sp. (Plate XXIV.
figs. 2, 2 a.)

Syn. Geophilus brevilabiatus, Mewport, Trans. Linn. Soc. xix.
p. 436.

Geophilus bilineatus, Peters, Reise Mossam., Ins. p. 581,
pl. xxiii. fig. 4.

Orphneus lividus, Weinert, Nat. Tidsskr. 3. vii. Deploe

One female specimen from Sullivan Island.

This specimen was kindly identified by Dr. Meinert with his
species Orphneus lividus, but since it agrees in all respects with
the type specimen of Geophilus brevilabiatus (Newport), which
is preserved in the British Museum, there is no doubt that
Dr. Haase (op. cit. p. 111) is perfectly correct in his supposition
that Dr. Meinert redeseribed Geophilus brevilabiatus (Newport)
as Orphneus lividus.

To the list of synonyms made out by Dr. Haase for this species
may be added G. bilineatus (Peters).

This species is very abundant in the Oriental Region.

Genus Himantarium, C. Koch, Syst. Myr. p. 82;
Meinert, Nat. Tidsskr. 3. vii. p. 21.

HimMantTartum mnpicum, Meinert, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. xxiii.
p-. 228. (Plate XXIV. figs. 3-3 6.)

One male specimen from King Island, named by Dr. Meinert.

The type of this species was taken at Kulu.

Hrmanrarium MEINeRtr, sp.nov. (Plate XXIV. figs. 1-14.)

Length 85 mm. Body narrowed anteriorly and posteriorly.
Maxillary feet almost reaching the frontal margin; smooth;
sternum twice as wide as long; with anterior margin slightly
sinuate and unarmed; basal segment unarmed; claw strongly
curved and unarmed.

Cephalic plate smooth, slightly wider than long; posterior
margin almost straight; not covering maxillary feet posteriorly.

Basal plate a little narrower than the cephalic plate, four
times as wide as it is long. Pre-basal plate visible.

Antenne long, at the base in contact, tapering towards the
apex ; hairy; segments longer than wide; ultimate segment
slightly longer than the penultimate.

290 MR. RB. I. POCOCK ON THE

Dorsal plates smooth, strongly bisulcate; area between the
sulci irregularly striated longitudinally.

Ventral plates with shallow median depression; porous area
occupying the posterior portion of the plate.

Anterior pair of feet a little shorter and a little more slender
than the succeeding pairs.

Posterior pleure not coxiform, clothed with short hairs ; porous:
last ventral plate with lateral margins slightly converging
posteriorly ; with rounded angles and straight hinder margin.

Anal feet (in the female) much longer than the preceding pair ;
slender ; ultimate segment equal in length to the penultimate
and unarmed.

115 pairs of legs.

A single female specimen from Sullivan Island.

I have named this species after Dr. Meinert, to whom so much
of our knowledge of the Chilopoda is due.

IT. DIPLOPODA. |
Family GLOMERID2.

Genus Giomertis, Latr. Hist. Nat. d. Crust. iti. p. 44;
Leach, Zool. Mise. iu. p. 32, 1817.

[GLOMERIS CARNIFEX, sp.n. Segments shining, black above,
with testaceous posterior margins; lateral portion of second
segment pink or pale brick-red ; lateral margins of the remaining
segments either reddish or testaceous ; posterior half of posterior
somite pale pink or brick-red.—Tenasserim. Collected by
Mr. E. W. Oates; see Note, p. 301.]

GLOMERIS CARNIFEX, var. PALLIDA, var. n. (Plate XXIV.
figs. 7, 7a.)

Colour of under surface of head and of somites testaceous ;
upper surface of somites black, with testaceous posterior and
lateral margins; a central longitudinal testaceous line, and a
large lateral testaceous spot, which in the anterior somites unites
with the marginal lateral testaceous patch.

Segments shining; thickly and finely punctured.. First dorsal
plate with two transverse striz; second with from seven to ten
lateral strie ; remaining dorsal plates with from three to five strie.

Eye on each side consisting of from six to eight ocelli arranged
in a linear series and of a single ocellus situated on the outside

MYRIOPODA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 291

of the upper extremity of this series. In one female specimen
the left eye consists of sixteen ocelli, nine being arranged in a
linear series, with three on the inside and four on the outside: of
the series. This abnormal arrangement calls to mind the aggre-
gate eye of the Spherotheria.

Posterior dorsal plate of different individuals exhibiting dif-
ferent degrees of emargination.

In the male the coxe of the eighteenth pair of feet are not
coalesced, and these limbs are relatively larger when compared
with the copulatory feet and with the preceding pairs, than they
are in, e. g., G. connexa.

Copulatory feet very stout, race of five segments ; inter-
coxal lamina pyriform, with short and slender lateral processes ;
second segment towards its distal end giving off inwardly a seti-
ferous process ; third segment bearing two processes, an anterior
and a posterior—the former short, conical, setiferous, the latter
broad and somewhat quadrate; fourth segment bearing an
upturned tooth; fifth segment curved.

Nine specimens, five males and four females, preserved in
spirit of wine. From Elphinstone Island.

This variety differs from the typical form in the absence of the
red colouring-matter on the segments.

The occurrence of this genus in the Oriental Region is of
peculiar interest, since its headquarters appear to be the Medi-
terranean district of the Palearctic Region. In the Ethiopian,
Oriental, and Australian Regions its place is taken by the allied
genera Spherotherium and Zephronia.

In 1865, however, Dr. Wood (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.
p. 172) described a species of Glomeris from Hong Kong. To
this he gave the name bicolor; but his description of it is so
inadequate, that I am unable to say whether or not it is identical
with this species from Tenasserim and Mergui. So far as may be
judged by the description, it appears to apply to a different form.

Family PoLYDESMID4.

Genus Srenonta, Gray, Todd's Cyclop. Anat. Phys. ii. p. 546.
Subgen. AcantHopusmus, Peters, Monatsber. K. Preuss.
Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1864, p. 546.

ACANTHODESMUS PILIPES, Pefers, t. c. p. 544. (Plate XXIV.
figs. 44: ¢. )
g and 2. Length about 74 mm., width 13 mm.

292 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE

Colour for the most part dark reddish brown above, paler
beneath; keels, antenne, and legs testaceous. In young specimens
the prevailing colour is a light reddish brown, the central portion -
of each dorsal plate being scarcely darker than the keels and legs.
One adult female also presents this peculiarity of coloration.

Keels and keel-bearing portion of each dorsal plate densely
and finely granular, with a row of larger granules at the posterior
margin. Posterior dorsal plates marked indistinctly with three
transverse rows of tubercles. Anterior dorsal plates more
coarsely granular than the posterior.

External margin of each keel very obscurely denticulated, and,
at the hinder end of the body, produced posteriorly into a short
sharp process. In the young specimens, 7. e. those possessing
but 19 somites and of which the males are without copulatory
feet, the granules are relatively coarser and the lateral denticles
of the keels much more strongly marked than in the adults. In
the largest individual of the series of adults, which is unfortu-
nately a female, the lateral margins of the keels are smooth.

Hach somite provided with three tubercles on the outside and
two on the inside of the point of articulation of the legs.

Legs and antenne thickly clothed with short hairs. First
dorsal plate nearly double as wide as itis long; anterior and
posterior margin bearing a single row of tubercles. Hach anal
valve with a single tubercle ; subanal plate with a tubercle on
each side of the middle line. In the male the copulatory foot is
composed of two subequal segments ; in the proximal segment
the proximal half ig slender and simple, the distal half stout; in
the distal segment the proximal half is stout, the distal half
slender and terminating in two long, approximately equal, hook-
like processes.

This species is allied to Stenonia margaritifera (Gervais, Ins.
Apt. iv. p. 102), and to Stenonia Schetelyi (Karsch, Archiv.
Naturg. 1881, p. 87), but differs from both in the shape of the
copulatory foot. This organ is in St. Schetelyi terminated by a
single long curved process; in St. margaritifera by two curved
processes, one long and one short; and in Sé. pilipes by two
long curved processes.

Eleven adult specimens (three males and eight females) and
four young specimens (two males and two females) were brought
from Sullivan Island, King Island, and Owen Island.

My thanks are due to Dr. Karsch for the name of this species.

It is perhaps worth while to point out in connection with this

MYRIOPODA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 293

species that the long series of forms from which the above de-
scription has been taken shows well to what an extent characters
which have been regarded as valuable for the separation of
Species may vary with age in individuals which are without
doubt specifically identical.

Genus Parapresmus, Sauss. Linn. Hntom. xii. p. 325.

PaRaDESMUS KarscHt, sp. nov. (Plate XXIV. figs. 5-5 6.)

Length about 43 mm., width about 5 mm.

Colour: the anterior cylindrical portion of each somite very
dark chocolate-brown above and at the sides ; testaceous beneath.
Upper surface of keel-bearing portion yellow with brown anterior
margin; lateral portions brown; sternal portion testaceous.
Upper and under sides of keels testaceous. First dorsal plate
testaceous, with patch of brown colour towards the anterior
margin.

Legs pale brown ; head and antenne black.

Body smooth and shining.

Keels horizontal, with very thick lateral margin, upon which is
situated the foramen repugnatorium. Keels of the first segment
well developed and not projecting below those of the second.

First dorsal plate more than double as wide as it is long; very
nearly as wide as the second, and double as long as the keel-
bearing portion of the second.

Head with a median longitudinal sulcus.

Kach dorsal plate bearing a transverse sulcus, running from
the base of one keel to the base of the other. Posterior somite
triangular, truncate, with an anterior larger and a posterior
smaller tubercle on each side; subanal plate bituberculate.

Copulatory foot of the male slender and curved, terminating
with two hooked dissimilar processes: the posterior of these two
processes is wider and at the apex tridentate; the anterior,
slender and pointed, is closely adherent to the posterior.

Five male and five female adult specimens, preserved in spirit
of wine, from King Island and Sullivan Island.

The form of the copulatory foot shows that this species, which
I have named after Dr. Karsch, is closely allied to Paradesmus
vicarius (Karsch, Archiv f. Naturg. 1881, p. 38).

PARADESMUS CRUCIFER, sp. nov. (Plate XXIV. figs. 6-60.)
Length about 60 mm., width about 5 mm.
Colour: upper surface of each somite pale reddish brown, with

294: MR. BR. I. POCOCK ON THE

a median longitudinal darker band running from the anterior
to the posterior border. Basal portion of upper surface of keels
dark brown, passing into yellow towards the apex; raised margin
of keels clear yellow; a dark-coloured band passing from the base
of one keel to that of the other, and cutting the longitudinal band
at right angles, forms with it a cross-shaped mark. Upper portion
of the sides of each somite dark chocolate-brown, passing below
and on the underside into light brown; under surface of keels
pale yellow. Head almost black. Posterior portion and keels
of first dorsal plate yellow ; anterior portion black. Legs clear
yellow; antenne yellow, with apical segment and distal end of
penultinate segment brown.

Body smooth and shining.

Keels almost horizontal, slightly raised, situated at the summit
of the sides of the segments. Antero-external border very
convex and bearing in a depression the foramen repugnatorium.
Keels of first segment well developed and slightly depressed.

First dorsal plate more than double as wide as it is long; very
nearly as wide as the second and double as long as the keel-
bearing portion of the second. ;

Keels of posterior segments strongly projecting backwards.
Head with a median longitudinal sulcus.

Hach dorsal plate bearing a transverse sulcus running from the
base of one keel to that of the other. Posterior portion of each
dorsal plate obscurely striated longitudinally. Posterior somite
triangular, truncate, bifid, bearing three tubercles on each side.
Subanal plate rounded, with a tubercle on each side of the
middle line.

A single female specimen from King Island. The right
antenna is abnormally developed, having one segment fewer than
the left.

This species may at once be distinguished from the preceding
by the difference of colour, by the slightly raised keels, and by the
convexity of the antero-lateral margins of the keels.

Family Iunipa.
Genus Sprrostreptus, Brandt, Bull. Mose. 1833, p. 203.

Subgen. Nopoprex, Brande,
SPIROSTREPTUS(NopopyGe) oprnatus, Karsch, Zeits. Naturwiss.
liv. p. 23. (Plate XXV. figs. 2-2 c.)
Length 153 mm. Number of somites 62 to 66.

MYRIOPODA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 295

Hind half of each somite brown with reddish posterior margin ;
head, antenne, and first dorsal plate light brown; legs clear yellow.

Somites smooth and shining.

Lower lateral portions of the hinder half of each somite longi-
tudinally striated ; fore part of each somite concentrically striated.

Belly-grooves oblique ; those on the central somites as long as
the two basal segments of the legs.

First dorsal plate not extending laterally below the succeeding
ones; antero-inferior border rounded, with margin elevated and
thickened. The groove that marks this thickening extending up
to and beyond the outer margin of the ocular area; postero-
lateral portions striated. Forehead with median sulcus.

Posterior somite produced into a short, slightly upturned
spine, projecting slightly beyond the anal valves.

Anal valves with margins thickened and slightly compressed ;
sub-anal plate triangular, marked off from the posterior segment
by a groove.

In the male the antenne are relatively longer and the margin
of the anal valves more convex than in the female.

The anterior lamina of the copulatory organ produced below
into two processes, the inner of which is slender and styliform.
The upper slender portion of the anterior lamina is attached to a
small triangular plate, by which it is connected with the corre-
sponding portion of the opposite side. The posterior lamina,
viewed from the front, is seen to be dilated below, rod-like
above; the inferior border of the lower dilated portion giving off
two processes, an external and an internal; the external process
projecting downwards and outwards. ‘To the rod-like upper
portion is attached the central portion of the copulatory organ.
This consists of a slightly curved, elongate piece, which below is
produced into an upcurled membranous expansion. At the
proximal end of this is a simple styliform process, the upper
margin of which is slightly serrated. This distal end of the
membranous portion is bifid and setiferous. From the outer
side towards the distal end springs a long curved spur.

Four specimens, three females and one male, from Sullivan
Island.

The species was described by Dr. Karsch from Tenasserim.

SPIROSTREPTUS (NODOPYGE) ATERRIMUS, sp. Lov. (Plate XX V.
figs. 1-1 d.)
Length 217 mm. Number of somites 66-67.

296 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE

Hind half of each somite shining black, with reddish tinge at
its posterior margin ; anterior portion black but less shining.
Head dark brown, shining. Legs and antenne shining dark
brown, with distal margin of each segment yellow.

Each somite divided by a sulcus, which is deeper at the sides
than above, into an anterior and posterior portion: posterior
portion smooth above, striated at the sides and below; anterior
portion marked towards its free margin by fine concentric strie.

Belly-grooves oblique; those of the posterior somites shorter
than those of the central and anterior somites.

First dorsal plate not extending laterally below those that
succeed it; antero-inferior border rounded, with raised and
thickened margins; the groove that marks this thickened margin
reaching up to the ocular area; postero-lateral portions very
faintly striated.

Forehead with median sulcus.

Posterior segment produced into a short upturned spine,
projecting slightly beyond the margin of the anal valves.

Anal valves with margins thickened and strongly compressed ;
sub-anal plate triangular, not separated by a groove from the
posterior segment.

In the male the antenne are relatively longer than they are in
the female ; the head is shorter; the raised margin of the first
dorsal plate thicker, and the free border of the anal valves more
convex.

Anterior lamina of copulatory organ simple and spatulate,
dilated below, slender above; the apex of the upper slender
portion attached to a small triangular plate, by which it is con-
nected with the corresponding piece of the opposite side. The
posterior lamina, viewed from the front, dilated below, rod-like
above; the inferior border of the lower dilated portion giving off
two precesses, an external and an internal; the external process
projecting downwards and inwards. The anterior and posterior
lamine of the copulatory organ are continuous behind, and they
together form a sheath for the central lamina, which is above
attached to the superior rod-like portion of the posterior lamina.
Each central lamina consists of a slightly curved, elongate, more
or less cylindrical piece, which below is produced into an up-
curled membranous expansion. At the proximal end of this
there is an elongate slender piece, terminated by a small sharp
hook. From the inner margin near its proximal extremity this
membranous portion gives off a sharp, slightly curved spur; its

MYRIOPODA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 297

distal extremity, which is very much curled, terminates in three
irregular processes, the central of which bears a series of fine
bristles.

Two specimens, one male and one female, from Mergui.

This species was identified by Dr. Karsch as a variety of
Sp. opinatus, but the form of the copulatory foot, an organ
which that naturalist had no opportunity of examining, serves at
once to distinguish it. From the form of this organ it appears
to be allied to S. lankaensis (Humbert), but in other particulars
it is undoubtedly different.

SPIROSTREPTUS REGIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXV. figs. 3, 3 a.)

Length 55mm. Number of somites 61.

Hind half of each somite deep brown, with paler margin ;
front half testaceous ; anal somite testaceous; margins of valves
aud apex of spine brown; first dorsal plate testaceous in the
centre, brown in front and behind, with anterior and posterior
margins pale yellow. Antenne, legs, and front of head testa-
ceous. Body smooth and shining.

Each somite divided by a sulcus into an anterior and posterior
portion. Posterior portion below marked with the usual longi-
tudinal striz ; above very faintly grooved in the same direction.
Grooves less strongly marked in the anterior than in the
posterior somites.

First dorsal plate not extending laterally below the succeeding
one; lateral portion striated and much attenuated; antero-
inferior margin very round and marked off by a groove.

Forehead with median sulcus.

Posterior somite produced into a very short, very slightly
upcurled spine, which projects slightly beyond the margins of
the anal valves. .

Anal valves with margins thickened and slightly compressed ;
posterior border very convex; sub-anal plate triangular, marked
off from posterior somite by a sulcus.

A single female specimen from King Island.

Genus Spirozotus, Brandt, Bull. Mosc. 1838, p. 202.
SPIROBOLUS CauDuLANUS, Karsch, Zeits. Naturwiss. liv. p. 60.
(Plate XXV. figs. 4-4 6.)
Length 75 mm. Number of:somites 52.
Each somite pale olive-green, with darker posterior portions ;
centre of the dorsal portion blood-red; posterior somite and

298 MR. B. I. POCOCK ON THE

anal valves very pale olive-green; antennz, legs, and region of
labrum ferruginous.

Each somite marked below by a sulcus, which becomes fainter
and finally disappears towards the dorsum. Foramen repugna-
torium situated immediately behind this sulcus, above the middle
of the somite; a small area surrounding the foramen black and
smooth. Hach somite thickly and finely punctured ; lateral
inferior portion as high as the foramen, striated. Posterior
portion of each somite more strongly striated, less strongly
punctured.

First dorsal plate laterally scarcely overlapping and not ex-
tending lower than the second; anterior border nearly straight,
forming with the posterior border a blunt rounded angle; antero-
inferior margin with a strongly marked groove.

Lower portion of clypeus with strongly marked central sulcus ;
upper portion of sulcus very faintly indicated. Labral region
marked with two impressions on each side of the middle line.

Posterior somite produced into a stout, blunt process, which
projects slightly beyond the margins of the anal valves. Margins
of anal valves strongly thickened and compressed. Sub-anal plate
posteriorly angulate.

A single female specimen from King Island.

The specimen described by Dr. Karsch, which is also a female,
was from Siam. The male appears to be unknown.

SPIROBOLUS PHRANUS, Karsch, t. c. p. 65. (Plate XXYV.
figs. 6-6 e.)

Length 52mm. Number of somites 55.

Posterior portion of each somite testaceous, anterior portion
brownish grey. Legs, antenue, and lower portion of clypeus
testaceous.

Each somite marked with circular sulcus into an anterior and
a posterior portion; very finely punctured ; laterally and infe-
riorly longitudinally striated. Dorsally the central portion is
furnished with numerous linear elevations, which, running
parallel to the margins of the somite, and anastomosing in every
direction, give rise to a reticulated pattern ; the interstices
formed by the intersection of these elevations posteriorly break
up into more or lese elliptical areas, and disappear on the hinder
portion of the somite. Foramen repugnatorium inconspicuous,
situated upon the middle portion of the somite. Somites not
provided with scobina.

MYRIOPODA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 299

First dorsal plate laterally narrowed, not projecting below the
second ; anterior border merging almost imperceptibly with the
lateral; not striated ; marked with marginal sulcus.

Lower portion of clypeus with a longitudinal median sulcus,
upon each side of which are two widely separated punctures.

Last somite produced into a blunt process, which scarcely
projects beyond the margins of the anal valves. Margins of anal
valves very slightly compressed, convex. Sub-anal plate triangular.

Anterior lamina of copulatory organ is more or less quadrate,
and is attached to that of the opposite side by a conspicuous trian-
gular piece; each of the upper angles of the triangular piece is
produced into a long process which curves over the upper end of
the semiquadrate lamina; the anterior lamina is on each side
extended backwards and comes into contact with the posterior
lamina, which itself, more or less quadrate, forms the posterior
wall of the channel in which lies the central foot-lamina.
Attached to the upper margin of the anterior lamina and pro-
jecting backward from it, there is a simple slightly curved rod,
with the posterior extremity of which articulates the central
lamina. This consists of a stout piece, with smooth curved
_ rounded anterior border, blunt distal end, and with inner and
hinder borders membranous and excavated. In the lower
portion of the excavation lies a curled pointed flagellum.

Four specimens, two males and two females, from King Island,
and Owen Island.

The female of this species, described from Bangkok, has
hitherto only been known.

SPIROBOLUS ANDERSONI, sp. nov. (Plate XXV. figs. 5-5 d.)

Length of large specimen 52 mm. Number of somites 55.

Anterior and posterior portions of each somite testaceous ;
central portion slate-coloured ; legs, margins of first dorsal plate,
antenne, and region of labrum testaceous. Each somite divided
by two circular sulci into three parts. Foramen repugnatorium
situated between the middle and posterior divisions ; middle and
posterior divisions strongly striated at the sides; dorsally marked
with scattered crescentic impressions; posterior portion finely
striated longitudinally. Entire somite finely punctured. The
crescentic impressions form a well-marked line running parallel
with the margins of the somite; this line is fainter upon the
posterior than upon the anterior somites.

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI. 25

300. MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE

Lateral portions of first dorsal plate very much narrowed;
anterior margin meeting the posterior margin in a rounded
angle; margin of the angle and of the lower half of the dorsal
plate with raised border; not striated.

Lower portion of the clypeus with well-marked sulcus, upon
each side of which are four punctures.

Posterior segment produced into a more or less pointed process,
which projects beyond the margins of the anal valves.

Margins of anal valves convex and not compressed. Sub-anal
plate triangular, with posterior angle rounded.

Anterior lamina of copulatory foot wide above, narrow below,
and at its distal end abruptly passing into a slender projection ;
inner margin nearly straight; outer margin sinuate. Laterally
it is in contact with the posterior lamina, which is pointed below,
and bears near the distal extremity on the outer side a conspi-
cuous indentation. Above there is a simple slender piece, articu-
lated to the free extremity of which is a backwardly-projecting
claviculiform rod. To the posterior end of this rod articulates
the central lamina, which apparently consists of two segments,
an upper and a lower; the two together, being hollowed out
behind, form a complete sheath, chitinous in front, membranous
in the rear. Upper segment slightly curved, with smooth round
anterior margin, giving off at the point of junction with the
lower segment two short processes; lower segment much smaller
than the upper, terminates below in a pointed projection.

Four specimens, two males and two females, from Elphinstone
Island.

Norr.—At the time when I began to draw up this Report upon
the Myriopoda of the Mergui Archipelago, it was not possible,
owing to the lack of similar Reports, to compare directly the
fauna of this group of islands with that of any one district in the
Oriental Region. An exception, however, to this statement must
be made in the case of Ceylon; for the Myriopoda of this island
have been worked out by Mons. A. Humbert. All that could be
said in this respect was that the islands present general faunistic
affinities—which certainly is true enough—with the rest of the
Indian and Indo-Malayan area.

But while the present paper has been in the hands of the
printers I have fortunately had an opportunity of examining

wo extensive collections of Burmese Myriopods. The first of

MYRIOPODA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 301

these was made by Sig. M. L. Fea, and has been kindly instrusted
to my care by the Marquis G. Doria for the purpose of identify-
ing the specimens it contains. The second, still more extensive
than the first, was amassed by Mr. HE. W. Oates, who has, with
great liberality, lately presented it in its entirety to the Natural
History Museum.

An inspection of these two collections is sufficient to show that
the Myriopod fauna of Mergui is in most respects obviously
related to that of South Burmah, and has certainly been derived
from it. Consequently, in the case of the species of Glomeris,
described on p. 290, I have thought it advisable to insert the
description of what I consider is probably the parent species,
namely that occurring on the mainland, and to treat the insular
form as a variety. Otherwise, if the Mergui form be now
described as a new species, it will be necessary, when reporting on
the Burmese collection, to make the Burmese form the variety ;
that is, the continental, and probably therefore the parent, form
will stand as a variety of its own descendant—the insular form.

On the other hand, it is desirable to consider another view of
the case which would arise if there were met with on the
mainland specimens resembling the Mergui form, pallida and
others constituting a series of gradations from it to the red-
bordered form carnifex. In that case carnifex should perhaps
be considered a variety of pallida.

Or, again, supposing even that pallida does not occur on the
mainland, there is still the possibility that it (the Mergui form)
may uot be derived from the Burmese form as it at present
exists, but that it may be the unmodified descendant of a form
which on the mainland, owing to keener competition, has been
transformed into carnifex, while in Mergui it has remained un-
changed, safe from such competition in its insular isolation. In
that case either the two forms should constitute distinct species,
or carnifex should rank as a variety of pallida.

But to support this last hypothesis there is no evidence. In
fact such evidence as there is, namely half a dozen specimens
of carnifex from Tenasserim, and half a dozen of pallida from
Mergui, is in favour of the view which has been adopted, 2. e.
that pallida is a variety of carnifex. If the question of the
relationship is capable of solution, the solution can only be
arrived at by the exertions of collectors in both the districts in
parts of which specimens haye hitherto only been taken.

802 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE

Bibliography.

Gervais, P.—Myriopodes,in Walckenaer’s Hist. nat. des Insectes,
Aptéres, iv. Paris, 1847.

Haasr, E—Die Indisch-Australischen Myriopoden (Chilopo-—
den). Berlin, 1887.

Humpert, A.—“ Essai sur les Myriopodes de Ceylan,” Mém.
Soc. Phys. et Hist. nat. Genéve, xviii., 1865.

Karscu, F.—“ Zum Studium der Myriopoda Polydesmia,”
Archiv fiir Nature. xlvu. p. 36, 1881.

Karscu, F.—“ Neue Juliden des Berliner Museums,” Zeitschr.
Naturwiss. liv. p. 1, 1881.

Kocn, C.—Die Myriopoden. Halle, 1863.

Kocu, L.—“ Japanesische Arachniden und Myriopoden,” Verh.
zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxvil. p. 787, 1878.

Kontravuscen, C.—“ Gattungen und Arten Scolopendriden,”
Archiv f. Naturg. xlvi. p. 50, 1881.

Metnert, Fr.—‘ Myriopoda Mus. Cantab.,” Amer. Phil. Soe.
1886, p. 161. Myriopoda Mus. Havn.: Copenhagen, 1886.

Prtrers, W.—Monatsber. d. konigl. preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin,
1864.

Porats, C. O. v.—‘ Om nigra exotiska Myriopoder,” Bihang
K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl. iv., 1876.

Saussure, H. pe.—“ Description de divers Myriopodes du
Musée de Vienne,” Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xix., 1869.

Témosvary, E.—Myriopoda a Joanne Xantus in Asia orientali
collecta. Enumeravit speciesque novas descripsit. Term.
Fuzetek, ix. p. 62.

Vogrs, E.—‘“ Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Juliden,” Zeitschr.
wiss. Zool. xxxi., 1878.

Note.—Not to overburden the text, I have purposely refrained
from giving references to many works which treat generally of
the Myriopoda. An almost complete list of the papers dealing
with Oriental and Australian Chilopoda occurs scattered through
Dr. Haase’s monograph, of which special mention has been made ;
and in Dr. Latzel’s ‘Die Myriopoden der Oster.-Ungar. Monar-
chie,’ ii. (Wien, 1884), will be found a nearly complete list, up
to date, of all the publications of which this group (Myriopoda)
constitutes a part or the whole of the subject-matter.

MYRIOPOVA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 303

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES,

Pratz XXIV.

Big. 1. Aimantarium Meinerti, sp.n. Anterior end of body, from above.
la. Pe 3 Anterior end of body, from below.
16. Be 5 Pesterier end of body, from beiow.
2. Orphneus brevilabiatus. Anterior end of body, from above.
2a. $3 a Posterior end of body, from below.

3. Himantarium indicum. Anterior end of body, from above.

3a, es Anterior end of body, from below.
3b. Bi Fe Posterior end of body, from below.
4,4a, 46. Acanthodesmus pilipes. Krom above.

Ac. H 06 Copulatory foot.

5. Paradesmus Karschi, sp.n. From above.

5a. i; P, Copulatory foot.

56. 5 59 Apex of copulatory foot.
6,6a,66. Paradesmus crucifer, sp.n. From above.

7. Glomeris carnifes, sp. n., var. pallida, nov. Copulatory feet.

Wea Nes e Fe D i Highteenth pair of feet.
Puats XXV.

Fig.1. Spirostrepius aterrimus, sp. nu. Anterior end of body, frem the side.
la. BS . Posterior end of body, from the side.
16. < i A median somite, from below.
de. > 5 Copulatory apparatus, from the front.
id. Hs - Internal lamina of copulatory feot.

2. a5 opinatus (Karsch). Anterior end of body, from the side.

2a. 5 i Posterior end of body, from the side.

26. 7 $6 Copulatory apparatus, froma the front.

2. 5 3 internal Jamina of copulatory appa-

ratus.

ay S regis, sp. n. Anterior end of body, from the side.

3a. 39 ee Posterior end of body, frem the side.

4, Spirobolus caudulanus (Karsch). Anterior end of body, from the side.

Aa. 7 54 Posterior end of body, from the side.

4d. 35 45 Posterior end of body, from below.

D. % Anderseni, sp.n. Antericr end of body, from the side.

5a. 3 3 Posterior end of body, frem the side.

5d. 35 ¥ Copulatory apparatus, from the front.

Be. 5 “ Cepulatory apparatus, from the side.

5d. 4 Internal jamina of cepulatory apparatus.

6. pie anus (Karsch). Anterior end of body, from the side,

6a. 0 5 Posterior end of body, from the side.

6 0. * s Copulatory apparatus, from the front.

Ger 5, _ Copulatory apparatus, from the side.

6d. s 3 Internal lamina of copulatory apparatus.

6 e. i ae Apex of internal lamina of copulatory
foot.

LINN. JOURN.—ZGOLOGY, VOL. XXI. 98

804 DR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE

Report on the Comatule of the Mergui Archipelago, collected
for the Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr.
John Anderson, F.R.S., Superintendent of the Museum.
By P. Herpert Carrventer, D.Sce., F.R.S., F.L.S., Assistant
Master at Eton College.

[Read 21st June, 1888.]
(Puatrs XXVI. & XXVIT.)

THE Comatule collected by Dr. Anderson at Mergui were all
obtained at one locality, King Island. Most of them belong to
the genus Anfedon, two species of which are represented by five
and by twelve examples respectively ; while there are three other
individuals belonging to as many different species, one of whichis
new toscience. The genus Actinometra is represented by three
examples of a new and remarkable type, which I found to be the
host of a parasitic Myzostoma. Three of the species of Antedon
were similarly infested; and the Myzostoma-species found on
them have been placed in the hands of Professor von Graff for
identification and description.

The following list contains the names and specific formule
of the Mergui Comatule, which are classified ou the principles
set forth in the Report on the Comatule dredged by the
‘Challenger ’*.

Genus ANTEDON, de Freminville.
Series I.
Elegans-group.
A, Andersoni, sp.n. <A. R. 2. 2. 2. 2. ze
A. elegans, Bell, A,B, 3,2. (2). .
Series IT.
Milberti-group.

A, Milberti, Mill, sp. A. 7.

* Zool. ‘Challenger’ Exped., part lx., 1888.

COMATULE OF THE MERGULI ARCHIPELAGO. 805

Series IIT.
Palmata-group.

A, spicata, Carpenter. A, 2. 2. (2). ue

A, conjungens, Carpenter. A, 2. 2. 2.

Genus ACTINOMETRA, Miller.
Series I.
Pqucicirra-group.

Ap d. pore) bre be

4, notata, sp. 0. > 7

Description of the Specimens.

ANTEDON ELEGANS, Bell.

Specific Formula, A. R.3.2. (2). a

1882. Antedon elegans, Bell, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. 1882, p. 534.

1882. Antedon elegans, Carpenter, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1882,
pp. 746, 747.

1884. Antedon elegans, Bell, Rep. Zool. Coll. H.M.S. ‘Alert,’ Lond.
1884, p. 162, pl. xii. figs. B, B a.

1888. Antedon fluctuans (elegans), Carpenter, Zool. ‘Chall.’ Exped.
part lx. 1888, pp. 94, 264, pl. vin.

Habitat. King Island. Five specimens. Two of them “ sub-
littoral ;’ two “on corals; one with the cirri coiled round a
Gorgoniid.

Remarks. This species was first described by Bell in the
‘Alert’ Report. But he overlooked its most important character,
the syzygial union of the two outer radials. Three examples of
it were dredged by the ‘Challenger,’ and were described by
myself as Antedon fluctuans; for I was then in ignorance of the
real character of A. elegans. This I only discovered subse-
quently, when examining Bell’s type for the purpose of deter-
mining its relation to the other tridistichate species of Antedon
with articulated radials. ‘The sheet containing the description of
A. fluctuans had then been printed off, and the plate lettered with
this name; but a note was inserted further on in the Report* to
point out the identity of A. fluctuans with A. elegans, Bell; and
the latter name was used both in the classified list of Antedon-

* Zool. ‘Ohallenger’ Exped. part Ix., 1888, p. 264.

306 ‘DR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE

species on p. 58 and in the distribution-lists at the end of the
Report.

The five examples of A. elegans from Mergui are mostly
larger than those obtained by the ‘Challenger’ and ‘ Alert’
in the Arafura Sea and Torres Strait respectively. The
arms of the largest one reach 10 centim. in length, and their
earlier joints are relatively shorter, with a more wedge-shaped
outline and a greater tendency to overlap than is visible in
the ‘Challenger’ specimens. The number of arms is small,
however, rarely exceeding thirty; for the post-palmar series
which occur in three of the four individuals obtained by the
‘Challenger’ are not present at all in those from Mergui; and
the full complement of palmar series is rarely found on any
ray. As arule, only the two inner series are present; so that
there are six arms to the ray, viz. 1,2, 2,1, asin A. spinifera;
while the distichal axillaries are sometimes altogether absent.
Both these conditions are well shown in the specimen figured by
Bell. On the other hand, the Mergui forms show but little
tendeney to any variation from the type of two palmars, such as
occurs in ely spedines and in one of those obtained by the
* Challenger.

The rays of the ee are quite free laterally; but those of
the largest specimen from Mergui are more closely in contact,
and the distichal joints sometimes exhibit a tendency to the
straight-edged and wall-sided character which is so marked in
many deep-sea Comatule. This is much more distinct in the
Philippine variety of A. elegans, which I hope to describe shortly
together with the other Comatule obtained by Professor Semper
in the same locality.

All the Mergui specimens are much more darkly coloured than
those obtained by the ‘ Challenger’ and ‘Alert,’ two of them being
almost black; another is a dark reddish brown, mottled with
lighter patches ; and one has a more uniform lighter shade of the
same colour. The youngest individual has its cirri coiled round
a Gorgoniid (Plevaura) of the same dark reddish-brown colour
as itself; while a Myzostoma infesting one of the two blacker
specimens is as darkly coloured as its host.

ANTEDON ANDERSON], sp.n. (Plate XXVI. figs. 1-5; Plate
XXVILI. fig. 8.)
bc

Specifie Formula. A. BR. 2.2. 2, 2, —

COMATULZ OF THE MERQGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 307

Description of an Individual. Centro-dorsal a thick disk,
bearing about forty cirri, which reach 60 millim. in length.
They consist of 60-70 tolerably uniform joints, the distal halves of
which have sharp spines. First radials partially visible; the
second and third narrow, strongly convex, and united by syzygy.
The rays are quite free laterally, and divide four or five times ;
each series of two articulated joints, the first nearly square, and
the axillary pentagonal, often as long or longer than wide. All
these joints are relatively deep and narrow, with a strongly
rounded dorsal surface.

Arms very numerous, fifteen or eighteen to the ray, with
compressed joints, the lower ones oblong, and their successors
more unequally quadrate. A syzygy in the third brachial, with
others following at very uncertain intervals (5-18 joints); but
they are apparently altogether absent in some arms.

The first pinnule (on 2nd brachial) is slender and tapering, con-
sisting of 385 or more elongated joints, and reaching nearly
25 millim. in length. The next few brachials bear quite short
pinuules, with only some six or eight joints ; and their successors
increase slowly in length, but never become specially long.

Disk much incised, and not regularly plated, though the
integument is very dense and tough.

Colour very dark, almost black—probably deep purple in life,—
with lighter patches on the arms. Sacculi very abundant on the
pinnules.

Disk 25 millim.; spread 35 centim.

Habitat. King Island; sublittoral. One specimen and a
detached disk.

Remarks. Thisis a fine species which may be referred for the
present to the Hlegans-group; though it differs from the three
members of the group which are at present known in certain
essential characters. If other species resembling it should even-
tually be discovered, it may be useful to establish a second group
in Series I. of the Antedon-species, and to call it the Andersoni-
group. The three existing members of the Hlegans-group are all
tridistichate, and have a well-plated disk; whereas Antedon An-
dersoni is bidistichate, and the disk has nothing like the large
plates covering the interpalmar areas which occur in A. multi-
radiata, A. elegans, and A. microdiscus. But, on the other hand,
it is very tough and leathery, and the ambulacral grooves are
more or less completely closed by the approximation of their

308 DR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE

-sides. This is also visible in the lower parts of the brachial
-ambulacra, which are often entirely closed by an irregular alterna-
tion of processes from opposite sides (Pl. XX VI. figs.4,5). There
is, however, no indication either of side-plates or of covering-
plates on the pinnule-ambulacra, which are of the usual cha-
racter. But isolated portions of the brachial ambulacra effervesce
strongly with acid, and the perisome would therefore seem to
contain a cousiderable amount of diffused limestone particles
which are not concentrated into definite spicules or plates, as in
most other Crinoids. This would partly account for the hardness
and leathery character of the perisome on the disk.

The condition of the disk and the bidistichate rays are the
essential points of difference between A. Andersoni and the three
existing members of the Hlegans-group. It resembles, but sur-
passes them allin the great length of its cirri (Pl. XX VII. fig. 8),
and also in the length of the first pinnule; but this pinnule is on
the second brachial and not on the second distichal as in the
Hlegans-group, while its successors do not decrease slowly in
length, but exhibit a sudden and remarkable diminution in size
(Pl. XXVI. fig. 2), that of the third brachial ccensisting of but
half a dozen small joints. The following pinnules increase
gradually in length, but never reach any considerable size.

Another characteristic feature of A. Andersoni is the convex
shape of the joints forming the rays and their subdivisions, and
also the lateral compression of the arm-joints. Owing, however, to
the rays being so widely separated, there is no trace whatever of
that lateral flattening of their bases which is so characteristic of the
Basicurva, Spinifera, and Granulifera-groups, and occasionally
shows itself also in A. elegans. It is very marked in the fossil
A. costata, for which Walther* has recently proposed to restore
the generic name Solanocrinus, originally applied to this species
by Goldfuss. For he believes that the fossil species which he
refers to this genus are devoid of the syzygies in the arms which
occur more or less frequently in other Crinoids. He attempts
to establish some other characters which would distinguish the
genus from Antedon—an attempt which he would scarcely have
made had he been better acquainted both with the literature
of the subject and with the condition of many recent species

* “(Untersuchungen uber den Bau der Crinoiden, mit besonderer Berick-

sichtigung der Formen aus dem Solenhofener Schiefer und dem Kelheimer
Diceraskalk,”’ Paleontographica, 1886, Bd. xxxii. p. 175.

COMATULE OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 309

of Antedon, as I have pointed out elsewhere*; and the only
character, therefore, on which he can possibly rely for the
separation of WSolanocrinus from Antedon is the presence
of syzygies in the arms of the latter and their absence in
those of the former genus. - But the material on which he has
founded this generalization seems to me to be altogether insuffi-
cient. Few, ifany, of his very limited number of specimens have
as many as forty arm-joints remaining, and these are rarely in
a satisfactory state of preservation ; so that it is somewhat rash
to speak positively about the total absence of syzygies in the
arms of Solanocrinus. In fact, I have shown reason to believe
that syzygies are present even in some of the arms which are
figured and described by Walther as being entirely devoid of
them.

On the other hand, Antedon Andersoni is remarkable for the
rarity of the syzygies in the arms. It was along time before 1
could discover any at all, except that in the third brachial. In
fact, I did not succeed in finding any in some arms; while in
others they are often separated by intervals of ten or a dozen
joints. In A. elegans and A. multiradiata the second syzygy
may not be till the fortieth or even the sixtieth brachial, and the
intervals between its successors may be fifteen or twenty joints.
Were these species in the fossil state, therefore, with only the
lowest portions of the arms preserved, and that but badly, it
would be easy to overlook the syzygy in the third brachial, and
to infer that none were present in the arms at all; though such
an inference would not be in accordance with the facts of the
case. I cannot but suspect, therefore, that Walther’s attempt to
establish the absence of syzygies as a diagnostic character of
Solanocrinus is due partly to a generalization on imperfect material,
and partly to an insufficient acquaintance with the variations in
the distribution of the syzygies among recent Comatule.

Any member of the Hlegans-group, preserved in the fossil
state, would make a fairly good Solanocrinus; for each species
has a relatively large centro-dorsal, bearing a good number of
cirri, with few syzygies between the brachials, but one between
the two outer radials. This latter condition certainly occurs in
Solanocrinus costatus, and probably also in S. imperialis and

* “The Generic Position of Solanocrinus,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1887,
ser, 5, vol. xix. pp. 82, 83.

310 DR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE

S. gracilis, as I have explained elsewhere*; and I am inclined to
regard these last-mentioned species as the ancestral forms of the
existing members of the Hlegans-group. On the other hand,
Antedon scrobiculata and A. aspera, with a bifascial articulation
between the two outer radials, were the Jurassic representatives
of the majority of the recent species of Antedon, in which the
two outer radials are also united by a bifascial joint.

Antrpon Miupertt t, Mill., sp. (Plate XX VII. figs. 6, 7.)
Specific Formula. A. =

1888. Antedon Milberti, Carpenter, Zool. ‘Chall. Eap. part |x. p. 194,
pl. xxxv. figs. 4-6.

A dozen examples of this widely distributed species were ob-
tained at King Island, half of them from mud-flats exposed at
spring-tide. They are mostly of a light reddish-brown colour,
but one is more yellowish brown, and another is almost white.
Most of the larger specimens have the bases of the rays some-
what flattened laterally, as is often the case in this species, and
there is a good deal of variation in the relative sizes of the lower
pinnules. The fourth pinnule on the side is sometimes consi-
derably shorter than the third, and sometimes nearly equal to it
(Pl. X XVII. figs. 6, 7).

This species is infested by a Myzostoma, which will be described
by Professor von Graff.

ANTEDON sPrcaTA, Carpenter. (Plate XX VII. figs. 3-5.)

Specific Formula. A. 2. 2. (2). =

1881. Antedon spicata, Carpenter, Notes from the Leyden Museum, 1881,
vol. ii. p. 190. ~

A single individual, which I take to belong to this species,
occurred at King Island (sublittoral). But it has rather more
cirri than the type specimen at Leyden, and in this respect ap-
proaches the allied species Antedon indica and A. tuberculata,
which resemble it in having long and stiff pinnules on the fourth
and fifth brachials. In A. indica, however, the first pinnule is
much smaller than the large second one, as is well shown in
Smith’s figuret, while in A. spicata it may nearly equal its suc-

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1887, ser. 5, vol. xix. pp. 83-87.

t The bibliography of this species will be found in the ‘Challenger’ Report.

t Zoology of Rodriguez, Echinodermata: Phil. Trans. 1879, vol. elxviii. pl. li.
fig. 30.

COMATUL® OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 311

cessor in length, though it is far more slender (Pl. XX VII. fig.3).
That of A. tuberculata is also short, though stiffer than in the
other two forms.

This species approaches A. spicata, however, iu the character
of its third pinnule, which is composed of elongated joints like
those of the second, and not of numerous smaller joints as in
A. indica. In some arms of A. spicata this third pinnule is
smaller on the outer than on the inner side of the arm, 7. e. the
pinnule on the seventh is larger than that on the sixth bra-
ehial (Pl. XX VII. fig. 3). But the component joints of these
large and stiff pinnules have not the extreme length which they
reach in A. tuberculata; and the characters of this Mergui
example of A. spicata confirm my separation of this species from
A. tuberculata; for the latter has but twelve joints in a second
pinnule which reaches 15 millim. long, while in the former
species a pinnule of the same length consists of sixteen joints or
more. In both alike, however, the rays have marginal projections
which seem to be absent in A. indica. But the cirri of A. tuber-
culata are stouter, though with a somewhat smaller number of
joints than occur in A. spicata (Pl. XX VII. fig. 4). The type
specimen of the latter has no post-palmar axillary, but one occurs
in the Mergui example, which necessitates the addition of a 2 (in
brackets) to the specific formula.

ANTEDON CONJUNGENS, Carpenter. (Plate X XVII. figs. 1, 2.)
Specific Formula. A. 2. 2. 2. é

1888. Antedon conjungens, Carpenter, Zool. ‘Chall.’ Exp. part Ix. p. 233,
pl. xlv. fig. 1.

One mutilated individual which seems to belong to this species
was obtained at King Island (sublittoral). Like the other Coma-
tule from this locality it is very darkly coloured, while the two
specimens found by the ‘ Challenger’ on the Zebu Reefs are light
grey, with occasional dark patches, and the margins of the lower
parts of the rays are more produced towards the ventral side than
is the case in the Merguiform. The characters of the cirri and
of the arm-divisions are, however, the same in both; aud the pin-
nule-arrangement is also generally similar in the two types.
The largest pinnule is on the fourth brachial, and it is much
larger on the outer than on the inner arm of each distichium; in
the former ease the pinnule on the second brachial is also of con-

=

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VO. XXI. 21

312 DR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE

siderable size, but on the inner arms it is a good deal smaller
(Pl. XX VII. figs. 1, 2). . ;

The chief point of difference between the Mergui and the Phi-
lippine specimens is in the size of the third pinnule, that on the
sixth brachial. In the outer arms of the Mergui individual
(Pl. XX VIL. fig. 1) its length relatively to that of its predecessor
on the fourth brachial is but little smaller than in the type-speci-
mens from Zebu; but on the inner arms (Pl. X XVII. fig. 2) the
difference between the second and third pinnules is more marked.
Those of the type specimens are sometimes nearly equal, though
not always so; but in the Mergui form the difference is often
considerable (Pl. XX VIL. figs. 1,2); it is not so great, however,
asin Antedon protecta, in which the third pinnule is much reduced
in size, not only on the inner, but also on the outer arms.

ACTINOMETRA NOTATA, sp. 0. (Plate XXVI. figs. 6-12.)
f f" ,

Specific Formula. A. R. EPP 3 ). seve

Centro-dorsal a thick disk, bearing 30 or 35 marginal cirri.
These have about 25 joints, the later ones shurt and wide, with
but little trace of spines.

First radials more or less concealed ; the two outer ones united
by syzygy. Arms 31 to 50 or more in number. The distichal
and palmar series each of two joints united by syzygy, with one
or two further divisions of the same character; the first two
brachials also united by syzygy. The next syzygy is sometimes
in the third or fourth, but usually not till the tenth or fifteenth
brachial, and others follow at intervals of 2-4 joints. The lowest
brachials are nearly oblong, and their successors triangular and
wider than long, soon becoming more quadrate, and finally nearly
oblong again.

The first pinnule is on the second brachial, and is very long
and flagellate with a large terminal comb, reaching nearly 40
millim. on the outside of the ray. The following pinnules dimi-
nish rather rapidly in length, and lose their comb after about the
eighth brachial, but never become specially short. The two basal
joints of the first three or four pinnules on each side are more or
less carinate.

Mouth obscurely radial ; the disk may have calcareous granules
in the anal interradius, or be entirely naked. All the arms are
grooved.

COMATULE OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 313

Colour in spirit, dark blackish brown.

Disk 30 millim. ; spread 25 centim.

Habitat. King Island ; sublittoral. Three specimens.

Remarks. This fine species exhibits the same peculiarities of the
rays and their subdivisions as are characteristic of Actinometra
paucicirra; but whereas the presence of palmar series is an ex-
ception in A. paucicirra, so that the number of arms is limited to
twenty, palmars are always present in 4. nofata. Furthermore,
they may be followed by one or even by two post-palmar series
(Pl. XX VL. fig. 7), and the number of arms therefore is sometimes
twice as great asin Actinometra paucicirra. In the latter species,
too, which normally has but four arms to the ray, the two outer
arms generally have a syzygy in the third brachial; but in A.
notata, with six to twelve arms on the ray, this character occurs
but rarely (Pl. XXVI. fig. 6). The latter species is further
distinguished from A. paucicirra, which has no cirri in the adult
condition, by the large size of the centro-dorsal, and its numerous
and well-developed cirri (Pl. XX VI. figs.11,12). It would seem,
‘however, that the centro-dorsal of A. notata undergoes a certain
amount of retromorphosis before reaching maturity ; for it is
relatively largest in the youngest individual (Pl. XX VI. fig. 8),
partly concealing the second radials, which are united laterally,
and its dorsal surface, though flat, is not hollowed in any way.
In the two adult individuals, however, portions of the first radials
are visible, in one case a considerable amount (Pl. XXVI. fig. 7),
while the dorsal surface of the centro-dorsal is distinctly hollowed.

The disk of the youngest individual is entirely naked; while
those of the two larger forms bear well marked calcareous granules
in the anal interradius. The arrangement of the ambulacra in
one of them is very singular (Pl. XX VI. fig. 6). The mouth seems
to be radial, and the number of groove-trunks connected with the
peristome is very considerable. The aboral portion of the left an-
tero-lateral ray B*, which includes the arms borne upon its pos-
terior distichal axillary, has an altogether abnormal groove-supply.
The ambulacra of its anterior arms (6°) are directly connected
with the peristome, as is often the case; one would therefore
expect to find those of its posterior arms, b*, supplied by a branch
of the single primary ambulacrum, which in the ordinary species
of Actinometra passes round the disk to reach the left postero-
lateral ray (see woodcut). In the specimen before me, however, the
ambulacrum proceeding in this direction from the left posterior

Palle

B14 DR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE

angle of the peristome comes to a sudden end on the disk, imme-
diately after its first bifurcation; and all the ambulacral grooves

D2 D1

Diagram of the disk of a normal Actinometra, with interradial mouth *.
The dotted lines mark the interambulacral regions of the disk. A, A,....
H, BE, the five pairs of secondary ambulacra.

of the corresponding ray (C) together with those of the distal
arms on the B ray (6*) are connected with the single groove-
trunk, which comes round the right side of the disk to supply the
hinder arms of the D ray (Pl. XX VI. fig. 6). I cannot account
in any way for this abnormal arrangement, which does not appear
to be accidental, at any rate so far as the union of the right and
left posterior ambulacra is concerned (C* and D'). But it is
just possible that the parasitic growths which appear upon some
of the brachial ambulacra may have also shown themselves on
the disk, and have destroyed the connection between the pri-
mary groove-trunk of the left posterior ray and its peripheral
branches, a connection which was not fully restored by the re-
generation of that part of the disk. But I imagine that it would
be going too far to assume that the connection between C* and
D’ ambulacra arose in consequence of this loss ; for there are so
many cases in which a large proportion of the hinder arms of an
Actinometra are entirely devoid of ambulacra, that there would
not seem to be any absolute necessity for the isolated left poste-

* From the Report on the ‘Challenger’ Comatule, by kind permission of
the Editor, Dr. John Murray.

COMATULE OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. SLE

rior arms in this individual being brought into communication
with the peristome.

It would be interesting to learn to what extent these arms are
isolated ; whether, for example, the water-vessel continues on-
ward in its normal course, although there is no ambulacrum above
it. I think it not improbable that such might be the case, as it
certainly is so in the ungrooved and non-tentaculiferous arms of
several species.

The parasitic growths to which I have referred above are of a
very singular character. They only present themselves upon this
one individual, and occur along some of the brachial ambulaera,
blocking them more or less completely. Some of them have been
removed and sent to Professor von Graff, who will report upon
them separately.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

Pruate XXVI.
Figs. 1-5. Antedon Andersont, sp. n.

1. Dorsal view of the calyx and arm-bases, x 2.

2. Side view of the second and following brachials, with their pinnules, x 2.

3. Side view of the lower part of an arm, X 2.

4. Portion of a brachial ambulacrum, as seen after removal of the pinnules,
x 4.

5, The same, with one pinnule in situ, x4.

Figs. 6-10. Actinometra notata, sp. n.

Fig. 6. A disk, with abnormally distributed ambulacra, x 13.

7. Dorsal aspect of the adjacent portions of two rays in an adult indivi-
dual, x 2.

8. Dorsal aspect of the calyx and arm-bases in an immature specimen,
x

9. Dorsal view of the middle part of an arm, x 2.

10. Side view of the second and following brachials, with their pinnules,
X 2.

11. A cirrus, x 2.

12. Another, less mature, x 2.

Puate XXVII.

Figs. 1, 2. Antedon conjungens, Carpenter.
Fig. 1. Side view of the second and following brachials in the outer arm of a
distichium, with their pinnules, x 3.
. The same part of an inner arm X 3.

ie)

316 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN AND MR. W. P. SLADEN ON THE

Figs. 3-5. Antedon spicata, Carpenter.

Fig. 3. Side view of the second and following brachials, with their pinnules ;
the second pair of pinnules have their ends broken away. x 3.
4, A cirrus, X 3.
5. Dorsal view of the middle part of an arm, xX 3.

Figs. 6, '7. Antedon Milberti, Miull., sp.

Fig. 6. Side view of the second and following brachials, with their pinnules,
x 2.

7. The same, from another individual, x 2.

Fig. 8. Antedon Andersoni, sp. n.
Fig. 8. A cirrus, X 2.

On the Echinoidea of the Mergui Archipelago, collected for the
Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutia, by Dr. John
- Anderson, F.R.S., Superintendent of the Museum. By
Prof. P. Martin Deaanes M.B. (Uond.), F. R. S., F.L.S., and

W. Percy Suiapen, F.G.S., Sec. L.8.

[Read 21st June, 1888. |

Tur Echinoidea collected by Dr. Anderson are represented by
six species; and although these are all known forms their
association in such a limited area is remarkable, and, so far as we
are aware, without precedent. The fact that all the regular
Echinids belong to the family Temnopleuride is especially
striking; aud the circumstance is the more noteworthy, asin a
collection from the Andaman Islands, described last year by
Prof. Jeffrey Bell, not a single Temnopleurid is recorded; and,
furthermore, out of nine genera mentioned by him as occurring
at the Andaman Islands, not one is represented in the collection
placed in our hands from the Mergui Archipelago.

All the species, with the exception of one, are essentially
Indian-Ocean forms; the majority of the examples, however,
present a certain amount of variation when compared with spe-
cimens from other localities which is sufficient to impart a local
character. These differences are recorded in the following notes ;
but we have not thought them of sufficient importance to warrant
in any case their recognition by name as a definite variety.

ECHINOIDEA OF THER MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO, 3h7

Perhaps the most interesting form in the collection, which is
not a characteristic Indian-Ocean species, is Arachnoides placenta.
The home of this Echinid is Australia and New Zealand; and,
with the exception of an example in the Boston Museum from
Burmah, mentioned by Alex. Agassiz, no other occurrence of the
species in the Indian Ocean proper is on record.

Subclass EUECHINOIDEA, Bronn.
Order DIADEMATOIDA.
Suborder STHEREOSOMUATA.
Family TEMNOPLEURIDE.
Subfamily TemNoPLEURINA.
Genus TEMNOPLEURUS, Agassiz.

1. TEMNOPLEURUS TOREUMATICUS (Klein), Agassiz.

Cidaris toreumatica, Klein, 1734, Nat. Disp. Echin. p. 22.
Temnopleurus toreumaticus, Agassiz, 1841, Monogr. Scutelles, p. 7.
Locality. King Island (native name Padaw).

Genus Satmacis, Agassiz.

1. SatMacts suncata, Agassiz.

Salmacis suleata, Agassiz, 1846, Cat. Rais., Ann. Sct. Nat. vol. vi.
p. 359.

Locality. King Island (native name Padaw); 25th Jan. 1882.

Remarks. Test slightly conical, with large well-marked pits.
Spines rather short, those on the actinal surface a rich dark
purple or violet, but white at the base and occasionally at the
tip; close to the peristome more white is present. Mailiaries
and many secondaries altogether white. ;

Colour of the test green, with a brighter or yellowish shade
along the median areas of the ambulacral and interambulacral
areas.

2. Saumacis DussuMIERI, Agassiz.

Salmacis Dussumieri, Agassiz, 1846, Cat. Rais., Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vi.
p- 359.

Locality. King Island (native name Padaw); 25th Jan. 1882.
Remarks. Most of the specimens of this species known in
Museums are denuded of spines, The example under notice is
well preserved. The spines at the ambitus are remarkable for
their length and disproportionate size in relation to the other

318 THE ECHINOIDEA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.

spines on the test ; the Urchin, when viewed from above, has in
consequence the appearance of being furnished with a richly
variegated fringe. These spines are white, banded on the outer
two thirds with narrow rings of reddish purple. The other spines
on the test, which are small, delicate, and sharply pointed, are
white. The colour of the test is creamy white. The naked
median areas are broad and very conspicuous.

3. SALMACIS BICOLOR, Agassiz.

Salmacis bicolor, Agassiz, 1841, in Valentin, Anat. Genre Echinus,
p- Vill.

Locality. King Island (native name Padaw); Jan. 1882 ; sub-
littoral.

Remarks. One of the examples from King Island is somewhat
higher and more conical in the test than the other specimen ; and
both are relatively higher and more conical than examples from
Mauritius. In general habit and coloration the lower example
from King Island strikingly recalls examples from Madras. This
may probably bea variety. The colour of the spines is light green,
banded with rich reddish purple and a light pinkish purple at the
base, both on the abactinal and actinal surfaces.

Order CLYPEASTROIDA.
Family La eanip 4a, (subfamily) A. Agassiz.
Genus Lacanum, Klein.

1. LaGanuM DEPRESSUM, Agassiz.

Laganum depressum (Lesson § Garnot, MS.), Agassiz, 1841, Monogr
Scutelles, p. 110. ,

Locality. King Island (native name Padaw) ; 25th Jan. 1882.

Family ScureELLiIpa, Agassiz.

Subfamily ARACHNINA.
Genus ARACHNOIDES, Klein.

1. ARACHNOIDES PLACENTA (Linné), Agassiz.

Echiuus placenta, Linné, 1766, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 1105.

Arachnoides placenta, Agassiz, 1841, Monogr. Scutelles, p. 94.
Locality. King Island (native name Padaw) ; Feb. 1882.
Remarks, The single example collected by Dr. Anderson is

THE ASTEROIDEA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 319

of large size, and differs somewhat in the marginal contour from
Australian and New-Zealand specimens ; the odd anterior radial
area being rather more prominent, and the anterior pair of inter-
radial areas flatter in their curvature, which causes the margin of
the test to be less fully rounded in front, and the greatest
breadth to be more conspicuously posterior to the postero-lateral
petals. The marginal contour is, however, subject to such a great
amount of variation throughout the family, that we do not con-
sider it of sufficient importance to give a name to the variety ; and.
until a further series of examples is available, we confine ourselves
to the simple record of the circumstance.

On the Asteroidea of the Mergui Archipelago, collected for the
Trustees of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, by Dr. John
Anderson, F.R.S., Superintendent of the Museum. By W.
Percy Siapen, F.G.S., Sec. LS.

[Read 21st June, 1882. ]
(Puate XXVIII.)

Tue collection of Asteroidea made by Dr. Anderson in the
Mergui Archipelago, although small, is particularly interesting.
It is noteworthy, not only from the fact that it contains several
new as well as rare forms, but also because some ot the examples
which I have referred to known species show variations which are
sufficient to impart a character to the collection as a whole, and
to indicate the existence of local conditions whose action upon
types of a more plastic nature than that of the series of forms
so far collected would probably result in new morphological
developments. That the representatives of other forms occur
in this area is highly probable; and it seems to me, therefore, a
reasonable expectation that a number of “new species” may
ultimately be found in the Mergui Archipelago when further
dredging operations are carried out. From what I have seen, I
think it is not too bold to throw out the suggestion that the
Mergui area may be looked upon as a moulding ground wherein
Malayan types assume a modified form, approaching to a certain
extent the Indian-Ocean facies, but maintaining a iocal and
independent character.

320 MR. W. PERCY SLADEN ON THE

It is interesting to note that out of twelve species of Aste-
rids from the Andaman Islands recently determined by Prof.
F. Jeffrey Bell*, only one-—Archaster typicus—occurs in the
Mergui collection; and out of seven genera, only two are repre-
sented—Archaster and Astropecten.

Dr. Anderson has kindly given me detailed particulars of the
localities, which I append verbatim, not only on account of their
intrinsic interest, but as furnishing an explanation of the character
of the fauna :—

“The locality in King Island from which the Asterids and
Echinids were obtained is a small bay on the eastern side of the
island, near its northern end. It is well sheltered as it opens
towards the north, and is protected by high land to the west,
south, and east, the mountains to the west and south rising to
an altitude of 2530 and 2125 feet. It is thus completely shut in
from the storms of the south-west monsoon. The bay is shallow,
as its depth ranges only from 2 to 9 fathoms, the average being
4 fathoms. Its bed is almost entirely covered with a deep
deposit of mud brought down by a number of small streams
that flow into it, especially at its head, from which the sea
retires for about two miles at low water, exposing extensive mud-
flats deeply furrowed by the channels of the little rivers. A few
small islands occur at the limit of low water, and off one of them
my vessel was stationed for about a month. At low tide the
mouth of one of the streams was close to the island, in line with
its seaward face, while another occupied a similar position on its
eastern side. Theisland was only a few acres in extent, and was
surrounded by mud-flats except on its northern side, which had
a rocky shore. Here at low water, with a freshwater stream
flowing out through the mud-flat on either side, sponges, corals,
and Alcyoniid and Gorgoniid Alcyonaria abounded, and were
partially exposed at spring-tides, the water bathing them being
richly charged with mud. The Asterids and Hchinids were found
under these conditions, also the Comatulids, and the few Hydroida
and Actinie, and the great mass of the Mollusca described by
Prof. v. Martens.

“ The sea between King Island and the mainland, and along the
entire coast, from Tavoy Point to the Pak chun estuary, contains

* Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1887, p. 140.

ASTEROIDEA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. ByeIL

much less salt than it does around the outer islands of the Archi-
pelago, as the Tavoy and Tenasserim rivers discharge a great
body of water, supplemented by the outflow of many other but
smaller streams. Another result of this freshwater discharge is
that the bed of the sea around the inner islands is covered by a
thick layer of mud brought down by these rivers. King Island
is situated 10 miles to the west of Mergui.

“The conditions, however, that prevail at Owen Island are very
different, as this island, which is about 73 miles south of King
Island, and nearly 30 miles to the west of the main land, lies
fully exposed to the Bay of Bengal. The little bay in this island,
visited by me, occurs at its southern end. Its head was margined
by bright yellow sand—high and dry—on which were numerous
examples of a Spirula thrown up during the storms of the south-
west monsoon. This sand was succeeded by a bank of coral,
while the sides of the bay were strewn with stems and broken
fragments of coral, lying over gravel and sand. On this part
of the shore I obtained the Echinoderms from Owen Island,
and among them, I believe, more than one species of Sand-star
—one, a small active form that rapidly buried itself in the sand
when the stones under which it was found were disturbed.

“The western side of Sullivan Island also lies open to the
Bay of Bengal, and as the prevalent wind at night was from
the east, I had, for safety’s sake, to anchor my vessel under
the shelter of the high land of the island, within some rocky
islets that defined a kind of bay into which a number of small
streams flowed. When I attempted to dredge, I found the
bottom to be composed entirely of mud about one mile from the
shore. It yielded a few Mollusca and some immature Penna-
tulids, In the tidal way between the islets and the main island
corals occurred in profusion, and among them I obtained the
Echinoderms from Sullivan Island. This island is situated about
13 miles to the south of Owen Island.

“Sir William James Island is 10 miles to the south of Sullivan
Island, and out at sea.—J. A.”

322 MR. W. PERCY SLADEN ON THE

Subclass EUASTEROIDEA, Sladen.
Order PHANEROZONTA, Sladen.

Family ARCHASTERID & (Viguier), emend. Sladen.
Subfamily ArcHasTERINz, Sladen.
Genus ArcuastEr, Miller & Troschel.

1. Ancaster Typicus, Miiller & Troschel.
Archaster typicus, Muller & Troschel, 1840 (April), Monatsber. d. k.
Akad. d. Wiss. Berlin, p. 104; System der Asteriden, 1842, p. 65.

Astropecten stellaris, Gray, 1840 (November), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
vol. vi. p. 181.

Archaster nicobaricus, Mobius(n. sp. Behn, MS.), 1859, Neue Seesterne
des Hamburger und Kieler Museums, p. 13 (Abhandl. a. d. Gebiete Naturw.
hrsq. v. d. naturwiss. Verein, Hamburg, Bd. iv. Abth. 2, 1860).

Localities. King Island (native name Padaw); Feb. 1882. Sir
William James Island; 7th Dec. 1881.

Family ASTROPECTINID 2 (Gray), emend.
Subfamily AstropPEcTININaz, Sladen.

Genus AstTRoPECTEN, Linck.

1. As1ROPECTEN ANDERSONI,n.sp. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 1-4.)

Localities. King Island (native name Padaw); Feb. 1882;
sublittoral. Sullivan Island (native name Lampz); Feb. 1882;
10 fathoms.

Rays five. R=50mm.; r=12 mm. R>4,.

Breadth of a ray between the third and fourth supero-mar-
ginal plates, 10°55 mm. The majority of the examples collected
are about two thirds this size.

Rays elongate, narrow, tapering gradually to the extremity,
which is rather obtuse. Disk small. Interbrachial ares slightly
rounded.

The paxillar area is compact and uniform, from three to four
times the breadth of the supero-marginal plates at about midway
between the base and the extremity of the ray. The paxille are
moderately large and distinctly stellate, the tabulum bearing in
the centre from one to four short papilliform spinelets, and the

ASTEROIDEA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 323

margin surrounded by eight to twelve rather longer claviform
spinelets, which radiate horizontally. There is a little diminution
in the size of the paxille towards the centre of the disk, and
much crowding, but no trace occurs of any epiproctal prominence
or peak whatever, its position being frequently occupied by a
slight invagination. The paxille are arranged in short transverse
rows at the sides of the rays, the irregular median space being
broad. The paxille become very small towards the end of the
rays.

The supero-marginal plates, which are about thirty in number
from the median interradial line to the extremity, are small, rather
higher than broad, the disproportion of the dimensions being
greatest at the base of the ray, and appear slightly tumid when
viewed from above. They are covered with papilliform granules
which are uniform in size and shape, and not very clos-ly placed ;
and fine cilia are present in the furrows between successive plates.
Each supero-marginal plate bears near its abactinal margin a
single erect tapering spinelet, the size of the spinelets decreasing
gradually along the ray.

The infero-marginal plates, which are broader than high, extend
slightly beyond the level of the superior series, and form a gently
rounded curve towards the actinal surface. Each plate bears a
single elongate, delicate, subcylindrical, sharply pointed lateral
spine, directed horizontally and at an angle of about 45° to the
axis of the ray. Behind the lateral spine is a single small com-
panion, similar in shape and character, but not more than one
third the length. In large specimens the first miliary spinelet or
squamule near this spine may be larger than any of the others;
but there is no trace whatever of a transverse series of spinelets
along the aboral margin of the plate. In large specimens there
may also be a single small spine above and external to the larze
lateral spine. The surface of the plate is covered with short
papilliform spinelets rather than squamules, which are robust,
uniform, and widely spaced ; and the furrows are occupied by
numerous, more delicate and cilia-like spinelets.

The armature of the adambulacral plates consists of short and
rather robust spines, which form only two distinct series. The
inner or furrow series consists of three short, cylindrical, slightly
tapering spinelets, which radiate apart and arch over the furrow,
the middle spine being longest. The outer series consists of two
unequal spinelets, the aboral one being very large, robust.

324 MR. W. PERCY SLADEN ON THE

conical and pointed, and the companion one little more than
one fourth the length, cylindrical and obtusely tipped. The
large robust spine stands perpendicularly, and the small papilla
is usually directed at an angle towards the furrow and adorally.
On the outer surface of the plates near the base of the ray, espe-
cially in large examples, there may be one or two similar papilla ;
but I do not consider them sufficiently important to rank as a
third series.

The mouth-plates are elongate and narrow, with a single row
of eight to ten short, robust, conical spinelets on their surface,
which are very small outwardly, but increase in length as they
approach the mouth, the innermost spine being longer than any
of the others and directed horizontally. On the free margin of
the mouth-plate there is a lineal series of short, rather robust
spinelets, directed horizontally, which increase in length as they
approach the inner extremity of the plate ; the innermost spinelet,
being very little shorter than the innermost spinelet of the super-
ficial series above-mentioned and standing on the same level,
forms with it the horizontal fan of mouth-spines which proceeds
from each mouth-angle and covers the mouth.

The madreporiform body is small, and situated at about its own
diameter distant from the margin. .

Colour in alcohol, a light shade of chocolate-brown, or an ashy
grey, in the latter case being lighter.

Remarks. This species is the most nearly related to Astro-
pecten javanicus, Liitken, from which, however, it may be dis-
tinguished by the narrow marginal plates, by the character of
the adambulacral armature, and by the spinulation of the infero-
marginal plates. The facies of the two forms is quite different,
although, from its general structure, I am inclined to think
that A. Andersoni is probably a descendant of A. javanicus, or of
a common ancestor, modified by isolation and changed conditions
of existence.

2. AstropecTEN Hempricuit, Miller § Troschel.

Astropecten Hemprichii, Miller § Troschel, 1842, System der Asteriden,
p. 71.

? Astropecten articulatus, Michelin, 1845, Essar d'une Faune de l'Ile
Muurice, Mag. de Zool. 2¢ série, 7¢ année, p. 24 (non Asterias articulatus,
Say, 1825).

Astropecten mauritianus, Mobius, 1881, Beitr. z. Meeresfauna d. Insel
Mauritius, p. 0 (non Astropecten mauritianus, Gray, 1840).

ASTEROIDEA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 325

Locality. Sir William James Island; 7th Dec. 1881.

Remarks. I feel little hesitation in referring a single example
to this species, which has recently been carefully described and
figured by De Loriol* on the basis of material obtained from
Mauritius. The type specimen, preserved in the Berlin Museum,
was collected by Hemprich and Ehrenberg in the Red Sea. The
form appears to be closely allied to Astropecten scoparius.

3. ASTROPECTEN NOTOGRAPTUS, n. sp. (Plate XXVIII. figs.
5-8.)

Locality. King Island (native name Padaw).

Rays five. R=165mm.; r=6mm. R>2‘5r. Breadth ofa
ray between the second and third supero-marginal plates, 5°5 mm.

Rays rather broad at the base, tapering rather rapidly on
the outer portion to a pointed extremity. Interbrachial ares
subacute.

The paxillar area is wide, measuring more than three times
the width of the supero-marginal plates about midway between
the base and the extremity of the ray, and is very regular in
composition. The paxille, which are large and compactly
crowded, have a wide tabulum on which are borne from five to
eight low uniform granules; and eight to eighteen very short
papilliform spinelets, little more than elongate granules, surround
the margin and radiate outward horizontally. In the centre of
the disk a. well-developed conical peak is present.

The supero-marginal plates, about seventeen or eighteen in
number from the median interradial line to the extremity, are
slightly broader than long, and form a well-developed rounded
margin tothe ray. The surface of the plates is covered with large,
slightly spaced granules which diminish a little in size at the
margins, and become more or less cilia-like in the sutures or
channels between neighbouring plates. On the innermost plate
on each side of the median interradial line is a small, but well-
developed tubercle ; but no spinelets or tubercles of any kind are
borne on the other supero-marginal plates.

The infero-marginal plates, which are much broader than high,
do not extend beyond the superior series. Each plate bears a
single lateral spine, of moderate length, which tapers throughout,
is sharply pointed, cylindrical, and very slightly flattened. At
the base of this spine are one or two small compressed spinelets

* Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat. Genéve, t. xxix. No. 4, p. 74, pl. xxi. figs. 7, 8.

326 MR. W. PERCY SLADEN ON THE

or enlarged squamules, one of which is usually more prominent
and near the aboral margin of the plate. No other spinelets are
present on the infero-marginal plates, which are covered with rather
large, moderately well-spaced, uniform squamules.

The armature of the adambuiacral plates consists of short
robust spinelets, which form two distinct series and an indistinct
median series. Theinner or furrow series consists of three short,
robust, obtusely tipped spinelets which radiate apart and arch
over the furrow, the middle spine being longest. The outer series
consists of two spinelets which are shorter and more robust than
the furrow series, and have a flat subspatulate form; and the
aboral spinelet of the pair is frequently larger and much broader
than its companion, but sometimes subequal. The indistinct
median series consists of two very small papilliform spines, one
placed on each maryin of the plate, which might almost be counted
as the outer spinelets of a furrow series of five spinelets.

The mouth-plates are elongate and narrow, with a single row
of eight to ten short, robust, papilliform spinelets on their surface,
which are small outwardly but increase in length as they approach
the mouth, the innermost spinelet being longer than any of the
others and directed horizontally. On the free margin of the
mouth-plate there is a lineal series of short, rather robust spinelets,
directed horizontaliy, which increase in length as they approach
the inner extremity of the plate, the innermost spinclets being
long and forming the horizontal fan of mouth-spines which pro-
ceed from each mouth-angle and cover the mouth. The adambu-
lacral plate adjoining the mouth-plate is much broader and
shorter than the others, and bearsa lineal series of eight or nine
short papilliform spinelets on each side, the two series being
apposable. .

The madreporiform body is entirely hidden by paxille.

Colour in alcohol, an ashy grey mottled with lines and bars of
chocolate-brown. On the inner third of the ray there is a line of
colour adjacent to the marginal plates which is continuous with.
and meets the corresponding band of the adjacent ray on the disk,
forming a V-shaped mark thickened in the angle. At the
junction of the median and outer third of the ray is a broad
transverse band of colour which passes over the paxillar area and
marginal plates uninterruptedly.

Remarks. This species is allied to Astropecten granulatus,
Miiller & Troschel ; but is distinguished by the character of the

ASTEROIDEA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 327

marginal plates, by the spinulation of the infero-marginal plates,
and by the armature of the adambulacral plates. The presence
of the small tubercle on the innermost pair of supero-marginal
plates in the interbrachial are, and the colour markings also serve
to distinguish the forms. -Astropecten notograptus presents
several points of affinity with A. monacanthus, mihi; but the
broad marginal plates, the large paxille, the simple spinulation
of the infero-marginal plates, and the difference in the character
of the adambulacral armature (although only slight) serve to
distinguish the Mergui species.

Subfamily Lurp1ina, Sladen.
Genus Lutp1aA, Forbes.

1. Lurpra ForrFicirEr, Sladen.

Luidia forficifer, Sladen, 1888, Zool. ‘Chall.’ Exp. part iis ., Report on
Asteroidea, p. 258, pl. xliv. figs. 5 & 6, pl. xlv. figs. 5 & 6.

Localities. King Island (native name Padaw); Feb. 1882.
Sir William James Island ; 7th Dec. 1881.

Remarks. One adult example, unfortunately in a bad state of
preservation, and a small one, almost too young for accurate
determination, appear to me to belong to this species. It was
dredged during the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition in the Arafura Sea
and in Torres Strait at a depth of 6 to 28 fathoms, on sea-bottoms
of coral-mud and green mud.

2. Lurpra macunata, Willer & Troschel.

Luidia maculata, Miller & Troschel, 1842, System der Asteriden,

p. 77:
Locality. King Island (native name Padaw); 24th Jan. 1882;

sublittoral.
A single young example having nine rays. The major radial

dimension 1s 65 mm.

Family PENTAGONASTERID A, Perrier.

Subfamily Gontoptscina, Sladen.
Genus Gonropiscus, Miller §& Troschel.

1. Gonropiscus artTicuLAtus (Linné), de Loriol.

Asterias articulata, Linné, 1753, Mus. Tessinianum, p. 114, tab. ix.
fig. 3.

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI. 28

328 MR. W. PERCY SLADEN ON THE

Artocreatis altera species, Seba, 1758, Thesaurus, t. iii. p. 11, tab. vi.
figs. 7 & 8.

Goniaster articulatus, Liitken, 1864, Videnskab. Medd. naturh. Foren. 7
Kjébenhavn, p. 147.

Goniodiscus articulatus, De Loriol, 1854, Rec. Zool. Suisse, t.i. p. 638,
pl. xxxv. figs. 1-17.

Locality. King Island (native name Padaw); Jan. 1882; sub-
littoral. :

Remarks. This handsome form was described and figured by
Linné in the ‘ Museum Tessinianum ;’ and the same example is ©
stated by Liitken* to have been the original of Seba’s figure in
his ‘ Thesaurus,’ t. ii. pl. 6. figs. 7&8. Until four years ago
the species—excepting the existence of the well-preserved type—
might be said to have been lost sight of, and its locality was
unknown.

In 1884, M. P. de Loriol gave a careful description and
excellent figures of an example collected at Singapore; he also
discussed the erroneous views of previous writers on the species
in question. With M. de Loriol’s determination I entirely
agree ; and his description accords closely with the notes which I
made when examining the Linnean type of Asterias articulata in
the University Museum at Copenhagen.

The specimen collected at Mergui by Dr. Anderson is inter-
mediate in size between Linné’s specimen and that described by
de Loriol, the measurements being R=66 mm.,r=34 mm. In
general outline it approaches more nearly to the type than does
de Loriol’s large example, the interbrachial are being more
widely rounded, which causes the rays to appear rather more
defined. In other respects the Mergui example accords closely
with the description of that from Singapore; and I feel no doubt
as to the specific identity of the three examples.

Family ASTERINID & (Gray), emend. Perrier.
Subfamily Astrrininm, Sladen.
Genus Nrpantuta, Gray.
1. NEPANTHIA SUFFARCINATA, n. sp. (Plate XXVIII. figs.
9-12.)
Locality. Owen Island; 2nd Jan. 1882.
Rays five. R=48 mm.; r=138-15 mm. R>8r. Breadth of
* Videnskab, Medd. naturh. Foren. i Kjobenhayn, f. 1864, p. 148.

ASTEROIDEA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 329

a ray at the base, 15 mm.; breadth at 10 mm. from the base,
10 mm. —

Rays elongate, semicylindrical, flattened actinally, broad and
inflated at the base, then rapidly becoming narrower, and main-
taining a nearly uniform breadth until near the extremity, which
is obtusely rounded. Interbrachial arcs acute. Abactinal area
of the disk more or less inflated, marked with well-defined
channels along the median interradial lines which extend nearly
to the centre. Actinal surface plane; with the margin abruptly
angular.

The abactinal area is covered with small, narrow, conspicuously
crescent-shaped plates, which are disposed in regular alternating
longitudinal rows. Within the concavity is placed a single
papula, which is guarded on its adcentral side by small plates
(usually two in number, but sometimes more are present), ail
included within the are of the crescentiform plates. The plates
bear a great number of uniform microscopic spinelets which form
a compact velvet-like covering. The plates along the sides of the
ray are somewhat modified in form, often appearing jawbone-
shaped rather than crescent-shaped, and the longitudinal dispo-
sition of the series is even more conspicuous than in the median
radial region. .

The marginal plates are very small, and the infero-marginal
series forms the angular ambitus of the ray, the superior series
being quite in the lateral wall of the ray. The plates of the
inferior series are slightly larger and more definite than their
companions, and all bear compact groups of microscopic spinelets
similar to those on the abactinal plates.

The armature of the adambulacral plates consists of:—(1) A
furrow series of 7 or 8 spinelets united by membrane, which
radiate apart, and form a fan slightly obliquely placed and high
in the furrow; the spinelets are cylindrical, obtusely tipped, and
the middle ones are longer than the others. (2) On the actinal
surface of the plate is an obliquely placed semicircular fan of 5 or
6 obtusely conical, robust, papilliform spinelets which radiate
apart ; and behind these is an irregular tuft of minute cilia-like
spinelets.

In the actinal interradial areas four longitudinal rows of inter-
mediate plates extend along the ray up to the extremity ; on the
disk four other rows may be counted, but these die out gradually,
and do not extend far beyond the base of the ray. The plates of

28*

330 THE ASTEROIDEA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.

the series adjacent to the adambulaeral plates are slightly larger
than any of the others; and all the intermediate plates bear com-
pact tufts of numerous microscopic conical and sharply pointed
spinelets.

The madreporiform body is rather large, and is situated nearer
the centre of the disk than midway between that point and the
margin. Its surface, which is somewhat undulating, is marked
with wide and much convoluted striations. Several prominent
small plates surround the margin.

Colour in alcohol, a dirty ashy grey, with a slightly brownish
shade.

Remarks. This species in some respects occupies an inter-
mediate. position between Mepanthia maculata, Gray, and Ne-
panthia brevis, Perrier; but it differs from both of these by its
general facies, by the different character of the lateral series of
plates along the ray, by the small, truly crescentiform plates of the
median abactinal area, and by the character of the armature of
the adambulacral plates.

Genus Asterina, Nardo.

1. ASTERINA CEPHEUS (Miller & Troschel), v. Martens.

Asteriscus cepheus, Valenciennes, MS.

Asterina Burtonii, Gray, 1840, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. vi.
p: 289.

Asteriscus cepheus, Miiller & Troschel, 1842, System der Asteriden,

. 41,
Asterina cepheus, v. Martens, 1866, Archiv f. Naturgesch. Jahrg. xxxii.
Ba. i. p. 85.

Localities. King Island (native name Padaw); Feb. 1882.
Sir William James Island ; 7th Dec. 1881.

Remarks. The examples of this species collected in the
Mergui Archipelago are rather more discoid than usual, the
interbrachial arcs being less incurved than usual; the spinulation
also is much more delicate and cilia-like. The differences, how-
ever, do not appear to me to be sufficient to warrant their recog-
nition by name ; and a good series of examples is desirable before
they can be ranked as a variety with any degree of certainty.

MAMMALS ELC. FROM THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 331

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXVIII.
Fig. 1. Astropecten Andersoni, n. sp. Abactinal aspect, magnified 14 dia-

meters.
2. 4 a Actinal aspect, magnified 13 diameters.
3. Pe * A portion of the abactinal surface,
magnified 15 diameters.
4. B 59 Adambulacral and infero-marginal

plates, magnified 8 diameters.
5. Astropecten notograptus, n.sp. Abactinal aspect, magnified 3 dia-

meters.

6. 3 - Actinal aspect, magnified 3 dia-
meters.

We y . A portion of the abactinal surface,
magnified 40 diameters,

8. * bp Adambulacral and infero-marginal

plates, magnified 14 diameters.
9. Nepanthia suffarcinata, n. sp. Abactinal aspect, magnified 13 dia-

meters.
10. 5 - Actinal aspect, magnified 14 diameters.
11. " mi A portion of the abactinal surface,
magnified 15 diameters.
12. % fs Adambulacral plates and adjacent por-

tion of the actinal surface, magni-
fied 15 diameters.

Report on the Mammals, Reptiles, and Batrachians, chiefly from
the Mergui Archipelago, collected for the Trustees of the
Indian Museum. By Joun AnpeErson, M.D., LL.D., F.BS.,

E.LS., F.Z.8., &c.
[Read 20th June, 1889. ]

As the object of the Expedition sent by the Indian Museum to
Mergui was to bring together materials for the illustration of the
marine fauna of that portion of the Bay of Bengal, it was impos-
sible to undertake a systematic investigation of the vertebrate
fauna of the islands themselves.

A small collection, however, of Mammals, Reptiles, and Batra-
chians was formed, and itis now proposed to place the names of
the species on record. The Mammalia number 23, the Reptilia 53,

and the Batrachia 12 species.

332 DR°J. ANDERSON ON TIE MAMMALS, REPTILES, AND

Among the five species of bats represented in the collection,
Emballonura semicaudata is new to the Malayan Peninsula; while
another, Pteropus edulis, is also an addition to the fauna of the
Mergui district. A large bat, probably this species, occurs like-
‘wise on the islands in the neighbourhood of Sullivan or Lampi
Island to the south.

A race of Sus scrofa is the mammal most generally distri-
buted over the Archipelago. It is found on all the large islands,
and on islands not over a square mile in extent. It is known
to occur as far west as the Elphinstone group to the north, and
Clara Island to the south, these two localities, with King Island
and Mergui, being the northern and southern limits of my obser-
vations. Whether this animal extends to the most westerly
chain of islands, stretching from Tenasserim island in the north
to Great Western Torres in the south, has not been ascertained,
as these islands have not been explored.

Tragulus Kanchil is another feature of the Archipelago, and is
almost as widely distributed as the pig. On Elphinstone Island
it was nearly as numerous as on King Island and at Mergui,
where the undergrowth of the forest is alive with it at sundown.

After these two species, the squirrels, Sciwrus caniceps and
S. bicolor, are the mammals most commonly seen.

Arctogale leucotis occurs on King, Owen, and Sullivan Islands,
thus rendering it probable that it has a wide distribution over
the Archipelago. Paradoxurus hermaphroditus, on the other
hand, was only observed on King Island.

The two monkeysfound on the islands are Semnopithecus obscu-
gus and Macacus cynomolgus; the former being the more widely
distributed, while the latter seems to be more confined to the
islands near the mainland, where mud-banks are exposed at low
water, the food of this monkey consisting largely of Crustacea
found in such situations.

Tupaia ferruginea is very abundant in the neighbourhood of
the few villages on the banks of a creek at the head of the bay,
on the north-eastern side of King Island. It was also met with
on arecent clearing made by some Selungs in the centre of the
island, and again on Elphinstone and Sullivan Islands.

The only locality in which I observed the nocturnal Wycticebus
tardigradus was King Island, an island intimately linked to the
mainland by a succession of islets separated from each other by
narrow channels.

BATRACIIIANS OF THE MERGUL ARCHIPELAGO. 330

The tiger is found on all the large islands close to the main-
land, its most western range being King and Domel Islands;
and on the former it is said to be so numerous and aggressive,
that the few villagers, on the eastern side, seldom venture into
the forest; and at the village of Taing, at the head of the creek
already mentioned, it is unsafe to penetrate into the jungle,
as the Burmese and Karens settled there wage war on the
animal by setting formidable dart- or spear-traps, the triggers of
which, so to speak, are thread-like fibres stretched across the
runs of wild animals, and, if broken through, entail almost
certain death. The tiger, however, is unknown on such western
islands as the Elphinstone and Grant groups, and on Sullivan
Island, 70 miles to the south and distant about 10 miles from
the coast; but it occurs on Campbell aud Forbes Islands to the
south of Kisseraing, the former being separated from the main-
land by a channel only one mile in width, whereas the latter is
eight miles in breadth, but linked to the coast by two small inter-
mediate islands, the widest sea-passage being three miles.

Both elephants and rhinoceroses find their way on to the
island of Kisseraing ; but the former are unknown on any of the
other islands. The latter, however, I was informed by Mr. Leslie,
of the Maleewon Police, whose duties frequently took him past
Campbell and Forbes Islands, occurred on those islands; but
whether Rhinoceros sondaicus, the dried hide of which is sold in
Mergui bazaars for food, or a two-horned species, he could not say.
He also told me that he had once met a two-horned rhinoceros
swimming in the sea close to High Island, about twenty miles
distant from the mainland, but with islands everywhere in sight.

The names of the less prominent mammals met with are
recorded in the accompanying list; but all the species, with the
exception of the two bats already mentioned and Rhizomys ery-
throgenys, are well-known forms on the neighbouring mainland.

One of the features of the Reptilian fauna of the Archipelago
is the occurrence of Crocodilus porosus in the neighbourhood of
almost every island of any size, at least within the area that came
under my observation. The great bay on the eastern side of King
Island is fringed by mangrove swamps, through which some small
freshwater streams fiow. The detritus brought down by these
streams has converted the head of the bay into a great mud-bank
continuous with the mangrove swamps, and at low water it 1s an

334 DR. J. ANDERSON ON THE MAMMALS, REPTILES, AND

extensive mud-flat cut up by the narrow channels down which
the streams run. Near its seaward extremity there are a few
wooded islets, their rocky beaches facing the sea being rich in
corals and Gorgonie, partially visible at the lowest tides, while
their other sides continuous with the mud-flats are covered with
stony patches, among which are found brilliantly coloured sponges,
Pennatulide and Actinie occurring in profusion in the soft
deep mud of the great bank. Among these remarkable estuarine
conditions this crocodile is frequently seen basking at low water
on the banks of the seaward extensions of the streams close to the
corals and sponges. On the other hand, it is equally abundant
on the rocky shores of Elphinstone, Domel, and Sullivan Islands,
all of which are more or less surrounded by coral, washed by the
salt sea.

The lizard, Varanus salvator, was also met with on all the islands
I visited.

Calotes Emma is the tree-lizard most frequently seen on the
islands; whereas C. versicolor appears to be the species most
prevalent at Mergui.

The call of the great gecko, G. verticillatus, became a familiar
sound to me at night during my sojourn in the Archipelago; and
Hemidactylus frenatus I found to be common at the village of
Taing, on King Island.

Among the shrubs and Casuarina-trees fringing in some places
the western shore of Sullivan Island, Draco teniopterus was not
uncommon; and I also found it on Elphinstone Island, and
observed it in considerable numbers among the dorian and man-
gosteen orchards of the eastern side of King Island ; but I did not
meet with a single specimen of D. maculatus, which occurs at
Mergui along with the former.

The skink, Lygosoma maculatum, is much more prevalent and
seemingly more widely distributed than Mabuia multifasciata, as
it occurs at Mergui, and on King, Elphinstone, and Sullivan
Islands, whereas the latter species, which is common at Mergui
and on King Island, was not found at Elphinstone Island, and
only one specimen was obtained at Sullivan Island.

Five snakes were found on Elphinstone Island, viz. Compsosoma
melanurum, Tropidonotus chrysargus, Tragops prasinus, Bothrops
gramineus, and B. purpureus ; whereas on the much larger King
Island, so intimately connected with the mainland, ten species, all
distinct from the former, were obtained, viz. Zropidonotus jumceus,

BATRACHIANS OF TITLE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 335

PT. nigrocinctus, T. trianguligerus, Hypsirhina enhydris, Hipistes
hydrinus, Psammodynastes pulverulentus, Python reticulatus, Naja
tripudians, and Ophiophaqus elaps—forms all more or less aquatic in
their habits; and a Bothrops, possibly B. cantoris or B. porphyra-
ceus, Blyth. Only four species were procured on Sullivan Island,
viz. Tropidonotus gunceus, Lycodon aulicus, Dipsas carinata, and
Python reticulatus. Vhreesnakes—Tragops prasinus, Naja tripu-
dians, aud another example of the foregoing unnamed Bothrops—
were encountered on Kisseraing Island in the course of a few
hours, which would seem to indicate that that island is rich in
snakes. Of the foregoing serpents, Tropidonotus chrysargus
and Dipsas carinata are apparently new to the Tenasserim pro-
vince.

The Hydrophids are extensively represented in the harbour
of Mergui, which lies on the seaward face of an island formed by
two mouths of the Tenasserim river. The mud-flats lying between
these two mouths are studded over with extensive fishing-stakes of
an ingenious description, into which the shoals of fish, and the
Hydrophids that follow them, have their course directed by
long lines of palisades terminating towards the sea in a large

‘chamber from which they fail to escape. At low water, from a
platform, the fishermen visit the chambers, and ladle out the
contents by means of hand-nets. In this way I obtained nine
species of Hydrophids, whereas although I had spent some hours
almost daily in the sea among the islands, I did not observe a
single species of this genus in any of the localities I visited. It is
therefore probable that the species obtained at Mergui are more
or less estuarine in their habits, and do not select thoroughly
marine situations for their feeding-grounds. The nine species
were the following, viz.: H. Jerdoni, H. robusta, H. latifasciata,
HH. cyanocincta, H. gracilis, H. stricticollis, H. Jayakari, H.
Hardwicku, and Enhydrina valakadyn. The only two of those
species hitherto recorded from Mergui are H. Jerdoni and
H. latifasciata; but besides the nine, H. nigrocincta, H. striatus,
and H. trachyceps * occur in the strong tide-way of the harbour.
H. Jayakari is a recently described species from near Muscat f.

Chelone mydas is found among the islands; but the only one

* It is possible that this species described by Theobald may prove to be
Hi, cyanocincta.

Tt Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xx. Dec. 1887, p. 408.

336 DR. J. ANDERSON ON THE MAMMALS

observed by me was a small specimen that had been captured by
the Selungs for food.

The only Batrachian worthy of note is the frog, Rana Dorie,
recently described by Boulenger from North Tenasserim, and of
which I obtained twenty specimens on King and Elphinstone
Islands; so thatit is probably widely distributed over the province
of Tenasserim.

MAMMALIA.
Order PRIMATES.

Family CERCOPITHECIDS.

SEMNOPITHECUS OBSCURUS, Ledd.

1 adult ¢, Elphinstone Island; 2 adults and 1 young 9,
Mergui.

Common in the forests about Mergui and on the islands of the
Archipelago, in large parties, including individuals of all ages.

Macacus cynomoraus, Schreber.

1 adult ¢, caught in the fishing-stakes in Mergui harbour.

This species occurs on the Mergui coast and in the forest
skirting the banks of tidal streams, where it may be observed at
low water on the muddy banks, wandering either alone or in small
scattered parties, inserting its arm into holes and burrows in the
mud in search of the Crustacea which form part of its food, and
which it pulls out and devours. I also saw it in similar situations
on the islands near the mainland.

Order PROSIMI.

Family NycricEBIDS.

NYcTICEBUS TARDIGRADUS, Linn.

1 adult 9, King Island.

This belongs to the small and dark variety that occurs in
Eastern Bengal (Chittagong), and ranges through Ar akan south-
wards to the extremity of the Malayan peninsula and to some of
the neighbouring islands.

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 307

Order CHIROPTERA.

Family Preropopipa.

PrEROPUS EDULIS, Geoffroy.

1 adult ¢, Taing, King Island.

Every evening at sunset numerous large bats, sometimes in
great flocks, appeared over the mangosteen, dorian, and areca-
palm orchards of the village of Taing, on King Island. The
natives asserted that they came from a low-lying densely wooded
islet between King Island and Mergui, on the trees of which they
hung during the daytime inan immense multitude. The expanded
wings of the male measured 5 feet across within a few tenths of
aninch. A large Pteropus observed by me at Sullivan Island is
also probably this species.

It has been found on the Andaman and Nicobar Islands ; but
this is seemingly the first time that it has been recorded from the
province of Tenasserim ; it has, however, been found at Klang in
the Straits of Malacca *. —

Family VESPERTILIONIDA,

VesPERUGO PACHYPUS, Zemm.

3 3g and3 2, found in the hollow of an old tree, Taing, King
Island.

VESPERTILIO MURICOLA, Hodgson.

7g and 11 9, Yimiki, King Island, and 4 g and7 9, Taing,
King Island.

The specimens from Taing were found between the leaves of
plantain trees.

Family EMBALLONURID&.

EMBALLONURA SEMICAUDATA, Peale.

8 g and 6 Q, Sullivan Island; from a small cave in a cliff on
the shore, where it occurred in wnenk numbers.

Until quite recently this species was known only from the
Polynesian subregion and Sarawak +; but its presence at Pulo

* Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 73.
+ Dobson, Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1880, p. 193.

338 DR. J. ANDERSON ON THE MAMMALS

Nias has been noticed during the present year by the Marquis
Doria*.

Order CARNIVORA.
Family Fevip 2.

Ferris riers, Linn.

1 adult 2, Taing, King Island.

Tip of nose to vent 5 feet 4°30 inches; length of tail 2 feet
4°50 inches.

Family VIVERRID &.

PARADOXURUS HERMAPHRODITUS, Pallas; Blanford, Fauna of
Brit. Ind. §c., Mammalia (1888), p. 108.

1 2 anda ¢ and 9, King Islandf.

One of these females had the following dimensions in life :—

inches
Miprot nose sto wente-pecee sre tees oe ee
Ienethyotsballeeerecereree eee neers 18
a ge eM MO Ob E ee ke. saphcaceete 3
ALO) OLE INOS FO CYS cadgnaaos ocasoooogasarce 1°70
HS VE RLOMCAT RMR CR sje acrcicist naan 1:30

This individual was so dark-coloured, that when describing it
immediately after death it was entered in my notes as black; but
since then (1882) the fur has assumed a distinct brownish
tinge.

The penis of this species is densely covered with small recurved
spines.

ARCTOGALE LEUVCOTIS, Blyth; Blanford, 1. ce. p. 115.

1 S, King Island.

The dimensions of the living animal were as follows :—

inches.
Mipyok mosekto) velt puesta eeeaeeee 19
Wenethvotatarl eee eco eee eee 2k
a 43 ATM CietOOl den. snomeetancen eee 3:25
ip fOr OSE) GOLCY eC me..e seeder eee 1:70
By 5t0 @Ar oc. cmesitaiaegs store kee eascees 1°30

* Annali del Mus. Civ. di Storia Nat. di Genova, 1889.
t These are the specimens mentioned by Mr. Blanford, Proc. Zool. Soc.

Lond. 1885, p. 791.

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 339

The general colour was fulvous grey. A feeble line down the
back, the muzzle, a spot behind the ear, the feet, and the tip of
the tail were brown.

I also observed it on Owen and Sullivan Islands.

Order INSECTIVORA.

Family Tupatip 2.

TUPAIA FERRUGINEA, Raffles; Blanford, Fauna of Brit. Ind.
(1888), p. 210.
1 g, Mergui; 4 King Island; and 1 Elphinstone Island.

Order RODENTIA.
Family Scrur1p2.

Preromys ora, Tickell; Anderson, An. Zool. Res. 1878,
p- 279.

1 g adult, Mergui; 1 juv., Sullivan Island (January).

The adult closely resembles an example (B.M. Register,
No. 84. 7. 30. 1) of P. oral from the Nilgiris in the British
Museum, and another in the same collection (Reg. No. 45. 8.
12. 8) from Travancore, and a third (Reg. No. 65. 5. 20. 2) from
an elevation of 4500 to 5000 feet on the Anamallies, but differs
from them in the trifling detail of having the latter half of its
tail nearly white instead of black. In the British Museum there
is a specimen (Reg. No. 85. 8. 1. 125) obtained by Mr. Davison
at Kankaryit in Tenasserim* corresponding to P. cineraceus,
Blyth; and another+ (Reg. No. 88. 8. 1. 124) collected by the
same naturalist at Wimpong Thatone, also in Tenasserim, that 1s
intermediate in its coloration between the Mergui and the young
individual from Sullivan Island. In the island of Ceylon also, indi-
viduals are found resembling the richly coloured variety occurring
on the continent, and others that might be referred to P. cine-
raceus. The specimen (77. 3. 14. 11) in the British Museum is
an example of the former, and the skin (77. 3. 14. 9) of the latter.
Moreover, flying-squirrels of this species well tinged with grey,
and in which the chestnut colour of the upper parts is almost
absent, are found in the Madras Presidency.

* Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1886, p. 67.
t Thomas, ibid.

340 DR. J. ANDERSON ON THE MAMMALS

ScIURUS CANICEPS, Gray.

2adult g (January), 1 adult 9 (January), and 1 9 (March),
Mergui; 1 adult 9 (February), King Island; 1 adult 3g and 2
adult @ (March), Elphinstone Island; and 1 3 (January), Sul-
livan Island.

These specimens agree with the squirrels from Mergui described
by Blyth as exhibiting “ merely a faint mark of ferruginous, and
this chiefly on the sides of the neck and body”’*.

ScIURUS BICOLOR, Sparrm.
1 3, Mergui; 2 King Island; and 1 ¢, Elphinstone Island.

Scrurvs BerpMoret, Blyth.
1d and 1 Q@ (January), King Island.
Measurements of the adult female :—

inches

Miplotmose hove liber: eee ees eae 8:20

emo tlaworatenll x geracrsre ce crclac ache <n os 5°20

Ea Peete GIULKG LS COXOL an SaaS eee eR 1:80
INIOSE HOLE WiC eer eRe Ree teis conic see 1

INVe 0 (Cait, waaeremiercn eco 8 dese 0-50

- General colour reddish brown above, punctulated with yellow ;

under surface pale yellow, but more or less white on the mesial
line and on the chin, but brighter yellow on the front margins
of the thighs. The eyelids yellowish white. Two yellowish
bands along the sides, the lower band being the broader, and
separated from its fellow by a broad brownish-black band, the
upper pale. line being similarly bordered above. A mesial black
band on the back. The tail bushy; the hairs black at the
bases, succeeded by two alternate yellow and black bands, the
terminal black band more or less tipped with white.

Family Muripa.

MUS RUFESCENS, Gray.

2 Mergui, aud 4 King Island.

This rat is very common at Mergui; the native craft, which
I hired to take me among the islands, and on which I lived
for nearly three months, was infested by it to an intolerable
extent.

* Journ. As. Soe. Beng. vol. xxiy. (1855), p. 475

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 341

Mus concotor, Blyth.

7 3 and5d Q, Mergui; and 1 g, King Island

This is the common house-mouse at Mergui and in the village
of Taing, King Island.

Mus (NEsoxrA) BENGALENSIS, Gray.

7, Mergui.

Common in the gardens and in the houses.

Theobald appears to have been the first to point out the
presence of this rat in Burma*.

Family SPaALAcIps@.

RuIzOMYS ERYTHROGENYS, Anderson.

1 g and1 2, Mergui (January).

These specimens exactly resemble the types from ie hill-tracts
of the Salween river, in British territory, obtained in the month of
June.

Family Hystricrpa.
ATHERURA FASCICULATA, Shaw.
oS Kane sland:

Order UNGULATA.
Family Surp a.

Sus scrora, Linn.

3 2, King Island.

The wild pig of the Archipelago is in -all likelihood identical
with the race found on the mainland, which Blyth, in 1863 +,
considered to be distinct from the race inhabiting India. This
point, however, has yet to be decided, as the three foregoing
specimens are unfortunately comparatively young animals, and
moreover all of one sex.

This species is the most numerous and widely spread mammal in
the Archipelago.

Family TRAGULIDS.
TraguLus Kancuit, Raffles.
1 9 and juv., Mergui; 2 d and 2 2, King Island; 1 ¢ and
1 9, Elphinstone Island.

* Proc. As. Soc. Beng. 1866, p. 240.
t Cat. Mam. Mus. As. Soc. 1863, p. 141.

342 DR. J. ANDERSON ON THE REPTILES

Order EDENTATA.

Family MANIDID#.

Mantis gavantca, Desm.
1 King Island.

REPTILIA.
Order EMYDOSAURIA.

Family CRocoDILID2.

CrocopiLus Porosus, Schneider.
1 Mergui.

Order CHELONTA.

Family TesTUDINID2.

Cyctemys puor, Gray; Boulenger, Cat. Chel. Sc. B. M. 1889,

p. 180.
3 from a freshwater stream, Tibu, King Island.

These examples of this species illustrate what takes place in the
formation of the hinge between the hyo- and the hypoplastra.
Tn one specimen, measuring 5°31 inches in length, the abdominal
plates, in their anterior thirds, almost completely overlap the
suture between these bones, the position of which, however, can
be detected by the presence of a transverse groove or depression
running across the plates; whereas in the other two specimens,
measuring respectively 7°28 inches and 7-48 inches in length, a
portion of the abdominal plates has become cut across by the
functional activity of the joint, and exists as a little plate between

the pectorals and abdominals.

Family TRIONYCHID&.
TRIONYX SUBPLANUS, Geoff.

3 young specimens, freshwater streams, Tibu, King Island.

Family CuELoNIDS.

CHELONE MYDS, Linn.
1 Ross Island.

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 343

Order LACERTILIA.
Family GECKONIDS.

HEMIDACTYLUS FRENATUS, Schlegel.
5 Mergui, and 6 Taing, King Island.

Hemipactyitus Garnoti, Dum. § Bibr. -
3 Taing, King Island.

GEHYRA MUTILATA, Wiegm.

1 Mergui; 1 King Island; and 1 Sullivan Island.

The specimen from the last-mentioned locality was found on
rocks by the sea-shore.

GECKO VERTICILLATUS, Laur.
10 Mergui.
Common in the Archipelago.

Family AGAMID &.
Draco THNIOPTERUS, Giinther.
3 Mergui; 19 King Island; and 1 Elphinstone Island.

Draco MAcuLaTuUs, Gray.

3 Mergui.

ACANTHOSAURA ARMATA, Gray.

1 Sullivan Island.

Found on swampy low-lying land on which Nipa fructicans
was growing.

ACANTHOSAURA CRUCIGERA, Boulenger.

1 female, Yimiki, King Island.

Near a stream in an old clearing in the forest.

CaLoTES VERSIcoLOR, Daud.
17 Mergui; and 1 Yimiki, King Island.

Catotes Emma, Gray.

3 Mergui; 13 Taing, King Island; 5 Elphinstone Island ;
and 3 Sullivan Island.

Family VARANID&.
VARANUS SALVATOR, Laur.
2 Sullivan Island; 1 King Island; 1 Elphinstone Island.
One of these specimens was captured from my boat, in the
hollow stem of an old mangroye-tree up which the tide had risen
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOU. XXI. 29

344 DR. J, ANDERSON ON THE REPTILES

3 or 4 feet. The Selungs assert that this lizard devours their
dead, as they do not bury, but expose their deceased relatives and
friends on platforms in the recesses of the forest; and one man
informed me that he had seen as many as fifteen lizards engaged
on a ghastly meal of this kind.

VARANUS NEBULOSUS, Gray.
1 King Island.

Family Sorncip a”.

MasBuia MULTIFASCIATA, Kwhl.

2 Mergui; 6 Taing and Yimiki, King Island; and 1 Sullivan
Island.

This lizard, although only one specimen was obtained, was
common in a swamp on Sullivan Island, at the mouth of a small
freshwater stream covered with little emimences on which Nipa
fructicans was growing. Among the palms, that curious crus-
tacean Thalassina anomala had thrown up the great mud mounds
that occur over its underground chambers. They were strewn
with the fallen leaves of the palm, and were more or less riddled
with holes made by the crustacean, the eminences being converted
into islets at high tide. In this loeality this skink lay basking
in the early morning sun, and when disturbed retreated either
under the decaying vegetation or into the holes on the slopes of
the mounds.

Lycosoma MacuLatum, Blyth.

6 Mergui; 12 Taing, Thapo, and Yimiki, King Island; 9
Elphinstone Island; and 1 Sullivan Island.

Common in the northern part of the Archipelago, but seemingly
rare in the south. The specimen procured at Sullivan Island was
found in the partially dry bed of a freshwater stream.

LyGosoMa OLIVACEUM, Gray.

1 Taing, King Island.

LyGosoMA ALBOPUNCTATUM, Gray.
1 Mergui; 1 Elphinstone Island ; and 1 Sullivan Island.

Order OPHIDIA.
Family XENOPELTIDS.

XENOPELTIS UNICOLOR, Rem.
1 Mergui.

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 345

Family OLIGODONTIDG.

SIMOTES BICATENATUS, Gunther.
1 Rangoon.

SIMOTES TRINOTATUS, Dum. & Bibr.
1 Tavoy.

Family CotuBbrip a.

CoMPSOSOMA RADIATUM, Reinuw.
3 Mergui.

ComPpsosoMA MELANURUM, Schlegel.
1 Elphinstone Island.

Pryas Korros, Reinw.
1 Mergui.

TROPIDONOTUS SUBMINIATUS, FReinw.
3 Mergui.

TROPIDONOTUS JUNCEUS, Cantor.
1 Yimiki, King Island; 4 Sullivan Island, at 1300 feet.

TROPIDONOTUS NIGROCINCTUS, Blyth.
1 King Island.

TROPIDONOTUS TRIANGULIGERUS, Reinw.

3 Taing, King Island.

Stoliezka, in 1871, described a snake from the hills between
Prome and Pegn under the-name of 7. bellulus*. The descrip-
tion, however, was “taken from a rather young specimen mea-
suring only 163 inches ;” the coloration and several points in its
structure resembled Schlegel’s figure of TZ. trianguligerus, but
differed from it in “the much more elongated shape of the
vertical, larger occipitals, only one anterior temporal, generally
smaller aud narrower scales, and by the yellow and black bars at
the side of the body being differently shaped.” In the foregoing
specimens the postoculars vary from 3 to 4, and the tem-
porals from 2+3 to 1+3. In view of the uncertainty which
Stoliczka expressed regarding Z. bellulus, it is desirable that
it should be compared with undoubted examples of ZT. ¢tri-
anguligerus.

* Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xl. pt. ii. p 482, pl. xxvi. fig. 2.

346 DR. J. ANDERSON ON THE REPTILES

TROPIDONOTUS CHRYSARGUS, Schlegel.

3 Minthantoung, near Mergui; 2 Elphinstone Island.

These snakes have been compared with a specimen in the British
Museum identified as this species, and have been found to agree
with it. Up till now, Perak has been the most northern known
limit of the species on record.

TROPIDONOTUS PUNCTULATUS, Gunther.
1 Mergui.
Hitherto recorded only from Pegu.

Family HOMALOPSID4.

CERBERUS RHYNCHOPS, Schneider.

2 Mergui.

Found in the fishing-stakes along with Hydrophids.

In one specimen the nasals on the right side are so confluent
that the nostrils appear to be situated almost in the centre of a
single shield.

HyYyPpsIRHINA ENHYDRIS, Schneider.

2 Taing, King Island.

These are referable to the variety frilineata, Gray.

HiIpist&s HYDRINUS, Cantor.

1 Mergui; 1 King Island.

Both from the sea, but near freshwater streams.

Family PsaMMOPHIDA.

PsAMMODYNASTES PULVERULENTUS, Bole.
1 Mergui; 1 King Island.

Family DenpDRrorHipa.
DENDROPHIS CAUDOLINEATA, Gray.
1 Mergui.

CHRYSOPELEA ORNATA, Shaw.
Common at Mergui, but not observed on the islands.

Family Dry1oPHIpa#.

TRAGOPS PRASINUS, Reinw.
3 Mereui; 1 Kisseraing Island ; 3 Elphiustone Island.

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 347

Family LycopontTip2.

Lycopon avuuicus, Linn.
2 Mergui; 1 Sullivan Island.

Family DipsapIp@.

DIpsas CARINATA, Reinw.
1 Sullivan Island.
Recorded from Java and Cochin China.

Family PrrHonip as”.

PyTHON RETICULATUS, Schneider.
1 King Island; 1 Sullivan Island.

Family Enapipsz.

Nasa TRripupians, Linn.

Common at Mergui, King, and Kisseraing Islands.

It belongs to the variety in which the hood has an oval mark
with a dark centre.

OpHIOPHAGUS ELAPS, Schlegel.

1 King Island.

On my way across King Island, from Kabeng-khyoung to the
west coast, a Karen had laid out in front of his house for my
inspection a specimen of this snake he had killed in the morning.
I measured it, and found it to be 14 feet 6 inches in length, which is
probably the largest measurement on record of a poisonous snake.

t.
Family HyDROPHIDS.

Hypropuis JERDONI, Gunther.
3 from the fishing-stakes at Mergui; 1 caught at sea, seven miles
from land.

Hypropuis Rropusta, Giinther, Rept. Brit. India, 1864,
p- 364.—Hy drophis Bebop Beran Vert. Zool. of Sind, 1884,
proVk, pls xu:

2 from the fishing-stakes at Mergui.

One of these specimens measures 5 feet 5°50 inches in length,
and is marked with forty-six narrow black rings. With this
exception and the greater number of ventrals (833), this specimen
agrees in every other detail with the types of the species in the
British Museum. .

348 DR. J. ANDERSON ON TIE REPTILES

Hyproputs cyanocinera, Daud.
7 from the fishing-stakes at Mergui.

Hypbropuis Gracitis, Shaw, Ginther, 1. c. p. 373.—H. Guen-
theri, Murray, l. c. p. 396, pl. xiii.

1 from the fishing-stakes at Mergui.

This species is easily recognized from the other non-imbricate
scaled forms with long narrow necks, by its two large temporals
along the side of the occipital and by its divided ventrals. The
little shields in this specimen number 283, and are strongly tuber-
cular. There are twenty-one rows of scales around the neck.

Hyproputs JayaKans, Boulenger, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 5, vol. xx. (Dec. 1887), p. 408.

1 from the fishing-stakes at Mergui.

This species is allied to H. ornata, Gray, but is quite distinct
from it.

It is an addition to the Hydrophids of the Mergui coast. The
single type, in the British Museum, as already stated, was obtained
near Muscat, Arabia.

Hyproruis Harpwicxtl, Gray.

13 from the fishing-stakes at Mergui.

The scales round the neck vary from 27 to 30 ; and the longi-
tudinal series from the throat to the vent vary from 135 to 197.
Two specimens have two postoculars, and three have two post-
oculars on one side and one on the other. Hight rows of the ventral
scales, in two of the specimens, are strongly spined, each scale
bearing a powerful spine about ;); ofan inch in length ; and in three
specimens the other body-scales are sharply spined, and the head
finely tubercular. All these specimens are males. A female has
only feeble tubercles on the ventral scales, while the scales
external to them are still less feebly tubercular. They have been
compared with the types in the British Museum.

ENHYDRINA VALAKADYN, Boie.
18 from the fishing-stakes at Mergui.

Family VIPERID2.

- BorHROPS GRAMINEUS, Shaw.

1 Kisseraing Island, and 1 Elphinstone Island.

These specimens were found in dense shade, lying on rocks by
the sides of waterfalls.

OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. 349

Besides the last-mentioned Bothrops, I obtained on Kisseraing
and Elphinstone Islands two specimens of another species of this
genus which I hesitate to name until they have been compared
with the types of certain species in the India Museum, Calcutta.
They seem to be allied to B. porphyraceus and B. cantoris, Blyth.
I have recently received from Perak another example of the same
form.

BATRACHIA.
Order ECAUDATA.

Family Ra nip &.

Oxyauossus Lima, Z'schudi.
1 Mergui.

OxyGuLossus LEVIS, Peters.
1 Elphinstone Island.

Rawa mMacrovon, Auhl.
4 Taing, King Island.

Rawa GRACILIS, Wiegm.
28 Mergui and King Island.

Rana ERYTHRAA, Schlegel.
i Taing, King Island.

Rana Doriz, Boulenger, Ann. del Mus. Civ. di St. Nat. di
Genova, 2 ser. vol. v. 1887, p. 482, pl. xxv. fig. 1.

Four frogs in the British Museum received from Mr. Theobald,
and therefore probably from Pegu and Tenasserim, were referred
by Mr. Boulenger with some doubt to Rana modesta*. In the
beginning of 1887 I showed the foregoing frogs from King
Island and Elphinstone Islandto Mr. Boulenger, whoat once
recognized their similarity to Theobald’s four specimens, and
expressed the opinion that they seemed to indicate the existence
of a hitherto unrecognized species closely allied to R. modesta.
Subsequent to this the Reptiles and Batrachians collected by M.
L. Feain Northern Tenasserim were placed by the Marquis Doria
in Mr. Boulenger’s hands for description. Among the frogs there

* Cat. Batr. Heaud. p. 25, specs. d-g.

300 THE BATRACHIANS OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.

were still more extensive materials justifying the elevation of Theo-
bald’s doubtful specimens to a distinct species ; and the new form
was accordingly described and named #. Dorie. It differs from
R. modesta “in the blunter snout, the lesser difference in length
between the first and second fingers, the longer metatarsal tubercle
(it does not measure half the Jength of the inner toe in #. mo-
desta), and the absence of vocal sacs.”

RHACHOPHORUS MACULATUS, Gray.
2 King Island.

Family Ey@ysTOMATIDS.

Micronyra ornata, Dum. § Bibr.
7 Zediwon and Minthantoung, near Mereui.

Family BUFONID &.

Buro MELANosTIcTUS, Schneider.
Common at Mergui and King Island.

Buro asprer, Gravenh.
18 Taing, King Island.

Buro GALERITUS, Gunther.

1 Tavoy ; 1 Elphinstone Island.

These are young specimens; but in their general characters
they are so closely allied to this species that I am disposed to regard
them as examples of it. Their immaturity, however, renders it
difficult to determine them accurately.

Family PELOBATIDS.

Lrertopracuium Hassexri, Tschudi.
1 Sullivan Island. ;
Found under stones in a stream.

Xe

INDEX,

Abisara kausambi, Feld., 38.

Abraxas triseriaria, Wal., 57.

Acanthodesmus, 291.

pilipes, Peters, 291, 303.

Acanthosaura armata, Gray, 343.

crucigera, Boul., 343.

Achatina, 163.

Achlyodes sura, Moore, 53.

Acidalia, sp., 57.

Acidaliide, 57.

Acridotheres fuseus, Temm., 146.

Actinia from the Mergui Archipelago,
On two species of, Prof. A. C. Haddon,
247.

Actinia paumotensis, Cowthouy, 250.

Actiniz, 247, 251, 320, 334.

Actiniaria, 251.

Actinometra, Miill., 304, 305, 312, 313,

314; Diagram of, 314.
noiata, Carp., 805, 312, 313, 315.
parvicirra, Mii/., 313.

Adolias Anosia, Moore, 37.

discispilota, Moore, 38.
Dunya, Doubled. & Hewits., 37.
Garuda, Moore, 37.
Jahnu, Moore, 37.
Sananda, Moore, 37.
Satropaces, Hewits., 38.
Xiphiones, Butl., 38.
Aidiodes, sp. ?, 59.
Aigialitis cantiana, Lath., 153.
Geoffroyi, Wagl., 153.
_ mongolicus, Pall., 153.

/Xgithina tiphia, L., 142.

/Ethopyga cara, Hume, 145.

/&thorhynchus Lafresnayii, Harti, 142.

xanthotis, Sharpe, 142.

Agamide, 343.

Agaricia speciosa, Dana, 16.

Aglaophenia, Lamour., 134.

crispata, Kirchenp., 134.
urens, Kirchenp., 134.

Alcedo bengalensis, Gm., 148.

Alciopidee, 265, 266.

Aleyonaria of the Mergui Archipelago,
Report on the Aleyoniid and Gor-
goniid, 8. O. Ridley, 223.

Alcyonaria, 223, 224, 225, 237, 2388,
320.

Alcyoniid and Gorgoniid Aleyonaria,
223-247, 320.

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI.

Alcyontide, 225.

Aleyonium, 224, 281.

Alectona Wallichii, Cart., 76.

Alophonerpes pulverulentus, Zemm.,
147

Alseonax latirostris, Raffl., 144.
Alsocomus puniceus, Tick., 151.
Amadina acuticauda, Hodgs., 146.
Amathusia Phidippus, Z., 33.
Amblypodia Adseus, Hewits., 44.

Agaba, Hewits., 44.

Agelastus, Hewits., 44.

albopunctata, Hewits., 44.

Andersonii, Moore, 44, 60.

Lohita, Horsf., 42.

metamuta, Hewits., 44.

pertmuta, Moore, 44.

Rochana, Horsf., 43.

Amorphina, Schmidt, 69, 77.

Amorphinopsis, 77, 83.

excavans, Cart., 62, 77.

Amphianthide, 251,

Amphibolide, 168.

Amphidromus, 163.

Amphiura, 88, 89, 92.

Amphiuride, Ljn., 86.

Ampittia Maro, Fadr., 53.

Ampullaria conica, Gray, var. expansa,
Nevill, 164.

Ampullarina, 170.

burmana, Nev7/, 168.

Anatomy of Ophiothrix variabilis, Dunc.,
and Ophiocampsis pellicula, Dunc.,
Prof. P. M. Duncan, 107.

Ancillaria ampla, Gmel., 185.

candida, Lamk., 185.

Anderson, Dr. John, List of Birds,
chiefly from the Mergui Archipelago,
136.

Report on the Mammals, Reptiles,
and Batrachians, chiefly from the
Mergui Archipelago, 331.

Annelids from the Mergui Archipelago,
Report on, F. H. Beddard, 256.

Anomia plenilunium, feeve, 201.

Anomiidz, 201.

Anops malayica, Feld., 39.

Antedon, de Freminv., 304, 307, 308,

309, 310.

Andersoni, Carp., 304, 306, 807,

308, 309, 315, 316.

30

352

Antedon aspera, Carp., 310.
eonjungens, Carp., 805, 311, 315.
costata, Goldf., 308.
elegans, Bell, 304, 305, 306, 307,

308, 309.
fluctuans, Carp., 305.
indica, Smith, 310, 311.
microdiscus, Bell, 307.
Milberti, Mé#dl., 304, 310, 316.
multiradiata, Carp., 307, 309.
protecta, Litk., MS., 312.
scrobiculata, Minster, 310.
spicata, Carp., 305, 310, 311,
316.
spinifera, Carp., 306.
tuberculata, Carp., 310, 311.

Antheads, 251.

Antheomorphide, 251.

Anthracoceros albirostris, Shaw, 148.

Anthreptes malaccensis, Scop. 140,

145.

singalensis, Tem., 146.

Antigonus Sura, Moore, 53.

Apatura Bolina, Z., 35.

Aphneeus Zotlus, Moore, 43.

Aphrastrea, 3. ‘

Apphadana evulsalis, Wadk., 58.

Appias hippoides, Moore, 49.
vacans, Butl., 49.

Zelmira, Cram., 49.

Apurima xanthogastrella, Walker, 60.

Arachnine, 318.

Arachnoides, Klein, 318.
placenta, Z., 317, 318.

Araminta, Mocre, 50.

Demolion, Cram., 50.

Area hispida, Philippi, 208.
Kraussi, Philippi, 207.
maculata, Sow., 207.
pectunculus, L., 208.
symmetrica, Reeve, 207.
(Anadara) granosa, D., 207.
( ) pitula, Feeve, 208.

) rhombea, Born, 208.
(Barbatia) decussata, Sow., 207.
(——) fusea, Bruguiére, 207.

( ) setigera, Ieeve, 207.

(——) signata, Dunker, 207.

(-—) velata, Sow., 207.

(Scapharea) ineequivalvis, Brug-
were, 208.

Archaster, Miilier § Troschel, 320,
nicobaricus, Mobius, 322.
typicus, Miller § Troschel, 320,

322.

Archasteridse, Viguier, 322.
Archasterinz, Sladen, 322.
Arcide, 207.

Arctogale leucotis, Blyth, 332, 338.

INDEX.

Ardea sumatrana, Raffi., 151.
Argina astrea, Drury, 55.
Argiva hieroglyphica, Drury, 58.
Artaxa varia, Walk , 55.
Artemis excisa, Chemn., 211.
Artocreatis altera, Seba, 328.
Asaphis deflorata, Z., 157, 216.
Assiminea, 170,
brevicula, Pfeiffer, 172.
Astartide, 208.
Asterias articulata, L., 327, 328.
Asterina, Nardo, 330.
Burtonit, Gray, 330.
cepheus, Miiller & Troschel, 3380.
Asterinids, Gray, 328.
Asterinine, S/aden, 328.
Asteriscus cephets, Valenc., MS., 330.
Asteroidea of the Mergui Archipelago,
On the, W. Percy Sladen, 319.
Asteroidea, 319, 320, 327.
Astictopterus Butleri, Wood-Mason, 52.
Diocles, Moore, 52.
stellifer, Butl., 52.
Astoria astreiformis, Ed. & H., 8.
Hspert, Wid. & H., 8.
Astrea crispata, Lamk., 12.
halicora, Hemp. & Hhr., 11.
meandrina, Khr., 16.
pulchella, Kd. & H., 15.
retiformis, Lamk., 10.
robusta, Dana, 14.
Astreeidee, 2, 7.
Astrzopora, 3.
Astrangia palifera, Verril/, 22.
Astropecten, 320.
Andersoni, Sladen, 322, 324, 331.
articulatus, Michelin, 324.
eranulatus, Miller g§ Troschel,
326

Hemprichii, Miller g Troschel,

ont.

javanicus, Liith., 324.

mauritianus, Mobius, 324.

monacanthus, Sladen, 327.

notograptus, Sladen, 325, 327, 331.

scoparius, Val., 325.

stellaris, Gray, 322.
Astropectinidee, Gray, 322.
Astropectinine, Sladen, 322.
Astrophiura, 104, 105.

permira, Sladen, 104.
Astropsammia, 19.

Pedersonii, Verrill., 3, 19, 23.
Astur trivirgatus, Temm., 151.
Atella Alcippe, Cram., 34.

Fasciata, Feld., 34.

Sinha, Kollar, 34.

Atherura fasciculata, Shaw, 341.
Athyma clerica, Butler, 37.
Kresna, Moore, 37.

INDEX,

Athyma Leucothoé, auct., 37.
nivifera, Butl., 37.
Perius, Awriv., 37.
subrata, Moore, 37.
Aulus Winterianus, Dunk., 218.
Auricula fusca, Homb. et Jacquinot,
6

Judx, Pfeiffer, 166.
(Auriculastra) subula, Quoy § Gai-
mard, 167.

Auriculide, 166.

Avicula atropurpurea, Dunker, 203.
Chemnitzii, Philippi, 203.
pretexta, Reeve, 203.
scabriuscula, Reeve, 203.
(Meleagrina) margaritifera, L.,

202.

Aviculidee, 202.

Axinella virgultosa, Cart., 62, 68, 83.

, var. massa, Curt., 62, 68, 84.
Axinellida, 68.

Badamia exclamationis, Fabr., 52.

Bahora crocea, Butl., 30.

Balanophyllia, 17, 23.
merguiensis, Dunc., 3, 17, 25.

Baoris Kumara, Moore, 52.

Basicurva-group, 308.

Bates, H. W., On a new species of
Brachyonychus from the Mergui
Archipelago, 135.

Batrachia, 331, 349.

Batrachians, Reptiles, and Mammals,
chiefly from the Mergui Archipelago,
Report on the, Dr. John Anderson,
331.

Baza lophotes, Cuwwv., 151.

Beania, 129.

mirabilis, Johnst., 129.

Beddard, F. E., Report on Annelids
from the Mergui Archipelago, 256.
Bell, Prof. F'. Jeffrey, On the Holothu-

rians of the Mergui Archipelago, 25.

Bicellariide, 122, 123, 129.

Biduanda Boisduvalii, Moore, 42.

Fabricii, Moore, 42, 60.
Lapithis, Moore, 42.
Lisias, Fabr., 42.
Thesmia, Hewits., 42.

Birds, chiefly from the Mergui Archi-
pelago, List of, Dr. J. Anderson,
136.

Bivalvia, 172, 201.

Boarmia, 57.

trispinaria, Waik., 57.

Boarmiide, 57.

Bohadschia argus, Jaeger, 27.

Bonellia, 222.

Bothrops, 335, 349.

cantoris, Blyth, 335, 349.

Bad

Bothrops gramineus, Shaw, 334, 348.
porphyraceus, Blyth, 335, 349.
purpureus, Gray, 334.

Botys caldusalis, Walk., 59.
multilinealis, Walk., 59.
ruralis, Walk., 59.
rutilalis, Walk., 59.

Brachymzandrina, 9, 22.
pachychila, Hhr., 2, 9.

Brachyonychus from the Mergui Archi-

pelago, H. W. Bates, 135.

Brachyonychus Andersoni, Bates, 135.
humeratus, Chaudoir, 135.
leevipennis, Chaudoir, 130.
sublevis, Chaudoir, 135.

Branchiomma intermedium, Beddard,

261, 263, 266.
vesiculosum, Montagu, 263.
vigilans, Clapar., 263.

Branchiotrema, Kohlr., 288.

Briarda reliquenda, Walk., 57.

Buccinide, 180.

Buccinum, 180.
arcularia papillosa, Chemnu., 181.
clathratum, Kiener, 183.
foliorum, Philippi, 169.
olivaceum, Bruguiére, 180.
ornatum, Kiener, 180.
pullus, L., 182.

Buchanga atra, Herm., 143.
leucogenys, Wald., 143.
longicaudata, Hay, 145.

Bufo asper, Gravenh., 350.
galeritus, Gimther, 350.
melanostictus, Schneid., 350.

Bufonide, 350.

Bugulella, Verrill, 122, 123.
clavata, Hincks, 122.

Bulimus, 163.
perversus, var., Pfeiffer, 163.
(Amphidromus)atricallosus, Gou/d,

163.

Bulla ampulla, Reeve, 199.

Bullidz, 199.

Buskia, Alder, 127.
nitens, Alder, 127, 128.
setigera, Hincks, 127, 135.

Buskiidee, Hincks, 127.

Butastur indicus, Gm., 151.

Butorides javanica, Horsf., 151.

Butreron Cappelli, Zemm., 137, 152.

Cacomantis threnodes, Cab. et Hein.,
150.

Cacospongia, sp., Schmidt, 61, 63, 64.

Caduga melaneus, Cram., 30.

Calcarea, 62, 83.

Calobates melanope, Pail., 141.

Calornis chalybea, Horsf., 146.

Calotes Emma, Graz, 334, 343.

30*

354.

Calotes versicolor, Dawd., 334, 343.

Calyptrea dormitoria, Reeve, 193.
Neptuni, Schwm., 193.

Calyptreidz, 193.

Calysisme indistans, Moore, 32.
mamerta, var., Cram., 32.
Perseus, Fabr., 32.

Campanularia, Lam., 133.
raridentata, A/der, 133, 135.

Campanulariide, 132.

Cancellaria costifera, Sow., 177.

Cancellariide, 177.

Oapnodes, sp. ?, 58.

Capsa rugosa, Lamk., 216.

Carabide, 135.

Cardiide, 210.

Cardita calyculata, Lamk., 208.
variegata, Brug., 208.

Cardium apertum, Chemn., 210.
fimbriatum, Wood, 210.
flavum, L.?, 210.
latum, Born ?, 210.
retusum, L.?, 210.

(Bucardium) coronatum, Spengler,

210.
(Hemicardium) subretusum, Sow.,
210.

( ) unedo, Z., 210.
(Papyridea) pulchrum, Sow., 210.
) rugatum, Gronov., 210.
(Trachyeardium) rugosum, Lamk.,

(subgen. nov. ?) latum, Born?,

Carnivora, 328.

Carnosa, 61, 63, 82.

Carpenter, P. H., Report on the Coma-
tule of the Mergui Archipelago,
304.

Carpophaga nea, L., 152.

insularis, Blyth, 152.

Carter, H. J., Report on Marine
Sponges, King Island in the Mergui
Archipelago, 61.

Casella atromarginata, Cwv., 200.

philippinensis, Bergh, 200.

Cassididee, 185.

Cassidula auris-felis, Brug., 166.

Bensoni, Pfeiffer, 166.
Cassis (Semicassis) pila, Reeve, 185.
Castalius Ethion, Doubl. § Hewits.,
40

Rosimon, Fahr., 40.
Casuarina equisetifolia, Forsk.,
145.
Casuarina-trees, 334.
Catochrysops Cnejus, Fabr., 40.
Pandava, Horsf., 40.
Straho, Fabr., 40.
Catopsilia Catilia, Cram., 49.

139,

INDEX.

Catopsilia Chryseis, Drury, 49.
Croeale, Cram., 49.
Gnoma, Fadr., 49.

Cauninda Archesia, Cram., 58.

Cavernularia, Valenc., 281.
obesa, Valenc., 268, 281.

, var. a, Marshall & Fowler, .

281, 286.

Cavernulariide, 268, 281.

Cellariidz, 121.

Cellepora, Fabr., 132.
brunnea, Hincks, 132.

Celleporide, 152.

Cellulariidse, 129.

Centrococcyx intermedius, Hume, 150.

Cephalopoda, 179.

Ceratina, 61, 638, 82.

Cerberus rhynchops, Schneid., 346.

Cercopithecide, 336.

Cereus pedunculatus, Penn., 250.

Cerianthus, 249.

Cerithidea, 168, 169.

Cerithiidee, 168, 190.

Cerithium corallium, Défrance, 190.
fusiforme, Sow, 191.
gibbcrosum, Dunker, 168.
lemniseatum, Quoy §& Gaim., 191.
lineatwm, Lamk., 190.
micropterum, Kzener, 169.
morum, Lamk., 191.
obesum, Sow., 191.
patulum, Sow., 168, 191.
rubus, Reeve, 190.
rugosum, Wood, 191.
variegatum, Quoy § Gaim., 191.
(Aluco) obeliscus, Brug., 190.
(Vertagus) asperum, L., 190.

Cethosia Biblis, Drury, 33.

Chalcophaps indica, L., 152.

Chalcosia distincta, Guérin, 54.

Chalcosiidee, 54.
Chalina, 66.
oculata, 66, 82.
, var. fibrosa, Carter, 61,
66.

spinifera, Carter, 61, 66, 83.
Chama brassica, Reeve, 209
eristella, Lamk., 209.
damecornis, Lamk., 209.
Lazarus, L., 209.
Chamide, 209.
Chapra Agna, Moore, 52.
Charaxes Borneensis, Butler, 38.
Charus Helenus, Zznm., 51.
Tswara, White, 51.
Cheilostomata, 121.
Chelone mydas, L., 335, 342.
Chelonia, 342.
Chelonidz, 342.
Cheritra Etolus, Fabr., 43.

INDEX.

Cheritra Freja, Fabr., 43.
Chilo gratiosella, Walk., 60.
Chilopoda, 287, 288, 290, 302.
Chirodota rufescens, Brandt, 26.
Chiroptera, 337.
Chiton (Acanthopleura) spiniger, Sow.,
199.

Chitonellus fasciatus, Lamz., 199.
Chliaria Lisides, Hewits., 43.
Chloeia, 264, 265.

flava, M‘Intosh, 260, 261.

merguiensis, Beddard, 258, 260,
264; structure of eyes, 264,
266.

parva, Baird, 259, 260, 261.

Chloropsis chlorocephala, Wald., 142.
Chondractinine, 253.
Chrysocolaptes strictus, Horsf., 148.
Chrysopelea ornata, Shaw, 347.
Chrysostoma nicobaricum, Gmel., 197.
Cidaris toreumatica, Klein, 317.
Cinnyris flammaxillaris, B/., 145.

Hasselti, Zemm., 145.

Circe plebeia, Hanley, 211.

scripta, L., 210.

sulcata, Gray, 211.

(Crista) divaricata, Chemn., 211.
¢ ) gibba, Lamé&., 211.
Cirripedia, ftnote, 154.

Cirroechroa, 34.

rotundata, Buil., 34.

surya, Moore, 34.

Cittocincla macrura, Gm., 140.
Clanculus atropurpureus, Gowld, 196.
Clausilia Andersoniana, Mollend., 164.

insignis, Gould, 164.

(Oospira) Philippiana, Pfeifer,

163.

Clavatula nitens, Hinds, 176.

Cliona bacillifera, Cart., 62, '76.
Carpenteri, Hancock, 76.
ensifera, Sollas, 62, 75.
sceptrellifera ?, Carter, 62, 76.
stellifera ?, Carter, 62, 76.

Clypeastroida, 318.

Codane Zenotea, Douwbled., 54.

Ceelenterata, ftnote, 224.

Ceeloria, 22:
astreiformis, Hd. & H., 8.
dedalia, Hd. & H., 8.
Esperi, Ed. & H., 8.
labyrinthiformis, LZ. & #., 8.
pachychila, Klunz, 9.

Coenopsammia, H. & H., 18, 23.
affiinis, Dunc., 19.
coccinea, 23.

Coladenia Dan, Fabdr., 53.

Collocalia Linchi, Horsf. § Moore,

147.
Colubride, 345.

350

Columbella Duclosiana, Sow., 183, 219.
lineolata, Kiener, 183.
pardalina, Lamk., 188.
scripta, Lamk., 183.
versicolor, Sow., 183.
(Anachis) terpsichore,

183.

(Pusiostoma) Duclosiana, Sow.,
168; only species of Rhachi-
glossate proboscidiferous Gas-
tropods, 168.

Oolumbellidze, 168, 183.

Comatule of the Mergui Archipelago,
Report on the, P. H. Carpenter,
304.

Comatule, 304, 306; ftnote, 314.

Comatulids, 320.

Compsosoma melanurum, Schlegel, 334,

Sow.,

radiatum, Reiaw., 345.

Conidee, 175.

Conus achatinus, Hwass, 175.
miliaris, Hwass, 175.
suratensis, Hwass, 175.
(Cylinder) auratus, Hwass, 175.
( ) textile, Z., 175.
(Hermes) terebra, Born, 175.

Copsychus saularis, L., 140.

Coptobasis, sp. ?, 59.

Coptochilus, 161.

Corallimorphide, 251.

Corallium, spicules of, 237.

Corbula crassa, Hinds, 217.
tunicata, Hinds, 217.

Corbulides, 217.

Corticium, 76.

Corvus insolens, Hwine, 147.
macrorhynchus, Wagler, 140, 147.

Coscinarza, 16. ;
meandrina, Hhr., 3, 16.
monile, Fersk., 3, 17.

Crambide, 60.

Orassatella radiata, Sow., 208.

Crastia cupreipennis, Moore, 30.
Godartii, Zucas, 31.

Crepidula excisa, Philippi, 193.
plana, Adams & Reeve, 193.
Walshi, Reeve, 198.
(Siphopatella) Walchi, Herm.,

193:

Criniger gutturalis, Bp., 142.
Crisia ciliata, 4ud., 129.
Crocodilide, 342.
Jrocodilus porosus, Schneid., 338, 342.
Crustacea, Macacus cynomolgus feed-
ing on, 332, 336.

Crypsirhina varians, Lath., 147.
Cryptabacia, 15. ;

talpina, Lmk., 3, 15, 16.
Ctenocella peotinata, Pallas, 225, 243.

B06 INDEX.

Ctenostomata, 127. Cyprea, 185.
Cucullzea concamerata, Chemn., 208. arabica, L., 187.
Cuculus striatus, Drap., 149. caurica, L., 186.
Cucumaria, 26, 27. erosa, L., 186.

assimihs, Bell, 27, 28. erronea, Z., 186.

Forbesi, Bell, 26, 27, 28. hirundo, £., 187. —

leonina, Semp., 27. Lamarcki, Gray, 186.

Planci, von Marenz., 26. mauritiana, ., 186.
Cultellus subellipticus, Dunk., 218. miliaris, Kiener, 186.
Cupularia, Lamour., 125. moneta, Z., 187.

umbellata, Defrance, 125. negleeta, Sow., 187.

Curetis Felderi, Distant, 39. olivacea, Lamk., 186.

malayica, Feld., 39. onyx, Z., 186.

stigmata, Moore, 39. Saule, Gaskoin, 187.

Cycas Rumphii, Mig., 139. spurca, Born, 186.
Cycladichama luciniformis, Valene., tigris, L., 186.

174. turdus, Lamk., 186.
Cyclemys dhor, Gray, 342. vitellus, Z., 185.
Cyclophorus, 157. xanthodon, Gray, 186.

aquila, Sow., 160. Cypricardia velicata, Reene, 214.

aurantiacus, Schum., 157, 159, 160, | Cyrena proxima, Prime, 165.

PAM) Cyrestis Themire, Honrath, 35.
, var. Andersoni, v. Mart., | Cytherea (Calliste) festiva, Sow., 211.
TUS}8), PAS) (Caryatis) alabastrum, Reeve,
, var. Nevilli, v. Mart., 159, 211.
215. ( ) indecora, Philippi, 211.
——, var. pernobilis, v. Marv., ( ) minuta, Koch, 211.
157, 159, 219. rufescens, Gray, 211.
, var. Reevei, v. Mart., 159,
219. Dalchina Sarpedon, Z., 50.
, var. typieus, v. Mart., 158, | Danais Agleordes, Feld., 30.
160, 219. Alcathoé, Godart, 31.

aureolabris, Nevill, 160. crocea, Butl., 30.

Cantori, Benson, 161. Gautama, Moore, 29.

expansus, Pfeiffer, 160, 219. septentrionis, Butl., 29.

malayanus, Reeve, 157, 159, 160. vulgaris, Butl., 29.

ophis, Benson, 160. Danisepa Diocletianus, Fabr., 31.

pernobilis, Gould, 157, 159. Darasana perimuta, Moore, 44.

speciosus, Philippi, 159, 160. Dasychone, 263.

sublevigatus, Blanf., 159. serratibranchis, Grube, 263.

zebrinus, Bens., 160. Delias Deione, Drury, 50.

, var. ambiguus, v. Mart., metarete, Butl., 49.
160, 219. Delphinula atrata, Chemn., 195.
, var. aureolabris, Nev., 160. laciniata, Lamk., 195.
, var. typicus, Bens., 160. Demiegretta sacra, Gm., 151.
Cyclopides Camertes, Hewits., 53. Dendrophidz, 346.
Cyclosia panthona, Cram., 54. Dendrophis caudolineata, Gray, 346.

papilionaris, Drury, 54. Dendrophyllia, 17, 23.
Cyclostoma, 160. coarctata, Dunc., 3, 17, 25.

aurantiacum, Pfeiffer § Kiister, (Ceenopsammia) affinis, Dune., 3,

ilts}3), TUS}, INS), kh.

pernobile, Gould, 159. Dentalium annulatum, Sow., 200.
Cyclostomata, 182. eburneum, Z., 200.
Cyclostrema crenulifera, Adams, 198. politum, L., 200.

Reeveanum, Hinds, 195. variabile, Desh., 200.
Cylindreeciidz, 128. Deudorix Orseis, Hewits., 43.
Cylindrecium, Hincks, 128. Pheretima, Hewits., 43.

giganteum, Dusk, 128. Diadematoida, 317.
Cymborhynehus macrorhynchus, Gm., | Diczeum cruentatum, L., 146.

47. trigonostigma, Scop., 146.

INDEX.

Dichelaspis pellucida, Darwin, from the
scales of an Hydrophid obtained at

Mergui, On, Dr. P. P. C. Hoek,
154.

Dichelaspis pellucida, Darw., 154,
ES.

Dichoceros bicornis, L., 148.
Dictyocylindrus aceratus, Carter, 62, 67,
83

hispidus, Bowerb., 62, 66, 82.
rugosus, Bowerb., 67.
virgultosus, Bowerb., 68.
Diplopoda, 290.
Dipsadice, 347.
Dipsas carinata, Reinw., 335, 347.
Discophora Celinde, Soll, 33.
Dissemurus paradiseus, L., 143.
Dolium fasciatum, Bruguiére, 185.
Donatia, 78.
lyneurium, Carter, 62, 77.
multifida, Carter, 78.
Dorididez, 200.
Doridopsis atromaculata, Alder § Han-
cock, 200.
nigra, Stimpson, 200.
Draco maculatus, Gray, 354, 343.
teniopterus, Giinther, 334, 343.
Dreissena, 206.
carinata, Dunk , 206.
Drupadia Boisduvalti, Moore, 42.
Fabricit, Moore, 42.
Dryiophide, 346.
Dunean, Prof. P. M., On the Echinoidea
of the Mergui Archipelago, 316.
On the Madreporaria of Mergui
Archipelago, 1.
On the Ophiuride of the Mergui
Archipelago, 89.
On some Parts of the Anatomy of

Ophiothria variabilis, Dune.,
and Ophiocampsis pellicula,
Dune., 107.

Durgella, 162.
Dyctis Andersonii, Moore, 33, 60.
Hsaca, Westw., 39.
Dysidea, 63, 64, 65, 82.
ramoglomerata, Carter ?, 61, 64, 66,
72.
——, var. granulata, Carter, 61,
64, 65.
, var. ramotubulata, Carter,
61, 64, 65.

Eburna canaliculata, Schwm., 180.
spirata, Lamk., 180.

Eeaudata, 349.

Ecceelonida, Carter, 75, 76.

Kehinids, 320.

Echinogorgia pseudosappo, K6//., 235.
sasappo, Esper, 230.

307

Echinoidea of the Mergui Archipelago,
On the, Prof. P. M. Duncan, 316.
Kehinoidea, 316.
Echinomuricea, 235.
indomalaccensis, Ridley, 235.
Hehinonemata, 62, 66, 68, 82.
Hehinopora, 13.
aspera, Sol., 2, 13.
Echinus placenta, L., 318.
EHdentata, 342.
Elapide, 347.
Elater, 266.
Hlegans-group, 804, 307, 308, 309, 310.
Elliselia gemmacea, Gray, 241.
Elymnias obnubila, Marsh., 33, 60.
tinctoria, Moore, 32.
Emballonura semicaudata, Peale, 332,
337.
Emballonuride, 337.
Emydosauria, 342.
Engystomatids, 350.
Enhydrina valakadyn, Bote, 339, 348.
Hnnomide, 57.
Ergolis Ariadne, L., 35.
Merione, Cram., 35.
Erionota Irava, Moore, 52.
Eschara fuegensis, Bush, 151.
spongites, Pall. g Moll, ftnote,
125.
Escharidz, Smitt, 131.
Esperia diaphana, Schmidt, 73.
indica, Carter, 62, 70, 72, 73, 76.
84.
plumosa, Carter, 62,72, 242.
Esperina, €3.
Huasteroidea, Sladen, 322.
Hudema angulatum, f’., 135.
Huechinoidea, Bronn, 317.
Eulima Oilineata, Adams & Reeve,
198.
Martinii, Adams, 195.
(Leiostraca) bivittata, Reeve, 193.
Hulimider, 193.
Humelea, 57.
EHuphyllia, 8.
plicata, Hd. § H., 2, 8, 22.
rugosa, Dana, 2, 8, 22.
striata, Hd. & H., 2, 8, 22.
Euplea Erichsonii, Feld., 31.
Godartti, Lucas, 31.
Harrisii, Feld., 31.
Timborgti, Moore, 30.
margarita, Butl., 31.
Menetriesii, Feld., 31.
Phebus, Butl., 31.
Eupleing, 29.
Eupompe, 256, 257.
Grubei, Kinberg, 256, 258.
indica, Beddard, 256, 266.
Euproctis atomaria, Walk., 55,

358 INDEX.

Euproctis biguttata, Walk., 55.
marginalis, Walk, 55.
varia, Walk., 55.

Eupsammide, 3, 17.

Eurema formosa, Hibn., 45.

Eurystomus orientalis, Z., 148.

Burythoé aleyonia, Savig., 261.

Buschema Andersonii, Moore, 56.
aurilimbata, Moore, 56.
Bellona, Walh., 56.
Horsfieldii, Moore, 56.
subrepleta, Walh., 56.

Buschemidz. 56.

Euthalia Andersonii, Moore, 38, 60.
Anosia, Moore, 37.
discispilota, Moore, 38.

Dunya, Doubled. § Hewits., 37.
Garuda, Moore, 37.
Jahnu, Moore, 37.
Satropaces, Hewits., 38.
Xiphiones, Butl., 38.
Byes, structure of, in Chloeia mergut-
ensis, 264, 266.

Fasciolaria filamentosa, Lamk., 183.
Favia, Oken, 2, 9, 22.
cavernosa, Forsk., 2, 10.
Ehrenbergi, Klunz., var. laticollis,
Klunz., 2, 9.
Geoffroyi (Val.), Ed. § H., 2,10.
Okeni, Hd. § H., 2, 10.
Rousseaui, Hd. § H., 2, 10.
tubulifera, Klwnz., 2, 10.

Felidee, 338.

Felis tigris, Z., 388.

Fibularia ramosa, Carter, 62, '71, 84.

Fibulifera, 83.

Fissurella Rueppelli, Sow., 198.

Fissurellidx, 198.

Fluviatile Mollusca, 157.

Fowler, G. H., and Prof. A. Milnes
Marshall, Report on the Penvatulide
of the Mergui Archipelago, 267.

Freshwater Mollusca, 164.

Fucus, 71.

Fungia, 3, 15.

crassa, Dana, 2, 15.

dentata, Dana, 2, 15.

glans, Dana ?, 2, 19.

patella, Hidis & Sol., 15.

talpina, Lamwk., 15.

(Haliglossa) echinata, Pallas, 2,
15.

Fungide, 2, 15.
Fusidie, 183.
Fusus antiquus, Z., 252.

Galaxea, 14.
irregularis, Hd. § A, 2, 14.
Gallicrex cinereus, Gm., 153.

Gallinago ceelestis, Frenz., 153.

Gasteropoda Opisthobranchia, 199.

Gasteropoda Prosobranchia, 175.

Gastropods, Rhachiglossate proboseidi-
ferous, 168.

Gecinus viridanus, Bl., 148.

Gecko verticillatus, Lawr., 384, 343.

Geckonide, 343.

Gehyra mutilata, Wiegm., 343.

Geocichla citrina, Lath., 140.

Geodia, 78, 81.

Geophilide, 288.

Geophilus bilineatus, Peters, 289.
brevilabiatus, Newp., 289.

Gephyrea, 222.

Gephyreans of the Mergui Archipelago,

On the, Prof. EH. Selenka, 220.

Gibbula (Minolia) biangulosa, Adams,

197.

Glomeride, 290.

Glomeris, Latr., 287, 290, 301.
bicolor, Wood, 291.
earnifex, Pocock, 290, 301, 303.

, var. pallida, Pocock, 290,

301, 303.
connexa, Koch, 291.

Glyphodes diurnalis, Guénée, 59.

Goniaster articulatus. Litk., 328.

Goniastreea, 2, 10, 22.

Bournoni, Hd. ¢ H., 2, 10, 22.

favus, Forsk., sp. and var., 2, 10.

halicora, Hemp. g Khr., sp. and
var., 2, 11.

incrustans, Dune., 2,3, 11, 22, 25.

retiformis, Lamk., 2, 10.

Goniodiscinz, Sladen, 327.

Goniodiscus, Miiller & Trosch., 327.
articulatus, Z., 327, 328.

Goniopora, 21.
columna, Dana, 3, 21.
lobata, Md. g& H., 3, 21.

Gorgonella, 240.
granulata, Koll., 240.
pectinata, Kodl., 243.
umbella, Hsp., 225, 240.

Gorgonia, Verrill, 258, 240.
australiensis, Adley, ftnote, 238.
oppositipinna, Ridley, 225, 238,

247.

pectinata, Pallas, 243.

suberosa, Padllas, 243.

umbella, Wsp., 240.

Pepbogeret2) australiensis, Adley,
39.

Gorgonie, 65, 72, 334.
Gorgoniidex, 223, 224, 225, 283.
Gracula javanensis, Osbeck, 146.
Granulifera-group, 308.

Gumimina, 76.

Gynautocera Zenotca, Doubled., 54.

Ear

INDEX,

Haddon, Prof. A., on two Species of
Actinia from the Mergui Archipelago,

247.
Halcyon chloris, Bodd., 137, 140, 148.
pileata, Bodd., 148.
Haliastur indus, Bodd., 151.
Halichondria albescens, Johnst., 69.
birotulata, Higgins, 62, 72.
incrustans, var., Schmidt, 62, 76.
panicea, Johnst., 62, 69, 77, 83.
, Johnst.; =Amorphina, Schm.,
77, 83.
simulans, Bowerb., 69.
Haliglossa, Ehy., 15.
Halo:mitra, Dana, 15.
(Podabacia) crustacea, Hd. &§ H.,
3, 15.
Halpe ceylonica, Moore, 53.
Zema, Hewits., 53.
Haridra borneensis, Butl., 38.
Harpactes oreskios, Temm., 149.
Hebomoia Glaucippe, L., 49.
Heliastrea, Hd. § A, 3, 12.
(Ulastreea) crispata, Lmk., 2, 12.
Helicina arakanensis, Blanf., 161.
Helix gabata, Gould, 162, 163.
merguiensis, Philippi, 162, 163.
pilisparsa, von Mart., 162.
(Philidora) gabata, Gou/d, 162, 163.
Hemicercus canente, Less., 147.
Hemichelidon sibirica, Gm., 144.
Hemidactylus frenatus, Schleg., 334,
343.
Garnotii, Dum. § Bibr., 343.
Hemifusus ternatanus, Gm., 180.
(Pugilina) pugilinus, Born, 180.
Hemipholis, 89.
Hemiplecta, 161.
Herodias garzetta, Z., 151.
Herpolitha, 16.
limax, Hsp., 3, 16.
Herpornis xantholeuca, Hodgs., 141.
Hesperia Adrastus, Cram., 53.
Hilianus, Kabr., 41.
Agna, Moore, 52.
Bevan, Moore, 52.
Cnejus. Kabr., 40.
Freja, Fabr., 43.
Irava, Moore, 52.
Kumara, Moore, 52.
Latoia, Hewits., 53.
Maro, Fabr., 53.
Strabo, Fabr., 40.
Toona, Moore, 52.
Aenophon, Fabr., 43.
Zema, Hewits., 53.
Hesperiide, 52.
Hestia agamarschana, Fe/d., 29.
Heterocera, 54.
Hexactinellida, 62, 83.

359

Hexactiniz, 248, 251.

Hierococeyx nanus, Hume, 149.
sparverioides, Vig., 149.

Himantarium, C. Koch, 287, 289.
indicum, Meinert, 289, 303.
Meinerti, Pocock, 289, 303.

Hincks, Rev. Thos., On the Polyzoa
and Hydroida of the Mergui Archi-
pelago, 121.

Hipistes hydrinus, Cantor, 335, 346.

Hiposcritia Shiva, Swinh., 49.

Hircinia, 61, 68, 64, 82.

Hirundo rustica, Z., 144.

Hoek, Dr. P. P. C., On Dichelaspis
pellucida, Darwin, from the scales of
an Hydrophid obtained at Mergui,
154

Holorhaphidota, 62, 69, 82.
Holothuria Andersonii, Bed/, 28.
atra, Jaeger, 28.
impatiens, Forsk., 28.
insignis, Ludwig, 28.
vagabunda, Selenka, 28.
Holothurians of the Mergui Archi-
pelago, On the, Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell,
25.
Holothuroidea, 25.
Homalopside, 346.
Hormathia, 252, 253.
Andersoni, Haddon, 251, 253, 255.
Margaritee, Gosse, 252, 253.
pectinata, R. Hertw., 258,
Huphina Lea, Doubled., 49.
Hyarotis adrastus, Cram., 53.
Hydnophora, 9, 22.
microcona, Lamk., 2, 9.
Hydroida and Polyzoa of the Mergui
Archipelago, Rev. Thos. Hincks, 121.
Hydroida, 132, 134, 320.
Hydrophide, 347.
Hydrophis, 335.
Bishopit, Murray, 347.
eyanocincta, Daud., 335, ftnote
335, 348.
gracilis, Shaw, 335, 348.
Hardwickii, Gray, 335, 348.
Jayakari, Bouleng., 335, 348.
Jerdoni, Giinther, 335, 347.
latifasciata, Giimther, 335.
nigrocincta, Daud., 335.
ornata, Gray, 348.
robusta, Giinther, 335, 347.
striatus, Schlegel, 330.
stricticollis, Giinther, 335.
trachyceps, Zheob., 335.
Hymenia recurvalis, Fabr., 59.
Hymeniacidon albescens, 69.
Hymenogorgia, 238.
Hypena, 58.
Pactalis, Walker, 58.

360

Hypenide, 58.

Hypogrammide, 57.

Hypolycena Erylus, Godt., 43.

Hypothornis, rectius Hypothymis, 140.

Hypothymis azurea, Bodd., 140, 144.

Hypsirhina enhydris, Schneid., 335, 346.
trilineata, var., Gray, 346.

Hypurolepis javanica, Sparrm., 144.

Hystricidx, 341.

Idia, Lamour., 134.
pristis, Lamour., 134.
Tliades Achates, Cram., 50.
Tlyanthidee, 251.
Tnsectivora, 339.
Tole viridescens, B/., 142.
Traota Rochana, Horsf., 43.
Irena puella, Lath., 143.
Isamia margarita, Butl., 31.
Isanda, 198.
coronata, Reeve, 198.
pulchella, 4. Adams, 197, 219.
Isis Se Esp., 245; spicules of,
237.

Ismene Sasivarna, Moore, 52.
Isodictya, 69. ey
densa, Bowerh., 62, 69, 70.
=—, var. incrustans, Carter, 62,
70, 84.
, var. tubuloramosa, Carter, 62,
70, 84
simulans, Bowerb., 69, 84.
, var. cancellata (fusca), Carter,
62, 69.
, var. (albida), Carter, 62, 69.
Isophyllia erythreea, Klunz., 9.
Tulide, 294.
Ixias citrina, Moore, 48.
verna, Druce, 49.

Jamides Bochus, Cram., 40.
Juneella, 240.
elongata, var., Pallas, 241.
fragilis, var., Ridley, 225, 240, 242,
243.

gemmacea, var., Milne-Hdw. &
Haime, 225, 240, 241, 243.

juncea, Hsp., 240, 242, 243.
Junonia Almana, L., 34.

Asterie, L., 34.

Laomedia, L., 35.

Lemonias, Z., 35.

(inone, Z., 35.

Kalabana picaria, Walk., 57.
Ketupa javanensis, Less., 150.

Lacertilia, 343.
Laertias Polytes, Z., 51.
Laganidx, Agass., 318.

INDEX.

Laganum, Klein, 318.

depressum, Agass., 318.
Lagochilus scissimargo, Benson, 161.
Lagyra picaria, Walk., 57.
Lampides Ailianus, Fabr., 41.

agnata, Druce, 41.

Alexis, Stoll, 41.

celerio, Fabr., 41.

plumbeomicans, Wood-Mason, 40.

pseudelphis, But7., 41.

pura, Moore, 41.

subdita, Moore, 41.

viola, Moore, 40.

| Lampyris, 266:

Lasiocampide, 55.

Laurion gemina, Walk., 54.

Lebadea attenuata, Moore, 35.

Leda mauritiana, Sow., 208.

Leguminaria alba, Valenc., 218.

Lemoniide, 38.

Lepas exigua aurantia, Mart.-Chem.,

199.
Lepidoptera of the Mergui Archipelago,
F. Moore, 29.

Lepralia, Johnst., 131.
robusta, Hincks, 131.

Leptastrza, 13.
humilis, Dune., 2, 3, 138, 25.

Leptobrachium Hasseltii, Tschudi, 350.

Leptocircus Meges, Zink, 52.

Leptogorgia, 287, 238, 240.
australiensis, Ridley, ftnote, 238.

Leptopoma aspirans, Bens., 161.
vitreum, Chem., 161.

Leptosmilia striata, Ed. & H., 8.

Lepyrodes geometralis, Guén., 59.

Lethe Europa, faor., 32.

Lichenopora, Defr., 132.
nove-zealandix, Bush, 132.

Lichenoporide, 132.

Lima linguatula, Lamk , 202.
squamosa, Lamk., 157, 202.
(Mantellum) fragilis, Gmel., 202.

Limnas Chrysippus, Z., 30.

Limonidromus indicus, Gmi., 142.

Liparidee, 55.

Liponemide, 251.

Lithodomus gracilis, Philippi, 206.
malaccana, Hanley, 206.
nasuta, Philippi, 206.
teres, Philippi, 206.
(Botula) cinnamomea,

207.
Lithophagella coraliiophaga, Chemn.,
214.

Lithosia, sp., 54, 5d.

Lithosiide, 54.

Littorina, 192.
angulifera, Lamk., 157.
arboricola, Reeve, 170.

Lamk.,

INDEX.

Littorina carinifera, Philippi, 170.

conica, Philippi, 170.
granularis, Gray, 192.
intermedia, Philippi, 157, 169.
melanostoma, Gray, 170.
pyramidalis, Quoy § Gaimard,

192.
rubropicta, v. Martens, 170, 219.
scabra, L., 157, 169, 170.

Littorinide, 169, 192.

Lituaria, Valenc., 282, 283.
phalloides, Pallas, 268, 286,

Lituariide, 268, 282.

Lobivanellus atronuchalis, B/., 1438.

Lobophytum, 224, 225
madreporoides, Aidley, 223, 225,

246.

Legania Andersonii, Moore, 39, 60.
marmorata, Moore, 39, 60.
substrigosa, Moore, 39, 60.

Loligo sumatrensis, D’ Orbigny, 175.

Lophoseride, 3, 16.

Lophoseris, 16.
cactus, Hemp. § Hhr., 3, 16.
cristata, Soland., 3, 16.

Loriculus vernalis, Sparrm., 150.

Lucia Epius, Westw., 39.

Lucina fibula, Reeve, 209.
gemma, Reeve, 209.
induta, Stolicz., 174.
Philippiana, Reeve, 173.
pisum, Reeve, 209.

(Anodontia) edentula, Z., 173,
209:

( ) Philippinarum, Hanley, 174,
209.

(Lentillaria) divergens, Philippi,
209.

Lucinide, 173, 209.

Luidia, Forbes, 327.
forficifer, Sladen, 327.
maculata, Miller § Trosch., 327.

Luidiinez, Sladen, 327.

Lutraria egyptiaca, Chemmn., 217.
capillacea, Desh., 217.
Chemnitzii, Philippi, 217.
elongata, Gray, 174, 217.
(Merope) nicobarica, Gme/., 217,

219.

Lycena Ardates, Moore, 40.

Ethion, Doubl. & Hewits., 40.
macrophthalma, Feld., 40.
Pandava, Horsf., 40.
pygmea, Snellen, 39.

Lycenesthes bengalensis, Moore, 42.
merguiana, Moore, 40.

Lycenide, 38.

Lycodon aulicus, L., 385, 347.

Lycodontide, 347.

Lygosoma albopunctatum, Gray, 344.

361

Lygosoma maculatum, Blyth, 334, 344.
olivaceum, Gray, 344.

Lyncornis cerviniceps, Gould, 147.

Lytocarpia, Kirchenp., 134.

Mabuia multifasciata, Kuhl, 334, 344.
Macacus cynomolgus, Schreber, 332;
feeding on Crustacea, 382, 336.
Macrochlamys acerra, Bens., 162.
convallata, Bens., 162.
pansa, Bens., 162.
resplendens, Philippi, 162.
Mactra attenuata, Desh., 217.
decora, Desh., 216.
reticulata, Spengler, 217.
rugosa indie orientalis, Chemn.,
217.
(Mactrinula) angulifera, Desh.,
217.

Mactride, 174, 216.
Madrepora, 1, 19, 23.
abdita, Ellis & Sol., 14.
ampliata, Hillis & Sol., 14.
aspera, Ellis & Sols.. 13.
cavernosa, Forsk., 10.
cinerascens, Ellis & Sol., 20.
corymbosa, Forsk., 8.
crater, Pallas, 20.
cribripora, Dana, 3, 20, 23.
cristata, Esp., 7, 16.
dedalea, Hilis & Sol., 8.
echinata, Pall., 15.
favus, Forsk., 10.
gracilis, Sol. § H., 3, 19, 23.
hebes, Dana, 3, 19.
labyrinthiformis, L., 8.
lacuca, Pall., 9.
limax, Esp., 16.
monile, Korsk., 17.
patella, Wilis & Sol., 15.
paxilligera, Dana, 3, 20.
pyramidalis, K/wnz., 3, 20.
radians, Pall., 14.
spicifera, Dana, 3, 20.
surculosa, Dana, 3, 19.
valida, Dana, 3, 19.
Madreporaria of the Mergui Archi-
pelago, Prof. P.M. Duncan, 1.
Madreporaria, 1, 24.
Aporosa, Hd. & H., 2, 3.
Fungida, 2, 14, 24.
Perforata, Hd. § H., 13, 17.
Madreporide, 3, 19.

- Mezandrina, 2, 8, 22.

(Celoria), 2.
( 5 ) astreiformis, Ed. §& H,
8

(=) deedalea, So/., 2, 8,
(——) Esperi, Ed. § H., 2, 8.
( ) labyrinthiformis, Z., 2, 8.

362

Meeandroseris, 17.

Bott, Rouss., 3, 17.

Malacodermata, 25].

Malleus dxemoniacus, Reeve, 204.

Mammalia, 331, 336.

Mamunals, Reptiles, and Batrachians,
chiefly from the Mergui Archipelago,
Report on the, Dr. J. Anderson,
330.

Mangelia Fairbanki, Nevil/, 176.

polita, Hinds, 176.

Manididex, 342.

Manis javanica, Desm., 342.

Margarita triangulosa, Reeve, 197.

Marginella (Cryptospira), quinquepli-

cata, Lam., 184.
(Glabella) elegans, Kiener, 184.

Marginellide, 184.

Marine Mollusca, 157.

Marine Sponges, from King Island in
Mergui Archipelago, Report on, H. J.
Carter, 61.

Marshall, Prof. A. Milnes, and G. H.
Fowler, Report on the Pennatulidee
of the Mergui Archipelago, 267.

Martens, Prof. EH. von, List of the
Shells of Mergui and its Archipelago,
155.

Matapa Sasivarna, Moore, 52.

Mecistocephalus, Newp., 288, 289.

heros, Meinert, 288.
punctifrons, Newp., 288, 289.

Megalomastoma (Coptochilus)
labre, Gould, 161.

Melampus ceilonicus, Petit, 167.

Melanitis, 32.

determinata, Buti., 32.
Ismene, Cram., 32.
Leda, auct., 32.
Melithzidee, 223, 225, 244.
Melitodes ochracea, De Blainv., 246.
planiloca, Ridley, 246.
virgata, Verrill, 246.

Melittophagus Leschenaulti,
148.

Membranipora, De Blainw., 130.

favus, Hincks, 130.
marginella, Hincks, 130.

Membraniporide, 150.

Membraniporina, ftnote, 124.

Menama cupreipennis, Moore, 30.

tavoyana, Moore, 30.
Menelaides Diphilus, Hsper, 51.
Doubledayi, Wallace, 51.
Merulina, 14.
ampliata, So/., 2, 14.
ramosa, Hhr., 2, 14.
Mesodesma sequilaterum, H. Roemer,
215, 219,
(Davila) erassulum, Desh., 215,

secti-

Vieild.,

INDEX.

Mesodesma (Davila) planum, Hanley,
215. ;

(Paphia) glabratum, Lamk., 215.
Messaras erymanthis, Drury, 34.
Microciona, 67.

acerato-obtusa, Cart., 62, 67, 83.
Microhyla ornata, Dum. § Bibr., 350.
Micronia aculeata, Guén., 57.

caseata, Guén., 57.

vagata, Moore, 57.

Microniide, 57.

' Microporella, Hincks, 131.

violacea, Johnst., form plagiophora,
Busk, \31,

Microporellidax, 131.

Micropus melanocephalus, Gm., 142.

Milberti-group, 304.

Milleria gemina, Wailk., 54.

Mitra (Cancilla) circulata, Kéen., 183.

( ) interlirata, Reeve, 184.

(Chrysame) cucumerina, Lams,
1

(Nebularia) adusta, Zamk., 183.
Mitride, 183.
Mixornis rubricapillus, Tich., 140.
Modiola glaberrima, Vunk., 206.
Modiolaria areuatula, Hanley, 206.
nana, Dunk., 206.
Moduza Procris, Cram., 36.
Mollusca, 320, 321.
Fluviatile, 157; Freshwater, 164;
Marine, 157, 175; Submarine,
156, 157, 165; Terrestrial, 157.
Monodonta canalifera, Lamk., 197.
labio, Z., 197.
multicarinata, Quoy gf Gaim.,

(Buchelus) quadricarinata, Chemmn.,

(——) seabra, Phil.-Kiist., 197.

( ) tricarinata, Lmk., 197.
Monticola cyanus, Z., 140, 144.

— solitaria, Seeb., 140.
Monticularia nicroconus, Lamk., 9.
Moore, F., List of the Lepidoptera of

the Mergui Archipelago, 29.
Mopsella, 223.

aurantia, Msper, 245.

planiloca, Ridley, 225, 244, 247.
Morchellana, 231.

Morphine, 33.
Murex cingulatus, Gm., 169.

rand, L., 185.

sinensis, Gm., 190.

ternispina, Lamk., 177.

(Chicoreus) adustus, Lamk., 177.

( ) microphyllus, Lamk., 177.
( )rubiginosus, Feeve, 177.
( ) torrefactus, Sow., 177.

(Ocinebra) capucinus, Chemm., 177.

INDEX.

Muricea umbraticodes, Studer, 237.

Muricide, 177.

Muride, 340.

Mas concolor, Blyth, 341.
rufescens, Gray, 340.
(Nesokia) bengalensis, Gray, 341.

Muscitrea grisola, B/., 144.

Mussa, 2.
corymbosa, Forsk., 2, 8.
cristata, Hsp., 2, 7.
flexuosa, Hd. § H., 2, 7, 22.
recta, Dana, 9.

Mya nicobarica, Gmel., 217.

Myriactis, Hadd., 248, 251.
tubicola, Hadd., 248, 251, 254.

Myrina Atymnus, Cram.. 44.
hiemalis, Godm. & Salv., 44.
Lapithis, Moore, 42.

Lisias, Boisd., 42.
Lisides, Hewits., 43.

Myriopoda of the Mergui Archipelago,
Report on the, R. I. Pocock, 287.
Myriopoda, 287, 288, 300, 301, 802;

Bibliography of, 302.

Myriozoidee, Smith, 124, 131.

Mytilidee, 205.

Mytilus nicobaricus, Reeve, 205.
smaragdinus, Chemn., 205.
viridis, L., 205.

(Aulacomya) curvatus, Dunk., 205,
219.

(Septifer) Andersoni, v. Marz., 205,
219.

(——) bilocularis. Z., 205.

( ) excisus, Wiegm., 205.

Myurella longiscata, Desh., 177.

Myzostoma, 304, 306, 310.

Nacaduba Ardates, Moore, 40.
macrophthalma, Feld., 40.
plumbeomicans, Wood-Mason, 40.
viola, Moore, 40.

Nadisepa Jarbas, Fadr., 43.

Xenophon, Fabr., 43.
Nanina (Durgella?) honesta, Gould,
62

(Hemiplecta) retrorsa, Gould,
161.

(Rotularia) anceps, Gould, 161.
Naja tripudians, L., 335, 347.
Narathura Agelastus, Hewits., 44.

albopunctata, Hewits., 44.

metamuta, Hewits., 44.

Narica ligata, Récluz, 188.

Nassa albescens, Dunker, 181.
bicolor, Hombr. & Jacq., 181.
cancellata, Adams, 182.
delicata, Adams, 182.
foveolata, Dunk., 182.
globosa, Quoy § Gaimard, 183.

363

Nassa hepatica, var., Powlt., 181.
horrida, Dunk., 181.
incrassata, Strom., 182.
labeeula, Adams, 182.
lirata, Marrat., 182.
marginulata, Lamk., 181.
, var. hepatica, Powl¢., 181.
muricata, Quoy §& Gaimard, 181.
——, var. horrida, Dunk., 181.
nodata, Hinds, 181.
planicostata, Reeve, 181.
punctata, 4dams, 182.
ravida, Adams, 181.
stolata, Gmel., 180.
tenia, Gmel., 180.
Thersites, Brug., 182.
, var. acypha, v. Mart., 182,
9

Natica Colliei, Récluz, 188.
didyma, Phil., 188.
Geeee: Desh., 188.
helvacea, Lams:., 188.
maculosa. Lam/:., 188.
pallens, Philippi, 188.
pellis-tigrina, Chemn., 188.
pulicaris, Philippi, 188.
tineturata, Reeve, 188.
unifasciata, Lamk., 157, 188.
(Neverita) albumen, Gmel., 188.
( ) Chemnitzii, Récluz, 188.
(Polinices) mammilla, Z., 188.
Naticidz, 188.
Nauphanta celox, Greeff, 266.
Nellia, Busk, 121.
oculata, Busk, 121, 122, 127, 128,
138.

Nemeobiine, 38.
Neomyrina hiemalis, Godm. g Salv.,

Neopithecops Zalmora, Budi., 39.

Nepanthia, Gray, 328.
brevis, Perrier, 330.
maculata, Gray, 330.
suffarcinata, Sladen, 328, 331.

Nephthya, 224.

Neptis adara, Moore, 36.
dorella, Buti., 36.
gononata, Butl., 36.
ilira. Kheil, 36.
jumbah, Moore, 36.
leuconata, Butl., 36.
nata, Moore, 36.
paraka, Budl., 36.
plagiosa, Moore, 37.
thamala, Moore, 36, 60.
Vikasi, Horsf., 36.

Nereis, 257, 264, 265.
cultrifera, Gr., 264.

Nerita, 171.
albicilla, Z., 194.

364

Nerita atropurpurea, Récluz, 171.
chameeleo, Z., 194.
costata, Chemn., 194.
lineata, Chemn., 171, 219.
planospira, Anton, 171.
polita, L., 194.
stella, Chemn., 194.

Neritidz, 171, 194.

Neritina, 165, 171, 219.
auriculata, Lamk., 165.
brevispina, var. mutica, Sow., 165.
cornu-copie, Bens., 171.
crepidularia, King, 168, 219.
melanostoma, Trosch., 171.
Mertoniana, Récluz, 172.
subgranosa, Sow., 165.
virginea, L., 172.
(Clithon) avellana, Récluz, 165.
(——) brevispina, Lamk., 165.

(——) Sowerbayana, Récluz, 172.

(Dostia) crepidularia, Lamé., 171.
( ) Guerinii, Récluz, 172.
(Neripteron) auriculata, Lamk.,
164.

Nilasera centaurus, Fabr., 44.

Ninox scutulata, Raff., 150.

Nipa fructicans, Thunb., 343, 344.

Nisoniades Dasahara, Moore, 53.
Diocles, Moore, 52.

Noctua frugalis, Fabr., 58.

Nodopyge, Brandt, 294.

Nuculidz, 208.

Nychitona Xiphia, Fabr., 45.

Nyctalemon docile, Butl., 56.

Nyctalemonide, 56.

Nyctemera latistiiga, Walk., 54.

Nycticebide, 336.

Nycticebus tardigradus, Z., 333, 336.

Nyctipao crepuscularis, L., 58.

Nymphalide, 29.

Nymphaline, 33.

Obelia, Péron §& Lesueur, 132.
Andersoni, Hincks, 132, 135.
bicuspidata, Clarke, 133.
bifurca, Hincks, 133, 135.

Ocnus, 27.
javanicus, Slwiter, 27.

Octopus rugosus, ose, 157, 175.

Oculinidz, 24.

Oligodontide, 345.

Oligostigma, sp. ?, 59.

Olivancillaria gibbosa, Born, 185.

Oliva Macleayi, Duclos, 185.
maura, Lam., 184, 185.
mauritiana, var., Sow., 185.
seripta, Lamk., 185.
utriculus, Lamk,., 185.

, var. mutica, Sow., 165.

) Ualanensis, Lesson, 172, 219.

INDEX.

Olivide, 184.

Ommatophoride, 58.

Onchidiide, 167.

Onchidium coriaceum, Semp., 168.
tigrinum, Stolicz., 167.
verruculatum, Cuv., 167.

Operculata, 157.

Ophiactis, 116.
virens, Sars, 115.

Ophidia, 344.

Ophiocampsis pellicula, Dune. and
Ophiothrix variabilis, Dunc., Anatomy
of, Prof. P. M. Duncan, 107.

Ophiocampsis, Dune., 85, 101, 102.
pellicula, Dunc., 86, 101, 105, 106,

107, 117; arm-bones of, 107, 117.

Ophiocnemis, Miill. § Trosch., 103.
marmorata, Lamk., 85, 86, 103, 106.

Ophiocnida, Lym., 92, 105.
sexradia, Dunc., 86, 92, 106.

Ophiocoma, Agass., 93. é
scolopendrina, Zmk., 85, 86, 93, 106.

Ophiocomide, L7n., 86.

Ophioglypha, 85, 86, 88, 104.

Ophiolepidx, L7n., 86.

Ophiolepis, Miiller & Trosch., 85, 86.
cincta, Miller § Trosch., 85, 86, 104.
elegans, Lym., 104.
nodosa, Dunc., 86, 104. 106.

Ophiophagus elaps, Schleq., 835, 347.

Ophiophragmus, Lym., 88, 89, 92, 104,

105, 108.
affinis, Dunc., 86, 89, 106.
difficilis, Dunc., 86, 90, 106.
Wurdemanni, Lym., 89.

Ophiopsammium, 85.

Ophiothricidee, Z7n., 86, 114.

Ophiothrix, 85, 95, 107, 117, 119.
Andersoni, Dunc., 86, 95, 106.
galatea, Ltk., 105.

Martensi, Zym., 85, 86, 97.

merguiensis, Dunc., 86, 96, 106,

quinquemaculata, Miill. § Trosch.,
105, 107.

variabilis, Dune., 85, 86, 99, 105,
106, 107, 108, 115, 116, 119, 120.

variegatus, Dunc., 86, 97, 106, 120.

Ophiothrix variabilis, Dunc.. and Ophio-
campsis pellicula, Dunc., Anatomy of,
Prof. P. M. Duncan, 107.

Ophiurida, J. Miiller, 86.

Ophiuride of Mergui Archipelago, On
the, Prof. P. M. Duncan, 85.

Ophiuridz, 85 ; list of species, 86.

Ophiuroidea, 114; variability of, re-
marked by Lyman, 95.

Orgyia, sp., 55.

Oriolus indicus, Jerd., 143.

Ormena reliquenda, Walk., 57.

Ornithoptera heliaconoides, Afoore, 51.

Orpheides Erithonius, Cram., 50.
malayanus, Wallace, 50.

Orphneus, Mein., 289.
brevilabiatus, Newp., 289, 303.
lividus, Mein., 289.

Orsotriena Medus, Fabr., 32.

Orthotomus atrigularis, Temm., 141.

Osmotreron bicincta, Jerd., 152.
vernans, J., 152.

Ostrea crenulifera, Sow., 201.

cucullata, Born, 172, 177, 201;
‘fixed to Purpura persica, Gm.,

179.
echinata, Quoy & Gaimard, 173.
mytiloides, Lamk., 173.
nigromarginata, Sow., 173.
permollis, Sow., 201.
sinensis, Gm., 201.
spinosa, Feeve, 173.
(Alectryonia) folium, Z., 173.
) turbata, Lamk., 201.
Ostreidz, 172, 201.
Otocompsa flaviventris, Zick., 142.
jacosa, Z., 142.
Otostigma, Porath, 288.
carinatum, Porath, 288.
, Yar. insulare, Haase, 288.
Ovula birostra, Lamk,, 187.
dentata, Adams § Reeve, 187.
fruticum, Adams, 187.
ovitormis, Lamk., 187.
ovum, Z., 187.
Trailli, 4dams, 187.
Oxyglossus levis, Peters, 349.
lima, Tschudi, 349.

Pachyseris, 16.
speciosa, Dana, 3, 16.
Pademma Hrichsonii, Fe/d., 31.
Padraona Gola, Moore, 53.
mesoides, Butl., 53,
Paduca, Moore, 34.
fasciata, Feld., 34.
Palzeornis fasciatus, Midl., 150.
Palmata-group, 305.
Paludina bengalensis, Lamk., 164.
digona, Blanf., 164.
Paludinide, 170.
Palyade, 57.
Pamphila bambuse, Moore, 53.
Gola, Moore, 53.
meesoides, Butl., 53.
Panageine, 135.
Pangerana, Moore, 51.
Varuna, White, 51.
Panthalis, 256.
melanonotus, Grube, 256, 257.
nigromaculata, Grube, 256, 257.
Papilio, 50, 51.
Achates, Cram., 50.

Papilio Agamemnon, L., 50.

Alcippe, Cram., 34.
Alana, L., 34.
Antiphates, Cram., 50.
Ariadne, L., 35.
Asterie, L., 34.
Atymnus, Cram., 44.
Baldus, Fabr., 32.
Biblis, Drury, 33.
Bochus, Cram., 40.
Bolina, U., 35.
Catilla, Cram., 49.
Celinde, Stoll, 33.
centaurus, Kabr., 44.
Chryseis, Drury, 49.
Chrysippus, L., 30.
Crocale, Cram., 49.
Dan, Fabr., 53.
Deione, Drury, 50.
Demolion, Cram., 50.
Diocletianus, Fabr., 31.
Diphilus, Hsper, 51.

Doubledayi, Wallace, 51.

Erymanthis, Drury, 34.
Etolus, Fabr., 43.
Europa, Fabr., 32.

exclamationis, Kabr., 52.

Flegyas, Cram., 38.
Genutia, Cram., 30.
Glaucippe, L., 49.
Gnoma, Fabr., 49.
Hegesippus, Cram., 30.
Helenus, V., 51.
LIphita, Cram., 35.
Ismene, Cram., 32.
Iswara, White, 51.
Jarbas, Fabr., 43.
Laomedia, L., 35.
Lemonias, I., 85.
Leucothoé, L., 37.
Limniace, Cram., 29.

malayanus, Wallace, 50.

mamerta, Oram., 32.
Medus, Fabr., 32.
Meges, Zink., 52.
melaneus, Cram., 30.
Merione, Cram., 35.
(none, L., 35.
Pammon, L., 51.
Perius, L., 37.
Perseus, Fabr., 32.
Phidippus, L., 33.
Polynice, Cram., 3d.
Polytes, L., 51.
Procris, Cram., 36.
Rosimon, Fabr., 40.
Sarpedon, L., 50.
Varuna, White, 51.
Aiphia, Kabr., 45.
Zelmira, Cram., 49.

366

Papilionide, 45.

Papilionine, 50.

Paractide, 25}.

Paracyathus, 3, 21.

Andersoni, Dunc., 2, 3, 25.

eeruleus, Dunc., 2, 3, 5, 21, 25.

ealtha, Verridl, 21.

indicus, Dunc., 2, 3, 4, 25.

merguiensis, Dunc., 2, 3, 6, 25.

profundus, Dune., 2, 3, 4, 25.
Paradesmus, Sauss., 287, 293.

erucifer, Pocock, 293, 303.

Karschi, Pocock, 293, 303.

viearius, Karsch, 293.
Paradoxurus hermaphroditus, Pallas,

332, 338.

Parantica agleoides, Feld., 30.
melanoides, Moore, 30.

Parastrea Rousseaui, Wd. & H., 10.

Parnara Bevani, Moore, 52.

Toona, Moore, 52,

Parthenos apicalis, Moore, 35.

Passer montanus, Linn., 146.

Patella pentagona, Heeve, 198.
stelleeformis, Reeve, 198.
variegata, Feeve, 198.

Patellidee, 198.

Pathysa Antiphates, Cram., 50.

Paucicirra-group, 305.

Pavonia cactus, Hemp. & Ehr., 16.

Pecten histrionicus, L., 202.
porphyreus, Chemn., 202.
senatorius, Reeve, 202.

(Vola) pyxidatus, Born, 202.
Pectinibranchia and Scutibranchia, 168.
Pectinidz, 202.

Pectunculus pectiniformis, Lamk., 208.

Pelargopsis amauroptera, Pears., 148.

Pellorneum subochraceum, Swinh., 141.

Pelobatidee, 350.

Pennatulex, 267, 268.

Pennatulida, 267, 277, 334.

Pennatulide of the Mergui Archipelago,

Report on the, Prof. A. Milnes Mar-
shall and G. H. Fowler, 267.

Penniformes, 267, 268.

Penoa Aleathoé, God., 31.

Limborgii, Moore, 30.

Menetriesii, Feld., 31.
Pentagonasteridx, Perrier, 327.
Pericrocotus cantonensis, Swink., 143.

cinereus, Lafres., 143.

peregrinus, L., 143.

Perna costellata, Conrad, 204.
ephippium, Z., 203.
isognomon, L., 203.
legumen, Gmel., 204.
spatulata, Reeve, 203.

Pernis ptilorhynchus, Zemm., 151.

Phalena-Attacus crepuscularis, L., 58.

INDEX.

Phalena-Geom. Panthona, Cram., 54.

Phalena-Noctua Archesia, Cram., 58.
Astrea, Drury, 55.
hieroglyphica, Drury, 58.
papilionaris, Drury, 54.

Phalangiodes neptisalis, Guén., 59.

Phanerozonia, Sladen, 322.

Phascolosoma, 220,
japonicum, Grube, 220.
pellucidum, Kef., 220.

Phellia, 250, 252.
pectinata, R. Hertw., 252, 253.

Philine aperta, Z., 200.

Phiceodictyon isodictyiforme, Cart., 62,

69.

Pholadide, 174, 218.

Pholas quadrizonalis, Spengl., 219.
striata, L., 157. :
(Martesia) striata, Z., 218.
(Parapholas) quadrizonata, Spen-

gler, 218.

Phos roseatus, Hinds, 180.

Phylloscopus borealis, Blas., 141.

Phymastreea, 12, 22.
aspera, Quelch, 2, 12, 28.
irregularis, Dunc., 2, 12, 23.

Phymosoma, Selenka, De Man,

Biilow, 220.
japonicum, Grube, 220.

Picus canicapillus, /., 147.

Pierine, 45.

Pieris Clemanthe, Dowbl., 50.
Lea, Doubl., 49.

Pinna atropurpurea, Sow., 204.
dolabrata, Lamk., 204.
fumata, Hanley, 204.
pectinata, L., 204.

Atrina) nigrina, Lamk., 204.
) vexillum, Born, 204.
(Cyrtopinna) bicolor, Chemm.,
204.

and

(——) incurvata, Chemn., 204.
( ) madida, Reeve, 205.
(Pennaria) Hanleyi, Reeve, 205.
Pinnide, 204.
Pintia cyanea, Butl., 54.
Drataraja, Moore, 54.
Placenta orbicularis, Retz., 201.
quadrangularis, Retz., 201.
Placuna papyracea, Lamk., 201.
placenta, Z., 201.
sella, Z., 201.
Planaxis pyramidalis, Gme/., 157, 169,
191

sulcatus, Born, 157, 169.
Plastingia Latoia, Hewits., 53.
Platydoris scabra, Cuv., 200.
Platygyra labyrinthica, var. pachychila,

Ehr., 9
Pleione alcyonia, Savig., 261.

INDEX.

Plesiastreea, 13.
indurata, Verrill, 2, 13, 23.

Plesiofungide, Dune., 2, 14.

Plesioneura Alysos, Moore, 54.

Plesioporitide, Dunc., 3, 17.

Pleurotoma, 176.

nodifera, Lamk., 176.

(Drillia) crenularis, Lam/h:., 176.

(Sureula) javana, L., 176.

(Turris) armillata, Reeve, 176.
Pleurotomide, 176.
Plexaura, 237, 306.

indica, Lidley,

247.

Plicatula depressa, Lamk., 202.

Plumularidz, ftnote, 134.

Plumulariide, 134.

Pocillopora, 7, 22, 24.

cxspitosa, Dana, 2, 7.
favosa, Hhr., 2, 7

Poeilloporidx, Dunc., 2, 7.

Pocock, R. I., Report on the Myrio-
poda of the Mergui Archipelago,
287.

Podabacia, 15.

crustacea, Wd. & H., 15.
Podica personata, Gray, 153.
Policella, Gray, 284.
manillensis, K6//., 268, 284, 285.
tenuis, Marsh. & Fowler, 268, 285,
286.
Pollia tranquebarica, Gm., 180.
Polyeyathus, 6, 21.
difficilis, Dune, 2, 3, 7, 22,
20.
Verrilli, Dunc., 2, 3, 6, 21, 25.
Polydesmidie, 291.
Polyommatus Erylus, Godt., 43.
Sangra, Moore, 39.

Polyplacophora, 199.

Polytherses, Duch. & Mich., 61, 63, 64,
82

995

) O)
225, 233, 235,

Polyzoa and Hydroida of the Mergui
Archipelago, On the, Rey. Thos.
Hinceks, 121.

Polyzoa, 121; species from Mergui
already recorded, 129.

Porella, Gray, 131.

malleolus, Hincks, 131.
Porites, 20, 23.
conglomerata, var., Quoy § Gaim,

excavata, Verrill., 3, 20, 24.
nodifera, Klunz., 3, 30.
Poritia Phraatica, Hewits., 38.
Poritidz, 3, 20.
Potamides, spp., 191.
(Cerithidea) alatus, Philippi, 169.
( ) fluviatilis, Portiez § Michaud,
169.

LINN, JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXTI.

367

Potamides (Cerithidea) obtusus, Sow.,
168.
) quadratus, Sow., 169.
Precis Iphita, Cram., 35.
Primates, 336.
Prionastraea, 14.
abdita, Sol., 2, 14.
halicora, Hd. & H., 11.
robusta, Dana, 2, 14.
vasta, Klunz., 2, 14.
Prioneris Clemanthe, Dowb/., 50.
Procodeca angulifera, Walk., 59.
Prosimiz, 336.
Psammobia bipartita, Philippi, 216.
cerulescens, Reeve, 216.
pellucida, Lamk., 216.
tripartita, Desh., 216.
Psammodynastes pulverulentus, Bove,
339, 346.
Psammogorgia, 237, 238.
plexauroides, Ridley, 223, 225, 235,
246.
Psammonemata, 61, 63, 82.
Psammophide, 346.
Pseudolycena Mantra, Feld., 44.
Pterocera lambis, Z., 190.
Pteroeides, 268.
chinense, Herkl., 267, 272, 275,
276.
, var. a, Marsh. § Fowler, 273,
286.
——, var. 6, Marsh. § Fowler, 274,
286

elegans, Herkl., 267, 268, 286.

Hsperi, Herkl., 267, 275.

, var. a, Marsh. § Fowler, 275,
276, 286.

——, var. B, Marsh. § Fowler, 276,
286

Lacazii, Koll., 267, 270.
, var. a, Marsh. & Fowler, 270,
286.
, var. 3, Marsh. & Fowler, 270,
271, 286.
macracantha, Kol/., 272.
Pteroeididsx, 267, 268.
Pterogorgia, 238.
Pteromys cineraceus, Blyth, 339.
oral, Zickell, 339.
Pteropodide, 337.
Pteropus, 337.
edulis, Geoffr., 332, 337.
Pterygospidea Ravi, Moore, 53.
Ptyas Korros, Reinw., 345.
Pulmonata, 166.
Purpura bitubercularis, var., Kicner,

distinguenda, Dunk., 179.

gradata, Jonas, 179.

eranulata, Duclos, 178.
31

368

Purpura intermedia, var., Kiener, 179.
Kieneri, Desh., 179.
persica, Gm., 178 ; fixed to Ostrea
cucullata, 179.
trigona, Reeve, 179.
(Cuma) costata, Blainv., 279.
( ) imperialis, Blainv., 179.
( ) sacellum, Chemn., 179.
) tiarella, Lamk., 179.
(Thalessa) hippocastanum, £., 179.
Purpuride, 177.
Pycnonotus analis, Hors/., 142.
Finlaysoni, Strickl., 142.
Pyralide, 58.
Pyrausta, sp. ?, 59.
Pyrula vespertilio, Lamz., 180.
Pythia plicata, Féruss , 166.
trigona, Trosch., 166.
Python reticulatus, Schneid., 335, 347.
Pythonide, 347.

Quelchia, 12, 23.

Radena vulgaris, Butl., 29.

Rahinda plagiosa, Moore, 37.

Rana Dorizx, Bouleng., 336, 349, 350.

erythraa, Sch/leq., 349.
gracilis, Wéegm., 349.
macrodon, Kwhi, 349.
modesta, Bowleng., 349, 359.
Ranella albivaricosa, Reeve, 185.
tuberculata, Brod., 185.

Ranide, 349.

Rapala Orseis, Hewits., 43.

Redoa, sp., 59.

Remigia frugalis, Fabr., 58.

Remigiide, 58.

Reniera, 83.

erateriformis, Carz., 62, 7t.
digitata, Schmidt, 62.

Renilleze, 267.

Reptiles, Batrachians, and Mammals,
chiefly from the Mergui Archipelago,
Report on the, Dr. John Anderson,
381.

Reptilia, 331, 333, 342, 349.

Rhachophorus maculatus, Gray, 350.

Rhaphidonemata, 61, 66, 82.

Rhinoceros sondaicus, Desm., 333.

Rhinopalpa Polynice, Cram., 35.

Rhipidigorgia, 238.

wmbella, Milne-Edw. & Haime,
240.

Rhipidura javanica, Sparrm., 144.

Rhizomys erythrogenys, Anders., 333,
341.

Rhodoneura puralis, Waik., 59.

Rhopalocera, 29.

Rhopodytes tristis, Less., 150.

Rhytidoceros subruficollis, 7, 148.

| Salmacis, Agass., 31

INDEX.

Rieinula lineata, Reeve, 178.
muricina, Blainv., 178.
musiva, Kiener, 178.
parva, Reeve, 178.
tritoniformis, Blainv., 178.
turbinella (Purp.), Kiener, 179.
(Morula) anaxares, Duclos, 178.
) tuberculata, Blainv., 178.
Ridley, Stuart O., Report on the Alcyo-
niid and Gorgoniid Aleyonaria of the
Mergui Archipelago, 223.
Rimella Tyleri, H. Adams, 190.
Rissoidee, 192.
Rissoina (Phosinella) clathrata, 4.
Adams, 192.
Rodentia, 339.
Rotella, 198.
lineolata, Lam., 197, 198.
vestiaria, /., 197, 198.
Rotularia, 161.

Sabella acrophthalmos, Grube, 263.
Sagartia bellis, H. g S., 250.
Sagartidee, 250, 251.

Salatura Genutia, Cram., 30.
Hegesippus, Cram., 30.

7.
bicolor, Agass., 318.
Dussumieri, Agass., 317.
sulcata, Agass., 317.

Samus anonyma, Gray, 62, 75.
simplex, Cart., 62, 79.

Sarangesa Dasahara, Moore, 53.

Sareinula irregularis, Hd. § H., 14.

Sarcophytum, 224.

Satadra Abseus, Hewzts., 44.
Agaba, Hewits., 44.

Satyrine, 32.

Sealpellum, 155.

Scaphopoda, 200.

Seaptesyle tricolor, Walk., 54.

Schizoporella, Hincks, 124, 131.
biaperta, Michelin, 131.
spongites, var., Smétt, 124, 125, 135.
unicornis, Johnst., 125.

Seincidxy, 344.

Sciuride, 339.

Sciurus Berdmorei, Blyth, 340.
bicolor, Sparrm., 332, 340.
caniceps, Gray, 332, 340.

Sclerogorgia suberosad, Koll., 248.

Scolopendra, Z., 288.
subspinipes, Leach, 288.

, var. de Haanii, Brandt, 288.

Scolopendridz, 288.

Scops Lempiji, Horsf, 150.
pennatus, Hodgs., 150.
stictonotus, Sharpe, 150.

Serupocellaria, Van Beneden, 129.
ciliata, Awd., 129.

INDEX.

Scrupocellaria diadema, Bus&, 129, 135.
Scutellide, Agass., 318.

Scutibranchia and Pectinibranchia, 168.
Scutum unguis, Z., 198.

Seutus corrugatus, Reeve, 198.
Selenariidee, Busk, 125.

Selenka, Prof. E., On the Gephyreans of

the Mergui Archipelago, 220.
Semele (Amphidesma) sinensis, Gray,
214

(—— ) vestalis, Adams, 215.
Semnopithecus obscurus, feid, 332, 336.
Semperia, 27.

syracusana, Grube, 27.

Sepia aculeata, Hasselt, 175.

Septifer, 206.

fuscus, Récluz, 205.

Serpula, 67.

Sertulariide, 134.

Shells of Mergui and its Archipelago,
List of the, Prof. E. von Martens, 159.

Siderastreea, 14.

galaxea, Hd. & H., 14.

radians, Pallas, 2, 14.

, var. pulchella,=S. pulchella,

2, 15.

Simotes bicatenatus, Giinther, 345.

trinotatus, Dum. & Bibr., 345.
Siphia rubeculoides, Vig., 144.
Siphonaria exigua, Sowerb., 199.

luzonica, Reeve, 199.

stellata, Helbling, 199.
Siphonariidx, 199.

Sipunculus, 221.

porrectus, Selenka, 221.

robustus, Keferst., 221.

Sitta frontalis, Horsf, 141.

Sladen, W. Percy, On the Asteroidea of
the Mergui Archipelago, 319.

Sladen, W. Percy, and Prof. P. M. Dun-
can, On the Echinoidea of the Mergui
Archipelago, 316.

Smittia, Hincks, 132.

trispinosa, Johnst., 132.
Smittipora, Jullien, 130.

abyssicola, Smyth, 130.
Solanocrinus, 308, 309.

costatus, Goldf., 309.

gracilis, Walther, 310.

imperialis, Walther, 309.
Solariidz, 193.

Solarium perspectivum, Z., 193.

Solenastrea, Ed. § H., 12.

(Quelchia) spongiformis, Dune., 2,

3, 12, 29.

Solenidze, 218.

Soletellina acuminata, Desh., 216.

tumens, Desh., 216.

Sonagara reticulata, Walk., 58.

Spalacide, 341.

369

Spalgis Epius, Westw., 39.

Spherotherium, 291.

Spicatee, 267.

Spindasis Lohita, Horsf., 42.
Zoilus, Moore, 43.

Spinifera-group, 3808.

Spirastrella cunctatrix, Schmidt, 62, 75.

Spirobolus, Brandt, 287, 297.
Andersoni, Pocock, 299, 303.
caudulanus, Karsch, 297, 303.
phranus, Karsch, 298, 303.

Spirostreptus, Brandt, 287, 294.
aterrimus, Pocock, 295, 308.
lankaensis, Humb., 297.
opinatus, Karsch, 294, 297, 303.
regis, Pocock, 297, 303.
(Nodopyge) aterrimus, Pocock, 295,

303.

(——) opinatus, Karsch, 294, 303.
Spirula, 320.
Spoggodes, 228.
florida, Esp., 228, 230.
spinosa, Gray, 228, 230.
Spondylide, 202.
Spondylus plurispinosus, Heeve, 202.
Spongia officinalis, 61, 63.
Spongiophaga communis, Carter, 63, 82.
Spongodes, Milne-Edw. § Haime, 223,
224, 227, 231.
aurora, Ridley, 225, 228, 230, 233,
247

boletiformis, Ridley, 225, 230, 233,
247

capitata, Verrill, 228, 233.

florida, Gray, 230.

nigrotincta, Ridley, 225, 231, 246.

Studeri, Ridley, 228, 230.
Steganoporella, Smitt, 130.

magnilabris, Busk, 130.

Smittit, Hincks, 125.
Steganoporellide, 123, 125, 130.
Stelletta bacillifera, Carter, 62, 78, 79, 84.
Stematumenia, 82.

Stenogyra gracilis, Hutton, 157, 163.
Stenonia, Gray, 291.

margaritifera, Gervais, 292,

pilipes, Peters, 292.

Schetelyi, Karsch, 292.
Stenothyra monilifera, Bens., 170.
Stereosomata, 317.

Stichopus chloronotus, Brandt, 27.

Stictopleea Harrisii, Feld., 31.

Stilifer, sp., 194.

Strepsilas interpres, Z., 153.

Streptaxis solidulus, Stoliczha, 164.

Strigatella amphorella, Lamsk., 184.
columbelleformis, Kiener, 184.
paupercula, Z., var. virgata, Ree ve,

184,

scutulata, Chemmn., 184.

370

Strombide, 189.

Strombus canarium, Z., 189.
floridus, Lamk., 189.
luhuanus, Z., 189.
marginatus, L., 189.
mauritianus, Lamk., 189.
plicatus, var., Lamk., 189.
succinctus, Z., 189.
urceus, L., 189.

, var. plicatus, Lamk., 189.

Sturnopastor superciliaris, B/., 146.

Stylatulidze, 267.

Stylommatophora, 161.

Suberites carnosa, Johnst., 62, 74.
coronarius, Carter, 62, 74, 77, 84.
domuncula, Nardo, 74.
trincomaliensis, Carter, 62, 74, 84
vagabunda, var. trincomaliensis,

Ridley, 74.
sp., Carter, 74.

Suberitida, 83.

Suberogorgia suberosa, Pallas, 225, 243.
(Sclerogorgia) verriculata, Kol/.,

237.

Submarine Mollusca, 156, 157, 165.

Succinea semiserica, Gould, 164.

Suide, 341.

Surniculus lugubris, Horsf., 150.

Sus scrofa, L., 332, 341.

Sutoria sutoria, Yorst., 141,

Symphzedra pardalis, Moore, 38.

Symphyllia, 2, 9, 22.
grandis, Ed. § H., 2, 9.
recta, Dana, 2, 9.

(Isophyllia) erythrea, Klunz., 2,
9

Synapta recta, Semper, 26.

Synarxa, Verrill, 21, 24,
lutea, Verrill, 3, 21.

Syntomis Atkinsoni, Moore, 54.

Tagiades Ravi, Moore, 53.

Tajuria mantra, Veld., 44.

Tapes amabilis, Philippi, 213.
decussatus, 0., 213.
exaratus, Philippi, 213.
literatus, D.,var., nocturnus, Chem.

213.
malabaricus, Chemn., 213.

, var. sinuosus, Lamk., 214.
marmoratus, Lamk. ?, 214.
quadriradiatus, Desh., 213.
textrix, Chemn., 213.
undulatus, Born, 2138.
variegatus, Sow., 218.
(Hemitapes) ceylonensis,

214.
(—— laterisuleus, Lamh., 214.
( ) striatus, Chemn., 214.
Taxila Thuisto, Hewits., 38.

Sow.,

INDEX.

Tealids, 251.

Telicota bambusxe, Moore, 53.

Tellina balaustina, Z., 215.
ostracea, Lamk., 215.
perplexa, Hanley, 215.
siamensis, v. Mart., 215.
truncata, D., 216.
(Angulus) lanceolata,

216.
(Arcopagia ?) casta, Hanley, 215.
(Macalia) Bruguierei, Hunley, 216.
ee birmanica, Philippi, 174,
16.
(Tellinides) emarginata, Sow., 216.

Tellinide, 174, 214.

Temnopleuride, 316, 317.

Temnopleurine, 317.

Temnopleurus, Agassiz, 317.
toreumaticus, Klein, 317.

Terebellum subulatum, Zamk., 190.

Terebra, 178.
strigilata, L., 176.
teniolata, Quoy & Gaim., 176.
Ce serotina, Adams & [ecve,

177.
(——) Swainsoni, Desh., 176.
(——) tricolor, Sow., 176.

Terebride, 176.

Teredo thoracites, Gould, 218.
(Calobates) thoracites, Gould, 174,

218.

Terias Andersonii, Moore, 47, 48, 60.
contubernalis, Moore, 46, 47, 48.
formosa, Hiibn., 45.
fraterna, Moore, 46, 48, 60.
hecabeoides, Ménét., 45, 46, 47, 48.
Kana, Moore, 48, 60.
merguiana, Moore, 46, 47, 48, 60.
nicobarica, Feld., 46.
patruelis, Moore, 46, 48, 60.
Rama, Moore, 45.
rubella, Wallace, 45.

Sari, Horsf., 45.
silhetana, Wallace, 45, 48.
sodalis, Moore, 45, 48.

Terinos Sinha, Kollar, 34.

Terrestrial Mollusca, 157.

Testudinide, 342.

Tethya antarctica, Carter, 81.
arabica, Carter, 81.
cranium, Johnst., 79.

, var. robusta, Carter, 62, 79,

80, 81.
dactyloidea, Carter, 62, 79.
merguiensis, Carter, 62, 80, 81, 53.

Thalamoporella, Hincks, 123.
indica, Hincks, 123, ftnote 124.
Rozieri, Awd., 123, 124.

Smittii, Hincks, 123, 124.

Thalassina anomala, Herbst ?, 344.

Chemn.
>

INDEX.

Thalysias, 70.

subtriangularis, Duch. § Mich., 70.

tener, Carter, 62, 70.
Thamala miniata, Moore, 42, 60.
Thanaos indistineta, Moore, 53.
Thecaphora, Hincks, 132.
Thenea Wallichii, Wright, 81.
Thermesia signipalpis, Walh., 58.

reticulata, Walk., 58.
Thermesiide, 58.

Thyone sacellus, Sedenka, 27.
Tirumala Gautama, Moore, 29.

Limniace, Cram., 29.

septentrionis, Butl., 29.
Tornatella solidula, Z., 199.
Tornatellide, 199.

Trabala irrorata, Moore, 55.

Trachycomus ochrocephalus,
142.

Tragops prasinus, Reinw., 334, 335, 346.

Tragulide, 341.

Tragulus Kanchil, Raffles, 332, 341.

Trepsichrois Linnzi, Moore, 31.

Treron nipalensis, Hodgs., 152.

Tridaena crocea, Lamk., var. Cumingii,

Reeve, 209.

squamosa, Lamk., 209,
Tridacnidx, 209.

Tridacophyllia, 9.

lactuca, Pallas, 2, 9.
Tringa minuta, Leis/., 153.
Tringoides hypoleucus, Z., 153.
Trionychide, 342.

Trionyx subplanus, Geoff,, 342.
Tritonia, sp., 200.

Tritoniide, 200.

Trochidz, 195.

Trochita extinctorum, Zamk., 193.

sinensis, ., 193.

Trochus maculatus, var., Kiener, 196.

maximus, Koch, 196.

niloticus, Z., 196.

obeliscus, Gmel., 196.

tentorium, Reeve, 196,

tubiferus, Kiener, 196.

(Obeliscus) pyramis, Born, 196.

(Polydonta) concinnus, Philippi,

196.

( ) costatus, Gmel., 196.

(——) maculatus, Z., 196.

( ) radiatus, Gmel., 196.
Tronga Bremeri, Feld., 30.

Trophonia eruca, Clapar., 262.
Tropidonotus bellulus, Stoliczka, 345.

chrysargus, Schlegel, 334, 335, 346.

junceus, Cantor, 334, 335, 345.

nigrocinctus, Blyth, 835, 345.

punctulatus, Giinther, 346.

subminiatus, Reinw., 345.

trianguligerus, Reinw., 335, 345.

Gmel.,

371

Tupaia ferruginea, Raffles, 332, 339.

Tupatide, 339.

Turbinaria, 20.
cinerascens, So/., 3, 20.
crater, Pallas, 3, 20.

Turbinolide, Ed. § H., 2, 3, 6, 24.
reptantes, Dune., 6.

Turbo argyrostomus, Z., 195.
articulatus, Reeve, 195.
concinnus, Dhilippi-Kiister, 195.
erassus, Gray, 199.
margaritaceus, Z., 195.
marmoratus, Z., 195.
versicolor, Chemn., 195.
cea porphyrites, Martyn,

195.

Turdinus Abbotti, B/., 141.

Turnix plumbipes, Hodgs., 152.

Turritella cingulifera, Svw., 192.
columnaris, Kiener, 192.
fastigiata, Adams § Reeve, 192.
Fragilis, Kiener, 192.
trisuleata, Lamk., 192.

Turritellidee, 192.

Turtur tigrinus, Temm., 152.

Ulastrea crispata, Hd. & H., 12.
Ulex, 65.

Ungulata, 341.

Unio marginalis, Zamk., 165.
Urtica nayalis, 134.

Vadebra Pheretima, Hew., 43.

Varanide, 343.

Varanus nebulasus, Gray, 344.
salvator, Laur., 334, 348.

Velutinidee, 188.

Veneride, 210.

Venus cancellata, Chemn., 212.
cochinchinensis, Sow., 212.
corbis, Lamk., 212.
gallus, Spengl., 213.
intuspunctata, Philippi, 214.
sinuosus, var., Lamk., 214.
Listeri, var., Sow., 212.
rimosa, Philippi, 213.
textile, Gmel., 213.

(Anaitis) calophylla, Jonas, 212.

(Antigona) reticulata, Z., 212.

( ) erispata, Desh., 212.

(SSR Rus) squamosa, J.,
212.

(Timoclea) arakanensis, Nevill,
212.

(——) imbricata, Sow., 212.
(——) scabra, Hanley, 212.
Veretillese, 268, 281.
Verrucella gemmacea, Milne-Edw. &
Haime, 241.
Vespertilio muricola, Hodgs., 337.

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXI. 32

372 INDEX.

Vespertilionidee, 337. Xenopeltis unicolor, Remw,., 344.

Vesperugo pachypus, Zemm., 337. Xiphigorgia, 238.

Viperide, 348.

Virgularia, 277, 278, 280. Ypthima Baldus, Fadr., 32.
juncea, Rumph., 278. Hibneri, Kirb., 32.
Lovenii, K6ll., 280. Marshalli, Butl., 32.
prolifera, Marsh. § Fowler, 267, Philomela, Hiibn., 32.

279, 280, 286.

Rumphii, Kol/., 267, 277. Zanclopteryx saponaria, Walk., 57.
Virgulariex, 267, 277. Zebronia plutusalis, Walk., 59.
Virgulariide, 267. Zemeros Flegyas, Cram., 38.
Vitessa Suradeva, Moore, 58. Zephronia, 291.

Viverride, 328. Zerenide, 57.

Vulsella lingua-felis, Reeve, 204. Zetides Agamemnon, L., 50.

Zizera pygmeea, Snell., 39.

Xantholema hzmacephala, Mil/., 150. Sanegra, Moore, 39.

Xenopeltidx, 344. Zygeenide, 54.

END OF THE TWENTY-FIRST VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STRENT.

Mergui Exped. an SOC. JOURN. iSyOity «Weis CML IEG AL

* {

A.S.Foord. del et ith. Mintern Bros. imp.

Jann. Soc. Journ. Zoon Vou. XXL Bu]

PM Duncan dir

Mintern Bros. ung

4 MADREPORARIA FROM MERGUI!
A.S, Foord del et lith MES RARIA 20M MERGUI!.

Mergui Exped . LInn.Soc.JOuRN. Zoo Vou.XXI.PL.2.

X 450

Berjeau lth 3 CUCUMARIA FORBEST. 4.C.ASSIMILIS. Hanhart imp.

Mergui Exped Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoou.Vou. XXIPL.3.

HKnight.Chrome ‘ith West, Newman imp.
LEPIDOPTERA, MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.

Mergui Exped. _ Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoon. Vou. XXIPL.4.

H Knight Chromo_ith. £ West, Newman imp.
LEPIDOPTERA, MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.

Linn. eae. Journ. Zoot. Vou. XX.

Mergui Exped.

Mintern imp.

SPONGES, MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.

Berjeau del et hth.

re
soe

Te

Linn. Soc.Journn. Zoon. Vou. XXI. Px. 6.

Mergui Exped.

Mmtern mp.

SPONGES , MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.

Berjeau del et hth.

Mergui Exped. Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoou. Vow. XX. P1.7.

Berjeau de et Lith. SPONGES, MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO. Mintern amp.

Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoo. Von. XX. Pi.

Mergur Exped .

Mintern amp.

OPHIURIDZA.

MERGUI

Berjean del et. ith.

eT saa
“eed

$a;

Pa ee raga
7 PT ea Beers

» ‘ Pan
BY ¥ wa + -
‘ 4 2 a Lee
h + ;
ny, oan
Ma's
; r
a ;
fai! eae ‘ ¥
+ * a
4, oc “ ~ «
sy f
a A M 4,
ae
i aie th
‘ = : ;
° 1
i
4 ¥ ae
ee aiea. 3h
: é
: : it

Linn. Soc. Journ, Zoon. Vou. XX1. Ph. 2.

Mergui Exped.

P.M.Duncan dir.
MERGUI OPHIURIDA .

Mantern. . mp

Berjeau del et hth.

Bevjeau del et lith

Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoot .Vou. XXI. Px.10.

P.M. Duncan .dir

STRUGIURE OF OPHIURIDA

Mintern imp.

FF

Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoot .Vor. XX]. Pull.

oe 1 Ses
eae

PTT Aa PVD big 9

imp

i) M Duncan dir
Mintermn

Berjean del et hth

TRUCT URE OF OPHIUIRIDA

a
no)

Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoot Vou. XXI.Pl.12.

Mergiuar Exped.

oe a

Hincks del.

Sele

1S)

R
HYDROZOA & POLYZOA OF MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.

West Newman ump.

Hollickhth

Mergui Exped ;

tergur

|

k del .

D? Hoe

Hammond lth .

DICHELASPIS PELLUCIDA , Darwin

Mergur hxped, Linn. Soc.Jdournwn. ZoorVon.XX1.P1. 14.

Prof. E won Martens

#. Duval, del West Newman, Chromo lith
CYCLOPHORUS AURANTIACUS vars.

Mergui Exped. Linn. Soc. Journ.Zoon Vor. XXI.P).15

West,Newman,Chramo-lith

7, 8. C.HXPANSUS 9.C ZEBRINUS va AMBIGUUS

Mergut Focped.. Liw.Soc. Journ. Zoon.Vou.XX1.P1.16.

E Durvai,del. Prof. E.von Martens West Newmen, Garomo-ith,
iLa-c, NASSA THERSITES var 2a-& LITTORINA RUBROPICTA.

eas, ISANDA 2PULUHELGA, Lord, MYTILUS CURVATUS. 5 a-C, MYTILUS ANDERSON.

6o0-b ME SODHSMA AIQUILATHRUM, 7o-b LUVRARTIA NICOBARIGA .

Benjeau & Highley del. et hth.

ALCYONIDA & GORGONIIDE.

Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoor.Vou.XX1. Pu. 18.

Berjeau & Highley del. et hth. Mintern Bros. imp.
GORGONUDA: & MELITHA IDA:

Mergm Exped. Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoo... Vou. XX! Pi. 12)

A.C Ml. del. 2 Berjeau & Highley bitin. Mintern Bros. imp.

MYRIACTIS TUBICOLA,¢.& spn.

A.C.H. det

Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoor,. Vou. XX. Pu.

peer
i ais

¥ r

Berjeau & Wighley lth Mintern Bros

HORMATHIA ANDERSON], spn

20.

Imp

Carter hth. Nantern imp.
ANNELIDS FROM MERGUI. :

LD az

WY

NOE.

—

oc. JouRN.. Z00L

<

| Lin,

Mergui Exped .

151

jarmmond hth, Hanhert imo

ae

AMM. and GHB. <

cere i

FADS Mery

“ i at —

Mergui Exped . | Luyw. Soc. Joan, Zoor Vor. XXT. Pr.

NO
1EN

AHM.and G.HF. del . =

aramond.lith Hanhart imp.

il

Merqui Exped .
b)

earn et At il DADO ALL OBI
SPP SPIED OGM

PENNATULIDA OF MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO .

ey

Merguz Exped, Linn. Soe. Journ. Zoor,.Vor,. XXL.P1 24.

Berjean & Highley dith. West, Newman &Co imp

MYRIOPODA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO.

Lisw. Sec. Jounn. Zoot. Vor. XXI . PL 25.

E.L.P. del Berjeau& Highley lith.

West Newman d&Co imp

MYRIOPODA OF THE MERGUI ARCHIPRLAGO.

CourrpentEer

Berjeau &Highley, del et lith.

1-5, ANTEDON £
6-10, ACTINOMB1

anw, Soc.Journ. Zoo .Vou. XXL. PL ac.

i!

Nevwanan & C2 imp.

rv

cs

TT;

.

ONT, Sp. 7m
OTATA, Sp.tv.

=
iw)

x

Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoot Vat XX1. PL27.

Berjeau &lhghley delet lith.

West,Newman &Co.1mp.

1,2 ANTEDON CONJUNGENS Carp
5 5,A.SPICATA, Carp. 6,7.A.MILBERTI, Mill,sp. 8.4.ANDERSONI, sp nv.

Sladen.

FH. Michael del, et lth.

linn. Soc. Journ. Zoor,. Vor. XX PEa2e

MERGUI. Mintern. Bros. imp.